SERIES PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

Emphasis upon publication as a means of “diffusing knowledge” was expressed by the first Secretary of the Smithsonian. In his formal plan for the Institution, Joseph Henry outlined a program that included the following statement: “It is proposed to publish a series of reports, giving an account of the new discoveries in science, and of the changes made from year to year in all branches of knowledge.” This theme of basic research has been adhered to through the years by thousands of titles issued in series publications under the Smithsonian imprint, commencing with Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge in 1848 and continuing with the following active series:

Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology

Smithsonian Contributions to Botany

Smithsonian Contributions to History and Technology

Smithsonian Contributions to the Marine Sciences

Smithsonian Contributions to Museum Conservation

Smithsonian Contributions to Paleobiology

Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology

In these series, the Institution publishes small papers and full-scale monographs that report on the research and collections of its various museums and bureaus. The Smithsonian Contributions Series are distributed via mailing lists to libraries, universities, and similar institutions throughout the world.

Manuscripts submitted for series publication are received by the Smithsonian Institution Scholarly Press from authors with direct affiliation with the various Smithsonian museums or bureaus and are subject to peer review and review for compliance with manuscript preparation guidelines. General requirements for manuscript preparation are on the inside back cover of printed volumes. For detailed submissions requirements and to review the “Manuscript Preparation and Style Guide for Authors,” visit the Submissions page at www.scholarlypress.si.edu.

SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO BOTANY • NUMBER 94

Marine Algae of the
Northern Gulf of
California: Chlorophyta
and Phaeophyceae

James N. Norris

ABSTRACT

Norris, James N. Marine Algae of the Northern Gulf of California: Chlorophyta and Phaeophyceae. Smithsonian Contributions to Botany, number 94, x + 276 pages, 109 figures, 2010. — The present treatment constitutes a taxonomic study of the green and brown benthic marine algae currently known in the northern Gulf of California. In all, 133 species were found: 4 classes, 7 orders, 13 families, 20 genera, and 63 species of Chlorophyta and 9 orders, 15 families, 26 genera, and 70 species of Phaeophyceae. The systematic account is a guide to the identification of marine algae from the northern Gulf of California, with the accepted name, keys, and descriptions of the orders, families, genera, and species. The date, place, and author(s) of valid publication of each taxon are cited. The current name for each species is given along with its basionym, type locality, synonyms, relevant taxonomic studies, habitat, and distribution in the Gulf of California and in the Pacific Ocean. Illustrations are provided for most species. A remarks section includes additional information on taxonomy, nomenclature, ecology, and/or other problems or facts of interest. In addition to reviewing the taxonomic phycological literature pertinent to the Gulf of California and Pacific Mexico, new records and distribution extensions are given. Four new sections of Sargassum subgen. Sargassum are proposed: S. sect. herporhizum E. Y Dawson ex J. N. Norris, S. sect. johnstonii E. Y. Dawson ex J. N. Norris, S. sect. lapazeanum E. Y Dawson ex J. N. Norris, and S. sect. sinicola E. Y Dawson ex J. N. Norris; five new combinations are made: Desmarestia munda subsp. mexicana (E. Y Dawson) J. N. Norris, Epicladia condensata (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) J. N. Norris, Epicladia mexicana (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) J. N. Norris, Hincksia bryantii (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) J. N. Norris, and Sargassum sinicola subsp. camouii J. N. Norris et Yensen. One new species, Sporochnus neushulii J. N. Norris, is described.

Cover images, left to right: Figures 55, 37, and 79A (details).

Published by Smithsonian Institution Scholarly Press

P.O. Box 37012, MRC 957

Washington, D.C. 20013-7012

www.scholarlypress.si.edu

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Norris, James N.

Marine algae of the northern Gulf of California: Chlorophyta and Phaeophyceae / James N. Norris.

p. cm. — (Smithsonian contributions to botany ; no. 94)

Includes bibliographical references and index.

1. Marine algae—Mexico—California, Gulf of. I. Title. II. Series: Smithsonian contributions to botany ; no. 94.

QK571.9.C35N67 2010

579.8’8091641—dc22

2009046617

ISSN: (print) 0081-024X; (online) 1938-2812

art The paper used in this publication meets the minimum requirements of the American National Standard for Permanence of Paper for Printed Library Materials Z39.48-1992.

Contents

Copyright

LIST OF FIGURES

INTRODUCTION

General Oceanographie Features of the Gulf of California

General Features of the Marine Flora of the Northern Gulf of California

Historical Review of Marine Botanical Exploration of the Gulf of California

Current Study

PART I: GREEN ALGAE

CHLOROPHYTA

ULVOPHYCEAE

Ctenocladales

Ulvellaceae

Entocladia Reinke

Epicladia Reinke

Stromatella Kornmann et Sahling

Ulvella P. Crouan et H. Crouan

Phaeophilales

Phaeophilaceae

Phaeophila Hauck

Ulvales

Ulvaceae

Ulva Linnaeus

CLADOPHOROPHYCEAE

Cladophorales

Cladophoraceae

Chaetomorpha Kützing

Cladophora Kützing

Rhizoclonium Kützing

Siphonocladales sensu stricto

Boodleaceae

Cladophoropsis Børgesen

Phyllodictyon J. E. Gray

Siphonocladaceae

Ernodesmis Børgesen

Valoniaceae

Valoniopsis Børgesen

BRYOPSIDOPHYCEAE

Bryopsidales

Bryopsidineae

Bryopsidaceae

Bryopsis J. V. Lamouroux

Derbesiaceae

Derbesia Solier

Halicystis-phase

Codiaceae

Codium Stackhouse

Halimedineae

Caulerpaceae

Caulerpa J. V. Lamouroux

Halimedaceae

Halimeda J. V. Lamouroux

DASYCLADOPHYCEAE

Dasycladales

Polyphysaceae

Acetabularia J. V. Lamouroux

PART II: BROWN ALGAE

STRAMENOPILES

PHAEOPHYCEAE

Ishigeales

Ishigeaceae

Ishige Yendo

Sphacelariales sensu stricto

Sphacelariaceae

Sphacelaria Lyngbye in Hornemann

Dictyotales

Dictyotaceae

Dictyopteris J. V. Lamouroux

Dictyota J. V. Lamouroux

Padina Adanson

Rugulopteryx De Clerck et Coppejans

Spatoglossum Kützing

Desmarestiales

Desmarestiaceae

Desmarestia J. V. Lamouroux

Sporochnales

Sporochnaceae

Sporochnus C. Agardh

Ralfsiales*

Ralfsiaceae

Hapterophycus Setchell et N. L. Gardner in Setchell

Ralfsia Berkeley in J. E. Smith et J. C. Sowerby

Cutleriales

Cutleriaceae

Cutleria Greville

Ectocarpales

Acinetosporaceae

Feldmannia Hamel

Hincksia J. E. Gray

Chnoosporaceae

Chnoospora J. Agardh

Chordariaceae

Hecatonema Sauvageau

Nemacystus Derbès et Solier

Streblonema Derbès et Solier

Ectocarpaceae

Ectocarpus Lyngbye

Pylaiellaceae

Pylaiella Bory de Saint-Vincent

Leathesiaceae**

Leathesia S. F. Gray

Scytosiphonaceae

Colpomenia (Endlicher) Derbès et Solier

Compsonema Kuckuck

Hydroclathrus Bory de Saint-Vincent

Rosenvingea Børgesen

Fucales

Sargassaceae

Sargassum C. Agardh

Excluded Records of Phaeophyceae

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

APPENDIX 1: LIST OF NEW TAXA AND COMBINATIONS

APPENDIX 2: ENDEMIC TAXA OF THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA THAT OCCUR IN THE NORTHERN GULF

APPENDIX 3: ALGAL SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATED: SPECIES LOCALITY INFORMATION AND HERBARIUM

REFERENCES

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

* Contributed by Daniel León Álvarez and James N. Norris.

** Contributed by Luis E. Aguilar-Rosas, Raúl Aguilar-Rosas, and James N. Norris.

Figures

1. Gemini V photograph of northern Gulf of California

2. Map of the northern Gulf of California, Mexico

3. Summer intertidal marine flora, Puerto Peñasco

4. Winter intertidal marine flora, Puerto Peñasco

5. Colpomenia sinuosa and Codium simulans

6. Intertidal zonation, low tide, Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda

7. E. Yale Dawson (left) and Palmer T. Beaudette during 1959 expedition to Pacific Mexico and Central America

8. E. Yale Dawson preparing for collecting dive during 1958 cruise on M/V Stella Polaris; collecting subtidal algae in Costa Rica, 1959

9. Entocladia marchantiae, E. polysiphoniae, Entocladia sp., and E. viridis

10. Epicladia condensata and E. mexicana

11. Stromatella monostromatica epiphytic on Polysiphonia

12. Ulvella lens and U. setchellii epiphytes on Cladophora

13. Ulva anatomy: diagrammatic transections of Ulva sect. ulva and Ulva sect. enteromorpha

14. Ulva californica habits, typical forms found in the northern Gulf

15. Ulva lactuca habit

16. Ulva lobata habit

17. Ulva nematoidea habits

18. Ulva rigida habit

19. Ulva acanthophora habit and close-up

20. Ulva clathrata habit

21. Ulva flexuosa lower thallus and close-up

22. Ulva intestinalis: cluster of tubular thalli

23. Ulva linza: three blades, characteristically unbranched

24. Chaetomorpha antennina and C. aerea

25. Chaetomorpha bangioides and C. antennina

26. Cladophora albida and C. tiburonensis

27. Cladophora columbiana and C. macdougalii

28. Cladophora graminea

29. Cladophora hesperia

30. Cladophora microcladioides branching patterns

31. Rhizoclonium tortuosum, terminal portions of filaments

32. Cladophoropsis gracillima, drawings of type specimen

33. Phyllodictyon pulcherrimum axis with well-developed open reticulate fronds

34. Phyllodictyon robustum variation in habits

35. Ernodesmis verticillata, upper portion showing successive series of whorled branches

36. Valoniopsis hancockii and V. pachynema

37. Bryopsis pennata showing featherlike fronds

38. Derbesia marina filamentous sporophyte

39. Halicystis-phase globose gametophytes, epiphytic on articulated coralline Amphiroa

40. Codium amplivesiculatum, habit of large specimen

41. Utricles of Codium species: C. amplivesiculatum, C. brandegeei, C. simulans

42. Codium brandegeei, habit of “C. macdougalii-form”

43. Codium simulans habit

44. Codium sp. 1 specimen somewhat similar to “Codium cuneatum-form” of C. simulans

45. Caulerpa mexicana f. pectinata habit

46. Caulerpa sertularioides habits

47. Caulerpa vanbosseae habits

48. Halimeda discoidea habit, surface view and transaction

49. Acetabularia caliculus cluster of thalli and gametangial rays

50. Ishige sinicola, habit variation and transaction

51. Sphacelaria rigidula apical region and propagules

52. Sphacelaria californica and S. hancockii propagules

53. Sphacelaria tribuloides apical region and propagules

54. Northern Gulf of California Dictyotaceae: diagrammatic illustrations of apical region and transections of Dictyota, Rugulopteryx, Dictyopteris, Spatoglossum, and Padina

55. Dictyopteris undulata habit with prominent midrib

56. Dictyota concrescens habits of isotype and Gulf specimens

57. Dictyota coriacea habit

58. Dictyota crenulata habit and close-up showing characteristic dentate margins

59. Dictyota dichotoma var. intricata habit variations

60. Dictyota flabellata habit

61. Dictyota stolonifera thalli with basal stolons

62. Dictyota vivesii habit

63. Padina caulescens blades above long flat stipes

64. Padina crispata habit and upper, lower sides of blade

65. Padina durvillei, leathery flabellate blades

66. Padina gymnospora blades

67. Padina mexicana var. mexicana blades forming rosettelike clusters

68. Rugulopteryx okamurae habit and transaction

69. Spatoglossum lanceolatum, part of type specimen

70. Spatoglossum subflabellatum habit

71. Desmarestia filamentosa habit, specimen from the type locality

72. Desmarestia filamentosa, apex of branch and portion with developing opposite lateral branches

73. Desmarestia munda subsp. mexicana, main axis with lateral blades and primary blade with secondary blades

74. Sporochnus anomalus habit and branches with numerous stalked, tufted branchlets

75. Sporochnus anomalus branch with stalked receptacles and tufts of filaments

76. Sporochnus neushulii sp. nov. holotype: habit, tufted branchlets, and receptacles

77. Hapterophycus anastomosans holotype

78. Ralfsia hancockii, R. confusa, and R. pacifica

79. Cutleria hancockii gametophytes and sporophytes

80. Feldmannia irregularis, drawing of type specimen

81. Hincksia granulosa and H. bryantii

82. Hincksia mitchelliae filaments with sporangia

83. Chnoospora pacifica habit and close-ups

84. Hecatonema streblonematoides, upper portions of filaments with plurilocular gametangia

85. Nemacystus brandegeei habit, transection, and close-up

86. Streblonema transfixum, uniseriate filaments with terminal plurilocular structure

87. Ectocarpus acutus, filament portion showing barrel shape cells and acute apices

88. Ectocarpus commensalis, E. gonodioides, E. hancockii, and E. sonorensis

89. Ectocarpus parvus filament with plurilocular sporangia

90. Leathesia nana, several thalli on Sargassum blade, habits, and transaction

91. Colpomenia phaeodactyla and C. ramosa habits

92. Colpomenia sinuosa and C. tuberculata habits

93. Compsonema serpens, erect and prostrate filaments

94. Hydroclathrus clathratus habit

95. Rosenvingea floridana habit and portion showing opposite branching

96. Rosenvingea intricata, compressed tubular branches narrowing toward tips

97. Sargassum johnstonii branch and habit

98. Sargassum johnstonii f. gracile, habit of isotype specimen

99. Sargassum lapazeanum habit and close-up

100. Sargassum acinacifolium branch and isotype specimen

101. Sargassum macdougalii habit and upper portion of axis

102. Sargassum sonorense habit of young thallus

103. Sargassum sinicola subsp. sinicola habit

104. Sargassum sinicola subsp. sinicola habit

105. Comparison of Sargassum sinicola subsp. sinicola with S. sinicola subsp. Camouii

106. Sargassum sinicola subsp. camouii habit, insert of conical holdfast

107. Sargassum herporhizum habit

108. Sargassum herporhizum thallus with basal rhizomes; upper portion of branch

109. Sargassum brandegeei habits

Marine Algae of the Northern Gulf of California: Chlorophyta and Phaeophyceae

James N. Norris, Department of Botany, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., USA; norrisj@si.edu. Manuscript received 6 May 2008; accepted 31 December 2008.

INTRODUCTION

Spanish explorer Hernán Cortés described an island, “Baja California,” in a letter to the King of Spain (1524). Cortés’ account was based on reports of his ships’ captains who were exploring the Pacific Ocean (León-Portillo, 1972). It was still considered an island 10 years later when Cortés himself sailed into the southern region and established a colony at Santa Cruz in 1535 (later renamed La Paz by Sebastián Viscaíno in 1596) (Lindsay, 1983). In 1539 Cortés sent Francisco de Ulloa with three ships from Acapulco to explore northward along the west coast of Mexico (León-Portillo, 1995). During the expedition Francisco de Ulloa became the first nonnative to circumnavigate what he called the “Mar de Cortés” (Sea of Cortez) (Lindsay, 1983), revealing Baja California to be a peninsula and not an island. The Gulf of California has also been called “Mar Bermejo” (Vermilion Sea) for the reddish color given by the muddy Río Colorado waters flowing into the upper Gulf; it was not named, as generally assumed, for the reddish color of the plankton blooms (van Andel and Shor, 1964).

A structurally complex trough reaching nearly oceanic depths, the Gulf of California is a large evaporation basin (Roden, 1964) lying between the arid, mountainous Baja California peninsula on the west and the dry Sonoran and Sinaloan coasts of the Mexican mainland on the east (Figure 1) (Álvarez-Borrego, 1983, 2002). The Gulf of California is approximately 1400 km in length and narrow in width, varying from 150 to 200 km (average width is less than 166 km), and has a surface area of 258,593 km² (=99,843 mi²) (Brusca et al., 2005).

The Gulf is composed of five physiographic zones (Lavín and Marinone, 2003:figs. 1, 2): (Zone1) The entrance at the Gulf’s southern end, where the outer mouth extends from Cabo San Lucas (Baja California Sur) to Cabo Corrientes (Jalisco), is about 204 km wide, more than 3000 m deep, and in open communication with the eastern tropical Pacific Ocean. (2) The southern Gulf of California begins at the inner mouth from Cabo San Lucas to El Dorado (Sinaloa) and extends northward to the southern end of the Midriff Islands (Las Islas de la Cintura), and it has more oceanic conditions than zones 3 to 5 to the north. (3) The Midriff Islands have narrow channels and sill depths of 300–600 m (note that Ballenas Channel (Canal de Ballenas) is extraordinarily deep, with

FIGURE 1. Northern Gulf of California. Gemini V photograph taken by astronauts Gordon Cooper and Charles Conrad, 21 August 1965 (courtesy of NASA).

depths to 1600 m, and the Guaymas Basin, a geologically active spreading center with depths of 2000 m and hydrothermal vents, may be considered oceanographic provinces themselves). (4) The northern Gulf of California has continental shelf sea characteristics. (5) The upper Gulf of California, north of 31°N to the Río Colorado Delta, is very shallow, with depths less than 30 m.

For the purpose of this study, the Gulf of California was divided into halves near latitude 28°N (Figure 2), separated south of the Islas de la Cintura (Midriff Islands), which includes the Gulf’s two largest islands, Isla Ángel de la Guarda and Isla Tiburón. The northern Gulf (Figures 1, 2), surveyed in this study, extends eastward from Bahía San Francisquito (Baja California) across the Gulf to Guaymas (Sonora) and northward to the Río Colorado. The area studied herein approximates the “Northern Gulf of California Faunal Region” of Brusca et al. (2005:fig. 9.1) and covers more than 60,000 km² (=24,000 mi²). The southern Gulf, as referred to herein, extends from Bahía San Francisquito across the Gulf to Guaymas and southward to Cabo San Lucas (tip of Baja California Sur) and southeast to Cabo Corrientes (Jalisco).

The semi-enclosed Gulf is divided into a series of basins and trenches separated from one another by transverse ridges (Shepard, 1950; Rusnak et al., 1964; Álvarez-Borrego, 1983). Allison (1964) reviewed the geology of the areas bordering the Gulf of California, and Lavín and Marinone (2003) provided an overview of its unique physical oceanographic features. Brusca (1980) summarized the tectonic origin of the Gulf, and more recent studies on the tectonic evolution of northwestern Mexico are in Johnson et al. (2003). Although earlier estimates of the age of the Gulf were up to 10 million years ago (Ma), the origin of the Gulf (“proto-Gulf”) began in the late Miocene about 8 Ma, and by the early Pliocene, about 4 Ma, the Gulf was open to the Pacific Ocean (Carreño and Helenes, 2002).

The temperature-moderating effect of the Pacific Ocean upon the climate of the Gulf is greatly reduced by the series of mountain ranges that run the length of the Baja California peninsula (i.e., the Peninsular Ranges: Sierra Juárez, Sierra San Pedro Mártir, Tres Virgenes, Sierra de la Giganta, and Sierra de la Laguna). The mountains of Baja California, together with the Sierra Madre Occidental mountains of the mainland of western Mexico, isolate the Gulf’s atmosphere topographically, thus creating a semi-enclosed Gulf in a meteorological as well as an oceanic sense (Badan-Dangon et al., 1991; Álvarez-Borrego, 2002). As a result of these barriers, the climate along the Gulf coasts of Baja California and Sonora is more continental than oceanic (Roden, 1964), with greater extremes in temperature, hotter summers, and colder winters than on the Pacific (western) coast of the Baja California peninsula.

The effects of the surrounding deserts and their seasons influence ocean conditions in the northern Gulf and have a clear impact on its marine flora. For example, the harsh physical extremes in the upper Gulf are a naturally occurring seasonal disturbance that can induce algal mortality when conditions are beyond the physiological tolerance of a species. In the upper Gulf the benthic algal community is maintained in a subclimax condition by the strongly fluctuating environmental conditions (Littler and Littler, 1981).

GENERAL OCEANOGRAPHIC FEATURES OF THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA

The oceanography of the Gulf of California has been described by Roden (1964), van Andel and Shor (1964), Maluf (1983), Álvarez-Borrego (1983, 2002), Badan-Dangon (1998), and Lavín and Marinone (2003). Several oceanographic features make the Gulf unique among the semi-enclosed seas of similar latitude and size, most notably the strong tidal mixing, some of which is close to deep stratification (Lavín and Marinone, 2003). The climate of the Gulf of California can be depicted as two seasons: a midlatitude winter and a subtropical summer (Mosiño and García, 1974). A summary of the general meteorological, hydrographic, and oceanographic features of this unique body of water is given herein.

Air Temperature: The mean annual air temperature range increases from about 6°C at Cabo Corrientes to 18°C at the Río Colorado Delta. During winter the air temperatures are higher near the southern entrance and decrease to their lowest at the Gulf’s northern end, while during summer the air temperatures shift to being lowest near the Gulf’s southern entrance and highest at the northern end. The differences in air temperature between the east (Gulf) and west (Pacific) coasts of the Baja California peninsula in summer are large, sometimes over 10°C, while in winter the differences are small, about 2°C. Within the Gulf, air temperatures on its bordering coasts are usually the same at the same latitude. The water temperatures, are also generally equal to each other on both sides of the Gulf at the same latitude.

Precipitation: Generally, there is more rain on the east coast of the Gulf of California (Sonora and Sinaloa) than on its west coast (Baja California). With an annual rainfall of less than 10 cm, the northern Gulf is drier and more influenced by the surrounding desert than the

FIGURE 2. Map of the northern Gulf of California, Mexico (drawn by Alice R. Tangerini, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution).

southeastern part of the Gulf, where the annual rainfall can be greater than 100 cm. From Isla Ángel de la Guarda and Isla Tiburón northward, rains occur mostly during winter, while south of the Midriff Islands the most rain usually occurs from June to October. The amount of rain on land increases with altitude, the mountains of the Baja California peninsula having an average rainfall of 25–75 cm/y. In contrast, the rainfall on the coasts is less than 10 cm/y. However, month-to-month variations can be large, and year-to-year variations can change by as much as a factor of seven. The number of rainy days decreases from an average of 60 days/y at Cabo Corrientes (Jalisco) to only 5 days/y along the Baja California and Sonora coasts of the central Gulf.

Sediments: The chief source of waterborne sediments to the Gulf was the Río Colorado until the construction of Hoover Dam was completed in 1936. When the Río Colorado ran free, this river alone contributed 50% of the total sediment brought to the Gulf annually, or about 600 m³/s (mean annual). After the construction of Hoover Dam, sediment from the Río Colorado dramatically decreased to only an average of about 120 m³/s (ranging from about 11 m³/s in October to 260 m³/s in January). Today, the combined diversion of waters by the Hoover Dam, Glenn Canyon Dam (completed in 1963), and other smaller dams in the United States and Mexico (e.g., Morelos Dam) has resulted in virtually no surface freshwater from the Río Colorado reaching the Gulf, except during winters with abundant rainfall or snowmelt or when water is released from the dams. Other rivers that contribute sediment and nutrients to the Gulf occur along its eastern coast: Río Concepción, Río Yaqui, and Río Mayo (Sonora); Río Fuerte, Río Sinaloa, Río Piaxtla, Río Presidio, and Río Baluarte (Sinaloa); and Río Grande de Santiago (Nayarit).

The sediment composition of these rivers is similar, being high in sulfate, sodium, and calcium ions, followed by bicarbonate, chlorides, and magnesium. Along with the waters of the Río Colorado, water from these ecologically important rivers has been increasingly put to use to support agriculture, ranching, and urban use by growing human populations, so that now little river water bearing sediments reaches the Gulf (Gilmartin and Revelante, 1978; Álvarez-Borrego, 1983). Dispersion of sediments in the northern Gulf is now mostly cross-basinal rather than long-basinal, suggesting dispersion is mainly controlled by oceanic forcing rather than fluvial processes (Carriquiry et al., 2001).

The loss of both sediments and freshwater to the upper Gulf has resulted in the loss or degradation of wetland, lagoon, and estuarine environments. These are critical habitats for aquatic plants, birds, invertebrates, and spawning and nursery grounds for commercially important shrimp and fish, such as Totoaba macdonaldi Gilbert (Thomson et al., 2000). Habitat loss of their spawning and nursery grounds, along with overfishing and fishnet capture of juveniles (Guevara-Escamilla, 1973), and natural factors have had disastrous effects on totoaba populations, a Gulf-endemic species that once supported a commercially important fishery (Lercari and Chávez, 2007). While it is assumed or suspected that the loss of river water with its sediments and nutrients has also had an effect on the benthic marine flora, there have been no quantitative ecological temporal and spatial studies on the impact to the marine intertidal and subtidal benthic communities of the upper or northern Gulf.

Evaporation: In the coastal areas of the Gulf the mean annual rate of evaporation is 200–250 cm/y, with a minimum in winter and a maximum during summer. Evaporation is less in the open waters; e.g., it has been estimated to be 128 cm/y in the southern Gulf. As water evaporates, residual salts are concentrated in the remaining seawater, and as freshwater input and precipitation are both extremely low in the northern Gulf, the salinity of northern Gulf waters increases.

Salinities: In general, salinities within the Gulf of California are 1.0–2.0‰ greater than at comparable latitudes outside the Gulf (Bray, 1988a, 1988b). In the northern Gulf, where evaporation exceeds precipitation, salinities range from 35.3‰ to 37.2‰ (Lavín et al., 1998). These increases are related to the Gulf’s geographical isolation from the Pacific Ocean and enhanced evaporation and higher water temperatures in the upper Gulf. Salinities greater than 36‰ are encountered locally (e.g., the Río Colorado Delta is now usually hypersaline, with salinities up to 39.0‰ in summer) and in semienclosed and shallow esteros (coastal lagoons) and bays of the northern Gulf (e.g., Bahía Cholla, Bahía de Adair, Bahía las Ánimas, and Bahía San Jorge) and in Bahía Concepción of the southern Gulf. In the upper Gulf, with no freshwater release from the Río Colorado, the salinities typically increase northwestward, ranging from 35.28‰ in October to over 38.50‰ in July (Álvarez-Borrego et al., 1973; Lavín et al., 1998; Álvarez-Borrego, 2002). In the southern third of the Gulf the offshore salinity, usually 34.6–35.8‰, is closer to that of oceanic waters. However, in the coastal areas of the southern Gulf it may be less than 34.6‰ during the rainy season, June to October.

Winds: The marked seasonal changes in the prevailing winds in the Gulf result from changes of atmospheric pressure in the vicinity of the Gulf and the channeling effect

of the mountain chains on both sides of the Gulf. Winds are northwesterly from November to May, typically with speeds of 8–12 m/s (meters per second). During the winter months, strong winds blow out of the north, sometimes for several days at a time, with wind speeds that gust 10–15 m/s (Bray and Robles, 1991). Southeasterly winds predominate from June to October, with mean speed of about 5 m/s (Badan-Dangon, 1998; Lavín and Marinone, 2003). During summer, the hot desert winds strongly influence the coastal marine systems of the upper Gulf.

In the northern Gulf, winds can be extremely variable and, as any fisherman or sailor of these waters knows, often unpredictable. Near the coast the land and sea breeze system prevails, with diurnal wind changes larger than annual ones. Sea breezes reach a maximum velocity in early afternoons and usually calm down after sunset. Land breezes are generally weaker, but mountain and valley winds predominate in the northern mountainous coasts.

Storms: Northwest gales occur in the northern Gulf from December to February and are particularly strong in the Ballenas Channel, between the mountainous Isla Ángel de la Guarda and the Gulf coast of Baja California. The southern Gulf has violent, short-duration storms, called chubascos, during the rainy season of June through October. Some of these may occasionally move northward.

Large tropical storms and hurricanes are generated in the eastern North Pacific off the southern coast of mainland Mexico, from June to November (mainly in September and October). These can either continue west or, although not often (Serra, 1971), turn north to northeast and enter the Gulf (Álvarez-Borrego, 1983), where they usually dissipate along the Sinaloa and Sonora coasts before reaching Isla Tiburón and Isla Ángel de la Guarda. However, those that do proceed up the Gulf, occasionally as far north as Arizona, can cause much damage and can be devastating to humans, but no short-term or long-term studies have been done on their ecological effects on the Gulf’s marine communities (Álvarez-Borrego, 1983).

Wave Action: The seasonal winds in the Gulf of California drive ocean swells that influence the wave intensity. Wave action is characteristically stronger on the north sides of the islands and on coastal peninsulas. In general, wave action is much reduced on the Gulf of California coasts when compared to outer coasts of Pacific Mexico, except during large storms, such as chubascos, tropical storms, and hurricanes, when waves can be high and damaging, especially when in combination with high tides.

Water Circulation: Beier (1997) developed a model that showed a seasonal reversing gyre that forms in the northern Gulf (Lavín et al., 1997). Typically, in the northern Gulf there is an anticyclonic (clockwise) circulation during winter and a cyclonic (counterclockwise) circulation during summer (Lepley et al., 1975; see Álvarez-Borrego, 2002:fig. 3.5), with two transitional periods (Carrillo and Palacios-Hernández, 2002). However, there are continuous changes throughout the year, and it is not always clearly one or the other (Álvarez-Borrego, 2002). The water masses of the Gulf of California have been reviewed by Bray and Robles (1991) and Badan-Dangon (1998).

Tides: Tides are a mixture of semidiurnal (twice a day) and diurnal (once a day) components. In the regions of the Gulf’s entrance and in the upper Gulf and, to a lesser extent, in the southern Gulf and the northern Gulf, the semidiurnal tidal components are dominant, larger than the diurnal components. In the central Gulf, around Santa Rosalía, the diurnal tidal components dominate over the semi-diurnal components (Marinone and Lavín, 1997). The tidal range increases gradually from the Gulf entrance to Isla Tiburón and Isla Ángel de la Guarda, and then increases rapidly northward to the Río Colorado.

The lowest tides of the year are from February to April, and the highest are from July to September. The time of the daily high and low tides gets later as one proceeds north from the Gulf’s entrance to the upper Gulf. The time difference is approximately 5.5 hours for high water and 6.0 hours for low water, resulting in high water at one end of the Gulf while it is low at the other (Roden, 1964). These tidal changes contribute to high water velocities in the central Gulf area, with the strongest tidal currents in the narrow channels between the large Midriff Islands and the adjacent coasts (e.g., Canal de Ballenas and Canal de Infiernillo; Figure 2). The speed of the currents is variable, dependent on the stage of the moon and prevailing winds. Current speeds increase from 3 cm/s at the Gulf’s mouth to 60 cm/s at the head of the Gulf (Álvarez-Borrego, 2002:fig. 3.4). Tidal currents are strong in the narrow passages to shallow bays and estuaries and are especially notable in the narrow channels between the Midriff Islands and Gulf coasts, with speeds reported up to 3 m/s (=6 knots) in the Ballenas Channel (Álvarez-Sánchez et al., 1984).

The semidiurnal tidal amplitude in the region of the Gulf entrance is moderate, about 30 cm. In contrast, the tidal amplitude increases dramatically northward. During spring tides, vertical amplitude is greater than 4 m in the Midriff Islands, up to 7 m in the northern Gulf, and even more pronounced in the upper Gulf, greater than 9 m (Álvarez-Borrego, 2002). The difference between the semidiurnal tide and diurnal tide is also striking (Álvarez-Borrego, 2002). The amplitude of the diurnal tide slowly increases northward to the upper Gulf to about twice that of the mouth of the Gulf.

The northern Gulf has some of the greatest tides in the world (Brusca et al., 2005). The large vertical amplitude covers and exposes vast areas and is especially pronounced at low tides in the shallow, low-angle sloping, mudflats, sandy beaches, and rocky reefs, tide pools, terraces, and platforms.

Currents: At the Gulf entrance (Cabo San Lucas to Cabo Corrientes) the surface current is variable. In winter, north of Cabo Corrientes, the wind-driven southward currents characterize surface circulation. During summer a northward current flowing along the mainland coast of western Mexico enters the Gulf at the central to eastern regions of the mouth (entrance) and continues north, while a southward current flows along the Gulf coast of Baja California (Roden, 1958; Granados-Gallegos and Schwartzlose, 1974). Tidal currents predominate north of Isla Tiburón. In the narrows between the Midriff Islands and adjacent coasts, they are often accompanied by rips and eddies,where currents of 1–3 m/s have been measured. The largest interannual variations in current patterns in the Gulf of California are due to the ENSO (El Niño–Southern Oscillation) phenomenon (Bray and Robles, 1991; Lavín and Marinone, 2003).

Net outflow of surface currents at the Gulf entrance is −10 cm/s in February, and net inflow is +21 cm/s in August. However, compensation must take place or sea level changes would take place. How that compensation occurs is not fully understood, but there are three hypotheses: (1) opposite flow at different levels (depths), (2) opposite flow along shores, or (3) a combination of both processes.

Sea Temperature: From April to September, the Gulf seawater is warmer than that of Pacific Baja California at 10 m depths, while from October to March their sea temperatures at 10 m are about the same.

Within the Gulf, diurnal fluctuations are greater at the surface and become more pronounced in the northern portions of the Gulf. The annual range of seawater temperatures is about 15°C at Río Colorado, in comparison to about 9°C at the Gulf’s southern entrance. In the northern Gulf there are marked seasonal changes in coastal seawater temperatures. They are lowest in winter, 8ºC–12ºC, whereas in summer they are significantly higher, 30ºC or more. The coldest sea surface temperatures occur where mixing is strongest, e.g., Canal de Ballenas-Canal de Salsipuedes (Martínez-Díaz de León et al., 2006; Marinone, 2007).

Vertical Distribution of Water Properties: The northern Gulf is relatively shallow; it has large seasonal and year-to-year variations of temperature and salinity in the upper 150 m. The strong tidal components contributing to the vertical mixing, some of it close to deep stratification, make the Gulf unique from other semi-enclosed seas (Lavín and Marinone, 2003).

The thermocline in winter is almost isothermal, whereas in late summer, it is strongest, with the water temperature difference between the surface and 150 m depth approximately 14°C. During spring, salinities are higher along the Gulf’s Baja California peninsula side than off the coast of Sonora, while in summer the highest salinities are in the central Gulf. Oxygen at the surface is 5.5 ml/L in April but decreases to 4.5 ml/L in August because of the increase in water temperature. At 150 m there is a slight salinity increase from spring to summer, despite the temperature increase and strong thermocline (Roden 1964). There may be a convective overturn in the upper Gulf (i.e., surface density exceeds the density of subsurface layers). This is possible because the density increases with decreasing temperature and increasing salinity, and because the lowest temperatures and highest salinities occur near the coastal regions of the upper Gulf.

Upwelling and Downwelling: Upwelling in the Gulf of California occurs along the Mexican mainland coast (e.g., Lluch-Cota, 2000) at the same time downwelling is occurring along the Baja California Gulf coast and vice versa. The dominant effects of atmospheric pressure, wind directions, and temperature cause this phenomenon.

The prevailing winds in the Gulf produce upwelling in some areas. In summer, southeasterly winds lead to upwelling and cooler temperatures along the Gulf side of the Baja California peninsula. The low temperatures along the lee side (east coast) of Isla Tiburón in winter are related to upwelling, caused by the prevailing northwesterly winds.

GENERAL FEATURES OF THE MARINE FLORA OF THE NORTHERN GULF OFCALIFORNIA

The most conspicuous feature of the marine flora of the northern Gulf, especially to those familiar with the marine flora of the Pacific coast of North America, is the relatively smaller size of the algae present. This general impression is due mostly to the absence of large brown kelps (Laminariales) and Fucales other than Sargassum. Although the marine flora of the northern Gulf is rich in species (over 430 species recorded), the brown algal species of Sargassum (Fucales) and those of Padina (Dictyotales) compose the greatest portion of the biomass of fleshy macroalgae.

Largely influenced by its desert surroundings, the uniqueness of the northern Gulf is due, in part, to its

FIGURE 3. Summer marine flora. Intertidal platform with characteristic yellow-brown hue of summer flora, Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Mexico (July 1973).

FIGURE 4. Winter marine flora. Intertidal platform with the dark brown color of winter flora, Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Mexico (February 1973).

continental rather than oceanic climate, with wide air temperature variation between summer, 31.2°C–32.8°C (88°F–91°F), and winter, 10.0°C–11.1°C (50°F–52°F). The intertidal regions of the northern Gulf are subject to extreme tidal exposure during the low tide series: up to 4 m vertical amplitude in the Midriff Islands, as much as 7 m in Puerto Peñasco, and up to 10 m at the Río Colorado Delta. This tidal exposure subjects the intertidal algae and sea grasses to severe desiccation, high light intensity (solar burn), temperature extremes, and low surf action. The northern Gulf has a distinctive and diverse flora because of these unique variations of temperatures, tides, and water circulation, along with seasonally alternating desert conditions of winter cold and summer heat, which operate on a great diversity of protected and exposed shore environments, from estuaries, esteros (lagoons), shallow bays, intertidal mudflats, sand/rock, coquina limestone, caliche shell-hash, and rocky tidal platforms (Figures 3, 4), sandy and rocky shores (Figures 5B, 6), and subtidal reefs and sand plains.

While the benthic marine flora of the northern Gulf of California is largely subtropical/warm temperate, there are also some tropical and temperate elements. A high percentage, 19% of the 133 species of northern Gulf Chlorophyta and Phaeophyceae, are endemic species (see Appendix 2) (about 11% of the greens, 7 of the 63 species, and about 27% of the browns, 19 of the 70 species).

Dawson (1941, 1960c) observed that some of the prominent benthic algae of the northern Gulf of California are species also known in Japan. For example, the Japanese brown algae Dictyopteris undulata and Dictyota coriacea were possibly introduced as viable fragments in ballast water of Japanese fishing boats operating in the northern Gulf of California in the early 1900s (Dawson, 1960c, as “Pachydictyon coriaceum”). Ballast waters from Japan would have been dumped into Gulf waters, most likely as the catch of shrimp or fish was onloaded. Other species of marine algae, such as Gracilaria textorii and Lomentaria hakodatensis, with a similar Gulf of California–Japan distribution may have also been unintentionally transported by Japanese fishing boats as viable fragments, spores or zygotes, and subsequently introduced into the Gulf. It is also conceivable that these same boats may have inadvertently transported some Gulf algal species back to Japan along with their catch. Without any significant collections of the Gulf’s benthic macroalgae prior to 1921 (Setchell and Gardner, 1924a; Dawson, 1960c; Norris, 1976b), it is difficult to discern if this was the case. However, with current molecular analyses and systematic, phylogenetic, and phylogeographic studies (e.g., Gavio and Fredericq, 2002; Gurgel et al., 2004; De Clerck et al., 2006), it is now possible to test this hypothesis.

In the upper Gulf there is a strong seasonal turnover in species and their relative abundance, resulting in a pronounced alternation of a summer flora with a winter flora. At low tide, these seasonal changes are obvious to a novice observer who returns to the same locality at different seasons. An example of the marked contrast between the seasons is seen on the tidal platform at Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora (Figure 2). The marine flora of this region in summer (July) has a yellow-brown appearance (Figure 3). This color hue is caused by the turf-forming community of the mid intertidal zone, due mostly to Chondrophycus paniculatus (= Laurencia paniculata), which grows in association with Porolithon sonorense (a crustose coralline that may be responsible as a cementing agent for the rock/shell hash material which comprises the tidal platform). In contrast, during winter (February), the tidal platform takes on its characteristic dark-brown color (Figure 4) because of the conspicuous ephemeral and annual brown algal species that grow, mostly epiphytically on and among the Chondrophycus. These are predominately the large, coarse, and wart-like Colpomenia tuberculata, the more delicate and smooth, but often convoluted, C. sinuosa (Figure 5A), the brown finger-like hollow sacs of C. phaeodactyla; and the fan-shaped Cutleria hancockii.

Although usually not growing on the top of the Playa Estación platform, other perennials, such as species of Sargassum and Padina, also contribute to the dark-brown winter coloration. Occurring in the numerous tide pools (such as the large Cumpleaños Tide Pool, Playa Estación), tidal runoff areas, and crevices throughout the platform, these brown algae can obtain their largest sizes in winter to spring in these habitats. Some of the intertidal macroalgae can persist through the summer in these less-exposed habitats off the platform top.

Midriff Island Environments: There are more than 900 islands and islets in the Gulf of California (Carreño and Helenes, 2002; Brusca et al., 2005). The largest are the Midriff Islands (Islas de la Cintura) of the central Gulf (Figure 2), where large bathymetric gradients in combination with currents and tidal forces cause great volumes of water to accelerate in the narrow passages between the islands and the nearby coasts. Around the Midriff Islands, strong mixing and turbulence occur year round, advecting deep cool water with high nutrient concentrations to upper water layers, boosting biological productivity (Douglas et al., 2007). Isla Tiburón, the largest of the Gulf’s islands, is separated from mainland Sonora (Bahía Sargento to Bahía Kino) by the Infiernillo Channel (Canal de Infiernillo), and

FIGURE 5. A. Colpomenia sinuosa, low intertidal platform, Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora (February 1974). B. Codium simulans, intertidal rock-sand flat at low tide, El Desemboque, Sonora, Mexico (April 1973).

FIGURE 6. Intertidal zonation, low tide at Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Mexico. High intertidal zone dominated by green algae, particularly Ulva species; mid to low intertidal zone dominated by large, dark brown Sargassum johnstonii, with scattered individuals of goldenbrown species of Colpomenia (R/V Dolphin cruise, April 1974).

the second largest, Isla Ángel de la Guarda is separated from the Gulf coast of Baja California (Punta Bluff to Bahía de Los Ángeles), by the Ballenas Channel (Figure 2). The Ballenas Channel is characterized by strong deep-water currents near deep basins (800–1000 m depths) that create conditions resembling persistent upwelling (López et al., 2006) and provide sustained nutrient enrichment to the shallow upper water layers.

At Puerto Refugio, a protected bay on the north end of Isla Ángel de la Guarda (Figure 2), these conditions support abundant seaweed populations that along with other primary producers sustain an associated wealth of animal populations (e.g., invertebrates, fish, and marine mammals and bird and sea lion rookeries). The algal communities at Puerto Refugio are diverse and luxuriant (Figure 6), with some of the Gulf’s macroalgal species reaching their largest size on the Midriff Islands. While most of the northern Gulf’s marine flora is generally considered to be warm temperate to subtropical, the cooler, more stable subtidal water temperatures associated with the Ballenas Channel (López et al., 2006) influence the species composition of the marine flora of the Midriff Islands. For example, subtidal brown algal species of Desmarestia and Sporochnus, both with cool-temperate to cold-temperate affinities, have been found in the Gulf of California only in the Midriff Islands (Dawson, 1941, 1944; Norris and Bucher, 1976). Deep subtidal populations of Desmarestia and Sporochnus, although different species than those of the northern Gulf, have also been reported in the tropical northwest Pacific, off Necker Island (Northwest Hawaiian Islands [NWHI], Papahānaumokuākea Marine National Monument) by Abbott and Huisman (2003b, 2004).

Graham et al. (2007) presented a predictive model for kelp refugia in the tropics by identifying habitats where kelp (Phaeophyceae) could survive. While there is no evidence of kelps (i.e., Laminariales) in the northern Gulf, certain subtidal habitats of the Midriff Islands host populations of cold-water large brown algae, such as Desmarestia, that are often associated with kelps. Whether these are relic or pioneering populations, their island subtidal habitats are unique within the Gulf due to their stable cool, nutrient-rich waters and may serve as refugia (sensu Graham et al., 2007) for these ecologically and geographically isolated brown algae.

HISTORICAL REVIEW OF MARINE BOTANICAL EXPLORATION

January 1870 marked the collection of the first known scientific specimen of a marine alga from the Gulf of California when Wurdemannia miniata (Rhodophyta) was obtained by Edward Palmer (McVaugh, 1956; Beaty, 1964; Lindsay, 1983), a professional plant collector and an early ethnobotanist, on the shore of Isla Carmen, off Loreto (Baja California Sur) (Dawson, 1944; Norris, 1976b). The next known algal collections, consisting mostly of specimens of Sargassum, came from the third expedition of the California Academy of Sciences (San Francisco) to the Gulf in 1890 (Dawson, 1944; Lindsay and Engstrand, 2002) and were collected by Townshend S. Brandegee (Setchell, 1928) and Walter E. Bryant (Fisher, 1905; Godínez-Ortega, 2008). M. Paul Hariot (1895) published the earliest account of some Gulf of California algae on the basis of a small collection of marine (mostly corallines) and freshwater algae obtained by Léon Diguet, a French chemical engineer who became interested in the natural history and ethnology of Baja California while employed at the Boleo mines in Santa Rosalía between 1888 and 1892 (Lindsay, 1955, 1983). His collections were of such interest to the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle (Paris) that he returned to Baja California as a field investigator and collector for the Paris museum from 1893 to 1913 (Godínez-Ortega, 2008). During his exploration, Diguet spent some time in La Paz and on Isla Espiritu Santo investigating the pearl fisheries then under French concession and used their facilities at La Paz to study the marine fauna.

The first marine algal collections from the northern Gulf were made in 1904 by Daniel T. MacDougal (Humphrey, 1961), while he collected for the New York Botanical Garden on a boat trip from Yuma, Arizona, to San Felipe, Baja California. Shortly thereafter, drift material was gathered in the southern Gulf at La Paz by Gastón L. Vives in 1911, which together with the San Felipe collections of MacDougal, were the basis for the first detailed study of several Gulf algae by Marshall A. Howe (1911; Setchell, 1938). Both of these collectors had species named for them by Howe (1911), i.e., Cladophora macdougalii and Dictyota vivesii and Gracilaria vivesii.

The expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Gulf of California in 1921 yielded extensive collections during the over 2914.5 km (= 1811 miles) covered by the schooner Silver Gate (Slevin, 1923). The marine algal specimens were collected by the botanist aboard, Ivan M. Johnston (Thomas, 1969), who was then a student of W.A. Setchell. These specimens comprised the largest part of the monograph of Gulf of California algae (1924a) by William A. Setchell (Drouet, 1943; Campbell, 1945; Papenfuss, 1976) and Nathaniel L. Gardner (Setchell, 1937c; Papenfuss, 1976). For Johnston’s efforts, Setchell and Gardner (1924a) named nine species for him, including Sargassum johnstonii. Their study also incorporated the 1917 collection of Dr. and Mrs. Daisy R. Marchant (Godínez-Ortega, 2008), and the earlier materials of T. S. Brandegee and W. E. Bryant, with several new species named after those collectors, e.g., Pringsheimia marchantiae, Gonodia marchantiae, Codium brandegeei, Sargassum brandegeei, and Ectocarpus bryantii. In all, 144 species and varieties of red, brown, and green algae were reported, 111 of which were described as new taxa (Setchell and Gardner, 1924a). In a separate publication, Setchell and Gardner (1924b) described another new brown alga from the Gulf, Nemacystus brandegeei.

Collections of D. T. MacDougal in 1923 from Puerto Libertad, Sonora, resulted in two new species being described by Gardner (1927), and later two more, Codium macdougalii and Sargassum macdougalii, were described by E. Yale Dawson (1944). The 1932 Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences on the yacht Zaca from Isla Guadalupe to the Galápagos yielded several specimens from the southern end of the Gulf. The algae, collected mostly by John Thomas Howell (Daniel et al., 1994), were included in the studies of Setchell (1937b) and Dawson (1944). Waldo L. Schmitt (National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution (Chace, 1978) obtained algae from Baja California during the Allan Hancock Pacific Expedition of 1933 and, from his dredging of the cape region of southern Baja California during the Presidential Cruise of 1938. Both collections were later treated by William R. Taylor (1939, 1945, respectively; Wynne, 1991). The Field Museum (Chicago) Expedition to Sonora, made by Francis Drouet (Forest, 1983) and Donald Richards in the winter of 1939, yielded numerous algal collections, including many blue-greens, from the Sonoran coast. Other upper Gulf specimens were obtained in the spring of 1941 by John Poindexter at Puerto Peñasco, Sonora. Edward F. Ricketts (Astro, 1976, 2001; Rodger, 2006) made some algal and sea grass collections from Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, in April 1940 (for an excellent account of this Sea of Cortez trip and natural history, particularly of the marine fauna, see Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Steinbeck, 2001). During the fall of 1940, J. Wyatt Durham brought in some algae while aboard the schooner E. W. Scripps on a research expedition of the Geological Society of America and Scripps Institution of Oceanography (Anderson et al., 1950).

E. Yale Dawson studied the Gulf of California marine algae for his doctoral dissertation (University of California, Berkeley, 1942; published 1944) under the joint direction of Lee Bonar (UC Berkeley) and Gilbert M. Smith (Stanford University; Silva, 1960; Wiggins, 1962). All of the previous Gulf of California collections mentioned above, except the earliest of Diguet (Hariot, 1895) and those of Schmitt (Taylor, 1939, 1945), were studied by Dawson. While a student at UC Berkeley, his phycological interests were encouraged early on and mentored by William “Uncle Bill” Setchell. As a boy of 14, Dawson was first introduced to plants of the desert and coast during a trip to Baja California with his father in 1933, and his interest in cacti (e.g., Setchell and Dawson, 1941) and seaweeds persisted throughout his life (Hawkes, 2005). Dawson’s first sea voyage to the Gulf was aboard the M/Y Velero III expedition of the Allan Hancock Foundation (University of Southern California) in 1940 (Garth, 1967), allowing him to be the first marine botanist to visit and collect marine algae of the Gulf of California (Dawson, 1941). After serving in the U.S. Army Air Corps during World War II (1943–1945), Dawson, as a fellow of the John Simon Guggenheim Foundation in 1946–1947, made several overland collecting trips in Baja California and along the Mexican mainland from Punta Peñasco (Sonora) to Tapachula (Chiapas) and obtained additional collections from the Midriff Islands while aboard the boat Guanero of Guanos y Fertilizantes de México. Beginning in 1948 and continuing to 1954, Dawson participated in five other expeditions aboard the M/Y Velero IV of the Allan Hancock Foundation. While Research Director and Vice President of the Beaudette Foundation (Santa Ynez, California) and, later, as Curator of Botany (Los Angeles County Museum), Dawson made other cruises (1957–1964) on the M/Y Stella Polaris (Figure 7) that resulted in further knowledge of the marine algae of the southern Gulf (Dawson, 1959a). Having learned to scuba dive, he became the first marine botanist to dive and explore the subtidal waters of the Gulf of California and Central America (Figure 8A, B). Several friends and biologists, including Carl L. Hubbs, Bibiano F. Osorio-Tafall, J. Laurens Barnard, Michael Neushul Jr., Robert D. Wildman, Wheeler J. North, and Robert W. Hoshaw, made or shared collections with him. Among the scuba divers he dove with in Mexico were pioneering underwater photographer Don Ollis (Beaudette Foundation, Santa Barbara) and Michael Neushul, Robert D. Wildman, Richard H. Rosenblatt, James R. Stewart (Scripps Institution of Oceanography), and John Bleck (Santa Barbara). Acknowledging their interest and appreciating their help, Dawson named species for them, e.g., Myriogramme osorioi, Botryocladia neushulii, Kallymenia bleckii, Fauchea hoshawsii, Lejolisia hoshawii, and Antithamnion hubbsii.

FIGURE 7. E. Yale Dawson (left) with Palmer T. Beaudette (right) during an expedition to Pacific Mexico and Central America in 1959; note the M/V Stella Polaris anchored in the background.

In all, E. Yale Dawson made more than 20 expeditions into the Gulf of California from 1940 until his untimely death in 1966, with over 50,000 specimens collected from 130 different stations during those years (Dawson’s field notebooks are deposited in the Phycology Library of the Algal Collection of the U.S. National Herbarium, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, where he was curator from 1965 to 1966). Dawson’s published accounts of marine algae are numerous, with taxonomic, floristic, and distributional studies on the algae from the Gulf of California and the Pacific Coast of Mexico (see Abbott, 1966; Zaneveld, 1966; Garth, 1967; Silva, 1967; Norris, 1976b). Among his major contributions to Mexican phycology, resulting from more than 25 years of research, are “Marine Algae of the Gulf of California” (Dawson, 1944) and eight monographs,: “Marine Red Algae of Pacific Mexico” (Dawson, 1953a, 1954c, 1960b, 1961a, 1962a, 1963a, 1963b). Of the studies published after his death, two concerned Gulf marine algae: an annotated list of marine algae of Puerto Peñasco,

FIGURE 8. E. Yale Dawson (A) preparing for algal collecting dives using scuba during the 1958 cruise of the M/V Stella Polaris and (B) diving and collecting subtidal algae in 1959 in Costa Rica. (Photos by Don Ollis, formerly of Beaudette Foundation for Biological Research [now defunct]; photos now part of Dawson papers collection at NMNH Department of Botany).

Sonora (Dawson, 1966a), and new species and distribution records (Dawson, 1966b).

Contributions to our knowledge of the marine algae of the Gulf of California from 1965 to 1986 were furthered by the collections of Robert W. Hoshaw (University Arizona, Tucson) and his students, particularly, Arthur E. Dennis, Nichols P. Yensen, and Richard M. McCourt. Marine flowering plants (sea grasses) were recorded from the Sonoran coast by Steinbeck and Ricketts (1941), Dawson (1960c), and Norris (1985c). The ecological and natural history knowledge of the Seri Indians (Comcáac) has contributed to our understanding the plants and animals of coastal Sonora; e.g., their use of the eel grass seed has added to our knowledge of distribution and ecology of Zostera marina in the Gulf (Felger and Moser, 1973), sea turtle temporal distribution (Felger et al., 1976), and Seri ethnobotany (Felger and Moser, 1985; Norris, 1985).

Professor Laura Huerta-Múzquiz (Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biológicas, Instituto Politécnico Nacional; Calderón de Rzedowski and Rzedowski-Rotter, 2000) began studying Gulf and Baja California algae in the late 1950s (e.g., Huerta-Múzquiz, 1960), and her students, more recently Catalina Mendoza-Gonzalez and Luz Elena Mateo-Cid, are among those who have continued to make contributions to our knowledge of Gulf of California and Pacific Mexico algae. In the 1980s, Professor Marta M. Ortega (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) and her students also worked on algae of Sonora and Sinaloa, although focusing primarily on marine algae of the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea (e.g., Ortega et al., 2001).

The 1980s also marked the beginning of phycological research centered at Universidad Autónoma de Baja California, Ensenada, with Luis E. Aguilar-Rosas and Raúl Aguilar-Rosas and marine botanists Marcos A. Aguilar-Rosas, Isaí Pacheco-Ruíz, and José A. Zertuche-González, along with their students, all making numerous contributions based on their collections and studies of the marine algae of Baja California and the Gulf of California (see References).

Jorge González-González (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) and his students, including Daniel León-Alvarez, Hilda León-Tejera, and Elisa Servière-Zaragoza, have been adding to our knowledge of Gulf of California and Pacific Mexico marine algae with their studies, including their useful catalogue of benthic marine algae of Mexico (González-González et al., 1996). More recently, Jose Espinoza-Ávalos and Rafael Riosema-Rodriguez (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California Sur), Francisco F. Pedroche (Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana, Unidad Iztapalapa), and others studying the Gulf marine algae have continued to further our knowledge of the floristics, taxonomy, and ecology of Gulf algae. Today, the marine botanists of Mexico represent an active and productive era in Gulf of California phycology (see, for example, their numerous publications on Gulf greens and browns among the References).

CURRENT STUDY

Although my visits to Baja California and the Gulf of California via vehicle began in 1963, my first trip as a student of marine biology was by sea in 1969 on the cruise of the M/Y Makrele (Moss Landing Marine Laboratories of the California State Universities) to the northern Gulf of California (Norris, 1973). During 1972–1975, while a graduate student at the University of California, Santa Barbara, it was my pleasure to be in residence as Station Director of Laboratorio de Biología Marina of the University of Arizona and Universidad de Sonora in Puerto Peñasco, supported and encouraged by Robert W. Hoshaw, Donald A. Thomson, and John R. Hendrickson (University of Arizona). Field explorations on the Sonora and Baja California coasts were made possible through support from National Science Foundation grants (BMS-73-07000-A01 and BMS-75-13960) and USDC NOAA-04-5-158-20. The Islas de la Cintura were surveyed during the 1974 cruise of the R/V Dolphin (Scripps Institution of Oceanography) to the northern Gulf of California (Norris and Bucher, 1976, 1977). From 1972 to 1979, selected localities on the Baja California and Sonora coasts (Figure 2) of the northern Gulf were sampled several times to assess seasonal changes of the marine algae. The algal collections from these field trips form the basis for the present taxonomic study and were supplemented by the appreciable collections of E. Y. Dawson (US Alg. Coll.; AHFH, now UC [see below for list of definitions for abbreviations used in this paper]) and those of Ivan Johnston and others that were included in the studies of W. A. Setchell and N.L. Gardner (CAS, now UC; US Alg. Coll.).

Specimens were obtained by intertidal collecting and subtidally with use of scuba by me and Katina E. Bucher; collection numbers designated by the prefix JN- refer to our field notebooks (Algal Collection, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution). Methods for field handling of algal collections and their subsequent preservation, mounting as herbarium specimens, and preparation for light microscope study are as given by Tsuda and Abbott (1985). Photomicrographs were made using an Olympus Q-5 digital camera mounted on a Zeiss Universal microscope; all images used herein were prepared using Adobe Photoshop PS-3 on a Macintosh G-5 computer.

Specimens studied or examined for this work are deposited in collections at the institutions listed below, which are abbreviated for subsequent mention in the text. Herbarium abbreviations herein follow the Index Herbariorum (Holmgren et al., 1990; Holmgren and Holmgren, 1998, continuously updated, http://sweetgum.nybg.org/ih/).

AHFH | Herbarium of the Allan Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California, Los Angeles; Algae Collection to LAM now UC
CAS | Herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; now UC
CMMEX | Algae Herbarium of the Universidad Autónoma de Baja California, Ensenada, Mexico
LAM | Herbarium Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles; Algae Collection now UC
LD | Botanical Museum, Lund, Sweden
MICH | Herbarium of the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
PC | Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Laboratoire de Cryptogamie, Paris
UC | Herbarium of the University of California, Berkeley
US Alg. Coll. | Algal Collection of the U.S. National Herbarium, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

Several botanical and phycological references were invaluable throughout this study, notably the second edition of Taxonomic Literature (referred to as TL-2) by Stafleu and Cowan (1976–1988) and its supplement volumes (Stafleu and Mennega, 1992–2000; Dorr and Nicolson, 2008), Stafleu (1972) on dates of publication of the extensive volumes of Engler and Prantl, Stearn’s (2004) Botanical Latin, and the thorough AlgaeBase (http://www.algaebase.org) developed, updated, and maintained by Michael and Wendy Guiry (Guiry and Guiry, 2008). The citation of the authors of taxa names follows Brummitt and Powell (1992).

Place and locality names of the land-based collection sites and ship-based cruise stations that are used herein are from the U.S. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) charts 21008, 21120, 21124, 21141, 21161, 21181, 21182, and 21014, Carta de Farod e Hidrografía de México F.H. 600, and the boating and cruising sea guides to Baja California and the Gulf of California by Lewis (1971), Williams (1996), Cunningham (2004, 2006a, 2006b), and Rains (2006).

It is hoped this publication will encourage algal taxonomic and phylogenetic research as it makes available a taxonomic baseline for further biodiversity and marine botanical and ecological investigations in the northern Gulf of California. Accurate identification of the marine algae is essential for conservation studies and ecosystem management of this unique region. The biological uniqueness of the northern Gulf of California is today internationally recognized, and conservation of its ecosystems biodiversity is hopefully provided by the several marine biosphere reserves, marine protected areas (for natural resources or flora and fauna), marine sanctuaries, and national marine parks in the Gulf of California (e.g., Case et al., 2002; Cartron et al., 2005a, 2005b; Danemann and Ezcurra, 2008).

PART I:
GREEN ALGAE

CHLOROPHYTA

Chlorophyta Pascher, 1914:158

The Chlorophyta (green algae) are an extremely large, diverse group with wide variation in vegetative morphologies, ranging from unicellular to structurally complex species. Members of this group are found in freshwater (including snow and ice), estuarine, marine, terrestrial, and subaerial (e.g., on trees, walls, sloth fur, and polar bear hairs, etc.) habitats. In marine environments, they range from microscopic phytoplankton to the benthic microalgae and minute to large macroalgae of intertidal and subtidal habitats, down to 210 m depths (Littler et al., 1985, 1986; Norris and Olsen, 1991).

The color of these algae varies greatly, from dark green to pale or yellow green, because of the dominance of the green photosynthetic pigments, chlorophylls a and b, over the various accessory pigments, such as the carotenes (alpha, beta, and gamma) and xanthophylls (lutein, antheraxanthin, neoxanthin, violaxanthin, and zeaxanthin). While most are noncalcified, some marine genera are calcified. Cells are either uninucleate or multinucleate, with cellulose found in the cell walls in all but a few unicellular species. Chloroplasts vary in size, shape, and number per cell but always have two encircling membranes without a periplastid endoplasmic reticulum and often contain one or more pyrenoids (storage reserves of starch). Thylakoids (structures inside chloroplasts where light-dependent reactions of photosynthesis occur) are singular or stacked. Cell division occurs with a phragmoplast (cytoskeletal structure instrumental in deposition of new cell wall material).

Vegetative reproduction occurs by cell division and fragmentation. Reproduction can be by non-motile aplanospores and sometimes resting spores (akinetes). Swimming cells have two flagella or multiples of two, with a stellate structure linking nine pairs of microtubules at the basal transition region. Zoospores are usually biflagellate or quadriflagellate, with acronematic (whiplash) type of flagella. Parthenogenesis is also reported in a few species. Sexual reproduction may be isogamous or anisogamous, usually with biflagellate gametes, or oogamous.

REMARKS. The most recent classification system considers the Chlorophyta to be within the Chloroplastida Adl et al. (2005; Lewis and McCourt, 2004, as “Chlorobionta C. Jeffery 1982”) as members of the Archaeplastida; the latter is one of the seven clusters that represent the basic groups (or traditional kingdoms) of the eukaryotes (Adl et al., 2005).

The benthic green macroalgae found in the Gulf of California are in four classes: Ulvophyceae, Cladophorophyceae, Bryopsidophyceae, and Dasycladophyceae.

KEY TO THE CLASSES OF CHLOROPHYTA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Algae unicellular or multicellular; cells uninucleate or multinucleate; chloroplasts with pyrenoids; no cytoplasmic streaming within cells .................... 2

1b. Algae coenocytic; a single large multinucleate cell or simple to branched tubes or siphons; chloroplasts with or without pyrenoids; with cytoplasmic streaming (observable in living specimens) .................... 3

2a. Cells uninucleate, containing only a single parietal chloroplast with 1 to several pyrenoids....................Ulvophyceae

2b. Cells multinucleate, with numerous chloroplasts; in many (but not all) there is a single pyrenoid per chloroplast ............................................................Cladophorophyceae

3a. Algae siphonous and radially symmetrical, with a central axis that bears lateral branches in whorls; chloroplasts without pyrenoids .................... Dasycladophyceae

3b. Algae of various filamentous or vesiculate forms (not radially symmetrical); numerous chloroplasts with or without pyrenoids .................... Bryopsidophyceae

ULVOPHYCEAE

Ulvophyceae Mattox et K. D. Stewart, 1984:41, 66, nom. invalid. [see McNeill et al., 2006:Art. 36.2; Pröschold and Leliaert, 2007:129]; O’Kelly and Floyd, 1984:123.

Species range from individual to colonial unicellular forms to the macrothalli of variable morphologies that include (1) multicellular filamentous forms, (2) multicellular monostromatic or distromatic sheets, or (3) multicellular or siphonous forms, mostly of cushion-like clumps of entangled or compacted filament-like tubes. Members are predominately marine or estuarine and may be simple and unbranched or branched. Each cell has a single cup-shaped or band-shaped chloroplast that contains one to several pyrenoids. Cell division occurs by the furrowing of the persistent, closed, centric mitotic spindle.

Life histories, where known, involve an isomorphic or heteromorphic alternation of generations. Mobile reproductive cells, occurring in most members, have one or two pairs of flagella without mastigonemes (flagellar “hairs”). Each flagellum has basal bodies with four microtubular roots arranged in a cruciate pattern and smaller rootlets of two sizes that alternate between two or more microtubules.

One of the orders, the Ulotrichales Borzi (1895) is present in the southern Gulf, based on the report of Ulothrix Kützing (1843) by Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1991).

Three of the orders, the Ctenocladales, Phaeophilales, and Ulvales, are represented in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE ORDERS OF THE ULVOPHYCEAE IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Algae macroscopic, and either biseriate filaments; or tubular (1 cell layer); or membranaceous and partially tubular and partially bladelike (1–2 cell layers); or membranaceous blades throughout (1–4 cells layers) .................... Ulvales

1b. Algae microscopic or minute, uniseriate branched filaments that may be erect or prostrate or prostrate with erect axes; uniseriate filaments either remain free and not adjoined throughout or, in some, are partially or entirely consolidated into pseudoparenchyma (1 cell thick at margins and 1–4 cells thick centrally) .................... 2

2a. Algae microscopic to macroscopic, but minute; mostly endophytic or epiphytic on cells of other algae; uniseriate filaments free or partially or completely consolidated into pseudoparenchyma, 1–4 cells thick .................... Ctenocladales

2b. Algae microscopic, uniseriate filaments; mostly endolithic in dead shells, coral rubble, or crustose corallines; 1 cell thick throughout, and further separated by zoosporangia formation, and zoospore ultrastructure .................... Phaeophilales

CTENOCLADALES

“Ctenocladales” Silva, 1982:147.

Ctenocladales P. C. Silva in Silva, Meñez et Moe, 1987:131.

Algae are uniseriate, branched filaments, which may be (1) entirely erect, (2) entirely prostrate, or (3) a combination of both with an attached prostrate portion from which erect branching filaments develop. Prostrate filaments may form a pseudoparenchyma. Cells are uninucleate, with a single chloroplast and usually one or more pyrenoids. Unicellular colorless hairs or multicellular setae (hair-like) branches are present in some species.

Asexual reproduction is by fragmentation or by akinetes. Sporangia are formed within vegetative cells and produce aplanospores, or biflagellate, triflagellate, or quadriflagellate zoospores. Sexual reproduction has not been confirmed for most species. Where reported, sexual reproduction, may be isogamous or anisogamous, with biflagellate gametes formed within enlarged vegetative cells (gametangia). Sporangia and gametangia may form a pore, papilla, or neck.

REMARKS. The taxonomy of the members of the Ctenocladales and Chaetophorales group has been largely based on culture and ultrastructural studies, and the ordinal and family placement of their members has been variously interpreted. The reliability of certain taxonomic characters has been questioned, and taxonomic placement of some genera is still in a state of flux (e.g., Silva et al., 1996b). For example, the Ulvellaceae is placed in the Ctenocladales herein (following, e.g., Silva et al., 1996b; Abbott and Huisman, 2004; Pedroche et al., 2005), but others consider the family in the Ulvales (e.g., Schneider and Searles, 1991; Kraft, 2007). At present, their taxonomy and phylogenetic relationships are somewhat problematic and in need of further elucidation.

There is one family in the northern Gulf of California.

ULVELLACEAE

Ulvellaceae Schmidle, 1899:57, emend. O’Kelly and G. L. Floyd, 1983:162.

Algae are usually microscopic, prostrate, and composed of filaments that are freely branched or laterally coherent or coalesced to from a pseudoparenchyma, and may be, endophytic or epiphytic on other algae or marine plants, or grow on other marine organisms. Cells have a lateral, band-shaped or platelike chloroplast and are with or without pyrenoids. Colorless setae or hair-like projections from the cell wall are present in some genera and absent in others.

Sporangia and gametangia are developed in vegetative cells and become larger than vegetative cells. Asexual reproduction is usually by biflagellate or quadriflagellate zoospores or aplanospores. Sexual reproduction where known, is usually by biflagellate isogametes or anisogametes but is in need of investigation for many species.

REMARKS. Members are found in brackish and marine environments. Species are based on the growth form of the filaments (i.e., if the filaments are consolidated into pseudoparenchyma versus not consolidated and free), differences in cell size and number of pyrenoids, and habitat and host (Nielsen, 1984; Ricker, 1987; Kraft, 2000). O’Kelly and Yarish (1981b) suggested detailed features of sporangial development may be more reliable taxonomic characters.

Four genera are known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE GENERA OF ULVELLACEAE IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Microscopic, prostrate filaments spreading, remaining free of each other throughout (not coalescing into a pseudoparenchyma) .................... Entocladia (in part)

1b. Microscopic, disc-shaped to spreading; prostrate filaments either entirely coalesced into a pseudoparenchyma, or partially coalescing in varying degrees with some filaments free....................2

2a. Crusts initially a single cell layer, developing to 2 to 4 cell layers (polystromatic) centrally and a single cell layer (monostromatic) outward .................... Ulvella

2b. Crust or sheet-like, a single cell layer thick (monostromatic) throughout .................... 3

3a. Filaments originating from a central point; forming a more or less circular disc, with or without filaments extending from margin .................... 4

3b. Filaments not originating from a central point, not circular, but forming a crust with irregular outer margins ....................5

4a. Filaments with setae (hair-like structures without nuclei; not always present in field-collected material) ............................................................Entocladia (in part)

4b. Filaments without “hairs” or setae .................... Epicladia

5a. Filaments forming pseudoparenchymatous, sheet-like thallus, with outer noncoalesced to loosely coalesced filaments; percurrent axes sometimes visible as primary and lateral branches develop; cells with 1(–3) pyrenoids .................... Stromatella

5b. Filaments loosely to tightly coalescing in some portions, with outer short to long filaments remaining free of each other; cells with 1–3 (–7) pyrenoids .................... Entocladia (in part)

Entocladia Reinke

Entocladia Reinke, 1879:476.

Algae are microscopic prostrate filaments, usually epiphytic on or endophytic within the cell walls of various larger algae, sea grasses, or other aquatic vascular plants. Filaments are either unconsolidated and irregularly branched and free; or may be compacted in varying degrees into a pseudoparenchyma. Cells are quadrate to elongated, with a single nucleus and chloroplast that contains one to several pyrenoids. Hairs or setae-like structures are present (observable in culture, but not always seen in field collections).

Life histories, where known, are with isomorphic sporophytes and gametophytes. Asexual reproduction is by quadriflagellate zoospores, formed by sequential division in cells near the center of the thallus. Sexual reproduction is by biflagellate isogametes formed in the same manner as zoospores.

REMARKS. Entocladia and Epicladia are recognized herein; the two usually separated by growth form and if the cells of the filaments have hairs or setae (Entocladia) or lack them (Epicladia) (see Nielsen, 1980, 1984). This generic separation is problematic; e.g., Kraft (2000) noted that hairs were rarely (if at all) found in field collections, but they have been shown to occur under culture conditions for some species.

Four species of Entocladia and two of Epicladia are known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF ENTOCLADIA AND EPICLADIA (ULVELLACEAE) IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Prostrate filamentous thallus disc-shaped (more or less circular) in surface view.................... 4

1b. Prostrate filamentous thallus not disc-shaped in surface view .................... 2

2a. Filaments free of each other (not consolidated into pseudoparenchyma); cells mostly elongated, some irregular in shape, 3–5 µm wide, 10–40 µm long .................... Entocladia polysiphoniae

2b. Filaments mostly free, sometimes with portions consolidated to varying degrees to form a pseudoparenchyma .................... 3

3a. Filaments mostly free, with portions aggregated (i.e., not closely consolidated); cells variable in shape, squarish to rectilinear, most 6–8 µm wide, 6–20 (-35) µm long; 1–3 pyrenoids per cell .................... Entocladia viridis

3b. Filaments extensively consolidated, spreading and covering host cells; margins with extending filaments; 3–7 pyrenoids per cell .................... Entocladia sp. A

4a. Disc somewhat circular; inner cells isodiametric, with few to several central cells empty; outer cells narrower, much longer; margin border more or less even.................... Entocladia marchantiae

4b. Disc irregular in outline, with filaments extending from the margins .................... 5

5a. Disc-shaped with only a few, short marginal filaments; central cells 12–16 µm wide; marginal cells 5–9 µm in diameter ............................................................ Epicladia condensata

5b. Discoid, with fringelike margin of numerous longer filaments; central cells 15–18 µm in diameter; marginal cells 5–7 µm in diameter .................... Epicladia mexicana

Entocladia marchantiae (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Cribb

FIGURE 9A

Pringsheimia marchantiae Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:720 [as “P. marchantae”], pl. 12: fig. 8; Dawson, 1944:205; González-González et al., 1996:138.

Entocladia marchantiae (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Cribb, 1995:23, pl. 1: fig. 5; Pedroche et al., 2005:18.

Acrochaete marchantiae (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Nielsen et McLachan, 1986b:516, figs. 3–14.

Pringsheimiella marchantiae (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Schmidt et Petrak in Schmidt, 1935:29 [as “P. marchantae”]; Dawson, 1961b:372; Nielsen and McLachan, 1985:511; González-González et al., 1996:138.

Algae microscopic, more or less discoid, 100–120 (–170) µm in diameter; monostromatic pseudoparenchyma with few to several empty central cells (released spores?); outer marginal filaments of 1–7 cells, unbranched or sparsely, alternately branched; some outer filaments free. Cells with a parietal chloroplast and 1(–2) pyrenoids. Central cells isodiametric, (8–)10–20 µm wide. Outer marginal cells narrower and longer (more or less rectangular), (2–)3–5 µm wide and (4–)5–10 µm long. Hairs not observed; reported in culture studies (Nielsen and McLachan, 1986b).

HABITAT. Epiphytic on species of Laurencia and Gracilaria textorii; low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Isla Coronado (Isla Smith), off Bahía de Los Ángeles; La Paz.

TYPE LOCALITY. Epiphytic on Laurencia, La Paz, Baja California Sur, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Entocladia marchantiae from Isla Coronado, represents a new record for the northern Gulf (JN-4411; US Alg. Coll. slide 4257). Regarding the species epithet, Nielsen and McLachan (1986b) thought it was named only for Mrs. Marchant and corrected the spelling to “marchantiae.” However, Setchell and Gardner (1924a) are rather vague in their species dedication, citing only the collection number (“Marchant no. 68x”), then in their introduction “a collection made by Dr. and Mrs. Marchant in 1917” (p. 696), and later acknowledging “our indebtedness to Dr. and Mrs. Marchant…for collections of marine algae” (p. 697). If it can be shown that it was their intention to name the species for both Dr. and Mrs. Marchant, then the species name would be correctable to “marchantiorum” (McNeill et al., 2006:Art. 60C.1).

Entocladia polysiphoniae Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 9B

Entocladia polysiphoniae Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:718, pl. 13: fig. 18; Dawson, 1944:204; Dawson, 1961b:371; Noda, 1968:56, fig. 4; Nielsen, 1972:265; Konno and Noda, 1980:27, fig. 2; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González et al., 1996:137; Yoshida, 1998:18; Kraft, 2000:518, fig. 3F–H; Pedroche et al., 2005:18; Kraft, 2007:31, fig. 11A–E.

Entocladia viridis sensu Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1999:45, figs. 37, 38 [non Entocladia viridis Reinke, 1879:476].

Algae endophytic, microscopic; composed of irregularly branched filaments, mostly 3–5 µm in width, that remain free of each other (not consolidated into a pseudoparenchyma) within cells of the host, and covering an area up to 1 mm in diameter. Cells irregularly variable in shape, mostly elongated, 10–40 µm in length and 3–5(–9) µm in width; parietal chloroplast with a single pyrenoid.

Sporangia (?) intercalary in filaments, up to 24 µm in diameter, numerous, formed at irregular intervals.

HABITAT. Endophytic in Polysiphonia.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: El Desemboque to Guaymas; La Paz. Pacific coast: Oaxaca; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Endophytic in cell walls of Polysiphonia marchantiae (now P. johnstonii), Guaymas, Sonora, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. In the Gulf, Entocladia polysiphoniae is only known from the type specimen and a few other collections. It is distinguished by filaments that remain free of each other (never consolidated) and branches that can develop, often at right angles, from the middle or toward the ends of intercalary cells. Entocladia polysiphoniae has also been reported from Japan (Noda, 1968, 1975; Konno and Noda, 1980; Yoshida, 1998) and from Lord Howe Island, Australia (Kraft, 2000, 2007). Further collections of Gulf E. polysiphoniae will be helpful in accessing its life history, taxonomic, and phylogenetic status.

Entocladia sp. A

FIGURE 9C

Algae microscopic, cells of filaments coalescing forming a spreading, monostromatic pseudoparenchyma; up to 2 mm across; sometimes completely surrounding cell of host Cladophora; cells of outer marginal filaments mostly coherent or occasionally with some outermost filaments extending distally up the host cell and remaining free. Cells with a parietal chloroplast and (2–)3–7 pyrenoids; cells mostly irregularly squarish or polygonal, (8–)10–16 µm in diameter; cells of outer filaments more or less rectangular, elongated, rectilinear, 15–30 µm long and 8–12 µm wide. Hairs not observed in Gulf specimen.

HABITAT. Endophytic within lower cells of Cladophora; shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Islas de Los Gemelos (west island), vicinity of Bahía de Los Ángeles.

REMARKS. The northern Gulf specimen of Entocladia sp. A (JN-4492; US Alg. Coll. slide 4154) is apparently an unknown species. It is somewhat similar to Entocladia robustum Cribb (1995; = Endoderma viride f. major Børgesen, 1920) in cell shape and size and the number of pyrenoids per cell. It is also remotely similar to

FIGURE 9. Species of Entocladia. A. Entocladia marchantiae: Surface view, disc of consolidated cells, isodiametric in interior (some central cells empty), and narrower, elongated cells toward margin; epiphytic on Gracilaria textorii (JN-4411b). B. Entocladia polysiphoniae: Free filaments, branching mostly from midregions of intercalary cells; epiphytic on Polysiphonia (JN-5190). C. Entocladia sp. A: Filaments aggregated into loose pseudoparenchyma; several pyrenoids per cell; covering cell wall of host Cladophora (JN-4492b). D, E. Entocladia viridis: Free filaments extending from aggregated cells; growing

horizontally across a basal cell of Chaetomorpha aerea (JN-5180b).

Entocladia velutina Cribb (1995) in cell shape and number of pyrenoids per cell, but the cell sizes are smaller in the Gulf Entocladia sp. A, and the hair cells described in the Australian type (Heron Island, Queensland) were not observed.

Entocladia viridis Reinke

FIGURE 9D,E

Entocladia viridis Reinke, 1879:476, pl. VI: figs. 6–9; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:289; Smith, 1944:35; Dawson, 1957a:2; Dawson, 1961b:372; Dawson and Neushul, 1966:174; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:64, fig. 18; O’Kelly and Yarish, 1981a:549, figs. 1–4; O’Kelly and Yarish, 1981b:33, figs. 1–12; O’Kelly and Floyd, 1983:153, figs. 1–29; Huerta-Múzquiz -Muzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Ortega et al., 1987:77, pl. 13: fig. 52; Santelices and Abbott, 1987:5; Cribb, 1995:25, pl. 5: figs.1–3; González-González et al., 1996:286; León-Tejera and González-González, 2000:327 [as “E. aff. viridis”]; Kraft, 2000:517, fig. 3D,E; Abbott and Huisman, 2003a:283, fig. 13; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:43, fig. 4A; Pedroche et al., 2005:18; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:58; Kraft, 2007:30, fig. 10A–D.

Endoderma viride (Reinke) Lagerheim, 1883:74; Collins, 1909b:279; Børgesen, 1920:416, figs. 397–399.

Endoderma viride (Reinke) De Toni, 1889:209.

Acrochaete viridis (Reinke) R. Nielsen, 1979:442, fig. 2A–L; Nielsen and McLachan, 1986a:809; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:111.

Phaeophila viridis (Reinke) Burrows in Parke and Dixon, 1976:568.

Algae minute epiphytes, of irregularly branched filaments, mostly 5–8(–10) µm in width, usually remaining free (not coalesced; or slightly coalescing to varying degrees) on cell walls of host. Cells variable in shape, inner cells squarish to rectilinear, and outer cells elongate, 5–8 (–10) µm in diameter and (5–)10–20(–30) µm long. Cells contain a parietal chloroplast with up to 3 pyrenoids.

HABITAT. Growing on outer cell walls of Acetabularia, Chaetomorpha, and probably other algae; intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco; Estero de Bacorehuis (Laguna Agiabampo) to Bahía Balandra (north of La Paz); Playa Los Cerritos (vicinity of Mazatlán), Sinaloa. Pacific coast: British Columbia to southern California; Oaxaca; Hawaiian Islands; Rapa Nui (Easter Island); Galápagos Islands.

TYPE LOCALITY. Napoli (Naples), Italy.

REMARKS. Entocladia viridis may be a species complex of more than one taxon (Kylin, 1938; Kraft, 2000). O’Kelly and Yarish (1981b) also noted Entocladia viridis is a polyphyletic assemblage and that specimens from California reported by Setchell and Gardner (1920b) as “E. viridis” are possibly another species. Reports of Entocladia viridis in the Gulf of California (Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985; Ortega et al., 1987; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006) are probably this species in the sense of Smith (1944) and Abbott and Hollenberg (1976).

Epicladia Reinke

Epicladia Reinke, 1889b:31.

Algae are microscopic, uniseriate branched filaments, usually growing as endophytes or epiphytes on various algae and sea grasses or epizoic on invertebrates; also on shells. Most species are prostrate and composed of either irregularly branched filaments from the center portion or of cells compacted into pseudoparenchyma, usually with short to long filaments extending from the margin. Hairs and setae are not present. Vegetative cells are uninucleate with a single parietal, platelike or band-shaped chloroplast and one or more pyrenoids.

Sporangia are formed by sequential division in vegetative cells near the center of the thallus; pyriform-shaped, biflagellate or quadriflagellate zoospores exit through a papilla or short tube. Sexual reproduction is by biflagellate isogametes formed in a similar manner as the zoospores.

REMARKS. Although Epicladia has been considered a synonym of Entocladia by O’Kelly and Yarish (1981a, 1981b), Nielsen (1980, 1984) concluded the genera were distinct, with species referred to Epicladia differing primarily from those of Entocladia by the absence of hairs or seta in both nature and in culture.

There are two species of Epicladia known from the Gulf of California (see “Key to the species of Entocladia and Epicladia”).

Epicladia condensata (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) J. N. Norris, comb. nov.

FIGURE 10A,B

Entocladia condensata Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:718, pl. 12: figs. 4, 5; Dawson, 1944:204; Dawson, 1961b:371; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González

FIGURE 10. Species of Epicladia. A, B. Epicladia condensata: A. Surface view, endophytic on upper portion of a Codium utricle (after Setchell and Gardner, 1924a: pl. 12, fig. 4). B. Longitudinal section of a Codium utricle showing E. condensata within the utricle cell wall (after Setchell and Gardner, 1924a: pl. 12, fig. 5). C. Epicladia mexicana: Surface view, pseudoparenchymatous center with scattered sporangia, and free filaments extending from around the margin (after Setchell and Gardner, 1924a: pl. 19, fig. 57).

et al., 1996:137; Pedroche et al., 2005:17; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:201.

Algae disc-shaped, with compacted cells in the center and a few short filaments extending outward from the margin. Hairs or setae absent. Vegetative cells in center, angular, 12–16 µm in diameter in surface view; cells of short marginal filaments, 7–9 µm in diameter.

Sporangia (?) slightly larger than central vegetative cells.

HABITAT. Endophytic within the cell wall of utricles of various species of Codium; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Libertad; Bahía San Francisquito; Isla San Esteban.

TYPE LOCALITY. In utricles of Codium; Bahía San Francisquito, Baja California, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Apparently a Gulf endemic, Epicladia condensata is found in the utricles of Codium. Similarily, Acrochaete codicola (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) O’Kelly (in Gabrielson et al., 2006; basionym: Entocladia codicola Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1920a, 1920b) from the Pacific coast is found in the utricles of Codium fragile (Suringar) Hariot (1889). Epicladia condensata is disc-shaped, with an irregular margin, and composed of a much larger central pseudoparenchyma of cells (12–16 µm in diameter) that is more compacted throughout and has only a few short marginal filaments of 1–2 angular cells (7–9 µm in diameter) (Setchell and Gardner, 1924a), thus differing from A. codicola, which has a smaller central pseudoparenchyma and numerous, free (not adjoined), much longer, branched filaments that are up to at least six, long, cylindrical cells (3–4 µm in diameter, 7.5–21 µm in length) (see Smith, 1944; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976; both as “Entocladia codicola”).

Epicladia mexicana (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) J. N. Norris, comb. nov.

FIGURE 10C

Entocladia mexicana Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:719, pl. 19: fig. 57; Dawson, 1944:205; Dawson, 1961b:371; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González et al., 1996:137; Pedroche et al., 2005:18; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:201.

Algae endophytic, disc-shaped, 350–450 µm in diameter; pseudoparenchymatous in center, and with numerous free filaments around the margin. Cells of pseudoparenchymatous center of thallus 15–18 µm in diameter; cells of marginal filaments, 7.5–17.5 µm long and 5–7 µm in diameter.

Sporangia (?) numerous, scattered, up to 20 µm in diameter.

HABITAT. Endophytic within Chaetomorpha antennina and Valoniopsis hancockii; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda; La Paz.

TYPE LOCALITY. Endophytic in cell wall of Chaetomorpha; La Paz, Baja California Sur, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Although not well known, Epicladia mexicana is apparently an endemic species in the Gulf of California.

Stromatella Kornmann et Sahling

Stromatella Kornmann et Sahling, 1985:223.

Stromatella Kornmann et Sahling, 1983:10, nom. inval. [note that lacking their selection of a species as the generitype,

FIGURE 11. Stromatella monostromatica, epiphytic on Polysiphonia (JN-4442b): A. Aggregation of cells forming monostromatic pseudoparenchyma; margins irregular with branching peripherally extending filaments. B. Filaments consolidate forming a single-layer pseudoparenchyma spreading over host; percurrent axes barely discernible

the first use of the generic name was invalid (see McNeill et al., 2006:Art. 37.1); Stromatella was later validly published by Kornmann and Sahling (1985)].

Algae are microscopic filaments, forming monostromatic crusts that grow as prostrate epiphytes on various algae. Cells of the filaments coalesce to form a single-layer pseudoparenchyma with laterally branched, marginal filaments that are loosely aggregated (not coalescing). Cells have a single chloroplast with one pyrenoid.

Reproduction is by the conversion of vegetative cells into sporangia and the subsequent division into eight zoospores. Sporangia develop progressively from the interior of the pseudoparenchyma outward toward the margin.

REMARKS. Although superficially similar to Ulvella, Stromatella differs in vegetative anatomy (monostromatic throughout) and reproductive characters (Kornmann and Sahling, 1983). Cells of Stromatella have a chloroplast with one pyrenoid, whereas in Ulvella there are 0–3 pyrenoids per cell. The taxonomic status of Stromatella was subsequently corroborated by studies of Nielsen (1988b).

There is one species in the northern Gulf of California.

Stromatella monostromatica (P. J. L. Dangeard) Kornmann et Sahling

FIGURE 11A,B

Ulvella monostromatica P. J. L. Dangeard, 1965:45, pl. I: figs. 8–13, pl. III: fig. 1.

Stromatella monostromatica (P. J. L. Dangeard) Kornmann et Sahling, 1985:223 [footnote]; Nielsen, 1988a:255, fig. 22a–h; Nielsen, 1988b:427, figs. 1–17; Kraft, 2000:516, fig. 3B,C; Abbott and Huisman, 2003a:283, fig. 12; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:43, fig. 4B; Kraft, 2007:23, fig. 7A–C.

Stromatella monostromatica (P. J. L. Dangeard) Kornmann et Sahling comb. inval., 1983:10, fig. 4.

Algae epiphytic, monostromatic crusts. Interior of compact angular cells, 8–12 µm long and 6–8 µm in width, forming a pseudoparenchyma; with filaments at margins loose and unconsolidated, laterally branched, of narrow, elongated cells, 6–15 µm long and 4–5 µm in width. Cells with a single pyrenoid.

HABITAT. Epiphytic on Polysiphonia, Bryopsis, and probably other algae; intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Isla Coronado (Isla Smith) and Isla la Ventana, Bahía de Los Ángeles. Pacific coast: Washington; Hawaiian Islands.

TYPE LOCALITY. Collioure, Pyrénées-Orientales, southern France.

REMARKS. Apparently a highly variable species (Nielsen, 1988a, 1988b), Stromatella monostromatica has been reported on many different hosts and from a wide range of habitats and geographical localities. The collections from Isla la Ventana (JN-4442b; US Alg. Coll. slide 4160) and Isla Coronado (JN-4401; US Alg. Coll. slide 4142), off Bahía de Los Ángeles, are the first records for the Gulf of California and are similar to thalli reported from Hawaii (Abbott and Huisman, 2003a, 2004) and Australia (Kraft, 2000, 2007).

Ulvella P. Crouan et H. Crouan

Ulvella P. Crouan et H. Crouan, 1859:288.

Algae are microscopic to minute, prostrate, more or less circular discs, usually less than 2 mm in diameter, and attached directly (without rhizoids) to algae, sea grasses, or other substratum. Initially, a monostromatic disc of rounded to angular cells in the center with outward radiating, bifurcate filaments. As development continues, the central portion of the disc becomes 2–4 cell layers thick, while the outer portion remains monostromatic. Cells are uninucleate and have a parietal chloroplast with (0–)1–3 pyrenoids. Hairs are usually not present in field collections but may develop under certain culture conditions (Nielsen, 1977; Notoya, 1983).

Reproduction by quadriflagellate zoopores has been reported (Nielsen, 1977).

REMARKS. The genera distinction of Ulvella and Pseudulvella Wille (1910) has long been considered problematic (e.g., Dangeard, 1931), with the nature of the zoospores (quadriflagellate in Ulvella and biflagellate in Pseudulvella) the only apparent character separating them (Papenfuss, 1962; Yarish, 1975). The two were merged into a single genus by Nielsen (1977), but later she noted that not all of the species of Pseudulvella belong in Ulvella (Nielsen in Silva et al., 1996a:725). Recent studies of the generitype, Pseudulvella americana (Snow) Wille (1910), have shown the two to be distinct genera, belonging not only to different families but in different classes of green algae (Sanchez-Puerta et al., 2006). The taxonomic status of the species of Ulvella in the Gulf of California, as well as those on the Pacific coast (Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976), needs to be critically studied.

Two species of Ulvella are now known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF ULVELLA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Central cells mostly rounded; marginal cells 6–10 µm wide, and <20 µm in length.................... U. lens

1b. Central cells mostly elongate; marginal cells thinner and longer, 3–5 µm wide, usually >20 µm in length .................... U. setchellii

Ulvella lens P. Crouan et H. Crouan

FIGURE 12A

Ulvella lens P. Crouan et H. Crouan, 1859:288, pl. 22: fig. E; Nielsen, 1977:1, figs. 1–14; Kornmann and Sahling, 1983:16, Notoya, 1983:9, fig.1; Burrows, 1991:130; Hoffman and Santelices, 1997:42, fig. 2 (1–2); Yoshida, 1998:19; Kraft, 2000:514, figs. 2D–G; Abbott and Huisman, 2003a:283, fig. 9; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:44, fig. 4C; Kraft, 2007:25, fig. 8A–D.

Algae minute prostrate epiphytes, disc-shaped, usually less than 500 µm in diameter; initially monostromatic, then becoming polystromatic, up to 2–3 cell layers, in the central portion; outer portions of 1 cell layer. Cells of central portion, rounded to angular, (6–)10–12 µm in diameter; outer cells and margin cells, elongate and narrower, 10–18 µm in length, 6–10 µm in width; a few marginal cells bifid (more readily seen in smaller, developing specimens). Cells either lacking pyrenoids or with a single pyrenoid.

Sporangia not observed in Gulf specimens (sporangia, slightly larger than vegetative cells, develop from central cells; zoospores released through a hole in top of sporangium [Nielsen, 1977:1, fig. 12]).

HABITAT. Epiphytic on Cladophora and probably on other algae as well and possibly epizoic on mollusk shells; intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda. Pacific coast: Japan; Hawaiian Islands; Chile.

TYPE LOCALITY. Rade de Brest, Finistère, Atlantic coast of France (Burrows, 1991:130).

REMARKS. Ulvella lens is now reported for the Gulf of California (EYD-271; US Alg. Coll. slide 4165) but is probably more common in the Gulf than the current record indicates. Thalli of northern Gulf U. lens are relatively small in diameter but have been reported up to 2 mm in diameter elsewhere. Although similar to U. setchellii, U. lens differs in having rounded to angular central cells and shorter outer cells.

The Pacific coast Ulvella applanata (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) G. R. South et Tittley (1986; = Pseudulvella applanata Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1920a; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976) has been considered to be a synonym of U. lens (see Guiry and Guiry, 2008); however,

FIGURE 12. Species of Ulvella. A. Ulvella lens: Immature specimen, nearly circular with some bifurcate cells at disc margin; epiphytic on Cladophora (EYD-271). B. Ulvella setchellii: Disc with elongate cells outward from central region and long, narrow, commonly bifurcate marginal cells; epiphytic on Cladophora microcladioides (EYD-46-980).

the taxonomic relationship of these two taxa needs to be reinvestigated.

Ulvella setchellii P. J. L. Dangeard

FIGURE 12B

Ulvella setchellii Dangeard, 1931:317, figs. 1D,1E, pl. 1; Feldmann, 1937:188, fig. 9C; Smith, 1944:38; Hollenberg, 1948:155; Dawson, 1961b:372; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:59, fig. 9; Nielsen, 1977:3, figs. 15–21; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:140; Stewart, 1991:25; González-González et al., 1996:140; Cribb, 1995:28, pl. 6: fig. 5, pl. 7: fig. 7; Kraft, 2000:514, fig. 3A; Abbott and Huisman, 2003a:283, fig. 10; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:45, fig. 4D; Pedroche et al., 2005:18; Kraft, 2007:27, fig. 9A–E.

Ulvella lens sensu Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:295, pl. 33; Setchell and Gardner, 1930:138; Dawson, 1946b:169; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:111 [non Ulvella lens P. Crouan et H. Crouan 1859:288].

Algae minute epiphytes, circular to irregularly disc-shaped, 30–300 µm in diameter; initially monostromatic, later becoming polystromatic of 2–4 cell layers in central portion; outer portions of 1 cell layer. Cells of central portion angular to slightly elongate, mostly 5–8 µm in diameter. Marginal cells of Gulf specimens, long and narrow, 12–27 µm long and 3–5 µm wide, most terminating with divided tips (appearing Y-shaped, with one side usually longer than the other). Cells uninucleate, chloroplast with 2–3 pyrenoids.

Sporangia not observed in Gulf specimens (central cells become sporangia and develop conical protuberances that function as exit tubes for zoospores [Nielsen, 1977:4, fig. 16]).

HABITAT. Epiphytic on Cladophora and probably on other algae as well; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Bahía Agua Dulce (Bahía Tecomate), Isla Tiburón; Bahía Kino; Playa Los Cerritos (vicinity Mazatlán), Sinaloa. Pacific coast: British Columbia to Isla Guadalupe (Baja California).

SYNTYPE LOCALITIES. Roscoff, Finistère, France (on Polysiphonia); Croisic, Loire Inférieure, France (on Phyllophora); and Pacific Grove, Monterey County, California (on Laurenica).

REMARKS. Specimens of Ulvella setchellii from Bahía Agua Dulce, Isla Tiburón (US Alg. Coll. slide 892), epiphytic on Cladophora (EYD-46-980), and Bahía Kino (US Alg. Coll. slide 4166), also epiphytic on a Cladophora (EYD-2928), represent the first records for the northern Gulf of California. Although the cell diameters of Gulf U. setchellii and U. setchellii from California (e.g., Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976) are in general agreement, the outer marginal cells differ in length; Gulf U. setchellii are not as long (only up to 27 µm) compared to those from California (up to 50 µm in length). This may be a reflection of a smaller, immature state of the Gulf specimens.

PHAEOPHILALES

Phaeophilales Chappell, O’Kelly, L. W. Wilcox, et G. L. Floyd, 1990:516.

Algae are microscopic, multicellular, and filamentous. Vegetative cells contain a single nucleus.

The order is defined on developmental and ultrastructural characters. Reproductive development: initially the zoosporangia become multinucleate, and then the zoospores are formed by simultaneous cleavage (O’Kelly and Yarish, 1981a). Zoospore ultrastructure: reproduction is by scaleless, quadriflagellate zoospores that are formed in the zoosporangia. The anterior-most pair of flagellar basal bodies in the zoospores has simple, convex terminal caps.

REMARKS. On the basis of the ontogeny of the zoosporangia and ultrastructural characters of the zoospores of the generitype Phaeophila dendroides, Chappell et al. (1990) removed the genus from the Ulvellaceae and established a new family and order. Although the Phaeophilales and Phaeophilaceae are recognized herein, their status is problematic. O’Kelly et al. (2004) noted that while their molecular phylogenetic reconstructions supported six lineages, including a Phaeophila lineage, it may be premature to interpret their higher level classification, including the proposed order and family of Chappell et al. (1990).

PHAEOPHILACEAE

Phaeophilaceae Chappell, O’Kelly, L. W. Wilcox, et G. L. Floyd, 1990:516.

Algae are branched uniseriate filaments, with the characteristics of the order.

REMARKS. The taxonomic status of the family is unresolved (O’Kelly et al., 2004; see also Remarks for Phaeophilales).

A monotypic family, its single genus is represented in the northern Gulf of California.

Phaeophila Hauck

Phaeophila Hauck, 1876:56.

Algae minute, endophytic or epiphytic, and composed of branching uniseriate filaments, with cells that bear hairs (without a septa separating them from the cell). Cells contain parietal chloroplasts with few to several pyrenoids.

Zoosporangia can be similar in size to the vegetative cells or slightly larger and are often terminal on the branches. The zoospores are quadriflagellate.

REMARKS. Although Nielsen (1972) recognized 11 species in Phaeophila (some of which have been subsequently transferred to other genera [Nielsen, 1983, 1988a; Nielsen et al., 1995]), most have considered it to be a monotypic genus (e.g., O’Kelly and Yarish, 1981a; Chappell et al., 1990; Kitayama and Yoshida, 1992). More recently, O’Kelly et al. (2004) noted it is unclear whether any species other than P. dendroides actually belong in Phaeophila. For example, results from culture studies by Moewus (1949) of Ectochaete ramulosa L. Moewus (1949; = Phaeophila ramulosa (L. Moewus) Nielsen) and by Yarish (1975) of Endoderma vagans Børgesen (1920; = P. vagans (Børgesen) Nielsen) suggest both are not Phaeophila but belong to Acrochaete sensu Nielsen (1979).

There is one species in the northern Gulf of California.

Phaeophila dendroides (P. Crouan et H. Crouan) Batters

Ochlochaete dendroides P. Crouan et H. Crouan, 1852:Vol. 3, No. 346; Crouan and Crouan, 1867:128, pl. 8.

Phaeophila dendroides (P. Crouan et H. Crouan) Batters, 1902:13; Taylor, 1945:47; van den Hoek, 1958:212, fig. 6d–f; Dawson, 1961b:371; Nielsen, 1972:255–257, 261, figs. 2, 3, pl. 3a–f; O’Kelly and Yarish, 1981a:549, figs. 1, 15–27; Garbary et al., 1985:43; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; Nielsen, 1987:435, figs. 9C–E, 10A–P; Kitayama and Yoshida, 1992:47, figs. 1–12; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:23; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Cribb, 1995:21, pl. 1: fig. 4; González-González et al., 1996:288, 372; Yoshida, 1998:21, fig. 1-1F; O’Kelly et al., 2004:789–798; Wysor, 2004:214; Pedroche et al., 2005:19; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:58; Tribollet et al., 2006: 292–303; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:7.

Phaeophila engleri Reinke, 1889a:86; Thivy, 1943:245, pls. 1, 2; Taylor, 1945:46; Dawson, 1961b:371; Earle, 1972:85; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:498; González-González et al., 1996:372; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:24.

Minute algae of uniseriate filaments, irregularly alternate or oppositely branched; endophytic or epiphytic, endoepilithic or penetrating shells or dead coral. Cells elongated, cylindrical, (5–)7–25 µm in diameter and 15–55 µm long; some may be swollen (subglobose) up to 25 µm in diameter; with parietal chloroplast with 1–13 pyrenoids; and wavy setae (hairs), up to 400 µm long and (1–)2–5 µm in diameter.

Sporangia 10–40 µm in diameter, with an emission tube, 3.5–7.7 µm in diameter and up to 4 times longer than diameter of sporangium.

HABITAT. In shells, coral rubble, and crustose corallines; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Guaymas. Pacific coast: British Columbia to Washington; Isla Clarión (Islas Revillagigedo); Isla María Magdalena (Islas Tres Marías), Nayarit to Oaxaca; Panamá; Hawaiian Islands; Galápagos Islands.

TYPE LOCALITY. Brest, Finistère, France.

REMARKS. Phaeophila dendroides is usually reported to be within mollusk or barnacle shells and crustose corallines. However in the northern Gulf it was reported as epiphytic on non-calcareous algae, i.e., on “Laurencia” (Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986) and Chaetomorpha (Mateo-Cid et al., 2006).

ULVALES

Ulvales Blackman et Tansley, 1902:136.

Algae are multicellular and consist of biseriate filaments or monostromatic or distromatic thalli that are tubular or compressed or form partly to completely flattened blades. Growth is by intercalary cell division. Cells are uninucleate, with a single laminate or cup-shaped chloroplast and one or more pyrenoids.

Life histories are generally isomorphic with phases of morphologically similar asexual and sexual thalli, but a few species are known to be heteromorphic, with dissimilar gametophytes and sporophytes. Asexual reproduction is by bi- or quadriflagellate zoospores, which are formed within cells. Many can also reproduce vegetatively by fragmentation. Sexual reproduction may be isogamous, anisogamous, or oogamous.

One family is well represented in the northern Gulf of California.

ULVACEAE

Ulvaceae Lamouroux ex Dumortier, 1822:71.

FIGURE 13. Ulva anatomy, diagrammatic transections: A. Ulva sect. ulva: Flat blade of two cell layers throughout. B, C. Ulva sect. enteromorpha: B. Cylindrical, hollow, and one cell layer throughout.C. Flattened blade of two cell layers, with hollow, one-cell-layer margins. (drawn by Alice R. Tangerini, NMNH)

Most members of the Ulvaceae are marine species that are membranous and exhibit high morphological variability within species, often overlapping between species. They may be (1) flat, distromatic (two cells thick throughout; Figure 13A), and entire, divided, or branched, with smooth, ruffled, or puckered surfaces; (2) tubular to compressed, monostromatic (one cell thick throughout; Figure 13B), and simple to extensively branched; or (3) with both a flattened portion (two cell layers) and tubular margins and/or a tubular basal portion (both one cell layer) (Figure 13C). Members are attached to the substratum by a basal disc or rhizoidal outgrowths from basal cells of blade margins.

Asexual reproduction is by biflagellate or quadriflagellate zoospores. For most, where the life history is known, there is an alternation of isomorphic gametophytes and sporophytes. Sometimes a single phase, either gametophytic or sporophytic, is repeated without alternating phases, and for a few the life history is entirely sporophytic. Gametophytes produce biflagellate isogametes or anisogametes.

REMARKS. Ulva is a cosmopolitan genus and widespread in distribution throughout the Gulf of California. The reports of Blidingia minima (Nägeli ex Kützing) Kylin (1947b) from La Paz (Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999, both as “E. micrococca”), Pacific Baja California (Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978, as “E. minima and E. micrococca”), and Oaxaca (Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970, as “E. micrococca”) and B. marginata (J. Agardh) P. J. L. Dangeard ex Bliding (1963) from Isla San Benedicto (Islas Revillagigedo), Oaxaca, and Chiapas (Huerta-Múzquiz and Garza-Barrientos, 1975, as “E. marginata”) establish another genus, Blidingia Kylin (1947b), in the southern Gulf and Pacific Mexico.

One genus, Ulva, is known in the northern Gulf of California.

Ulva Linnaeus

Ulva Linnaeus, 1753:1163.

Enteromorpha Link in Nees, 1820:5.

Chloropelta Tanner, 1980:129.

Although members are of two basic forms, they can exhibit widely variable morphologies. One group, Ulva sect. ulva, includes flattened blades of two layers (distromatic) of closely adherent cells with gelatinous walls of varying thickness (Figure 13A). These blades range from narrowly lanceolate to broadly expanded forms and may be entire, irregularly lobed, cuneate, or deeply divided, with most having a smooth surface (some may have perforations or holes), and smooth, ruffled, or dentate margins. The blades are attached to the substratum by a basal holdfast of compacted rhizoidal cells either directly (without stipe) or below a stipitate portion, and/or rhizoidal extensions of cells from the lower portions of the blade that may run between the two cell layers of the blade. Growth is diffuse by cell divisions, primarily along the margins. Vegetative cells are uninucleate, with a single laminate or cup-shaped chloroplast, and usually one pyrenoid. However, rhizoidal cells are often multinucleate.

Most members of the other group, Ulva sect. enteromorpha, are cylindrical to compressed, hollow, and one cell layer (monostromatic) throughout (Figure 13B), while a few others may be a flat, distromatic blade with margins and/or a basal portion that are hollow and monostromatic (Figure 13C). These may be unbranched or branched (often repeatedly), sometimes with uniseriate or pluriseriate proliferations or branchlets, and are basally attached by a system of rhizoidal nonseptate filaments that form a holdfast or by rhizoids growing from the lower basal cells. These rhizoidal extensions may fill the basal portion of the thallus to form a solid stipe. Cells are uninucleate with a single (laminate or cup-shaped) chloroplast and one to several pyrenoids; rhizoidal cells are sometimes multinucleate.

Vegetative reproduction can be by fragmentation or by developing new upright thalli from basal cells or persistent holdfasts. Life histories are usually an isomorphic alternation of generations of a diploid sporophyte and haploid gametophytes. Some are capable of parthenogenetic development, and for other species a sexual generation is apparently lacking. All cells of the thallus, except some of basal and rhizoidal cells, are capable of becoming reproductive. Asexual reproduction is by quadriflagellate zoospores or aplanospores produced within the thallus cells. Sexual reproduction is by the formation of biflagellate isogametes or anisogametes. In some species the biflagellated swarmers develop parthenogenetically. Spores, parthenogenetic gametes, and fertilized gametes initially develop into a uniseriate filament that forms a tubular monostromatic germling. As the tube develops, it either (1) remains one cell layer throughout, or becomes partially flattened with or without a hollow basal portion and/or hollow margins (Ulva sect. enteromorpha) or (2) becomes compressed throughout with the cell walls adhering to form a distromatic blade (Ulva sect. ulva).

REMARKS. Species of Ulva are found worldwide in marine, estuarine, and freshwater habitats. While most are attached, some become unattached and can be free-floating or form mats on intertidal mud and sand flats. Other unattached species sink and grow in shallow to deep subtidal waters (e.g., one species formed extensive meadows at 650 m depths in the Hawaiian Islands; Sylvia A. Earle, NOAA [currently with Deep Ocean Exploration and Research], personal communication).

Species concepts of the “Ulva-Enteromorpha complex” are based on morphology and anatomy and are complicated by a high degree of plasticity. Characters primarily used to separate the species are (1) morphological, if cylindrical, compressed or flattened, entire or branched, and smooth or dentate margins; (2) anatomical, one or two layers thick; and (3) cytological, such as cell shape and arrangement (regularly or irregularly arranged), dimensions and thickness of cell walls (in transections and surface views), chloroplast shape, and number of pyrenoids. Many studies have shown these characters to be highly variable within species, varying with age, reproductive condition, and influenced by ecological factors such as wave exposure, tidal factors, currents, temperature, salinity, and light and biotic factors such as grazing or microorganisms in seawater (e.g., Provasoli and Pintner, 1964, 1980, 1981; L. Fries, 1975; Bonneau, 1977).

Studies of field-collected specimens, combined with morphological and reproductive details, cytological developmental patterns in culture, and the apparent inability of species to interbreed, have also been used to evaluate species concepts (Bliding, 1963, 1968; Koeman and van den Hoek, 1981, 1982a, 1982b, 1984; Hoeksema and van den Hoek, 1983; Tanner, 1986; Phillips, 1988). Originally considered a single genus by Linnaeus (1753), it was Link (in Nees, 1820) who divided Ulva and described the genus Enteromorpha. Since then, it has long been suggested that Enteromorpha and Ulva are closely related, perhaps the same genus. Recent molecular analyses support that they are a single genus (Tan et al., 1999; Shimada et al., 2003; Hayden et al., 2003; Hayden and Waaland, 2004).

Two Asian species, potentially invasive, have been recently reported in Pacific Mexico. Ulva fasciata Delile (1813), apparently introduced (Mateo-Cid and Mendoza- González, 2003), is reported from Pacific Baja California and Sinaloa to Oaxaca (R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005a). A Japanese species, U. pertusa Kjellman (1897), first reported in southern California (Hayden and Waaland, 2004), has now been identified in northwest Baja California (R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2008). Hopefully, continued monitoring and measures taken, if necessary, will prevent their introduction and spread into the Gulf of California.

A broadly expanding species, U. expansa (Setchell) Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1920a), has been reported in the southern Gulf, from Bahía de La Paz (Howe, 1911, as “U. fasciata f. expansa”; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001; Pedroche et al., 2005).

Twelve species of Ulva, in two separate morphological sections, are present in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF ULVA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Thalli flat, linear to rounded blades; 2 cell layers thick throughout [Figure 13A].................... Ulva sect. ulva 2

1b. Thalli either: tubular to compressed and hollow and 1 cell layer throughout; or with upper flat or blade-like portion of 2 cell layers with hollow margins of 1 cell layer, and a tubular hollow basal portion of 1 cell layer [Figure 13B,C] ............................................................ Ulva sect. enteromorpha 7

2a. Blades mostly less than 2 cm tall; in small clumps .................... U. californica (in part)

2b. Blades mostly over 5 cm tall; usually not in clumps .................... 3

3a. Cells in transection of middle portion of blade, quadrate to only slightly elongate.................... U. lactuca

3b. Cells in transection of middle portion of blade, subquadrate to anticlinally elongate .................... 4

4a. Blades digitate, with a lower basal or bicular portion and up to 6 lanceolate segments tapering upward .................... U. nematoidea

4b. Blades not digitate, either orbicular to wider than tall or linear and much taller than wide, entire or divided, with basal portion narrowed toward base .................... 5

5a. Blades linear, up to 6 times taller than wide, often spirally twisted with ruffled margins.................... U. californica (in part)

5b. Blades not linear; obovate (broadest near upper end) or wider than tall .................... 6

6a. Blades obovate and deeply lobed; margins smooth; transection, thicker in central portion, of cells up to 2 times taller than wide .................... U. lobata

6b. Blades orbicular (circular and flattened) to wider than tall; margins usually dentate; in transection, more or less same thickness throughout, of elongated cells, up to 3 times taller than wide .................... U. rigida

7a. Thalli bladelike; flattened upward (2 cells thick), with hollow (1 cell thick) margins and/or tubular basal portions ............................................................U. linza

7b. Thalli tubular to compressed, simple to much branched; hollow and 1 cell layer throughout....................8

8a. Thalli more or less tubular throughout; axes and branches usually densely covered with numerous short branchlets and spinelike projections .................... U. acanthophora

8b. Thalli tubular to compressed, simple and unbranched to branched; axes and branches without spiny projections; short branchlets, if present, not dense .................... 9

9a. Cells in surface view irregularly arranged throughout (not arranged in longitudinal rows in any part of thallus) .................... 10

9b. Cells in surface view in distinct to more or less clearly arranged longitudinal rows (often more evident in younger or narrower portions of axes and branches) .................... 11

10a. Thallus tubular throughout (or rarely only slightly compressed); usually not branched (or if branched, only one to few simple branches); in transection outer cell wall thin .................... U. intestinalis

10b. Thallus compressed, usually widening upward and branched; in transection outer cell wall thick .................... U. compressa

11a. Thalli cylindrical to slightly compressed; repeatedly and usually densely branched up to several orders; ultimate branchlets multiseriate or partly to entirely uniseriate.................... U. clathrata

11b. Thalli either: simple and unbranched, or with branches only near base, or a main axis with lateral branches .................... 12

12a. Thallus with lateral branches or proliferations (rarely unbranched); cells in surface view in longitudinal but not transverse rows .................... U. radiata

12b. Thallus either: unbranched, or with branches only from or near base; cells in surface view in longitudinal and transverse rows (although sometimes may be obscure) .................... U. flexuosa

Ulva sect. ulva

Members of this section include species of Ulva that are flat, bladelike, and distromatic throughout (Figure 13A). The two cell layers of the blade are developmentally independent but closely adherent.

Five of the known species of this section are in the northern Gulf of California.

Ulva californica Wille

FIGURE 14A,B

Ulva californica Wille in Collins, Holden and Setchell, 1899:Exsiccate No. 611; Collins, 1909b:215; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:264; Dawson, 1945c:23; Doty, 1947:11, pl. 2: figs. 6–10; Dawson, 1960a:31; Dawson, 1961b:374; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:78, fig. 35; Littler and Littler, 1981:149, 150; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:63; González-González, 1993:443; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:114, 120; L. Aguilar-Rosas L. et al., 1985:125; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; Tanner, 1986:517, figs. 1–19; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:39; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1989:81; R. Aguilar-Rosas and Machado-Galindo, 1990:188; Stewart, 1991:27; León-Tejera et al., 1993:199; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:517, 529; González-González et al., 1996:139; Núñez-López et al., 1998:39; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1998:169, 177; Hayden and Waaland, 2004:378, tbl. 3; Pedroche et al., 2005:22; Kawai et al., 2007:223–226, figs. 3, 4.

Ulva angusta Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1920a:283, pls. 27, 31: fig.1; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:264, pls. 22, 26: fig.1; Setchell and Gardner, 1930:137; Dawson, 1944:201; Smith, 1944:45, pl. 4: figs. 1–3; Dawson, 1961b:374; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:78, fig. 34; Silva, 1979:341; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:114; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:140; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1985:125; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; González-González et al., 1996:139.

Enteromorpha angusta (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Doty, 1947:20, pl. 1: figs. 1–6.

Ulva scagelii Chihara, 1968:87, figs. 3–8.

Ulva taeniata sensu Dawson, 1945b:59, 64 [non Ulva taeniata (Setchell) Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1920a:286].

Algae variable in size and shape in the Gulf: blades usually small, up to 2 cm tall and 1.5 cm wide, cuneate or more or less triangular-shaped, with undulate margins; but blades can also be larger, lanceolate to oblanceolate (much taller than wide) up to 15 cm long and to 5 cm wide, usually with ruffled margins; attached below by a slender stipe and along base of the blade. Two cell layers, 30–40(–60) µm thick in transection; usually thicker near base. Cells in surface view polygonal with rounded corners, usually irregularly arranged, (5–)10–23 µm in diameter by (5–)10–15 µm long; chloroplast with 1–2(–4) pyrenoids. Cells in transection more or less quadrate to slightly elongate, 5–12 µm wide by 5–18 µm tall.

Quadriflagellate zoospores develop into gametophytes. Anisogamous gametes fuse to form a zygote; female gametes capable of developing parthenogenetically; male gametes can also develop without fertilization (Tanner, 1986).

HABITAT. On rocks or occasionally epiphytic; high to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to La Paz. Pacific coast: Alaska to Baja California Sur; Isla Guadalupe; Isla Magdalena; Nayarit to Michoacán; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Pacific Beach, south of La Jolla, San Diego County, California.

REMARKS. In the northern Gulf, Ulva californica is usually found growing in its smaller, more or less triangular-shaped form (cf. Tanner, 1986:514, figs. 1, 4, 5). On the basis of similarities in morphology, cytology, and life histories, the absence of interfertility barriers, and preliminary electrophoretic data, two larger Pacific species, U. angusta and U. scagelii, were placed in synonymy with

FIGURE 14. Ulva californica: Habits, small cuneate forms, typically found in the northern Gulf. A. EYD-27407. B. JN-5425.

U. californica (Tanner, 1986); this has been supported by the molecular analyses of Hayden and Waaland (2004). The larger thalli of U. californica are not common in the northern Gulf but have been reported from Guaymas as “U. angusta” (Dawson, 1961b; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986).

Ulva lactuca Linnaeus

FIGURE 15

Ulva lactuca Linnaeus, 1753:1163; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:265; Collins, 1909b:214; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:717; Setchell and Gardner, 1930:138; Dawson, 1944:202; Smith, 1944:45, pl. 3: figs. 6,7; Dawson, 1945b:64; Taylor, 1945:42; Dawson, 1959a:5, 8–11; Dawson, 1961b:374; Dawson, 1962b:228; Dawson, 1962c:278; Scagel, 1966:60, pl. 31: figs. I–K; Bliding, 1968:537, figs. 1–5; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:126; Chávez B., 1972:268; Norris, 1973:3, 17; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:83, fig. 39; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:336, 337, 339; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:63; R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:84; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1982:52, fig. 8; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:115, 120; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; Ibarra-Obando and R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1985:96; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; Ortega et al., 1987:77, 90, pl. 13: figs. 56, 57; Sánchez-Vargas and Hendrickx, 1987:161; Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988:82; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:39; Santelices, 1989:243, pl. AA: fig. 4; Dreckmann et al., 1990:24, 37; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:24; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:30; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:24; González-González, 1993:443; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:51; Stout and Dreckmann, 1993:4; León-Tejera et al., 1993:199, 202; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:51, 60; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:34, 44; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:103, 112; González-González et al., 1996:289; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Anaya-Reyna and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 1996:862; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:42; Yoshida, 1998:40; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:24, 27; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:69; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2002:200; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2003:447; Hayden and Waaland, 2004:373, tbl. 3; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005b:36; Pedroche et al., 2005:28; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:191, 201.

Algae cuneate, ovate to oblanceolate, up to 5 cm tall, light green, usually entire, occasionally laciniate, with undulate margins; attached by a small discoid holdfast. Thickness at margins 40–55 µm; in midportions up to 85 µm; and in basal region 80–100 µm thick. Cells irregularly arranged in surface view; quadrangular to polygonal, 12–20 µm by 10–25 µm in diameter, with a single parietal chloroplast and 1–2 pyrenoids. Cells in transection, more or less quadrate, 15–25(–30) µm tall by 10–25 µm wide.

HABITAT. On rocks; high intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Cabo Pulmo. Pacific coast: Alaska to central California; northern Baja California to Oaxaca; Costa Rica; Ecuador; Galápagos Islands; Peru; Chile; China; Japan.

FIGURE 15. Ulva lactuca: Habit (US Alg. Coll.-36624).

TYPE LOCALITY. “In Oceano” (Linnaeus, 1753); probably west coast of Sweden (Womersley, 1984).

REMARKS. Ulva lactuca, the type species of the genus, has been reported worldwide. In the northwest Gulf of California, the effects of an El Niño year (1997–1998) on populations of Ulva lactuca were dramatic (Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2003). Stands of U. lactuca along the Gulf coast of Baja California across from Canal de Ballenas were significantly reduced in aerial coverage by 70% and biomass by 80% during El Niño in comparison to the pre-El Niño years (May 1995, 1996) and the post-El Niño year (May 2000) recovery.

Ulva lobata (Kützing) Harvey

FIGURE 16

Phycoseris lobata Kützing, 1847:54; Kützing, 1849:477; Kützing, 1856:10, pl. 27.

Ulva lobata (Kützing) Harvey, 1855:265; Silva et al., 1996a:748; Silva et al., 1996b;235; Pedroche et al., 2005:30.

Ulva lobata (Kützing) Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1920a:284; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:268; Smith, 1944:46, pl. 4: figs. 4, 5; Taylor, 1945:43; Doty, 1947:10; Dawson, 1957a:2, 4; Dawson, 1959a:4; Dawson, 1959c:4; Dawson, 1961b:374; Guzmán del Próo et al., 1972:260; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:85, fig. 40; Silva, 1979:341; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:64; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:39; Santelices, 1989:242, pl. AA: fig. 6; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:30; León-Tejera et al., 1993:199; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; González-González et al., 1996:140; Hoffmann and Santelices, 1997:65, fig. 10; León-Alvarez et al., 1997:397; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1998:169; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133, 134; Hayden et al., 2003:279; Hayden and Waaland, 2004:377, tbl. 3.

FIGURE 16. Ulva lobata: Habit (JN-6103a).

Ulva fasciata f. lobata Setchell in Collins, Holden and Setchell, 1901b:No. 863; Collins, 1909b:216.

Blades up to 15 cm tall, obovate, mostly deeply lobed or divided; margins smooth to ruffled; gradually narrowed in lowermost portion, sometimes more or less stipe-like at holdfast. Blades in transection 40–50 µm thick at margins and noticeably thicker in midportion, up to 90 µm. Cells viewed in transection appear vertically elongated, almost twice as tall as wide; with a cup-shaped chloroplast.

HABITAT. On rocks or mud and sand; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Santa Teresa; Bahía de La Paz. Pacific coast: Oregon to Baja California; Jalisco to Guerrero; Clipperton Island; Ecuador; Galápagos Islands; Chile; Juan Fernandez Island.

TYPE LOCALITY. Chile.

REMARKS. Although Levring (1941, as “Phycoseris lobata”; see also Wynne, 2002) listed U. lobata as a synonym of U. nematoidea, molecular analyses have not supported this (Hayden and Waaland, 2004), and these two are recognized as separate species.

Ulva nematoidea Bory de Saint-Vincent

FIGURE 17A,B

Ulva nematoidea Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1828:190; Levring, 1941:605, figs. 1B–D, pl. 49: fig. 1; Levring, 1960:9; Wynne, 2002: figs. 1–3.

Ulva fasciata f. costata M. Howe, 1914:20, pl. 1, pl. 2: figs. 10–23; Taylor, 1947:60; Dawson et al., 1964:8, pl. 3; Acleto O., 1977a:16, fig. 13; Acleto O., 1977b:3, fig. 4.

Ulva costata (M. Howe) Hollenberg, 1971:283, fig. 1, nom. illeg. [since it is a later homonym of Ulva costata Wollny, 1881:30]; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:80, fig. 36; Santelices and Abbott, 1978:215; Acleto O. 1980:2, figs. 1–3; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:114, 120; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1984a:151; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1984b:159; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1985:71; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1985:125; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; Acleto O., 1986:38, fig. 4; Santelices, 1989:241, pl. AA: fig. 3; R. Aguilar-Rosas and Machado-Galindo, 1990:188; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:517, 526;

FIGURE 17. Ulva nematoidea:A. Thallus narrowly linear and twisted (EYD-10421). B. Thallus with central planar region and ruffled margins (US Alg. Coll.-8799).

Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:51; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:34, 44; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:112; González-González et al., 1996:139; Hoffman and Santelices, 1997:59, fig. 8; Mendoza-González et al., 1999:60; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005b:36.

Ulva dactylifera Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1920a:285, pl. 26: fig.1; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:272, pl. 21: fig.1; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:717; Dawson, 1944:201; Dawson, 1959a:6, 11; Dawson, 1961b:374; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:80, fig. 37; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:339; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:63; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:115, 120; González-González, 1993:443; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1985:125; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; Stewart, 1991:28; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:24; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:23; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; González-González et al., 1996:140; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:42; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133, 134; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; Pedroche et al., 2005:25; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146.

Ulva fasciata f. taeniata Setchell in Collins, Holden and Setchell, 1901b: No. 862.

Ulva taeniata (Setchell) Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1920a:286, pl. 28; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:273, pl. 23; Smith, 1944:48, pl. 3: figs. 1–3; Dawson, 1945b:64; Doty, 1947:8, pl. 2: figs. 11, 12, pl. 4: figs. 3, 4; Dawson, 1961b:374; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:87, fig. 43; Santelices and Abbott, 1978:215; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:335; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; Santelices, 1989:247, pl. AA: figs. 1,2; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:24; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:24; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:51; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:34, 44; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:103, 112; González-González et al., 1996:140; Hoffmann and Santelices, 1997:71, fig. 12; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Hayden and Waaland, 2004:379, tbl. 3; Pedroche et al., 2005:33.

Algae up to 10 cm tall, with upper blade divided into 4–6 narrow, linear segments, each 5–15 mm wide; often twisted, sometimes with a central planar region (midrib), and usually with crisped, ruffled margins that may or may not be dentate; lower portion of blade orbicular and attached along the basal margin or attached by a short stipe. Cells in surface view isodiametric, 15–20 µm in diameter; in transection (16–)20–40 µm tall by 16–20 µm wide. Middle of upper lanceolate segments, up to 190 µm thick; with cells in surface view, 12–16 µm in diameter, and in transection, elongated, 12–16 wide and 35–60(–80) µm tall. Cells of margins in transection, mostly slightly elongate, 12–16 µm wide and 12–16 µm tall.

HABITAT. On rocks; upper to mid intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Santa Teresa to Bahía La Paz; Playa Los Cerritos (vicinity Matzalán), Sinaloa. Pacific coast: Oregon to Punta Eugenia, Baja California Sur; Sinaloa to Michoacán; Peru; Chile; Juan Fernandez Island. (Galápagos Islands and Ecuador [Taylor, 1945:43, with a query].)

TYPE LOCALITY. Concepción, Provincía Concepción, Chile.

REMARKS. Tanner (1979) and Stewart (1991) suggested that U. costata, U. dactylifera, and U. taeniata were conspecific; this has been recently supported by molecular evidence (Hayden and Waaland, 2004). Although Levring (1941, 1960) considered U. costata and U. nematoidea to be one species, this has been largely ignored. Recently, Wynne (2002) provided morphological evidence that these two were the same, with U. nematoidea having nomenclatural priority.

Ulva rigida C. Agardh

FIGURE 18

Ulva rigida C. Agardh, 1823:410; Howe, 1914:18; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:269; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:717; Setchell and Gardner, 1930:137; Levring, 1941:606; Dawson, 1944:202; Smith, 1944:47; Dawson, 1949:239, 242; Taylor, 1947:60; Papenfuss, 1960:305, text-fig. 4, pl. 1: fig. 11; Dawson, 1961b:374; Dawson et al., 1964:8; Dawson, 1966a:5; Scagel, 1966:61, pl. 30: figs. A–C, pl. 31: figs. A–H; Bliding, 1968:546, figs. 6–10; Acleto O., 1973:9; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:87, fig. 41; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:338; Koeman and van den Hoek, 1981:37, figs. 78–107; Littler and Littler, 1981:151–153; Hoeksema and van den Hoek, 1983:74, figs. 20–24; Littler and Littler, 1984:15, 24; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; Dungan, 1986:295; Phillips, 1988:445, figs. 24–26; Santelices, 1989:243, pl. AA: fig. 5; R. Aguilar-Rosas and Machado-Galindo, 1990:188; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1990:123; Stewart, 1991:28; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Rocha-Ramírez and

FIGURE 18. Ulva rigida: Habit, showing the wider than tall nature of the thallus (JN-5742).

Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:30; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:517, 526; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:44; González-González et al., 1996:290; Hoffmann and Santelices, 1997:68, fig. 11; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:25; Mendoza-González et al., 1999:60; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133; Kraft, 2000:532, fig. 11A–E; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:57, fig. 12A–D; Hayden and Waaland, 2004:379, tbl. 3; Pedroche et al., 2005:32; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48; Kraft, 2007:46, fig. 19A–E; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:191, 201.

Ulva lactuca var. rigida (C. Agardh) Le Jolis, 1863:38; Collins, 1903:8, pl. 41: fig.1; Collins, 1909b:215; Howe, 1911:490; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:335; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432.

Blades broader than tall, up to 5 cm tall and to 10 cm wide in the Gulf, dark green; sometimes deeply lobed, usually with dentate margins (spines 1–3 cells long); firm and comparatively stiff, narrowed abruptly at base to a short solid stipe above a small discoid holdfast. Cells in surface view irregularly arranged, polygonal to rounded, 10–15 µm in diameter; with a single chloroplast and 1–3 pyrenoids. Transection of 2-cell-layer blade, up to 100 µm thick (thickest in lowermost portion), with a distinct thick hyaline, mucilage layer between cell layers. Cells in transection predominately elongated (most evident in mid to lower portions), occasionally squarish, 15–45 µm tall by 10–15 µm wide.

HABITAT. On rocks, usually exposed; high to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Bahía La Paz. Pacific coast: Alaska to Colima; Peru; Chile; Juan Fernandez Island; Hawaiian Islands.

TYPE LOCALITY. Cádiz, southern Spain (Papenfuss, 1960).

REMARKS. Ulva rigida is distinguished from other species of the Gulf by blades that are generally wider than tall, darker green in color, and usually with microscopic teeth along the blade margins.

Ulva sect. enteromorpha (Link in Nees) Endlicher

Enteromorpha Link in Nees, 1820:5.

Ulva sect. enteromorpha (Link in Nees) Endlicher, 1843:19.

Unlike Ulva sect. ulva, thalli of the members of U. sect. enteromorpha are completely monostromatic throughout or not completely distromatic throughout. This section includes species that are either (1) tubular to slightly compressed and only one cell thick (monostromatic) throughout (Figure 13B) or (2) compressed to flattened upward to form two-cells-thick (distromatic) blades that have hollow, one-cell-thick (monostromatic) margins (Figure 13C) and/or a one-cell thick (monostromatic) tubular base (Figure 13B).

Seven species are known in the northern Gulf of California.

Ulva acanthophora (Kützing) Hayden, Blomster, Maggs, P. C. Silva, Stanhope et Waaland

FIGURE 19A,B

Enteromorpha acanthophora Kützing, 1849:479; Kützing, 1856:pl.34: fig.1; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:254; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:715, pl. 16: fig. 43, pl. 38; Dawson, 1944:203; Dawson, 1949:234; Dawson et al., 1960b:9, 13; Dawson, 1961b:373; Dawson, 1962c:278; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:126; Norris, 1973:3; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:337, 338; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; Norris, 1985:211; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:30; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; González-González et al., 1996:136; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190.

Ulva acanthophora (Kützing) Hayden, Blomster, Maggs, P. C. Silva, Stanhope et Waaland, 2003:288; Pedroche et al., 2005:21; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:201.

Enteromorpha ramulosa var. acanthophora (Kützing) Chapman, 1956:419, fig. 67; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146 [Pedroche et al., 2005:21 noted this combination was invalid].

Enteromorpha ramulosa sensu Adams, 1994:29, 51, pl. 3 [non Enteromorpha ramulosa (J. E. Smith) Carmichael in W. J. Hooker, 1833:315; basionym: Ulva ramulosa J. E. Smith, 1810: pl. 2137, which is a synonym of Ulva clathrata (Roth) C. Agardh, 1811:23].

Algae more or less tubular throughout, usually profusely branched, up to 30(–45) cm tall, 1–2 mm in diameter; branches tubular, constricted at base; axes and branches beset with numerous short and spinose ultimate branchlets. Cells in surface view, mostly 10–15 µm in diameter, and not arranged in longitudinal series in main axes and branches; but more or less in longitudinal series in ultimate branchlets and spinose projections.

HABITAT. On rocks and tidal platforms, often exposed, and in sand in shallow protected waters; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal; also dredged 22–36 m (Dawson, 1944).

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Bahía Tepoca to Bahía La Paz; Isla Espiritu Santo. Pacific coast: Bahía San Quintín, Baja California; Bahía Tortuga and Bahía Almejas (Isla Santa Margarita), Baja California Sur; Golfo de Tehuantepec, Oaxaca.

TYPE LOCALITY. Bay of Islands, northeast coast of North Island, New Zealand.

REMARKS. Within the Gulf of California, Ulva acanthophora has been collected in November but appears to be more common from February to June. It can be distinguished from other Gulf species by its large size and the characteristic, numerous, short branchlets and spine-like projections along its axes and branches. The presence of the New Zealand species in the Gulf and Pacific Mexico shows a very disjunct DISTRIBUTION. It would be interesting to comparatively test Gulf U. acanthophora with the New Zealand type and type locality specimens of U. acanthophora (Chapman, 1956; Adams, 1994) using morphological and molecular studies, such as those of Blomster et al. (1998, 1999), Hayden et al. (2003), and Hayden and Waaland (2004).

Ulva clathrata (Roth) C. Agardh

FIGURE 20

Conferva clathrata Roth, 1806:175.

Ulva clathrata (Roth) C. Agardh, 1811:23; Blomster et al., 1999:579; Pedroche et al., 2005:23; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:191, 201.

Enteromorpha clathrata (Roth) Greville, 1830:lxvi, 181; Collins, 1909b:199; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:260; Dawson, 1959a:7, 10; Dawson, 1961b:373; Dawson, 1962b:228; Bliding, 1963:107, figs. 64–69; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:126; Norris,

FIGURE 19. Ulva acanthophora: A. Close-up of spiny axes and branches (JN-5455). B. Robust thallus with abundant lateral branches, branchlets, and spines (JN-383).

FIGURE 20. Ulva clathrata: Habit of extensively branched thallus (JN-4994).

1976a:73, fig. 27; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:339; Silva, 1979:340; R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:84; Ibarra-Obando and R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1985:96; De la Lanza et al., 1989:91; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:26; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:24; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:51; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:111; González-González et al., 1996:283; Riosmena-Rodríguez and Paul-Chávez, 1997:66; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:24; Yoshida, 1998:34; Núñez-López et al., 1998:38; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; Blomster et al., 1999:575, figs. 2, 10–16, Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:69; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Hayden et al., 2003:288, tbl. 4; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:46, fig. 5A–C; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005b:35.

Enteromorpha crinita Link in Nees, 1820:2 [index]; Dawson, 1945b:22.

Enteromorpha clathrata var. crinita (Link in Nees) Hauck, 1884:429; R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:85; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:39.

Ulva muscoides Clemente y Rubio, 1807:320; Cremades and Pérez-Cirera, 1990:490.

Enteromorpha muscoides (Clemente y Rubio) J. Cremades in Cremades and Pérez-Cirera, 1990:489; Silva et al., 1996a:737; Núñez-López et al., 1998:38; Blomster et al., 1999:575, figs. 1, 3–9, 22–25; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190.

Enteromorpha plumosa sensu Setchell and Gardner, 1930:137 [non Enteromorpha plumosa Kützing, 1843:300; which is now Ulva paradoxa C. Agardh, 1817:XXII].

Ulva ramulosa J. E. Smith, 1810:pl. 2137.

Enteromorpha ramulosa (J. E. Smith) Carmichael in W. J. Hooker, 1833:315; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:126; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:24.

Algae cylindrical to slightly compressed, up to 10 cm tall and 0.5–2.0 mm in diameter, and repeatedly branched, with numerous proliferations. Branches and ultimate branchlets end in multiseriate or uniseriate rows of cells. Cells in surface view, in distinct longitudinal rows in narrower portions, and either similarly ordered or more randomly arranged in broader older portions; cells 8–20 µm wide and 8–36 µm long, with a single chloroplast and 1 or more pyrenoids.

HABITAT. On rocks, mudflats and tidal platforms, in crevices, and in tide pools; generally in protected habitats; high to mid intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Bahía de La Paz; Punta Arena (vicinity of Cabo Pulmo). Pacific coast: Alaska to Oaxaca; Isla Clarion (Islas Revillagigedo); Isla Clipperton; Hawaiian Islands; Chile; China; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Fehmarn, SW Baltic Sea(Roth, 1806) [neotype locality: Landskoma, Baltic Oresund (neotype illustrated by Bliding, 1963: fig. 69a–d)].

REMARKS. Surprisingly, Ulva clathrata has not yet been reported from the northern Gulf. Collections in the vicinity of Puerto Peñasco (JN-4994; US Alg. Coll.- 310816) represent a northern extension from Puerto Escondido (Dawson, 1959a).

Ulva compressa Linnaeus

Ulva compressa Linnaeus, 1753:1163; Linnaeus, 1755:433; Blomster et al., 1998:332, figs. 50 (typotype), 55–57; Hayden et al., 2003:289, tbl. 4; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48, 58; Pedroche et al., 2005:24; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:191, 201.

Enteromorpha compressa (Linnaeus) Link ex Nees, 1820:Index [2]; León-Tejera et al., 1993:199; González-González, 1993:443; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Leskinen and Pamilo, 1997:17; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:42; Yoshida, 1998:34; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000;144; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:48, fig. 5D.

Enteromorpha compressa (Linnaeus) Greville, 1830:180, pl. 18: figs. 1–3; Setchell and Gardner, 1903: 213; Collins, 1909b:201; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:251, pl. 14: figs. 7, 8, pl. 16: fig. 3; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:716; Dawson, 1944:203; Dawson, 1949:236; Dawson, 1957b:7; Dawson, 1959a:4, 6, 11; Dawson, 1961b:373; Dawson, 1962b:228; Dawson, 1962c:278; Bliding, 1963:132, figs. 82–84; Dawson, 1966a:5; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:126; Chávez B., 1972:268; Norris, 1973:3, 17; Norris, 1976a:74, fig. 29; Devinny, 1978:358; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:336; 338; Silva, 1979:340; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:63; Koeman and van den Hoek, 1982a:288, figs. 2–30; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; Dreckmann et al., 1990:24; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:23; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:24; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:51; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:497; León-Tejera et al., 1993:199; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:51; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:44; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:112; González-González et al., 1996:283; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1996:74, 87, pl. 23: figs. 102, 103; Blomster et al., 1998:319, figs. 4–6, 10–15, 30–40, 55–57; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Dreckmann et al., 2006:153.

Algae mostly compressed, sometimes more or less tubular; up to 10 cm tall and mostly to 5 mm wide; upper portions usually sparsely branched (rarely unbranched); branches more slender near their branching origin and usually broadening distally; sometimes with microscopic, multiseriate or rarely uniseriate, branchlets; basal portion tapering to holdfast of rhizoidal cells. Cells in surface view, more or less quadrate, angular or rounded, 8–15 µm in diameter; irregularly arranged throughout; with 1 or occasionally 2 pyrenoids.

HABITAT. On rocks, usually in exposed habitats; also in mudflats and estuaries, sometimes free-floating, rarely epiphytic; high to mid intertidal (also dredged 4–32 m; Dawson, 1944).

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Las Piedras del Burro to Bahía de La Paz. Pacific coast: Alaska to Costa Rica; Peru; Chile; Hawaiian Islands; China; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Probably Bognor, Sussex, England (based on selection of lectotype illustration of Dillenius [1742:pl. 9: fig. 8] and typotype [see Stearn, 1957:129] by Blomster et al. [1998:332, figs. 50, 55–57]).

Ulva flexuosa Wulfen

FIGURE 21A,B

Ulva flexuosa Wulfen, 1803:1; Hayden et al., 2003:289, tbl. 4; Pedroche et al., 2005:26; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8.

Conferva flexuosa Roth, 1800:188–190, nom. illeg. [since it is a homonym of Conferva flexuosa O. F. Müller, 1782:5].

Enteromorpha flexuosa (Wulfen) J. Agardh, 1883:126; Collins, 1909b:203; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:255; Taylor, 1945:38; Dawson, 1957b:5; Bliding, 1963:73, figs. 38–41; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:126; Chávez B., 1972:268; Huerta-Múzquiz and Garza Barrientos, 1975:6; Norris, 1976a:76, fig. 30; Devinny, 1978:358; Silva, 1979:340; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:63; R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:84; Schnetter and Bula Meyer, 1982:15, pl. 1: figs. A–F; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1985:125; Oliva-Martínez and Ortega, 1987:127, pl. 3: figs. 4a,b; Ortega et al., 1987:77, pl. 13: figs. 53–55; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1989:81; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:39; De Lara-Isassi et al., 1989:102; Dreckmann et al., 1990:24; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:24; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:51; González-González, 1993:443; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:517; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:112; González-González et al., 1996:284; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1996:74, 87, pl. 24: figs. 104–106; Leskinen and Pamilo, 1997:17; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:42; Yoshida, 1998:35; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:24, 27; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1998:169, 180; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; López et al., 2000:340; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:48, fig. 6A–C; Wysor, 2004:215; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146; Dreckmann et al., 2006:153.

Enteromorpha compressa var. flexuosa (Wulfen) Hamel, 1931a:65, fig. 48 (5,6).

Enteromorpha prolifera var. flexuosa (Wulfen) Doty, 1947:15; Dawson, 1961b:374.

Enteromorpha lingulata J. Agardh, 1883:143; Setchell and Gardner, 1930:137; Taylor, 1945:39; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:126, 131; Huerta-Múzquiz

FIGURE 21. Ulva flexuosa (JN-4790): A. Lower portion of small thallus with several lateral branches and rhizoids growing downward toward the base. B. Surface view of cell arrangement in regular longitudinal and more or less transverse rows.

and Garza Barrientos, 1975:6; León-Tejera et al., 1993:199, 204; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:24.

Enteromorpha tubulosa (Kützing) Kützing, 1856:11, pl. 32: fig. 2; Dawson, 1945b:59; Taylor, 1945:38, “prox.”; Dawson, 1961b:374; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:126; Chávez B., 1972:268; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:335, 338; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42.

Enteromorpha intestinalis var. tubulosa Kützing, 1845:247.

Algae cylindrical to slightly compressed, up to 10 cm tall and 0.5–5.0 mm wide, usually unbranched or sometimes sparsely branched (rarely with secondary branches), and without proliferations. Cells in surface view in longitudinal rows and transverse rows (evident in younger, narrower portions; not always distinct in older or broader portions); angular, quadrate to elongate, 8–15 µm wide by 10–20 µm long, with a parietal chloroplast and 1–2(–6) pyrenoids. Transverse section of 1 cell layer, 20–30 µm thick; with cells 12–20(–30) µm tall by 9–20 µm wide.

HABITAT. On rocks; high to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: El Tornillal to La Paz. Pacific coast: British Columbia to Costa Rica; Panamá; Colombia; Ecuador; Galápagos Islands; Chile; Hawaiian Islands; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Duino (NW of Trieste), Italy, Adriatic Sea.

Ulva intestinalis Linnaeus

FIGURE 22

Ulva intestinalis Linnaeus, 1753:1163; Linnaeus, 1755:418; Blomster et al., 1998:332, figs. 49 (typotype), 52–54; Hayden et al., 2003:289, tbl. 4; Hayden and Waaland, 2004:377, tbl. 3; Pedroche et al., 2005:27; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:191, 201.

Enteromorpha intestinalis (Linnaeus) Link in Nees, 1820:Index [2], 5; Howe, 1911:490; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:252; Dawson, 1944:203; Dawson, 1961b:373; Dawson, 1962c:278; Bliding, 1963:139, figs. 87–89; Dawson, 1966a:5; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:126; Brusca and Thomson, 1975:42; Norris, 1976a:76, fig. 31; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:336, 338; Silva, 1979:340; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1982:61; R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:84; Koeman and van den Hoek, 1982a:308, figs. 70–94; Littler and Arnold, 1982:309; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:114, 119; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1985:125; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Ibarra-Obando and R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1985:96; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; Tello-Velazco, 1986:73; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1989:81; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:39; R. Aguilar-Rosas and Machado-Galindo, 1990:188; Dreckmann et al., 1990:24, 37; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:30; González-González, 1993:443; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:51; Stout and Dreckmann, 1993:4; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:517, 529; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:112; González-González et al., 1996:285; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1996:74, 87, pl. 23: figs. 98–101; Anaya-Reyna and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 1996:862; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Leskinen and Pamilo, 1997:17; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:42; Yoshida, 1998:35; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:24, 27; Blomster et al., 1998:319, figs. 1–3, 16–26, 27–29, 49, 52–54; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:30; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133; León-Tejera and González-González, 2000:327; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:49, fig. 7A–C; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al. 2005b:35; Dreckmann et al., 2006:153.

Enteromorpha marchantiae Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:716, pl. 16: figs. 40–42.

Algae usually simple, tubular and smooth throughout (sometimes irregularly inflated and constricted), up to 15 mm in diameter; attenuated toward base, remaining tubular (rarely becoming slightly compressed) and broadening upward; rarely branched. Cells in surface view, irregularly arranged throughout; 5–10 µm wide and 5–12 (–17) µm long; with a single cup-shaped chloroplast and usually 1(–2) pyrenoid(s).

HABITAT. On rocks, occasionally epiphytic on other algae; high to low intertidal; also dredged 4–50 m (Dawson, 1944).

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Bahía La Paz. Pacific coast: Alaska to Chiapas; Peru; Chile; Hawaiian Islands; Japan; China.

TYPE LOCALITY. “In Mari omni” (Linnaeus, 1753); probably Woolwich, River Thames, London, England (based on selection of lectotype illustration of Dillenius [1742:pl. 9: fig. 7] and typotype [see Stearn, 1957:129] by Blomster et al. [1999:332, figs. 49, 52–54]).

REMARKS. Although some specimens of Ulva intestinalis can sometimes be confused with morphologically

FIGURE 22. Ulva intestinalis: Cluster of tubular thalli; most unbranched, a few branched near base (JN-3327).

similar specimens of U. compressa, studies have shown them to be genetically distinct (Blomster et al., 1998; Hayden and Waaland, 2004).

Ulva linza Linnaeus

FIGURE 23

Ulva linza Linnaeus, 1753:1163; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:262, pl. 12: figs. 1–4; Levring, 1941:605; Smith, 1944:44, pl. 3: figs. 4, 5; Hayden et al., 2003:289, tbl. 4; Hayden and Waaland, 2004:378, tbl. 3; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:191, 201.

Enteromorpha linza (Linnaeus) J. Agardh, 1883:134, pl. 4: figs. 110–112; Collins, 1909b:206; Howe, 1911:490; Doty, 1947:18, pl. 1: figs. 7–9; Dawson, 1961b:373; Dawson, 1966a:5; Norris, 1976a:76, fig. 32; Silva, 1979:340; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:30; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:23; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:51; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; González-González et al., 1996:285, 371; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Yoshida, 1998:36, pl. 1-3: fig. G; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:24; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133, 137; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:50, fig. 7D; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005b:36.

Algae linear to lanceolate, unbranched blades, up to 40 cm long and up to 10 cm wide; composed of a flattened upper portion of 2 cell layers, with margins usually hollow and 1 cell thick; margins smooth or sometimes ruffled; and a lower portion that gradually tapers downward to a tubular, hollow monostromatic basal portion. Cells with a single cup-shaped chloroplast and usually 1 pyrenoid. Cells in surface view irregularly arranged in upper flat portions, 10–20 µm in diameter; cells in longitudinal rows in basal portions, elongated, up to 35 µm long. Cells in transection rectangular, up to 20 µm tall and to 35 µm wide.

HABITAT. On sand/mud covered rocks and shells in drainage channels of estuaries; occasionally in tide pools and shaded habitats; and epiphytic on crustose corallines (L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000); mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Las Piedras del Burro to La Paz. Pacific coast: Alaska to Baja California; Jalisco; Oaxaca; Chile; Juan Fernandez Island; Hawaiian Islands; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. “In Oceano” (Linnaeus, 1753:1163); Sheerness, Kent, England (Hayden et al., 2003:289).

REMARKS. On the basis of molecular analysis, Hayden and Waaland (2004) noted that northeast Pacific “Ulva linza” and European U. linza (Tan et al., 1999) may be different taxa. It will be interesting to see the results of comparative molecular analyses of the Gulf “U. linza,” Pacific “U. linza,” and European U. linza (type or type locality), to test their taxonomic status and phylogenetic relationships.

Ulva radiata (J. Agardh) Hayden, Blomster, Maggs, P. C. Silva, Stanhope et Waaland

Enteromorpha radiata J. Agardh, 1883:156; Koeman and van den Hoek, 1982b:54, figs. 54–78.

Ulva radiata (J. Agardh) Hayden, Blomster, Maggs, P. C. Silva, Stanhope et Waaland, 2003:290, tbl. 4.

FIGURE 23. Ulva linza: Thalli of three unbranched blades, widening upward; flattened upper portion with tubular margins, above a short tubular basal portion (JN-3694).

Enteromorpha prolifera subsp. radiata (J. Agardh) Bliding, 1963:56, figs. 25–28.

Enteromorpha prolifera sensu Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:254; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:715; Dawson, 1944:204; Doty, 1947:14; Glynn and Stewart, 1973:216; Norris, 1976a:77, fig. 33; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:63; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; González-González et al., 1996:286; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Pedroche et al., 2005:32; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:201 [non Enteromorpha prolifera (O. F. Müller) J. Agardh, 1883:129; which is Ulva prolifera O. F. Müller, 1778:7, fig. 1].

Ulva prolifera sensu Hayden and Waaland, 2004:377, tbl. 3 [non Ulva prolifera O. F. Müller, 1778:7].

Enteromorpha tubulosa sensu Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:716 [non Enteromorpha tubulosa (Kützing) Kützing, 1856:11; E. intestinalis var. tubulosa Kützing, 1845: 247; which is Ulva flexuosa Wulfen, 1803:1].

Algae with a distinct, cylindrical to compressed main axis, variable in width from very slender (hairlike) filaments to broad, expanded or convoluted masses; usually with numerous lateral branches (rarely sparingly branched). Cells with a single chloroplast, usually with only 1 pyrenoid; in surface view in more or less longitudinal series (usually distinct in some portions); angular, quadrate to polygonal, (10–)12–18 µm wide, becoming elongated near base, 10–18 µm wide by 12–20(–34) µm long. Cells in transection, 10–18 µm wide by 15–30 µm tall.

HABITAT. On rocks, forming mats on mudflats or free-floating; usually in sheltered bays or estuaries; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Bahía de Los Ángeles to Bahía La Paz. Pacific coast: Washington to southern California; Jalisco; Panamá.

TYPE LOCALITY. Arctic Norway (Bliding, 1963).

REMARKS. Gulf of California specimens are tentatively referred to Ulva radiata. This species is probably more widely distributed in the Gulf of California than current records indicate. Bliding (1963, as “E. prolifera subsp. radiata”) proposed that E. prolifera and E. radiata were different taxa. Hayden and Waaland (2004) found the Pacific coast “U. prolifera” (Washington to southern California) was only distantly genetically related to European U. prolifera (Blomster et al., 1998) and hypothesized that the Pacific Northwest material identified as “U. prolifera” was U. radiata, noting this needed to be tested with comparative molecular data from the European U. radiata. Comparisons of Gulf “U. radiata” with U. radiata from Europe (type locality: Arctic Norway) and the western Pacific are needed to evaluate its taxonomic status.

Cladophorophyceae

Cladophorophyceae C. Hoek, D. G. Mann et Jahns, 1995:408, nom. invalid. [see McNeill et al., 2006:Art. 36.2; Pröschold and Leliaert, 2007:130].

Algae are uniseriate unbranched or branched filaments composed of multinucleate cells, with thalli ranging from simple filaments to structurally more complex forms. Cells of sporophytes and gametophytes are multinucleate and with numerous chloroplasts that form a parietal network or a more or less continuous layer. Some of the chloroplasts may also have a single pyrenoid. The principal polysaccharide of the cell wall is crystalline cellulose.

Life histories for many of the species are isomorphic. Sporophytes produce quadriflagellate zoospores that develop into gametophytic thalli. Gametophytes produce biflagellate isogametes or anisogametes. After fusion of two gametes, the zygote develops into a diploid sporophyte.

Two of the orders are present in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE ORDERS OF CLADOPHOROPHYCEAE IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Algae unbranched or branched filaments of terete cells throughout; tenacular cells absent; sequential formation of laterals at nodes; cell division by centripetal crosswall formation .................... Cladophorales

1b. Algae of diverse forms: large siphonous, tubular cells or inflated, clavate, or globose cells; tenacular cells present; simultaneous development of laterals at nodes; cell division lenticular or segregative .................... Siphonocladales

CLADOPHORALES

Cladophorales Haeckel, 1894:302.

Cladophorales G. S. West, 1904:56; van den Hoek, 1984:157–178.

Algae are filamentous and may be (1) simple and unbranched or with few to many branches, or (2) branched filaments with few to many lateral branches that unite to form a network. Most are attached to the substratum by rhizoids, although some may become unattached and free-floating. The cells of the filaments have crosswalls and are multinucleate, with one or more discoid or reticulate chloroplasts and usually one or more pyrenoids. Growth is apical or intercalary. Cell division is by nonsynchronous centripetal invagination, in which the parent wall divides into more or less equal halves (= “Cladophora-type” of cell division).

Vegetative propagation by fragmentation is known for many of the species. The life histories, where known, are isomorphic (with gametophytes and sporophytes of similar morphologies). Sporophytes produce biflagellate or quadriflagellate zoospores in sporangia derived from vegetative cells. Gametophytes produce biflagellate isogametes or anisogametes.

REMARKS. There have been different opinions on whether the Cladophorales should also include the Siphonocladales (e.g., van den Hoek, 1984; Bakker et al., 1994; Hanyuda et al., 2002; Abbott and Huisman, 2004; Wynne, 2005), or if the two should be kept as separate orders (Womersley, 1984; Leliaert et al., 2003; Kraft, 2007) with the type of cell division being a principle taxonomic character. The use of families in the Cladophorales/Siphonocladales complex is also problematic as there seems to be no phylogenetic basis that supports the currently accepted families (Leliaert et al., 2007). For now, the families are treated herein in these two orders. Members of the Cladophorales are mostly marine (although a few, e.g., Cladophora, also have freshwater species) and distributed from sub-boreal to tropical seas, and members of the Siphonocladales are exclusively marine and subtropical to tropical.

There is one family, well represented, in the northern Gulf of California.

CLADOPHORACEAE

Cladophoraceae W. Wille in Warming, 1884:30.

Algae in this family are filamentous, uniseriate, branched or unbranched, and vary in color from light to dark green. Cells are multinucleate, with parietal chloroplasts containing few to many pyrenoids.

Asexual reproduction for many is by fragmentation. Sexual reproduction, where known, is isogamous.

REMARKS. In the northern Gulf of California the family is represented by three genera, Chaetomorpha, Cladophora, and Rhizoclonium. However, the taxonomic distinction of the unbranched genera Rhizoclonium and Chaetomorpha is questionable (Blair et al., 1982; Blair, 1983; Silva et al., 1996a), with taxonomy based solely on filament diameter, cell sizes, and nature of the holdfasts. The generic and species concepts need further study and phylogenetic testing.

KEY TO THE GENERA OF CLADOPHORACEAE IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Filaments sparsely to densely branched, to 1 or more orders .................... Cladophora

1b. Filaments simple and unbranched or with short rhizoidal branches .................... 2

2a. Filaments unattached, entangled or free-floating; or if attached, by short rhizoidal branches along their length ............................................................Rhizoclonium

2b. Filaments attached by a discoid basal cell or by rhizoids extending only from the basal cell.................... Chaetomorpha

Chaetomorpha Kützing

Chaetomorpha Kützing, 1845:203.

Algae are uniseriate, unbranched filaments that grow singularly or in clumps and may be free-floating or attached by a discoid basal cell or by nonseptate rhizoidal processes from an elongate basal cell. Growth is by intercalary cell division only. Cells of the filaments can be shorter or up to 10 times longer than wide, and rectangular, isodiametric, or cylindrical to barrel-shaped. Cells are multinucleate, with a parietal or reticulate chloroplast and many pyrenoids.

Vegetative reproduction is by fragmentation. Life histories are presumed to be an isomorphic alternation of stages. Sporangia are formed in undifferentiated cells and produce quadriflagellate zoospores (probably meiospores). Sexual reproduction is isogamous, with gametangia (also formed in an undifferentiated cell) producing biflagellate isogametes. Isogametes have also been reported to develop parthenogenetically.

REMARKS. Five species have been reported to occur only in the southern Gulf (Dawson, 1949; Dawson, 1950c; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985; R. Aguliar-Rosas and Machado-Galindo, 1990; Riosmena-Rodríguez and Paul-Chávez, 1997; Pedroche et al., 2005): C. linoides Kützing (1847), C. minima Collins et Hervey (1917), C. pachynema (Montagne) Kützing (1847), C. spiralis Okamura (1903, 1912), and C. javanica Kützing (1847).

Of the four species that are known in the northern Gulf of California, three also occur in the southern Gulf.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CHAETOMORPHA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Filaments unattached, free-floating or lying on substratum, or entangled with other algae .................... C. linum (in part)

1b. Filaments attached by a basal cell or rhizoids from basal cell; forming clumps or tufts .................... 2

2a. Upper filament cells 400–900 µm wide, 1–4 times longer than wide; distinctive basal cell very long, up to 9 mm, usually with annular constrictions .................... C. antennina

2b. Upper filament cells narrower, 175–450 µm wide, only 0.5–2.5 times longer than wide; basal cell shorter, less than 4 mm, without annular constrictions .................... 3

3a. Cells wider than long, 250–280 µm wide by 125–148 µm long (0.5–0.6 times diameter); lowermost 1–2 basal cells 1.25 times longer than wide, up to 350 µm long.................... C. bangioides

3b. Cells longer than wide, 625–1100 µm long (0.75–2.5 times diameter), 250–450 µm wide; basal cell 3–5 times longer than wide .................... 4

4a. Filaments mostly curly; cells 175–450 µm wide, more or less squarish to slightly longer (0.75–1.5 times diameter); basal cell less than 5 times longer than wide.................... C. linum (in part)

4b. Filaments straight; 240–400 µm wide; cells longer than wide (mostly 1.5–2.5 times diameter); basal cell up to 5–8 times longer than wide .................... C. aerea

Chaetomorpha aerea (Dillwyn) Kützing

FIGURE 24B

Conferva aerea Dillwyn, 1806:pl. 80.

Chaetomorpha aerea (Dillwyn) Kützing, 1849:379; Collins, 1909b:324; Hartmann, 1929:485; Dawson, 1944:208 (in part); Chávez B., 1972:268; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:338; Silva, 1979:342; Blair, 1983:187, figs. 5, 6; Oliva-Martínez and Ortega, 1987:128, pl. 4: fig. 2a–d; Ortega et al., 1987:78, pl. 14: figs. 65–67; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:24; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:112; González-González et al., 1996:278; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Yoshida, 1998:54; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133; Abbott and Huisman, 2004: 65, fig. 17; Pedroche et al., 2005:34; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:201.

Chaetomorpha linum sensu Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:101 [in part] [non Chaetomorpha linum (O. F. Müller) Kützing, 1845:204].

Tufts of erect, straight, uniseriate filaments, up to 4 (or more) cm tall, attached to substrate by an elongate basal cell with a disc-shaped holdfast. Upper to lower cells of more or less same diameter throughout, (125–)240–400 µm in diameter, often more or less squarish to slightly elongate, 1.0–2.0 times longer than wide; lowermost cells, 1.0–2.5 times longer than wide. Basal cell (nonannulate) of similar diameter to cells above, but much longer, (4–)5–8 times longer than wide, up to 1.8 mm long.

Reproduction not observed in Gulf specimens. Fertile cells reported from elsewhere, up to 600 µm in diameter (Blair, 1983).

HABITAT. On rocks; high to mid intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puertecitos to Bahía de Los Ángeles. Pacific coast: central California to Nayarit; Peru; Chile; Hawaiian Islands; Japan.

SYNTYPE LOCALITIES. England and Wales, UK.

REMARKS. Some specimens of Chaetomorpha aerea (e.g., JN-5180a on US Alg. Coll. slide 4144; El Desemboque, Sonora) were particularly rich with microscopic endophytes and epiphytes, such as Entocladia viridis, that grew on, sometimes encircling, the cells of the basal region.

Some phycologists consider Chaetomorpha aerea and C. linum to be growth forms of a single species (e.g., Christensen, 1957; Burrows, 1991). However, herein these two are recognized as separate species (e.g., following Kornmann, 1972; Blair et al., 1982; Blair, 1983; Silva et al., 1996a), until further morphological and molecular systematic studies have been done on types and type-locality specimens of these species, along with needed comparisons to elucidate their relationship to Gulf of California “C. aerea.” Although crystalline cell inclusions are reported in C. aerea from other regions (Leliaert and Coppejans, 2004:202, fig. 47), they have not been observed in Gulf C. aerea.

FIGURE 24. Species of Chaetomorpha. A. Chaetomorpha antennina: Clump of relatively stiff filaments (EYD-11023). B. Chaetomorpha aerea: Lower region of filament; long basal cell ending in disc-shaped base with short rhizoids (JN-5180a).

Chaetomorpha antennina (Bory de Saint-Vincent) Kützing

FIGURES 24A, 25B

Conferva antennina Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1804a:381; Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1804b:161.

Chaetomorpha antennina (Bory de Saint-Vincent) Kützing, 1847:166; Kützing, 1849:379; Collins, 1909b:324; Howe, 1914:37; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:203; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:713; Setchell and Gardner, 1930:136; Dawson, 1944:207; Dawson, 1945b:59; Taylor, 1945:52; Dawson, 1949:245, 251; Dawson, 1950c:149, figs. 6, 7; Dawson, 1951:52; Dawson, 1954a:3; Dawson, 1959a:9, 12; Dawson, 1959c:4; Dawson and Beaudette, 1959:18, 20; Dawson, 1961b:376; Dawson, 1961c:403, pl. 1: figs 7, 8; Dawson, 1962b:172, fig. 8 (right); Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:126; Norris, 1973:3, 19; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:101, fig. 58; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:338–340; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:140; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988:82; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:39; Dreckmann et al., 1990:24, 37; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:24; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:24; González-González, 1993:443; Stout and Dreckmann, 1993:4; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:52; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:44; León-Tejera and González-González, 1994:493; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:112; González-González et al., 1996:278; Silva et al., 1996b:229, 234; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1996:75, 87, pl. 25, figs. 109, 110; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; León-Alvarez et al., 1997:397; Galindo-Villegas et al., 1997:4; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1997:56; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1998:169, 176, 178; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:44; Aguila-Ramírez et al., 1998:511; Yoshida, 1998:54; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:25, 27; Mendoza-González et al., 1999:61; León-Tejera and González-González, 2000:237; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:69; Carballo et al., 2002:752; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:66, fig. 18A–D; Pedroche et al., 2005:35–36; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146; Dreckmann et al., 2006:154; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:7; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:201.

Conferva media C. Agardh, 1824:100.

Cladophora media (C. Agardh) Kützing, 1849:380; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:120, 131, 135; Chávez B., 1972:268; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:64.

Cladophora pacifica Kützing, 1849:379 (see Collins 1909b:324; Howe, 1914:37).

Algae erect, tufted or clumped, of relatively stiff, uniseriate filaments, up to 10 cm tall, attached by an elongated basal cell with long slender rhizoids from proximal end. Upper cells 400–900 µm in diameter, 1–4 times as long as wide; basal cell of similar width but much longer, 5–9 mm in length. Basal cell usually with annular constrictions.

Fertile cells swollen and larger than vegetative cells.

HABITAT. On rocks, usually in shaded areas; high to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Bahía de Los Ángeles to Bahía San Carlos; Isla San Ildefonso; Cabeza Ballena to Cabo Pulmo. Pacific coast: southern California to Chiapas; Isla San Benedicto (Islas Revillagigedo); Clipperton Island; El Salvador; Panamá; Galápagos Islands; Ecuador; Peru; Chile; Hawaiian Islands; China; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Réunion Island (Bourbon Is.), Mascarene Islands, Indian Ocean.

Chaetomorpha bangioides E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 25A

Chaetomorpha bangioides E. Y. Dawson, 1950c:149, figs. 8–10; Dawson, 1959a:7, 12; Dawson, 1961b:376; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:479, 485; González-González, 1993:443; González-González et al., 1996:128; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1998:169, 180; Pedroche et al., 2005:36.

Algae tufted, up to 1 cm tall; of uniseriate more or less contorted filaments and attached by a small, conical

FIGURE 25. Species of Chaetomorpha. A. Chaetomorpha bangioides: Rectangular (wider than long) cells of different “Bangia-like” shapes in upper part of filament (after Dawson, 1950c:fig. 10). B.Chaetomorpha antennina: Basal cell, typically very long, with short attachment rhizoids, and cell wall with annular constrictions.

holdfast of coalesced rhizoids issued from the primary basal cell. Cells wider than long (more or less rectangular in lateral view), 250–280 µm in diameter, shorter in length (mostly 0.5–0.6 times diameter); lowermost 1–2 cells of similar diameter as upper cells, but slightly longer (up to 350 µm in length). Cell walls thick, up to 60 µm.

Reproduction unknown.

HABITAT. On rocks; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Isla Patos; Puerto Escondido. Pacific coast: Nayarit to Jalisco.

TYPE LOCALITY. Isla Patos, off Isla Tiburón, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Chaetomorpha bangioides is named for the resemblance of its filament cells to those of Bangia fuscopurpurea. It differs from other Gulf of California species of Chaetomorpha in the shape of its cells, rectangular with the diameter wider than the length, and the absence of a very long or otherwise distinctive basal cell (Dawson, 1950c). This species remains poorly known and in need of further collection and study.

Chaetomorpha linum (O. F. Müller) Kützing

Conferva linum O. F. Müller, 1778:7, pl. 771; fig. 2.

Chaetomorpha linum (O. F. Müller) Kützing, 1845:204; Dawson, 1949:229; Dawson, 1959a:12; Dawson, 1961b:377; Devinny, 1978:358; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1982:54, 61; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:115, 121; Blair, 1983:178, figs. 1, 2a; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; Ortega et al., 1987:79, 90, pl. 15: fig. 68; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1989:81; R. Aguilar-Rosas and Machado-Galindo, 1990:188; Stewart, 1991:29; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:24; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:24; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:24; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:51; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:497; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:517; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:34, 44; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:112; González-González et al., 1996:278; Yoshida, 1998:56; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1998:169, 177, 180; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133, 134; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Wysor, 2004:216; Pedroche et al., 2005:38–39; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146.

Chaetomorpha aerea f. linum (O. F. Müller) Collins, 1909b:325.

Chaetomorpha aerea sensu Dawson, 1944:208 [in part] [non Chaetomorpha aerea (Dillwyn) Kützing, 1849:379].

Algae of mostly curved to curled, uniseriate filaments, up to 5 (or more) cm long, usually entangled and unattached or occasionally found attached to substrate by an elongated, lobed basal cell. Upper cells cylindrical to barrel-shaped, (175–)200–450 µm in diameter, and not as long as wide or only slightly longer (length 0.75–1.5 times the width); basal cells, when present, 3–8 times longer than wide.

Reproductive cells barrel-shaped to subglobose, 400–600 µm in diameter.

HABITAT. Estuarine habitats and mangrove lagoons; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal (also dredged; Dawson, 1944).

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puertecitos to La Paz. Pacific coast: Alaska to Baja California; Sinaloa to Colima; Oaxaca; Panamá; Chile; Japan.

SYNTYPE LOCALITIES. Nakskov Fjord and Rødby Fjord, Denmark.

REMARKS. The species Chaetomorpha linum and C. aerea have long been problematic and often confused (Blair, 1983), and Gulf of California specimens referred to either of these species should be reexamined to determine if only one or both taxa occur in the northern Gulf of California. See also comments herein on Chaetomorpha aerea under Remarks for that species.

Cladophora Kützing

Cladophora Kützing, 1843:262

Algae consisting of uniseriate filaments, sparsely to profusely branched; usually erect and attached by rhizoids from basal cells; or sometimes free-floating, forming small to large filamentous masses. Branching is often up to several orders, most with variation in pattern of branching and in diameter (often decreasing in diameter upward). Cells are cylindrical, multinucleate, and with numerous small chloroplasts (usually form a parietal reticulum) and pyrenoids. Cell division is apical or intercalary or sometimes both.

Vegetative reproduction by fragmentation occurs in many species. Life histories are an alternation of isomorphic generations. The terminal and subterminal cells of the filaments become the reproductive cells. Sporophytic reproduction is usually by the formation of quadriflagellate or biflagellate zoospores. Gametophytes produce biflagellate isogametes.

REMARKS. The Gulf species of Cladophora are in need of critical study. Their taxonomy, based primarily on characters such as habit, cell diameter and length/width ratio, and type and degree of branching, is complicated by a high degree of variability of their relatively simple morphologies. Another character, considered to have systematic value, is the presence or absence of crystalline cell inclusions (Leliaert and Coppejans, 2004). Comparative morphological studies of Gulf specimens of Cladophora and type specimens (such as those of van den Hoek, 1963, 1982; Söderström, 1963; Sakai, 1964; van den Hoek and Womersley, 1984; van den Hoek and Chihara, 2000) and molecular and phylogenetic analyses are needed to test their taxonomic status.

Five taxa are recorded in the southern Gulf: Cladophora lehmanniana (Lindenberg) Kützing (1843) by Dawson (1959a, as “C. utriculosa Kützing”), C. glomerata (Linnaeus) Kützing (1843) by Huerta-Müzquiz and Mendoza-González (1985), C. glomerata var. crassior (C. Agardh) van den Hoek (1963) by Huerta-Müzquiz and Mendoza-González (1985, as “C. crispata”), C. rivularis (Linnaeus) van den Hoek (1963) by Huerta-Müzquiz and Mendoza-González (1985, as “C. insignis”), and C. stimpsonii Harvey (1860; Dawson, 1959b) by Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1991).

A highly diverse genus, with 11 species of Cladophora currently recognized in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CLADOPHORA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Basal portion procumbent, of densely entangled horizontally low-growing filaments; upper portion of erect filaments ............................................................C. columbiana

1b. Basal and upper portions erect; of delicate to coarse filaments .................... 2

2a. Cells of basal region with rhizoids that have cell walls with annular constrictions (occasionally some basal cells also with annular constrictions) .................... C. prolifera

2b. Cells of basal region with rhizoids that lack annular constrictions or completely without rhizoids .................... 3

3a. Cell diameter of main branches over 200 µm .................... 4

3b. Cell diameter of main branches less than 200 µm .................... 7

4a. Basal cells without downward growing rhizoids; filaments branched mostly to one side; branchlets usually strongly incurved or curled .................... C. vagabunda

4b. Basal cells with downward growing rhizoids; filaments branched otherwise; branchlets not curled .................... 5

5a. Branched sparingly, dichotomous in lower portions; secund to pectinate (occasionally opposite or rarely alternate) in upper portions .................... C. macdougalii

5b. Branched mostly dichotomously to trichotomously throughout .................... 6

6a. Stiff tufts; filament cells much longer than wide, lower cells 300–500 µm wide, 20–30 times longer than wide; upper cells 100–150 µm wide, 4–10 times longer than wide.................... C. graminea

6b. Lax tufts (not stiff), branching divaricate; cells only 2–4 times longer than wide and smaller diameter throughout; lower cells 190–240 µm wide; upper cells 25–40 µm wide.................... C. hesperia

7a. Branching dichotomous or trichotomous, becoming irregularly alternate to pectinate above; cells 120–180(–200) µm in diameter in lower portions, narrowing above.................... C. microcladioides

7b. Branching subdichotomous, irregular, alternate or secund; cells of smaller diameter, 20–60(–85) µm .................... 8

8a. Upper main axes subdichotomously, irregularly or unilaterally branched; branches formed at distal end of cells; cells of similar diameter, 20–30(–40) µm, throughout.................... C. albida

8b. Upper axes subdichotomously and/or secundly branched; lower cells larger than 30 µm in diameter .................... 9

9a. Branched sparingly (widely spaced), subdichotomously; branches of different lengths intermixed; lower cells 50(–85) µm wide (5–6 times as long) .................... C. sericea

9b. Branched more regularly; subdichotomously below to secund above; lower cells less than 60 µm wide (3–5 times as long) ........................................10

10a. Dense short tufts (<4mm tall) of stiff filaments; cells mostly 4–5 times longer than wide throughout (longest in lower cells) .................... C. tiburonensis

10b. Delicate hairlike filaments to 2 cm tall; lower cells 3–4 times longer than wide, upper cells 1–2 times longer than wide ............................................................ C. montagneana

Cladophora albida (Nees) Kützing

FIGURE 26A

Annulina albida Nees, 1820:Index [1] [see Silva et al., 1996a:769].

Cladophora albida (Nees) Kützing, 1843:267; León-Tejera et al., 1993:199; González-González, 1993:443; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:481; Silva et al., 1996a:769; González-González et al., 1996:129, 368; Yoshida, 1998:60; Nuñez-López et al., 1998:39; van den Hoek and Chihara, 2000:122, figs. 55–59, 63B,D; Pedroche et al., 2005:40.

Conferva albida Hudson, 1778:595, nom. illeg. [since it is a later homonym of Conferva albida Forsskål, 1775:XII].

Cladophora albida (Hudson) Kützing, 1843:267; Kützing, 1849:400; Kützing, 1854:pl. 15; Collins, 1909b:336; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:218; Yamada, 1928:fig. 1; Dawson, 1944:209; Söderström, 1955:275, figs. 1–6; Dawson, 1959a:12; Dawson, 1960a:31; Dawson, 1961b:377; Dawson, 1961c:403, pl. 2: figs. 1, 2; Dawson, 1962b:182, fig. 32; van den Hoek, 1963:94, pl. 20: figs. 241–243, pl. 21: figs. 244, 246–257, pl. 22: figs. 258–279, pl. 23: figs. 280–297, pl. 24: figs. 298–316; Söderström, 1963:65, figs. 55–61; Sakai, 1964:30,

FIGURE 26. Species of Cladophora. A. Cladophora albida: Portion of a sparsely branched axis (after Dawson, 1962b:fig. 32). B.Cladophora tiburonensis: Habit of individual frond from short dense tuft (after Dawson, 1944: pl. 31, fig. 1).

figs. 10, 11, pl. 17: fig. 1; Söderström, 1965:173, 181; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:104, fig. 62; Devinny, 1978:358; Ortega et al., 1987:79, 90, pl. 16: figs. 72, 73; Schnetter and Bula Meyer, 1982:24, pl. 3: figs. D–F; van den Hoek, 1982:100, pl. 15: figs. 133–137, pl. 16: fig. 144; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Stewart, 1991:30; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:24; León-Tejera et al., 1993:199; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1996:75, 87, pl. 25: figs. 111–113; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Dreckmann et al., 2006:154; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:201.

Conferva hamosa Kützing, 1843:267.

Cladophora bertolonii var. hamosa (Kützing) Ardissone, 1887:242; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42.

Cladophora magdalenae Harvey, 1851:pl. 355A; Dawson, 1949:230.

Algae small tufts up to 1 cm tall, of delicate filaments with main axes closely and pseudodichotomously branched, mostly 1–2 orders. Branches formed at distal end of cells; usually 1 per cell. Filaments thin, of similar diameter throughout; mostly 20–30(–40) µm in diameter; cells (2–)4–5 times as long as wide. Cells with a reticulate chloroplast and numerous pyrenoids.

HABITAT. On shaded or exposed rocks, also epiphytic on Cladophora microcladioides and epizoic on a parrotfish beak; intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Bahía de Los Ángeles to Bahía Kino; Puerto Escondido; Cabo San Lucas. Pacific coast: British Columbia to Chiapas; El Salvador; Colombia; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Isle of Selsey, England.

REMARKS. Not well known in the Gulf, Cladophora albida has been found epiphytic on C. microcladioides in the vicinity of Bahía Kino (Dawson, 1944) and Bahía de Los Ángeles (Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a) and growing on the beak of a parrotfish taken at Puerto Escondido (Dawson, 1959a). A specimen from Cabo San Lucas (EYD-3203 [HAFH now UC]) represents a southern record for the Gulf.

Cladophora columbiana Collins

FIGURE 27A

Cladophora columbiana Collins in Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1903:226; Dawson, 1944:210 [with doubt]; Dawson, 1961b:378; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:105, fig. 63; Devinny, 1978:358; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1985:125; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1990:123; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:30; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:22; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:517, 526; González-González et al., 1996:129; Mendoza-González et al., 1999:61; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; Pedroche et al., 2005:42; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101.

Cladophora trichotoma sensu Collins, 1909b:349; Howe, 1911:492; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:210, pl. 16: fig. 2; Smith, 1944:58, pl. 7: fig. 2; Dawson, 1945b:64; Dawson, 1949:219, 222, 228; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; González-González et al., 1996:131 [non Cladophora trichotoma (C. Agardh) Kützing, 1849:414; basionym: Conferva trichotoma

FIGURE 27. Species of Cladophora. A. Cladophora columbiana: Branching habit of a few upper branches (after Setchell and Gardner, 1920b: pl. 16, fig. 2). B. Cladophora macdougalii: Portion of two filaments, apical region (left) and upper portion (right) (after M. Howe, 1911: pl. 33, fig. 7).

C. Agardh, 1824:121, which is Cladophora pellucida (Hudson) Kützing, 1843:271; basionym: Conferva pellucida Hudson, 1762:483 (see van den Hoek, 1963:215)].

Algae cushionlike or forming low-growing mats of entangled filaments, 3–5 cm tall; attached by rhizoids from cells of basal filaments and from lower cells of erect filaments; lower basal filaments growing more or less horizontal; upper filaments erect, unbranched to sparsely branched in lower portion, becoming dichotomously or trichotomously to irregularly branched upward; with a blunt terminal cell. Cells cylindrical; in main axes 150–250(–300) µm in diameter, and 400–1500 µm long; apical cells narrower (90–)130–170 µm in diameter.

HABITAT. On rocks or other hard substratum; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Guaymas; Bahía del Rincón to La Paz. Pacific coast: Alaska to Bahía Tortugas, Baja California Sur.

TYPE LOCALITY. Port Renfrew, Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Canada.

Cladophora graminea Collins

FIGURE 28A,B

Cladophora graminea Collins, 1909a:19, pl. 78: fig. 6; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:211; Dawson, 1944:210; Smith, 1944:59, pl. 7: fig. 1; Dawson, 1945b:64; Dawson, 1949:222, 245; Dawson, 1951:52; Dawson et al., 1960a:26, pl. 1: fig. 6; Dawson et al., 1960b:5, 7–9, 12; Dawson, 1961b:377; Dawson, 1966a:6; Dawson and Neushul, 1966:174; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:105, fig. 64; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:336; Devinny, 1978:358; Littler and Littler, 1981:151, 153; Schnetter and Bula Meyer, 1982:25, pl. 3: figs. A–C; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:116, 121; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1990:123; Stewart, 1991:31; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:517; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:57; González-González et al., 1996:130; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Núñez-López et al., 1998:39; Pedroche et

FIGURE 28. Cladophora graminea: A. Habit (JN-3118). B. Axis of long cells, slightly tapering in diameter to the apices (from Collins, 1909a: pl. 78, fig. 6).

al., 2005:43; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:201.

Algae in tufts, up to 8(–18) cm tall; relatively stiff, coarse, dark green to blackish-green; dichotomously or trichotomously branched, sometimes becoming alternate in upper portions. Branch divisions at more or less same angle throughout; branches usually curving in same direction. Cells very long in relation to diameter, in lower portions up to 300 µm in diameter, and 20–30 times as long as wide; in upper branches 100–150 µm in diameter, and 4–10 times as long as wide.

HABITAT. On rocks, in shaded areas, crevices or under other larger algae; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Guaymas. Pacific coast: Oregon to Isla Magdalena (Baja California Sur); Colombia.

TYPE LOCALITY. Pacific Grove, Monterey County, California.

REMARKS. Dawson (1944, 1966a) referred his Gulf specimens to Cladophora graminea with doubt. However, the Gulf specimens, with their long cell length to width ratio, seem to agree with Pacific coast C. graminea and thus, for now, are retained under this name.

Cladophora hesperia Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 29A,B

Cladophora hesperia Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:713, pl. 13: fig. 17; Dawson, 1944:211; Dawson, 1949:247; Dawson, 1952:431; Dawson, 1954e:323; Dawson, 1961b:377; Dawson, 1966a:6; Stewart, 1982:54; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:30; González-González et al., 1996:130; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:17, 22; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; L. Aguilar-Rosas et

FIGURE 29. Cladophora hesperia: A. Branches widely divaricate and decreasing in diameter with each successive branch order (EYD-832). B.Branching habit of upper branches (after Setchell and Gardner, 1924a: pl. 13, fig. 17).

al., 2002:235; Pedroche et al., 2005:44; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48, 58.

Algae forming dense clumps or sometimes spreading thin mats, up to 1.5 cm tall, light green, abundantly and densely dichotomously to trichotomously branched, up to 6 orders, divaricate (branching at a wide angle) from the upper end of cells. Main branches of more or less uniform width, 190–240 µm in diameter; at each branch fork diameter becomes reduced upward; short branchlets of the fourth to sixth order much narrower, mostly 25–40 µm in diameter; tapering to blunt apices. Cells mostly 2–4 times as long as wide (up to 1 mm in length).

HABITAT. On mudflats and rocks, usually among other turf-forming algae; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Piedras de La Salina to Bahía Kino; Bahía San Gabriel, Isla Espiritu Santo to Cabo San Lucas. Pacific Mexico: Punta Norte, Isla Cedros (Baja California) to Velero Point (˜10 miles [16 km] west of Punta Malarrimo), Bahía Sebastián Vizcaíno (Baja California Sur); Mazatlán (Sinaloa).

TYPE LOCALITY: “Muddy habitat, at the southern extremity of Lower California [Baja California Sur]” (Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:714); given as “distrito de Cabo San Lucas” by Pedroche et al. (2005:44).

REMARKS. Originally described from the southern Gulf of California, Cladophora hesperia has also been reported from Pacific Mexico (Dawson, 1954e).

Cladophora macdougalii M. Howe

FIGURE 27B

Cladophora macdougalii M. Howe, 1911:491, pl. 33: fig. 7; Collins, 1912:96; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:214; Dawson, 1944:211; Dawson, 1961b:378; Hommersand, 1972:70; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González et al., 1996:130; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:129, 133; Pedroche et al., 2005:45.

Algae in tufts, coarse and rigid, yellow to dark green, up to 17 cm tall; branched sparingly dichotomously below, and in upper portions usually secund to pectinate, or occasionally opposite or rarely alternate. Cells of main filaments 135–310 µm in diameter, 6–15 times as long as wide; cells of upper segments 75–110 µm in diameter, 1–4 times as long as wide; apical cells subacute or blunt.

HABITAT. Tidal flats and rocks; probably mid tidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: El Machorro; San Felipe to Puertecitos.

TYPE LOCALITY. San Felipe, Baja California, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Thus far, Cladophora macdougalii is only known from the type and the more recent collections of L. Aguilar-Rosas et al. (2000). Although Collins (1912) noted that C. macdougalii was “quite close” to California specimens identified as “C. ovoidea” and Setchell and Gardner (1920b) considered Californian “C. ovoidea” close to illustrations of Kützing (1853:pl. 92: fig. 1), Dawson (1944) later preferred to keep these two separate. Further, the type material of European C. ovoidea Kützing (1843) is now considered to be a synonym of C. sericea (Hudson) Kützing (1843; see van den Hoek, 1963, 1982), and the California “C. ovoidea” sensu Collins (1909b, 1912) and Smith (1944) was recognized as a separate species, C. sakaii I. A. Abbott (1972). (Note that this is a replacement name since the earliest name, C. densa W. H. Harvey (1860; Dawson, 1959b), is a later homonym of C. densa (Roth) Kützing, 1845.) The lowermost basal portions of C. macdougalii have smooth cell walls, distinguishing them from those of C. sakaii, which have annular constrictions (see Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:fig. 66).

For now, C. macdougalii is still recognized as a species, and will be until more Gulf collections have been made and morphological and molecular analyses have been completed and compared to other known species.

Cladophora microcladioides Collins

FIGURE 30A,B

Cladophora microcladioides Collins, 1909a:17, pl. 78: figs. 2, 3; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:212, pl. 13: fig. 2; Dawson, 1944:209; Smith, 1944:59, pl. 7: fig. 3; Dawson, 1945b:60, 64; Doty, 1947:23; Dawson, 1949:222, 224, 225; Dawson, 1961b:378; Dawson, 1962c:278; Dawson, 1966a:6; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:106, fig. 65; Devinny, 1978:538; R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:84; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:116, 121; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:140; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; Huerta Muzquiz, 1978:336; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:39; Dreckmann et al., 1990:24, 37; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Stewart, 1991:31; González-González, 1993:443; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:51; León-Tejera et al., 1993:199, 204; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:517; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a: 52, 61; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:103, 112; González-González et al., 1996:130; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Anaya-Reyna and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 1996:862; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:43; Núñez-López et al., 1998:39; Mendoza-González et al., 1999:61; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:17, 22; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133; León-Tejera and González-González, 2000:327; López et al., 2000:339; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Wysor, 2004:217; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005b:36; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146; Pedroche et al., 2005:45; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:201.

Algae loosely tufted, up to 10 cm tall or more. Lower filaments 120–170(–200) µm in diameter with cells 3–4(–5) times as long as wide; becoming narrower above, 60–120 µm in diameter, with cells 2–4 times as long as wide; ultimate branchlets 30–50 µm in diameter and tapered slightly to rounded apices. Branching dichotomously or trichotomously from main axis, becoming irregularly alternate to pectinate above; lateral branches progressively shorter toward apex, with shorter secund branchlets along adaxial side; ultimate branchlets sometimes recurved.

HABITAT. On rocks; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal to 4(–32) m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Cabeza Ballena. Pacific coast: Alaska to Michoacán; Oaxaca; Panama.

TYPE LOCALITY. San Pedro, Los Angeles County, California.

Cladophora montagneana Kützing

Cladophora montagneana Kützing, 1849:415; van den Hoek, 1982:105, figs. 145–173; van den Hoek and Womersley, 1984:204, figs. 66B, 67E–I; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:43; Pedroche et al., 2005:46.

FIGURE 30. Cladophora microcladioides: A. Branching pattern of an upper branch (after Setchell and Gardner, 1920b: pl. 13, fig. 2). B. Upper lateral branches with pectinate branching pattern (EYD-2928).

Conferva brachyclados Montagne, 1837:349; Montagne, 1842a:13, pl. 4 [type of Cladophora montagneana; see van den Hoek, 1982:105].

Cladophora brachyclados (Montagne) Harvey, 1858:81.

Cladophora delicatula Montagne, 1850:302; Kützing, 1856: pl. 1: fig. 2; Dawson, 1944:210; Dawson, 1961b:377; Dawson, 1966a:5 [with a query]; González-González et al., 1996:281; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:44; Wysor, 2004:217; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48 [with a query].

Algae delicate hair-like tufts, of narrow filaments up to 2 cm long; branching often widely spaced, pseudodichotomous to irregular, sometimes in unilateral rows; attached by branched basal rhizoids. Cells of main axis and lower branches usually 40–50 µm in diameter and 3–4(–5) times longer than wide (mostly up to 200 µm long); upper cells shorter in length than lower cells, 18–25(–30) µm in diameter, and 1–2 times longer than wide.

HABITAT. On rocks and tidal flats; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco; Rio Mayo. Pacific coast: Michoacán; Panama.

TYPE LOCALITY. Cuba.

REMARKS. Collections of Cladophora montagneana in the vicinity of Puerto Peñasco were referred to this species with a query by Dawson (1966a, as “C. delicatula”). Although this species has been reported as “C. delicatula,” on the Pacific coast from Oregon to southern California (Doty, 1947; Dawson, 1961b), Abbott and Hollenberg (1976:105) concluded that Pacific specimens identified as “C. delicatula sensu Collins (1909b; Smith, 1944)” were misidentified and were another species, C. albida. Thus, the presence of C. montagneana in the northern Gulf needs to be verified. Crystalline cell inclusions were found in C. montagneana from Tanzania (Leliaert and Coppejans, 2004:202, fig. 48), but have not been reported in the Gulf “C. montagneana.”

The name C. montagneana given by Kützing (1849) was necessary since a new combination of the earliest name for this taxon, Conferva brachyclados Montagne (1837), would have created a later homonym of Cladophora brachyclados (Kützing) Kützing (1845; basionym: Conferva crispata var. brachyclados Kützing, 1834).

Cladophora prolifera (Roth) Kützing

Confera prolifera Roth, 1797:182, pl. III: fig. 2.

Cladophora prolifera (Roth) Kützing, 1843:271; Kützing, 1853:24, pl. 82: fig.3; Taylor, 1945:57; Dawson, 1949:230; Dawson, 1957b:8; Dawson, 1961b:378; Chávez B., 1972:268; van den Hoek, 1963 [in part, excluding C. rugulosa]:208, pl. 51: figs. 677–682, pl. 52: fig. 686; van den Hoek, 1982:166, pl. 32: figs. 318–327; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:24; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:24; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:24; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:51; González-González, 1993:443; Stout and Dreckmann, 1993:4; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:34; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:112; González-González et al., 1996:369; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:43; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:25, 27; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:129, 133, 134; van den Hoek and Chihara, 2000 [excluding C. rugulosa]:52, fig. 22; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:61, 69; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Leliaert and Coppejans, 2003:56, figs. 6A–C, 7; Leliaert, 2004:32, figs. 6A–C, 7; Pedroche et al., 2005:47; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:58.

Algae dark green, forming dense tufts of branched filaments, up to 3 cm tall; above a distinctive stipe-like region of entangled, simple to branched, rhizoids (with annular constrictions) that descend from lower portions of basal cells, and form a rhizoidal attachment mat. Branches develop on apical end of axis and branch cells. Cells of main axes, branches, and basal cells (often with annular constrictions), 150–300 µm in diameter and 7–10 times as long as wide (1050–3000 µm in length); apical cells, 95–220 µm in diameter and 2.5–8 times as long as wide (320–1760 µm in length), with rounded tip. Rhizoids simple or branched, 40–100 µm in diameter, with characteristic annular constrictions.

HABITAT. On rocks and in tide pools, generally in shady areas; low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: El Tornillal to Bahía Concepción; Cabo Pulmo. Pacific coast: Laguna Ojo de Liebre (Scammon’s Lagoon), Baja California Sur to Oaxaca; Costa Rica; Ecuador; Galápagos Islands; China (Hainan Island); Taiwan; Japan; Vietnam.

TYPE LOCALITY. “In mare Corsicam” (Roth, 1797). Lectotype: Miramare, Trieste, Italy (van den Hoek, 1963).

REMARKS. Cladophora prolifera has been recently reported in the Gulf of California (Mateo-Cid et al., 1993; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000, 2002). The description follows that of van den Hoek and Chihara (2000), who noted this species was predominately subtidal and widely distributed in tropical to warm-temperate waters of the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans. Leliaert and Coppejans (2004:202) have reported another taxonomic feature, crystalline cell inclusions, in C. prolifera from Turkey. The relationship of C. prolifera to a similar species, Cladophora rugulosa G. Martens (1868) has been uncertain, e.g., the latter was considered to be a synonym of C. prolifera by van den Hoek (1963). Recently, Leliaert and Coppejans (2003; see also Leliaert, 2004) provided morphological evidence that these species are distinct, thus supporting others who have kept them as separate species (e.g., Papenfuss, 1943; Sakai, 1964; Papenfuss and Chihara, 1975; Yoshida, 1998).

REMARKS. Cladophora prolifera has been recently reported in the Gulf of California (Mateo-Cid et al., 1993; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000, 2002). The description follows that of van den Hoek and Chihara (2000), who noted this species was predominately subtidal and widely distributed in tropical to warm-temperate waters of the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans. Leliaert and Coppejans (2004:202) have reported another taxonomic feature, crystalline cell inclusions, in C. prolifera from Turkey. The relationship of C. prolifera to a similar species, Cladophora rugulosa G. Martens (1868) has been uncertain, e.g., the latter was considered to be a synonym of C. prolifera by van den Hoek (1963). Recently, Leliaert and Coppejans (2003; see also Leliaert, 2004) provided morphological evidence that these species are distinct, thus supporting others who have kept them as separate species (e.g., Papenfuss, 1943; Sakai, 1964; Papenfuss and Chihara, 1975; Yoshida, 1998).

Cladophora sericea (Hudson) Kützing

Conferva sericea Hudson, 1762:485.

Cladophora sericea (Hudson) Kützing, 1843:264; van den Hoek, 1963 [in part]:77, pl. 17: figs. 184–189, pl. 18: figs. 190–209, pl. 19: figs. 210–226, 245; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:108, fig. 67; van den Hoek, 1982:93, pl. 15: figs. 138–143; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruía, 1986:77; Dreckmann et al., 1990:24, pl. 2: fig. 4; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Stewart, 1991:31; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:24; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:52; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:112; González-González et al., 1996:281, 410; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1996:75, 87, pl. 26: figs. 114–118; Galindo-Villegas et al., 1997:2, 4; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1997:60, pl. 8: figs. 32, 33; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:43; Núñez-López et al., 1998:39; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:25; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:59, 69; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:77, fig. 22E; Pedroche et al., 2005:48; Dreckmann et al., 2006:154.

Conferva rudolphiana C. Agardh, 1827:636.

Cladophora rudolphiana (C. Agardh) Kützing, 1843:268; Collins, 1909b:336; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:218; Dawson, 1944:209; Dawson, 1957b:8; Dawson, 1961b:378; González-González et al., 1996:131.

Cladophora gracilis sensu Doty, 1947:23; Dawson, 1961b:377; Sakai, 1964:33–38 [non Cladophora gracilis Kützing, 1845:763 (note that Cladophora gracilis (A. W. Griffiths ex Mackay) Kützing, 1845:215 is nom. illeg. since the basionym Conferva gracilis A. W. Griffiths ex Harvey, 1835:304 is also nom. illeg. as it is a later homonym of Conferva gracilis Wulfen, 1803:21; thus, the correct new name is Cladophora gracilis Kützing, 1845:763, which is now a synonym of Cladophora flexuosa (O. F. Müller) Kützing, 1843:270; basionym: Conferva flexuosa O. F. Müller, 1782: 5, pl. 882 (see Söderström, 1963, 1965; Bot et al., 1989; Silva et al., 1996a; van den Hoek and Chihara, 2000:164)].

Algae up to 5 cm tall, filaments of main axis branched sparingly, widely spaced, branches of different lengths intermixed; cells of axis 50(–85) µm in diameter and 5–6 times as long as wide (250–510 µm in length); cells of ultimate branches narrower, 20–30 µm in diameter and 5–7 times as long as wide (100–210 µm in length).

HABITAT. On rocks in tidal creeks and epiphytic on drift Gracilaria; intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Empalme, Guaymas; Punta Arena to Cabo Pulmo. Pacific coast: Alaska to Chiapas; Costa Rica; Hawaiian Islands.

TYPE LOCALITY. Isle of Sheppey, Kent, England.

Cladophora tiburonensis E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 26B

Cladophora tiburonensis E. Y. Dawson, 1944:211, pl. 31: figs. 1–3; Dawson, 1949:247; Dawson, 1961b:378; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González et al., 1996:131; Pedroche et al., 2005:48.

Algae forming dense tufts of short stiff filaments, up to 4 mm tall, branching subdichotomous to secund; branch diameter gradually decreasing upward. Basal cells up to 60 µm in diameter; upper cells about 25 µm in diameter; cells mostly 4–5 times as long as wide, occasionally much longer below.

Fertile cells 40–70 µm in diameter, conspicuously shorter and swollen compared to slender vegetative cells.

HABITAT. In tide pools; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Isla Turners; Mazatlán, Sinaloa.

TYPE LOCALITY. Isla Turners, off southeast end of Isla Tiburón, Las Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Cladophora tiburonensis is not well known. Dawson (1944), while noting its resemblance to C. graminea Collins (1909a), set it apart on the basis of its minute size and stiff habit. It is retained here to point out that its taxonomic status needs to be investigated.

Cladophora vagabunda (Linnaeus) van den Hoek

Conferva vagabunda Linnaeus, 1753:1167; van den Hoek, 1963: pl. 36: figs. 470, 471 [type illustrations].

Cladophora vagabunda (Linnaeus) van den Hoek, 1963:144, pl. 33: figs. 434, 436–439; pl. 36: figs. 470–490, pl. 37: 491–503, pl. 39: 505–514; Schnetter and Bula Meyer, 1982:26, pl. 3: figs. H, I; van den Hoek, 1982:137, figs. 264–294; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-Gonzalez, 1991:27; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:24; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; van den Hoek and Chihara, 2000:180, figs. 76–81; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Leliaert and Coppejans, 2003:70, figs. 14A,B, 15; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:79, figs. 24A–D; Leliaert, 2004:47, figs. 14A,B, 15; Pedroche et al., 2005:49; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:307; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:58.

Conferva expansa Mertens ex Jürgens, 1817:Decade 5: [exsiccate] No. 8.

Cladophora expansa (Mertens ex Jürgens) Kützing, 1843:265; Chávez B., 1972:268.

Conferva fascicularis Mertens ex C. Agardh, 1824:114.

Cladophora fasicularis (Mertens ex C. Agardh) Kützing, 1843:268; Collins, 1909b:345; Chapman, 1956:447, fig. 98; Sakai, 1964:25, fig. 8A–D, pl. 4: fig. 1; Yoshida, 1998:62.

Cladophora uncinella Harvey, 1860:334; Dawson, 1959b:28; Sakai, 1964:60, fig. 28, pl. 11: fig. 1; Yoshida, 1998:70; van den Hoek and Chihara, 2000:182.

Algae erect tufts, up to 5 cm tall, main axes pseudodichotomously to pseudotrichotomously branched, up to 3 orders; branchlets sometimes straight filaments, but usually clusters of short, secund or recurved branchlets, with relatively straight to curled apical cell ends; attached by branched rhizoids from basal end of lower cells, which may partly coalesce. Main filaments 140–260(–300) µm in diameter and (3–)4–8 times longer than wide; apical cells much smaller, (20–)30–50 µm in diameter and 2–6(–9) times longer than wide. Cell walls of upper cells mostly 1.0–2.0 µm thick; much thicker in lower cells, up to 20 µm thick.

HABITAT. On rocks, limestone-clay ledges, and mudflats and in tide pools, lagoons, and salt marshes; sometimes unattached and floating or may be epiphytic or entangled with other algae or aquatic plants; high to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Piedras de La Salina to Puerto Peñasco. Pacific coast: Nayarit to Guerrero; Colombia; Hawaiian Islands; Japan; Korea; China; Vietnam.

TYPE LOCALITY. Selsey, Sussex, England (lectotype; van den Hoek, 1963).

REMARKS. Cladophora vagabunda and a few other taxa sensu van den Hoek (1963) were considered to be forms of a single species, C. flexuosa (O. F. Müller) Kützing (1843), by Söderström (1965). Since then, however, C. vagabunda has continued to be recognized as a distinct taxon (e.g., Silva et al., 1996; Leliaert, 2004). DNA-DNA hybridization experiments of Bot et al. (1990) and molecular analysis of Bakker et al. (1995) on widely geographically separated isolates of C. vagabunda have shown considerable divergence, with at least four cryptic species. Specimens of Gulf C. vagabunda need to be similarly tested to elucidate their taxonomic status.

Rhizoclonium Kützing

Rhizoclonium Kützing, 1843:261.

Algae are uniseriate, slender, cylindrical filaments, up to 60 µm in diameter, that are unbranched and may lack or have one- to few-celled rhizoidal laterals. They are either attached by a lobed holdfast or lay unattached on hard substratum or, more commonly, on mud or sand flats. Cells are mostly several times longer than wide and contain numerous nuclei and a parietal, reticulate chloroplast with pyrenoids.

Vegetative reproduction is by fragmentation of the filaments. It is also by akinetes that are formed within some of the cells as they swell and thicken. Life histories, where known, are an alternation of isomorphic generations. Asexual reproduction is by biflagellate or quadriflagellate zoospores. Sexual reproduction is by biflagellate isogametes.

REMARKS. Rhizoclonium occurs worldwide in fresh, brackish, and marine waters. The generic distinction of Rhizoclonium and Lola A. Hamel et G. Hamel (1929) is tenuous and needs to be investigated. For example, the only character separating them is isogamous reproduction in Rhizoclonium and anisogamous reproduction in Lola. Likewise, the generic differences between Rhizoclonium and Chaetomorpha, as well as their species separation, can be difficult. The morphological characters used, i.e., filament diameter, length/width ratio of cells, the absence or presence of attachment structures, and the absence or presence and number of lateral rhizoidal filaments, have been shown to be highly variable (e.g., Koster, 1955; Nienhuis, 1975; Nienhuis and de Bree, 1981; Blair, 1983). Setchell and Gardner (1920b) concluded that the only useful taxonomic character was filament cell diameter.

One species has been reported in the southern Gulf: Rhizoclonium hieroglyphicum (C. Agardh) Kützing (1845) by Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González (1985).

There are two species and two varieties known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF RHIZOCLONIUM IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Uniseriate filaments mostly straight; cells mostly greater than 30 µm in diameter, up to 75 µm wide; filament cells either without or with short rhizoidal proliferations of only a single cell .................... R. tortuosum

1b. Uniseriate filaments mostly twisted or curly; cells mostly less than 30 µm in diameter (occasionally up to 45 µm); filament cells either without or with tapering rhizoidal proliferations of 2–5 (or more) cells long....................2

2a. Cells mostly 20–30(–45) µm in diameter and 20–60(–90) µm long; filaments sometimes with few rhizoids ............................................................ R. riparium var. riparium

2b. Cells smaller in diameter, usually 8–12(–20) µm, 24–50(–70) µm long; filaments rarely with rhizoids ............................................................ R. riparium var. implexum

Rhizoclonium riparium (Roth) Harvey var. riparium

Conferva riparia Roth, 1806:216; Koster, 1955:336, fig. 1.

Rhizoclonium riparium (Roth) Harvey, 1849:238, pl. CCXXXVIII; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:182; Smith, 1944:63, pl. 7: fig. 4; Taylor, 1945:55; Doty, 1947:27; Hollenberg, 1948:155; Dawson, 1961b:376; Scagel, 1966:74, fig. 18A–F; Nienhuis, 1975:84–88, figs. 35–60; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:92, fig. 46; Zedler, 1980:124; Nienhuis and de Bree, 1981:434; R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:84; Zedler, 1982:41; Schnetter and Bula Meyer, 1982:18, pl. 1: figs. Q–S, pl. 2: figs. A, B; Blair, 1983:203; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Stewart, 1991:32; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:25; León-Tejera et al., 1993:199; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:44; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:112; Pedroche et al., 1995:112; González-González et al., 1996:289; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1996:76, 88, pl. 27: fig. 122; Sánchez-Lizaso and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 1997:56; Núñez-López et al., 1998:39; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:83, fig. 25D; Wysor, 2004:218; Pedroche et al., 2005:50; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146; Dreckmann et al., 2006:154.

Algae unbranched, uniseriate filaments of cylindrical cells, mostly 1–2 times longer than wide (sometimes up to 6 times); (10–)15–30(–45) µm in diameter by 15–90(–270) µm long; without or with a few short rhizoidal proliferations of 2–5 (or more) cells; often unattached. Chloroplast reticulate, with 6 or more pyrenoids.

Vegetative reproduction by fragmentation. Reproduction not reported in Gulf specimens. Reproduction has been reported in Europe. Asexual reproduction is by biflagellate and quadriflagellate zoospores, and sexual reproduction by isogamous gametes (Nienhuis, 1975).

HABITAT. Entangled with other algae or aquatic plants, in tide pools, or on sand flats and mudflats of salt marshes, lagoons, and estuaries; or free-floating and unattached (also reported as epiphytic on Gelidium johnstonii and Spyridia filamentosa; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000); high to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puertecitos to Punta Arena (north of Cabo Pulmo). Pacific coast: Alaska to Chiapas; Panama; Colombia; Galápagos Islands; Chile; Hawaiian Islands; China; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Norderney, East Frisian Islands, Germany.

Rhizoclonium riparium var. implexum (Dillwyn) Rosenvinge

Conferva implexa Dillwyn, 1809:46, (Suppl.) pl. B; Koster, 1955:336, fig. 2.

Rhizoclonium riparium var. implexum (Dillwyn) Rosenvinge, 1893:915, fig. 34; Taylor, 1945:55; Silva et al., 1996a:786; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:69; León-Tejera and González-González, 2000:327; Pedroche et al., 2005:50; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8.

Rhizoclonium implexum (Dillwyn) Kützing, 1845:206; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:183; Smith, 1944:62, pl. 8: fig. 3; Taylor, 1945:55; Koster, 1955: 344, 348; Dawson, 1961b:375; Scagel, 1966:73, pl. 33A,B; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:92, fig. 45; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:57; González-González et al., 1996:138; Galindo-Villegas et al., 1997:2, 4; Yoshida, 1998:72; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:82, fig. 25C.

Lola implexa (Dillwyn) G. Hamel, 1931a:120, fig. 37 (6–7); Ortega et al., 1987:78, pl. 14: figs. 60–62; Perrot, 1965:506; González-González et al., 1996:137.

Rhizoclonium kerneri Stockmayer, 1890:582; Collins, 1909b:329; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:185; Taylor, 1945:55; Dawson, 1961b:375; González-González, 1993:443; Ortega et al., 1987:77, pl. 13: figs. 58, 59; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:485; González-González et al., 1996:289; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1998:169.

Rhizoclonium kochianum Kützing, 1845:206; Dawson, 1959a:12; Dawson, 1960a:31; Dawson, 1961b:376; Earle, 1972:85; González-González et al., 1996:139.

Algae unbranched, uniseriate filaments of cylindrical cells, mostly 3–5 times longer than wide, (8–)10–12(–20) µm in diameter by (24–)30–50(–70) µm long; mostly lacking or rarely with short, rhizoidal proliferations. Chloroplasts reticulate, with numerous pyrenoids.

HABITAT. Epiphytic or entangled with other algae or plants, on rocks, in tide pools, or on sand and mudflats of salt marshes, lagoons, and estuaries; or unattached and free-floating; high to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Guaymas to Punta Arena (north of Cabo Pulmo). Pacific coast: Alaska to Oaxaca; Isla Clarión (Islas Revillagigedo); Panama; China; Japan; Hawaiian Islands; Galápagos Islands.

TYPE LOCALITY. Bantry, Ireland.

REMARKS. The taxonomy of Rhizoclonium implexum has been diversely interpreted. Koster (1955) placed R. kerneri and R. kochianum in synonymy with R. implexum and also questioned whether R. implexum was distinct from R. riparium or if the two were one highly variable species. Since then, these latter two have been variously treated: as separate species (e.g., Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976; Womersley, 1984; Yoshida, 1998; Abbott and Huisman, 2004); as a single species with a variety, R. riparium var. implexum (Dillwyn) Rosenvinge, 1893 (e.g., Silva et al., 1996a; Pedroche et al., 2005); and as an unnamed form of R. riparium (Blair, 1983). Herein, while treated as a single species following Nienhuis (1975), Nienhuis and de Bree (1981), Blair (1983), Burrows (1991), and John et al. (2004), the two varieties are recognized until further studies can be done.

Rhizoclonium tortuosum (Dillwyn) Kützing

FIGURE 31

Conferva tortuosa Dillwyn, 1805:pl. 46.

Rhizoclonium tortuosum (Dillwyn) Kützing, 1845:205; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:185; Chapman, 1939:19; Doty, 1947:25; Dawson, 1961b:376; Blair, 1983:198, figs. 12, 13; Hoffman and Santelices, 1997:91, fig. 19; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:44; Pedroche et al., 2005:51.

Chaetomorpha tortuosa (Dillwyn) Kleen, 1874:45; Scagel et al., 1989:62.

Lola tortuosa (Dillwyn) Chapman, 1953:65; Chapman, 1956:463.

Rhizoclonium lubricum Setchell et N. L. Gardner in N. L. Gardner, 1919:492, pl. 42: fig. 5A,B; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:185, pl. 9: fig. 5a,b; Taylor, 1945:56; Doty, 1947:26.

Lola lubrica (Setchell et N. L. Gardner in N. L. Gardner) A. Hamel et G. Hamel, 1929:1094; Hamel, 1931a:118, fig. 37 (1–5); Dawson, 1944:208; Dawson, 1961b:376; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:92, fig. 47; Ortega et al., 1987:78, pl. 14: figs. 63, 64; Scagel et al., 1989:74; Stewart, 1991:32; González-González et al., 1996:137; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; Pedroche et al., 2005:49.

Rhizoclonium riparium f. validum Foslie in Wittrock et Nordstedt, 1884:No. 624; Foslie, 1890:139.

Algae of slippery filaments, up to 40 cm long, often entangled or forming free-floating mats; composed of unbranched filaments, (25–)30–75 µm in diameter; newer cells (25–)35–100 µm long; mature cells 120–300 µm long; attached by simple short rhizoids. Cells with a reticulate chloroplast, and numerous pyrenoids; cell wall 0.2 µm thick.

Vegetative reproduction by fragmentation. Reproduction not observed in Gulf material. A life history involving an isomorphic alternation of generations has been reported, with asexual reproduction by quadriflagellate zoospores, and sexual reproduction that is anisogamous,

FIGURE 31. Rhizoclonium tortuosum: Terminal portion of young filament with short segments (left) and terminal portion of filament with long segments (right) (after Gardner, 1919: pl. 42, fig. 5A,B).

with biflagellate gametes (Hamel and Hamel, 1929; Blair, 1983).

HABITAT. On rocks or other hard substrata, often entangled with other algae; on mud-sand flats in lagoons and shallow bays; or sometimes unattached and free-floating; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Guaymas; Bahía San Gabriel; Isla Espíritu Santo; Laguna de Agiabampo (Sonora). Pacific coast: Alaska to Michoacán.

TYPE LOCALITY. Lectotype: Swansea, Glamorgan, Wales, UK (Blair, 1983:198).

REMARKS. Rhizoclonium tortuosum has been variously treated; some recognize it as a distinct species, others recognize it as part of a species complex. For example, Burrows (1991) considered R. riparium to be a single species conspecific with R. tortuosum and R. implexum. Herein, R. tortuosum is tentatively recognized as a separate species until detailed comparative morphological studies and molecular analyses have been conducted on Gulf material for comparisons to the European types of these taxa (see Silva et al., 1996a:936 for discussion of nomenclature and taxonomic problems of R. tortuosum).

SIPHONOCLADALES SENSU STRICTO

Siphonocladales (Blackman et Tansley) Oltmanns, 1904: 134.

Algae are of various forms, composed of large tubular, siphonous, or vesiculate cells that are formed by either lenticular cells, or by internal segregative cell division (not always obvious). In segregative division the protoplast cleaves into protoplasmic spheres, which, in turn, may either form new cell walls, remain in the parental cell, or be released as vegetative propagules. Endogenous expansion of these spheres within the parental vesicle results in the formation of pseudoparenchymatous tissue (e.g., Dictyosphaeria). Cells divide in some members by centripetal invagination of cell walls, but with new branches that remain in open connection (i.e., lack septa) at the base of the parent cell (e.g., Cladophoropsis). New lateral branches may also arise in some genera by expansion of lenticular cells; i.e., septa are initiated prior to elongation of the vesicular branch on the surface of the parent vesicle (e.g., Valonia).

Cells are cylindrical or inflated, globose, clavate, or vesiculate. There is simultaneous formation of laterals at nodes (rather than sequential), and branching can be in three directions. Tenacular cells that are formed are one of four different kinds, and secondary anastomoses are usually formed.

REMARKS. The taxonomy of the families, as well as their generic composition, of the Cladophorales-Siphonocladales complex is unresolved (see Leliaert et al., 2003, 2007, and Remarks under Cladophorales herein). Although segregative cell division is a primary characteristic of the families Siphonocladaceae and the Boodleaceae, it has not been reported or described for all the genera generally considered to be members of these families.

Three of the currently accepted families in the Siphonocladales are represented in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO FAMILIES OF SIPHONOCLADALES IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Thalli erect, of relatively large, elongated cylindrical cells that bear irregularly to regularly, radially arranged lateral or whorled branches .................... Siphonocladaceae

1b. Thallus a large individual vesicle; or cushionlike, of simple to branched, cylindrical to clavate, siphon cells .................... 2

2a. Thalli variable, filamentous to netlike; of branched, cylindrical or siphon cells secondarily attached to each other; cells formed either by segregative division or by centripetal invagination of cell walls .................... Boodleaceae

2b. Thallus a single globose vesicle, or composed of elongate siphon cells, some with branches, usually entangled,; main axis not distinct; growth by lenticular cells .................... Valoniaceae

BOODLEACEAE

Boodleaceae Børgesen, 1925:19, 24.

Algae are of various morphologies; mostly, they are tufts, clumps, or mats of clavate, cylindrical, or filiform cells with vesicular branches that often become constricted near their base, and are usually attached to the substratum by rhizoids. Development of new cells, forming laterals or branches, is primarily by segregative cell division, i.e., cytoplasm divides into portions that expand into protrusions before a cell wall is formed, or, in some, is by centripetal invagination of the cell walls. Some may also initiate new growth by the formation of lenticular cells. Cells are multinucleate with reticulate chloroplasts that lack pyrenoids. Crystalline cell inclusions may be present or absent.

Reproduction is poorly known. Life histories, in those studied, are an alternation of isomorphic generations. Biflagellate and quadriflagellate zoospores have been observed in only a few of the genera. Sexual reproduction, where known, is by biflagellate isogametes.

REMARKS. Members of the Boodleaceae found in the Gulf of California have usually been referred to the Siphonocladaceae (e.g., Pedroche et al., 2005). However, the type genus, Siphonocladus F. Schmitz (1879), does not group with the other genera generally assigned to the family in molecular phylogenetic analyses (Leliaert et al., 2003; Leliaert and Coppejans, 2006). Although some genera such as Phyllodictyon have been included in the Anadyomenaceae Kützing (1843), there is no phylogenetic support for this, and that family is restricted to the genera Anadyomena J. V. Lamouroux (1812) and Microdictyon Decaisne (1841) as originially proposed by Kützing (Leliaert et al., 2007). Therefore, as noted by Kraft (2007) and Leliaert (University of Ghent, personal communication, 2008), the family Boodleaceae is available for the genera other than Siphonocladus, Anadyomena, and Microdictyon. Herein the Boodleaceae is interpreted to include Boodlea, Struvea, Cladophoropsis, and Phyllodictyon.

Two genera of this family have been recorded for the southern Gulf: Struvea Sonder (1845) by Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-Gonzalez (1985, as “Struvea sp.”) and Boodlea (Dickie) G. Murray et DeToni (in Murray, 1889) with the report of B. composita (Harvey) Brand (1904) by Mateo-Cid et al. (1993) and Mendoza-González et al. (1994).

Two of the genera are known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE GENERA OF BOODLEACEAE IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Algae of terete, branched filaments (not netlike); branches formed singly on distal end of filament and elongate without forming a basal crosswall (septae) .................... Cladophoropsis

1b. Algae a simple or branched stalk(s) with an upper netlike portion (formed by attachment of tenacular cells of tips of apical cells of lateral branches to adjacent filaments); or the upper portion only partially netlike (reduced or incomplete or sometimes lacking) .................... Phyllodictyon

Cladophoropsis Børgesen

Cladophoropsis Børgesen, 1905:288.

Algae generally form green, cushionlike turfs or mats of interweaving filaments, usually lack a distinct axis, and attach to substratum by branched septate rhizoids, adherent cell walls, or hapteroid cells. The filaments, more or less uniform in diameter, have irregularly spaced, usually sparse, lateral branches. Laterals are produced from nonseptate protrusions at the distal end of intercalary and apical cells that elongate to various lengths and gradually taper toward the apex. Septa (crosswalls), although initially lacking, can develop secondarily at intercalary and branch points. Cells are multinucleate, with numerous discoid chloroplasts, each has a single pyrenoid; crystalline inclusions present. Cells divide by centripetal invagination of cell walls. Growth is by apical and intercalary cell division. Annular constrictions and lenticular cells are absent. Rhizoids, produced above the septum, can become well developed and produce new axes. Adventitious rhizoids develop where branches come in contact with the substratum.

Propagation is by aplanospores, probably produced by segregative division. Life histories are presumed to be a biphasic alternation of generations.

REMARKS. Generic limits of Cladophoropsis are unclear, and only a few of the described species are apparently distinctive. The taxonomy is complicated by having few morphological characters, two of which, growth form and branching pattern, are environmentally influenced (e.g., Leliaert et al., 2003). There has also been confusion in the interpretation of septate and nonseptate lateral branches. Further problems were found in the species sampling in phylogenetic studies (Kooistra et al., 1993). Leliaert and Coppejans (2004) noted the absence or presence of different morphological types of crystalline cell inclusions to be of systematic value at the species level.

One species, Cladophoropsis membranacea (Hofman Bang ex C. Agardh) Børgesen (1905; Leliaert and Coppejans, 2006), has been reported in the southern Gulf (Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985), and Pacific Mexico (Dawson, 1960a, as “Cladophora membranacea”; see also Dawson, 1961b; Huerta-Múzquiz and Garza-Barrientos, 1975; Pedroche et al., 2005).

Two species are known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CLADOPHOROPSIS IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Filaments relatively slender, 65–100(–125) µm in diameter; cells very long, up to 15 mm, 30–100 times longer than wide ........................................ C. gracillima

1a. Filaments much wider, usually over 350 µm in diameter; cells of main filaments not as long, 2.3–18 times longer than wide .................... C. macromeres

Cladophoropsis gracillima E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 32A–C

Cladophoropsis gracillima E. Y. Dawson, 1950c:149, 151, figs. 12, 13; Dawson, 1957b:7; Dawson, 1960a:32; Dawson, 1961b:379; Dawson, 1962b:228; Dawson, 1966a:6; González-González et al., 1996:131; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:17; Leliaert, 2004:237, figs. 77 (isotype), 78; Pedroche et al., 2005:52; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48, 58.

FIGURE 32. Cladophoropsis gracillima: A–C. Drawings of type specimen (EYD-3233; after Dawson, 1950c: figs. 12–13). A. Upper portion of a branched filament showing the manner of septation of branches. B, C. Small portions of a skein-like alga showing extremely long cells and infrequent branching.

Algae loosely filamentous tufts, of sparsely, irregularly branched, cylindrical filaments, 2–4 cm long; entangled by creeping or entwining branches to other algae and attached by rhizoids to substratum. Chloroplast a slightly open to dense, parietal reticulatum with 1–4 pyrenoids. Cells very long, (0.3–)1.0–15 mm in length (30–100 times longer than wide), with diameter in cells of main filaments (50–)65–120(–130) µm; in basal cells 50–160 µm; and in apical cells (60–)80–120(–135) µm. Branches arising beneath a septum of the filament cell and usually remain in open connection between the branch cell and filament. Cell walls 2 µm thick.

Reproduction unknown for this species.

HABITAT. On rocks and in tide pools, usually entangled with other small algae; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda; Calerita (vicinity of La Paz) to Punta Palmilla. Pacific coast: Costa Rica.

TYPE LOCALITY. Punta Palmilla, Baja California Sur.

REMARKS. Dawson (1950c) separated Cladophoropsis gracillima from the morphologically similar species on the basis of its entangled habit, slender filaments, and much longer cells (30–100 times longer than diameter). Crystalline cell inclusions were briefly noted in a list as present in C. gracillima (Leliaert and Coppejans, 2004:202). This apparently was an error since Leliaert (2004:239) and Leliaert and Coppejans (2006:670) considered C. gracillima, because of its lack of crystalline inclusions and absence of tenacular cells, to be of uncertain taxonomic affinity. When more Gulf specimens are collected, studies are needed to evaluate the distinctiveness and phylogenetics of this taxon.

Cladophoropsis macromeres W. R. Taylor

Cladophoropsis macromeres W. R. Taylor, 1928:64, pl. 4: figs. 15, 16; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; González-González et al., 1996:281; Leliaert, 2004:116, figs. 3C,D, 5A,B, 8A–E; Pedroche et al., 2005:52; Leliaert and Coppejans, 2006:662, figs. 3, 4, 18–22.

Algae of cylindrical, loosely branched entangled filaments, forming mats up to 15 cm wide and 2–15 cm thick; usually found free floating or lying unattached on substratum. Main filaments (280–)350–510 µm in diameter; cells 2.3–18 times longer than wide, with cells walls up to 10 µm thick; upper filaments narrower, (140–)280–360(–400) µm in diameter with cells up to 60 times longer than wide, and cell walls 2–4 µm thick. Branching mostly irregular, sometimes unilateral in upper portions. Chloroplasts polygonal to rounded in parietal reticulum, usually with a single large pyrenoid. Prismatic calcium oxalate crystals present in most cells.

HABITAT. Free-floating or cast ashore on sand flats or mudflats; sometimes entangled with other algae or aquatic plants; in protected tide pools or shallow waters; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Guaymas.

TYPE LOCALITY. Fort Jefferson on Garden Key, Dry Tortugas National Park, Monroe County, Florida.

REMARKS. Cladophoropsis macromeres, a western Atlantic species, is known in warm, calm, shallow waters (Taylor, 1960; Wynne, 2005); the description is based on Leliaert and Coppejans (2006). It has been recorded once in the northern Gulf from drift material (Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986), and more collections would be helpful to verify its presence in the Gulf of California.

Phyllodictyon J. E. Gray

Phyllodictyon J. E. Gray, 1866:70.

Algae are erect, of one or more reticulate (netlike) blades, above a monosiphonous (rarely branched) stalk that is attached by basal rhizoids. Blades are complanate, with an apical, uniaxial orientation that is maintained throughout development with primary and secondary laterals arising from opposite, astipitate protrusions along distal sides of previously cut-off segments. The distinctive network of the blade is formed as the initial laterals and subsequent higher-order distichously arranged laterals develop by nonsynchronous centripetal wall invaginations (Cladophora-type cell division). Intercalary cell divisions are common. Tenacular cells on the apices of second- and third-order (rarely more) laterals may contact and fuse with adjacent laterals to form the filament network of the blade. Cells are multinucleate and have numerous discoid chloroplasts, each with a single pyrenoid.

Life histories are not known, but zoospores have been reported.

REMARKS. Phyllodictyon and the similar-looking genus Struvea Sonder (1845) are differentiated from each other primarily by their mode of cell division: “Cladophora-type” in Phyllodictyon versus the segregative cell division in Struvea (Kraft and Wynne, 1996), a generic distinction initially supported by molecular evidence (e.g., Kooistra et al., 1993; Bakker et al., 1994). However, Leliaert and Coppejans (2007) noted that while Phyllodictyon, Struvea, Cladophoropsis, Chamaedoris Montagne (1842b), Boodlea G. Murray et G. B. De Toni (in Murray, 1889), and Struveopsis Rhyne et Robinson (1969) were all nonmonophyletic genera and their generic separation was problematic, that for now and for practical utility, they should be distinguished by their considerable and consistent habit (morphological) differences.

One species, Phyllodictyon anastomosans (Harvey) Kraft et M. J. Wynne (1996) has been reported in the southern Gulf (Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a; both as “Struvea anastomosans”), and Pacific Mexico (Dawson, 1949, 1950d, as “S. delicatula”; Chávez B., 1972, Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978, Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991, Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992, León-Tejera et al., 1993, and González-González, 1993, all as “S. anastomosans”; and Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998).

Two of the species are known in the Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PHYLLODICTYON IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Algae with narrow main axes, 200–380 µm diameter, and upper netlike blades; tenacular cells at tips of apical cells and at base of main axial cells; lenticular cells absent.................... P. pulcherrimum

1b. Algae with broader main axes, 950–1120 µm in diameter, upper bladelike portion either lacking or reduced (partial); tenacular cells only at tips of apical cells; lenticular cells present.................... P. robustum

Phyllodictyon pulcherrimum J. E. Gray

FIGURE 33

Phyllodictyon pulcherrimum J. E. Gray, 1866:70; Kraft and Wynne, 1996:131–135, 139, figs. 26–28; John et al., 2004:23; Leliaert, 2004:fig. 52 (holotype); Pedroche et al., 2005:54; Leliaert et al., 2008:8, 10, tbl. 3.

Struvea pulcherrima (J. E. Gray) Murray et Boodle, 1888:281; Schneider and Searles, 1991:80, fig. 70.

Cladophoropsis pulcherrima (J. E. Gray) Leliaert et Coppejans in Leliaert, 2004:192, comb. nov. prov., figs. 5C,D, 52–55.

Struvea ramosa Dickie, 1874b:316; Dawson, 1966b:55, fig. 1B; González-González et al., 1996:139.

FIGURE 33. Phyllodictyon pulcherrimum. A. Axis with several well-developed open reticulate fronds above a monosiphonous stalk (EYD- 25872). B. Portion of net-like blade.

Algae erect, up to 20 cm tall, with reticulate blade(s) above a monosiphonous stalk, up to 1.5 mm in diameter, and attached below by branching, basal rhizoids. Lower portion of stalk usually unbranched; upper portion with a series of opposite branches, up to 3 orders, that form netlike blades, up to 12 cm long and up to 10 cm wide. Main axes 200–380 µm in diameter. Lateral branches, developed below a septum at distal end of axis cell, with up to 6 branches per cell. Tenacular cells abundant at tips of apical cells, and base of cells on main axes. Lenticular cells absent.

HABITAT. On rock; subtidal, 17 m depth.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Punta Concepción.

TYPE LOCALITY. Gulf of Mexico.

REMARKS. The phylogenetic relationship of the western Atlantic Phyllodictyon pulcherrimum (type locality Gulf of Mexico) to Gulf of California P. pulcherrimum should be tested. Calcium oxalate crystalline cell inclusions, thought to be of systematic value, have been described in P. pulcherrimum from other regions (Leliaert and Coppejans, 2004; Leliaert et al., 2008) but are not reported in Gulf of California P. pulcherrimum.

Phyllodictyon robustum (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Leliaert et Wysor

FIGURE 34A–E

Cladophoropsis robusta Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:714, pl. 13: fig. 16 [holotype specimen only; see Leliaert et al., 2008:3–4, 9, figs. 2, 3, 15, 16, 23 (illustrations of holotype)]; Dawson, 1944:206; Dawson, 1957b:8; Dawson, 1961c:404, pl. 4: fig.3, pl. 5: fig. 6; Dawson, 1962b:228; Chávez B., 1972:268; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:24; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:24; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:51; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; González-González et al., 1996:131; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1998:168.

Cladophoropsis? robusta sensu Dawson, 1959a:9–11, fig. 3A; Dawson, 1961b:379.

Phyllodictyon robustum Leliaert et Wysor in Leliaert et al., 2008:230, figs. 1–46.

Struveopsis robusta (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Rhyne et H. Robinson, 1969:470; Stout and Dreckmann, 1993:6, 17; Kraft and Wynne, 1996:140; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:42; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:129, 133; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:69; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Wysor, 2004:219, fig. 7; Pedroche et al., 2005:54; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:58.

Pseudostruvea robusta (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Egerod, 1975:47; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González et al., 1996:138; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:202.

Willeella mexicana E. Y. Dawson, 1950c:151, fig. 11 (holotype); Papenfuss and Egerod, 1957:83; Dawson, 1957b:8; Dawson, 1959a:11–12; González-González et al., 1996:141; Leliaert, 2004:49; Leliaert and Coppejans, 2006:673; Leliaert et al., 2008: figs. 4 (holotype), 5–7 (isotype).

Cladophoropsis mexicana (E. Y. Dawson) Leliaert et Coppejans in Leliaert, comb. nov. prov., 2004:184, fig. 47.

Algae erect, 2–4(–5) cm tall, highly variable in morphology; usually of few to several, monosiphonous main axes, unbranched to laterally branched up to 3 orders; attached below by entangled basal rhizoids. Main axes diameter 370–900(–1300) µm, increasing upward; branch diameter mostly 600–900 µm; apical cells with rounded tips, 950–1120 µm in diameter, 1.5–3.2 mm in length. Lower portion of main axis (stipitate), usually unbranched in first 1.0–2.5 cm; upper portion either remaining unbranched or becoming bladelike, with few, paired lateral branches, developed below a septum at distal end of axis cell, 2–4 mm in length, of (1–)3–6 cells, with up to 4 branches per cell. Septa either absent or present after growth of a few millimeters in length. Tenacular cells, apparently rare, at tips of apical cells; abundant on rhizoidal cells in culture (Leliaert et al., 2008). Lenticular cells present. Calcium oxacalate crystals present in most cells; usually rectangular, polygonal or irregular, 8–40(–60) µm wide, with dentate margins; rarely octahedral.

Reproductive cells, with numerous raised pores, develop from rows of 2–4 slightly swollen apical cells (after Leliaert et al., 2008).

HABITAT. Growing on rocks or sometimes sponges; in tidepools and low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Punta Gorda to Bahía La Paz; Cabo Pulmo. Pacific coast: Nayarit to Oaxaca; El Salvador; Costa Rica; Panamá.

TYPE LOCALITY. Punta Colorado (adjacent to Bahía Bocochibampo), vicinity of Guaymas, Sonora, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Since its original description from the Gulf of California, Cladophoropsis robusta has a notable history of taxonomic changes in generic placement. Papenfuss and Egerod (1957) suggested that C. robusta could be a Willeella Børgesen (1930). Dawson (1959a:12, as “C.? robusta”) disagreed and noted in the type of C. robusta, “lens-shaped incipient branchlets” before branch formation that were “somewhat suggestive of Struvea” in the similar way its branches were cut off by a “lens-like cell” (lenticular cells). Dawson questioned its generic placement and concluded that C.? robusta and Willella mexicana Dawson (1950c) were the same species, more closely allied with Valoniopsis than to Willeella. Subsequently, C. robusta was transferred to other genera, Struveopsis by Rhyne and Robinson (1969) and then later to Pseudostruvea by Egerod (1975).

Leliaert (2004) and Leliaert and Coppejans (2006) initially observed the holotype of C. robusta (CAS now UC) was not in agreement with the original description or illustration of Setchell and Gardner (1924a:714, pl. 13: fig. 16) and noted the type to be “Valoniopsis pachynema.” They further suggested that most records published as “C. robusta” were Willeella mexicana. Most recently, Leliaert et al. (2008) reported re-examination of the holotype of C. robusta showed it to have tenacular cells at tips of some branches and that the branches developed exclusively

FIGURE 34. Phyllodictyon robustum: A. Clump with some axes separated to show branching pattern (EYD-18555). B–D. Holotype of Cladophoropsis robusta (I. M. Johnston-135): B. Two specimens, axes with a few short, opposite branches near apices (after Setchell and Gardner 1924a: pl. 13, fig. 16). C. Prostrate and erect axes of another specimen with branches developing from lenticular cells. D. Close-up of lenticular cell buds on lower portion of an axis (C, D, after Leliaert et al., 2008:figs. 2, 3). E. Branching pattern of frond (after Dawson, 1950c:fig. 11; holotype of Willeella mexicana, EYD-1789).

by lenticular cells, which together with its lack of “blades,” gave it a “Valoniopsis-like” appearance. They also found an isotype specimen of W. mexicana to have some branches initiated by lenticular cells and tenacular cells at tips of some apical cells. Results from their critical examination of type material, morphological and culture studies, and molecular analyses resolved the generic status of C. robusta as belonging to Phyllodictyon, and supported P. robustum and W. mexicana as being a single species (Leliaert et al., 2008).

SIPHONOCLADACEAE

Siphonocladaceae F. Schmitz, 1879:20, as “Siphonocladiaceae.”

Algae are erect and either are turfs or clumps of axes with irregular to regular, radially arranged branches that are composed of relatively large, branched, elongated cylindrical to clavate, siphon cells (e.g., Siphonocladus). Other members are initially or may remain solid or hollow, more or less spherical thalli that often develop into irregular or lobed shapes or can become open and sheetlike and are composed of large, globose cells that produce a pseudoparenchymatous structure (e.g., Dictyosphaeria). Tenacular cells occur in some and may function as structural support or as adventitious rhizoids. Cell division is exclusively segregative in main axes and branches of turf-branched forms and in the spherical to lobed forms. There can also be cell division by centripetal invagination in the rhizoids. Cells are multinucleate, with a reticulate chloroplast or numerous chloroplasts that either lack pyrenoids or have one or more pyrenoids.

Vegetative reproduction in some is by fragmentation. Life histories, where known, are an isomorphic alternation of generations, involving quadriflagellate zoospores, and isogamous biflagellate gametes. (However, at least one, Siphonocladus pusillus, has been suggested to have a macrodiploid phase, with the gametes being the only haploid phase [Jónsson and Puiseaux-Dao, 1959].)

REMARKS. Which genera comprise the Siphonocladaceae, as well as the family’s relationship to other families of Cladophorales-Siphonocladales complex, is in a state of flux (Leliaert et al., 2003; Kraft, 2007). Herein the taxonomy of the family and order is based on the genus Siphonocladus F. Schmitz (1879; Børgesen, 1905; generitype: Siphonocladus wilbergii F. Schmitz (1879); now = S. pusillus (C. Agardh ex Kützing) Hauck, 1884; basionym: Valonia pusilla C. Agardh ex Kützing, 1849). The family also includes the genera Dictyosphaeria and Ernodesmis.

Although not yet reported in the northern Gulf, one genus, Dictyosphaeria Decaisne (1842a; Decaisne ex Endlicher, 1843), is represented in the southern Gulf by reports of three species: D. versluysii Weber-van Bosse (1905) by Dawson (1944), Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1999), and Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez (2000); D. australis Setchell (1926) by Dawson (1949); and D. cavernosa (Forsskål) Børgesen (1932) by Anaya-Reyna and Riosmena-Rodríguez (1996) and Riosmena-Rodríguez et al. (2005).

One of the genera is found in the northern Gulf of California.

Ernodesmis Børgesen

Ernodesmis Børgesen, 1912b:259.

Algae forming bushy clumps composed of elongate cells, with a primary upright clavate cell (or basal stalk) that is attached below by a holdfast of rhizoids and bears a distal whorl of branches. Whorl clusters are composed of 3–10 siphon branches. Each siphon branch of the whorl can initiate new branches at its apex, and in turn, each of these individual whorl branches can produce another whorl of siphon branches; this process may be repeated to produce several orders of whorled clusters. Secondary adventitious holdfasts may develop at the base of older branches, where they come in contact with the substratum. New uprights are produced from well-developed rhizoids. Tenacular cells are sparse, occurring only at junction of branch cells. Annular constrictions present on the basal stalk may also be present on the lower part of the branches. Cells are multinucleate, with numerous plate-like chloroplasts that form a reticulum, and contain 1 pyrenoid. Segments developed by lenticular cell division and sometimes also by segregative division in main stalks and by centripetal invagination in the rhizoids.

Vegetative reproduction is by fragmentation. Reproduction and life histories are poorly known.

REMARKS. The familial placement of Ernodesmis within the Cladophorales-Siphonocladales complex is uncertain. Solely on a morphological basis it would seem that Ernodesmis could be related to Valonia and Valoniopsis and therefore would be in the family Valoniaceae. However, the molecular analysis (Leliaert et al., 2003) supported a phylogenetic relationship of Ernodesmis to Siphonocladus, as earlier observed by Børgesen (1913). Thus, for now, Ernodesmis is tentatively considered a member of the Siphonocladacaeae.

A monotypic genus of the Caribbean and known throughout the western Atlantic, the one species has also been reported in the Gulf of California.

Ernodesmis verticillata (Kützing) Børgesen

FIGURE 35

Valonia verticillata Kützing, 1847:165.

Ernodesmis verticillata (Kützing) Børgesen, 1912b:259, figs. 10–12; Børgesen, 1913:66, figs. 52–54; Dawson, 1949:244; Dawson, 1959a:4, 8, 11; Dawson, 1961b:379; Dawson, 1966a:6; Dawson, 1966b:55; Papenfuss and Chihara, 1975:309, figs. 1–3; Huerta-Múzquiz and Garza-Barrientos, 1975:4; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:44; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:51; González-González et al., 1996:286; La Claire et al., 1997:831; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:61, 70; Pedroche et al., 2005:55; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49, 58; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:7.

Algae light green tufts, up to 2.5 cm (sometimes more) tall; thallus a single elongate, cylindrical stalk cell, 10–20 mm in length and up to 2.5 mm in diameter, that bears a whorl of cylindrical branches at its apex. Each branch of the initial whorl, in turn, bears another whorl of similar but smaller cells; and this whorl pattern may repeat itself up to 6 times.

HABITAT. On rocks, usually in shaded areas, in crevices, tidepools, and lagoons; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Cabeza Ballena. Pacific coast: Isla Socorro (Islas Revillagigedo).

TYPE LOCALITY. St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands.

FIGURE 35. Ernodesmis verticillata: Upper portion showing successive series of whorled branches (after Børgesen, 1913:fig. 52).

REMARKS. Crystalline cell inclusions have been reported in specimens of Caribbean Ernodesmis verticillata from the type locality and in Gulf of California specimens from Punta Palmilla, Baja California Sur (Leliaert and Coppejans, 2004).

VALONIACEAE

Valoniaceae Kützing, 1849:507.

Members of this family lack a distinct central axis and are either relatively simple forms ranging from single giant vesicular cells to aggregations of vesicles, siphons, or cylindrical cells, or are more complex forms that produce clusters of elongated vesicles or cells from the primary vesicle. Growth is by lenticular cell division in which lenticular segments are formed inside the vesicles. These segments may either remain lenticular, or expand outward to develop branches (i.e., septa are initiated prior to elongation of the vesicular branch on the surface of the parent vesicle, e.g., Valonia) or may develop hapteroid cells that attach the alga to the substratum or adjacent vesicles.

Although biflagellate and quadriflagellate swarmers have been observed, for most species the life histories are not completely known. Sexual reproduction is only known in Valonia macrophysa Kützing (1843) and involves biflagellate isogametes with an isomorphic alternation of generations (Chihara, 1953, 1959).

One genus in the family, Valonia C. Agardh (1823), is recorded in the southern Gulf on the basis of the reports of V. macrophysa Kützing (1843) by Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González (1985) and Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1999).

One genus is known in the northern Gulf of California.

Valoniopsis Børgesen

Valoniopsis Børgesen, 1934:10.

Algae forming cushion-like mats, composed of interwoven club-shaped, filiform, or elongated cylindrical siphons (cells) that initially grow more or less perpendicular to the substratum, then become repent and entangled, and attach by adventitious rhizoids that develop from the tips of downward arching branches that come in contact with the substratum. Branching is unilateral, pseudodichotomous or irregular, and obscures apical orientation. Well-developed attachment rhizoids can give rise to new erect segments. Siphons with one to several (1–)2–3 branches that are developed from cell division by lenticular cells (not from protrusions) distally and laterally on the siphons; septa are formed only at branch base. Annular constrictions and tenacular cells are absent. Cells with numerous discoid chloroplasts, each with single pyrenoid covered with a starch sheath and bisected by traversing thylakoids. Cell division in the rhizoids is by centripetal invagination.

Reproduction is apparently unknown. Life histories are presumed to be similar to other algae of the Siphonocladales.

REMARKS. Valoniopsis can sometimes be confused with Cladophoropsis, but Valoniopsis has lenticular cells and septa at branches, whereas Cladophoropsis has no lenticular cells and mostly nonseptate (occasionally septate) branches. The distinction between Valoniopsis and some species of Valonia is less certain, and the validity of their generic separation is debatable (Abbott, 1986; Kraft, 2000; Abbott and Huisman, 2004). Biochemically, both genera produce similar amino and fatty acids (Sivalingam, 1989).

There are only two known species of Valoniopsis, and both occur in the northern Gulf of California. One is an endemic species in the Gulf of California, and the other is a widespread tropical-subtropical species.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF VALONIOPSIS OF THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Lateral branches of the siphons, mostly 300–400 µm in diameter, and constricted at branch junctions .................... V. hancockii

1b. Lateral branches of the siphons, mostly 450–1000 µm in diameter, and not constricted at branch junctions ............................................................ V. pachynema

Valoniopsis hancockii E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 36A

Valoniopsis hancockii E. Y. Dawson, 1944:207, pl. 31: fig. 9; Dawson, 1961b:379; Abbott, 1986:164; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González et al., 1996:140; Pedroche et al., 2005:56; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:202.

Algae green, usually cushionlike, of small entangled masses of cylindrical, coenocytic siphons (filaments), with only occasional septa, mostly at branches. Prostrate siphons very crooked, 125–250 µm in diameter; ascending siphons straighter, 300–400 µm in diameter, with infrequent short lateral branches of about the same diameter that are sharply constricted at their base; apices broadly rounded.

HABITAT. On sand and rocky shores, low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda.

TYPE LOCALITY. Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. A northern Gulf endemic, Valoniopsis hancockii (currently known only from the type collection) is distinguished by siphons that only occasionally have septa and has basal constrictions of the branch siphons (filaments) (Dawson, 1944; Abbott, 1986). Morphological and molecular studies on further collections of V. hancockii, particularly from the type locality, are necessary before this taxon can be properly understood.

Valoniopsis pachynema (G. Martens) Børgesen

FIGURE 36B,C

Bryopsis pachynema G. Martens, 1868:24, pl. 4: fig. 2.

Valoniopsis pachynema (G. Martens) Børgesen, 1934:10, figs. 1, 2; Dawson, 1944:206; Dawson, 1949:234, 238; Dawson, 1951:54; Dawson, 1954e:324; Issac, 1957:85, pl. 28: figs. 6, 7; Papenfuss and Egerod, 1957:84; Dawson, 1959a:6, 12; Dawson, 1961b:379; Dawson, 1966a:6; Littler and Littler, 1981:151: tbl. 3, 152: fig. 4; Stewart, 1982:54; Littler and Littler, 1984:22; Abbott, 1986:163; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; González-González et al., 1996:291; La Claire et al., 1997:831; Yoshida, 1998:51; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133; Kraft, 2000:580, fig. 27C,D; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:93, fig. 32A; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48, 58; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:202.

Valonia pachynema (G. Martens) Weber-van Bosse, 1913:61.

Cladophoropsis robusta sensu Taylor, 1945:51 [see Dawson, 1959a:12] [non Cladophoropsis robusta Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924b:714, which is Phyllodictyon robustum (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Leliaert et Wysor in Leliaert et al., 2008:10].

Algae dark green, forming dense cushionlike clumps, up to 3 cm high and to 7 cm in diameter, irregularly branched near segment apices with 1 or more,

FIGURE 36. Species of Valoniopsis. A. Valoniopsis hancockii: Portion of type showing short branches with constrictions at their base (drawing of type specimen, EYD-[1940]-215, after Dawson, 1944: pl. 31, fig. 9). B. Valoniopsis pachynema: Portion showing branching and a branch bending downward with tip attaching to substratum by means of haptera (after Børgesen, 1934: pl. 13, fig. 1f). C. Valoniopsis pachynema: Clump of branched, cylindrical, siphonlike segments (photo of live specimen from Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Mexico).

usually curved, branchlets, and attached below by rhizoids. Siphons coenocytic, cylindrical, (300–)450–1000 µm in diameter, interlaced and ascending. Branches with basal septa (lenticular crosswall); younger branches erect, older branches repent.

HABITAT. On rocks, occasionally entwined with other algae of turf communities; high to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Bahía Agua Verde; Isla Espíritu Santo to Bahía de La Paz. Pacific coast: Velero Point (south Bahía Sebastián Vizcaíno) and Punta Malarrimo, Baja California Sur; Isla Isabel, Nayarit; Hawaiian Islands; China; Japan.

SYNTYPE LOCALITIES. Benkulen and Pulau Tikus, near Bengkulu, Sumatra, Indonesia (vide Silva et al., 1996a).

REMARKS. Crystalline cell inclusions, considered to be of systematic value, have been reported in Valoniopsis pachynema from several locales in the Indian Ocean (Leliaert and Coppejans, 2004).

Bryopsidophyceae

Bryopsidophyceae Bessey, 1907:287.

Algae of this class are almost all exclusively marine and vary from relatively simple forms to structurally complex forms that are siphonous or tubular and coenocytic (i.e., lack cell walls and are multinucleate), with cytoplasm also containing numerous fusiform or ellipsoidal chloroplasts and a large central vacuole. Many are homoplastidic, with only chloroplasts that may contain or lack pyrenoids; others are heteroplastidic, with both chloroplasts and amyloplasts (colorless starch storage plastids). Cytoplasmic streaming occurs in the siphons, with organelles moving with the cytoplasm. Accessory pigments are siphonoxanthin and siphonein. Cell wall constituents are manna, xylan, and glucan (cellulose) in varying proportions; glucan is not in the crystalline form as found in members of the class Chlorophyceae Wille ex Warming (1884).

Reproduction is by biflagellate, quadriflagellate, or multiflagellate zoospores. In species that produce biflagella or quadriflagella, the flagella are in eleven and five o’clock positions, with overlapping basal bodies. Other members have stephanokont zoospores, i.e., multiple flagella arranged in whorls at the cell’s anterior end. Sexual reproduction is anisogamous.

The class is usually considered to have a single order, Bryopsidales (e.g., Silva et al., 1996a; Abbott and Huisman, 2004; herein). However, some phycologists consider the class to contain two orders and include the Halimedales C. van den Hoek, D. G. Mann et H. M. Jahns (1995).

BRYOPSIDALES

Bryopsidales J. H. Schaffner, 1922:133.

Codiales Setchell, 1929:584.

Caulerpales J. Feldmann, 1946:753.

Siphonales Warming, 1884:33, as “Siphoneae.”

Algae are variable in shape and size, ranging from simple (unbranched) to branched and to complex systems of branching tubular siphons or filaments. Some form globose vesicles; others are of filaments or siphons that are freely branched or formed into thalli with distinctive morphologies. Most are attached by prostrate rhizoids. Transverse septa are generally lacking in vegetative portions but may be present at the base of reproductive sporangia or gametangia. Cells are coenocytic with numerous nuclei and chloroplasts that lack or contain pyrenoids. In some, the vegetative portion of the thallus is traversed by a system of internal strands of cell wall material (trabeculae) that form an elaborate network, thought to strengthen the outer siphon walls. All members possess two distinctive xanthophylls, siphonein and siphonoxanthein, which are not found in other members of the Chlorophyta.

Some reproduce vegetatively by rhizome-like structures, fragmentation, or propagules. Sporophytic reproduction is by multiflagellate zoospores or aplanospores, usually developed within morphologically differentiated sporangia. Sexual reproduction is isogamous, anisogamous, or oogamous, with gametangia producing biflagellate gametes.

REMARKS. Although the Bryopsidales is the more widely accepted name for this order (e.g., Silva et al., 1996a; Abbott and Huisman, 2004), the name Caulerpales has also been recently used (Graham and Wilcox, 1999; Lee, 1999). Members of this very large order are widespread in distribution and are particularly abundant in tropical to subtropical regions.

Phylogenetic analyses of the Bryopsidales suggested that the suborders Bryopsidineae Hillis-Colinvaux (1984) and Halimedineae Hillis-Colinvaux (1984) are distinct monophyletic lineages (Lam and Zechman, 2006). Family-level monophyly was supported for the Bryopsidaceae, Derbesiaceae and Codiaceae (Bryopsidineae), and the Caulerpaceae and Halimedaceae (Halimedineae), but not for the Udoteaceae (Lam and Zechman, 2006).

Five families are represented in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF BRYOPSIDALES IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Algae differentiated into three distinct portions: an erect, cylindrical to frondose upper portion; arising from prostrate, stolonlike runners; and attached by rhizoids at various points; not calcified .................... Caulerpaceae

1b. Algae of various simple to structurally complex forms: filamentous or siphonous or vesiculate; not calcified or calcified....................2

2a. Algae of coenocytic filaments, tubular cells or siphons or vesicles; not structurally complex; not calcified ....................3

2b. Algae multiaxial, of coenocytic filaments formed into complex thalli that are firm or spongy; calcified or not calcified....................4

3a. Macrothalli filamentous, of one or more percurrent or non-percurrent axes with lateral branches; gametophytes and sporophytes isomorphic in some; others heteromorphic with filamentous macro-gametophytes, and micro-sporophytes of creeping prostrate filaments (protonema) .................... Bryopsidaceae

3b. Heteromorphic macrothalli; sporophytes and gametophtyes very different looking: sporophytes filamentous, without a percurrent axis, subdichotomously to irregularly branched; gametophytes a single vesicle .................... Derbesiaceae

4a. Thalli not calcified; spongy; prostrate and cushionlike or erect, terete to flattened axes and branches; without segments............................................................ Codiaceae

4b. Thalli of calcified cylindrical to flattened segments that alternate with narrow, flexible noncalcified joints ............................................................ Halimedaceae

BRYOPSIDINEAE

Bryopsidineae Hillis-Colvinaux, 1984:287.

The suborder Bryopsidineae is characterized by homoplasty, the absence of a concentric lamellar system, and cell walls that are composed primarily of the polysaccharides, either mannan, or xylan and cellulose. Allelochemicals (secondary natural products) are generally absent. Reproduction is non-holocarpic. Reproductive structures usually have a septum (plug) at their base.

REMARKS. Species of the Bryopsidineae are tropical to subboreal in DISTRIBUTION. The suborder is represented by three families, Bryopsidaceae, Derbesiaceae, and Codiaceae, in the northern Gulf of California.

BRYOPSIDACEAE

Bryopsidaceae Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1829:203

Algae are coenocytic, siphonous filaments that are simple or sparsely to densely branched and are attached to the substratum by a rhizoidal holdfast. Filamentous thalli lack internal trabeculae, may be with or without a distinct percurrent axis, and are branched pinnately, radially, or irregularly from a few to several orders. The main component of siphon walls is glucan (cellulose) and xylan in the gametophytes, while in the sporophytes it is mannan.

Reproduction can be by fragmentation, regeneration from extruded protoplasts, or parthenogenesis. Life histories, where known, generally involve filamentous phases: (1) an alternation of gametophytic Bryopsis and a sporophytic microthallus of creeping prostrate filaments (protonema), (2) an alternation of gametophytic “Bryopsis-like” phase with a filamentous Derbesia phase (i.e., Bryopsidella Feldmann ex H. Rietema, 1975), or (3) zygotes produced by Bryopsis that develop directly into another gametophyte. Stephanokont zoospores (with a ring or whorl of several flagella) are produced in differentiated sporangia with a basal septum in filamentous sporophytes. A few of the species are known to produce aplanospores.

Sexual reproduction is non-holocarpic. Gametophytic thalli can be either monoecious or dioecious. Biflagellate anisogametes are produced in the ultimate branchlets segregated from the rest of the filamentous thallus by a basal membrane.

One genus of the family, Bryopsis, is represented in the northern Gulf of California.

Bryopsis J. V. Lamouroux

Bryopsis J. V. Lamouroux, 1809d:333.

Algae are erect, composed of a cylindrical, coenocytic, percurrent axial filament that is oppositely or more or less radially or irregularly branched, often appearing featherlike, and attached below by rhizoids. Growth is indeterminate. Filaments are without septa and contain numerous disc-shaped chloroplasts, each containing 1 pyrenoid. Siphon walls of presumed sporophytes contain mannan, while those of gametophytes reportedly contain cellulose and xylan.

Asexual reproduction is by fragmentation, aplanospores, and regeneration from extruded protoplasts. Life histories generally involve an alternation of filamentous phases, with a feather-like or plumose gametophyte and either a sporophytic microthallus of creeping filaments (protonema) or an erect filamentous Derbesia-like phase. In some of the species cultured, filamentous or protonema sporophytes produced stephanokont zoospores that either developed into gametophytes or into a microthallus that produced anisogametes (Rietema, 1975; van den Hoek, 1981; Tanner, 1981). Sexual reproduction, with thalli being monoecious or dioecious, involves the tips of the ultimate branchlets that separate from the branch by formation of a basal septum, or plug, at maturity and develop into gametangia and produce biflagellate anisogametes.

REMARKS. The morphology of species of Bryopsis is so variable and sometimes overlapping (e.g., Womersley, 1984) that understanding the species limits will probably best be facilitated by molecular systematics. The Gulf of California species of Bryopsis, as well as those of the eastern Pacific, are in need of taxonomic, culture life history, molecular, and phylogenetic studies, such as the studies of Krellwitz et al. (2001).

One species, B. muscosa J. V. Lamouroux (1809b), has been reported in the southern Gulf by Dawson (1959a, 1961b).

Five other taxa, four species and one variety, are currently known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF BRYOPSIS IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Main axes radially branched (sometimes irregular) .................... B. hypnoides

1b. Main axes pinnately or oppositely branched in one plane or more or less in one plane (featherlike in appearance) .................... 2

2a. Main axes with both determinate and longer indeterminate branchlets.................... B. salvadoreana

2b. Main axes with only determinate branchlets .................... 3

3a. Main axes over 400 µm in diameter (up to 1000 µm); lower portions without branches and upper portions with abundant, pinnately arranged branchlets .................... B. corticulans

3b. Main axes smaller in diameter, 200–400 µm; with frequent, occasional, or sparse branchlets limited to upper or terminal portions .................... 4

4a. Main axes over 250 µm in diameter, up to 400 µm in diameter; ultimate branchlets opposite along sides of branches in one plane .................... B. pennata var. pennata

4b. Main axes 210–250 µm in diameter; branchlets absent in lower portions; branchlets in upper portion usually sparse and more or less in one plane or partly radial .................... B. pennata var. minor

Bryopsis corticulans Setchell

Bryopsis corticulans Setchell in Collins, Holden, and Setchell, 1899: Exsiccate No. 626; Collins, 1909b:404; Setchell and Gardner, 1903:230; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:160, pl. 15: figs. 4, 5, pl. 27; Smith, 1944:73, pl. 9: fig.3; Dawson, 1951:52; Dawson, 1961b:381; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:111, fig. 70; Devinny, 1978:358; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:64; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:116; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:419; Stewart, 1991:33; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:481; González-González et al., 1996:126; Aguilar-Ramírez et al., 1998:511; Pedroche et al., 2005:57.

Algae tufted, up to 5–10(–20) cm tall; main axes 400–1000 µm in diameter; lower portions without branches, upper portions abundantly pinnately branched. Branches with downward growing rhizoids from their base; ultimate branchlets, 150–300 µm in diameter, abruptly constricted at base.

HABITAT. On rocks; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Bahía Kino. Pacific coast: southern British Columbia to Islas San Benito, Baja California; Jalisco.

TYPE LOCALITY. Pacific Grove, Monterey County, California (Smith, 1944).

REMARKS. Bryopsis corticulans is only known in the Gulf of California from the report of Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid (1986). The description is based on Abbott and Hollenberg (1976). The species complex, comprising three morphologically similar taxa, B. corticulans, B. hypnoides, and B. plumosa (Hudson) C. Agardh (1822), needs to be studied to clarify the taxonomic status and relationship of these species to each other and to the Gulf B. corticulans.

Bryopsis hypnoides J. V. Lamouroux

Bryopsis hypnoides J. V. Lamouroux, 1809d:333; Lamouroux, 1809b:135, pl. 1; fig. 2a,b; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:159; Smith, 1944:73, pl. 9: fig. 2; Taylor, 1945:60 [with doubt]; Dawson, 1949:244; Dawson, 1961b:381; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:113, fig. 71; Huerta-Müzquiz, 1978:339; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:64; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:116, 121; Huerta-Muzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:44; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:420; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:39; Dreckmann et al., 1990:24, pl. 2: fig. 2; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:31; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:24; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:25; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:52; González-González, 1993:443; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:481; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:517; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:52; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:45; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:103, 112; González-González et al., 1996:275, 365; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1996:64, 67, 76, 88, pl. 28: figs. 126–128; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:43; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:25; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1998:168; Yoshida, 1998:139; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133, 134, 136, 137; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:70; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:96, fig. 33A; Wysor, 2004:219; Pedroche et al., 2005:58; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:59; Dreckmann et al., 2006:154.

Algae tufted, up to 2–4 cm tall; main axes 200–250(–400) µm in diameter, branching often profuse, usually radial or sometimes irregular; branches become progressively narrower and smaller distally; ultimate branchlets up to 50 µm in diameter and up to 5 mm long, abruptly constricted at the base, and gradually tapered at upper end. Rhizoids grow downward from base of primary branches.

HABITAT. On rocks or shells; epiphytic on Gelidium pusillum (L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000); mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Guaymas; Bahía Concepción to Cabo Pulmo. Pacific coast: British Columbia to Chiapas; Panama; Chile; Hawaiian Islands; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Near Cette, Mediterranean coast of France.

REMARKS. Studies of Bryopsis hypnoides from California (Burr and West, 1970) and Europe (Rietema, 1975) showed them to be monoecious, whereas those of the northeastern United States were dioecious (Urban, 1969). Bryopsis hypnoides is part of a species complex that includes B. corticulans and B. plumosa; Gulf specimens need to be cultured and morphologically and molecularly analyzed in comparions with type locality material of all three of these species to elucidate their taxonomy (see also Remarks under B. corticulans).

Bryopsis pennata J. V. Lamouroux var. pennata

FIGURE 37

Bryopsis pennata J. V. Lamouroux, 1809d:333, pl. 3, fig. 1 a,b; Egerod, 1952:370, fig.7; Dawson, 1957b:9;

FIGURE 37. Bryopsis pennata: Frond with distichous branching pattern giving a featherlike appearance (EYD-27451).

Dawson, 1959a:6, 8, 12, 14; Dawson, 1961b:381; Dawson, 1961c:404, pl. 4: fig.4; Dawson, 1966a:7; Huerta-Müzquiz, 1978:339;González-González, 1993:443; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:481; González-González et al., 1996:275; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:25, 27; Mendoza-González et al., 1999:61; León-Tejera and González-González, 2000:327; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:98, fig. 33B; López et al., 2004:10; Wysor, 2004:219; Pedroche et al., 2005:58; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48, 59; Dreckmann et al., 2006:154.

Bryopsis plumosa var. pennata (J. V. Lamouroux) Børgesen, 1911:147; Dawson, 1944:212; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:31; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:497; González-González et al., 1996:127.

Algae of 1 or more erect filaments, up to 5 cm tall; main axes and branches with more or less opposite branchlets of similar length in upper portions and in one plane (giving a lanceolate to oblong featherlike appearance); axes sometimes only sparsely branched; arising from a rhizoidal holdfast. Main axis 250–400 µm in diameter; branchlets 40–75(–150) µm in diameter and up to 2.0 mm long.

HABITAT. On rocks, usually in shaded areas, crevices, and tide pools; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Cabeza Ballena. Pacific coast: Nayarit; Guerrero to Oaxaca; Costa Rica; El Salvador; Panama; Chile; Hawaiian Islands.

TYPE LOCALITY. Antilles, West Indies.

Bryopsis pennata var. minor J. Agardh

Bryopsis pennata var. minor J. Agardh, 1887:23; Silva et al., 1996a: 807; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:43; López et al., 2000:338; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:70; Pedroche et al., 2005:59; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:202.

Bryopsis pennatula J. Agardh, 1847:6; Kützing, 1856:27, pl. 76: fig. 2; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:158; Taylor, 1945:61; Dawson, 1949:250, 251; Dawson, 1959a:12; Dawson, 1961b:381; Smith, 1969:624; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:126; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:113, fig. 72; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:116, 121; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:140; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1985:125; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:44; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:420; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:38; Dreckmann et al., 1990:24, 37; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:31; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:24; León-Tejera et al., 1993:199, 204; González-González, 1993:443; Stout and Dreckmann, 1993:5; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:443; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:517; González-González et al., 1996:127; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:45; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:112; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1996:77, 88, pl. 2: figs. 129–131; Anaya-Reyna and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 1996:862; Silva et al., 1996a:807; Galindo-Villegas et al., 1997:4; Aguila-Ramírez et al., 1998:511; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; López et al., 2000:340; Carballo et al., 2002:753; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Lam and Zechman, 2006:671; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:3, 7.

Algae of erect, cylindrical main axes, 210–250 µm in diameter, up to 3 cm tall; branchlets absent in lower portions; branchlets in upper portion sparse (often with only a few uppermost branchlets near the terminal portion) and more or less distichously or partially radially arranged, short, less than 1 mm long, 20–30 µm in diameter, strongly constricted at base, with rounded apices.

HABITAT. On rocks and in tide pools; high to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Punta Cheuca, Sonora; Bahía de La Paz to Cabo Pulmo, Baja California Sur; Mazatlán, Sinaloa. Pacific coast: central California to Baja California; Nayarit to Chiapas; Galápagos Islands.

TYPE LOCALITY. San Agustín, Oaxaca, Pacific Mexico (Setchell and Gardner [1920b:159] noted “St. Augustin” as cited by Agardh (1847) was probably in the vicinity of Pochutla and Punta de Huatulco, Oaxaca [see also Liebmann, 1869:viii]).

REMARKS. Agardh (1887), in describing Bryopsis pennata var. minor, cited B. pennatula J. Agardh (1847) in the protologue, thus apparently reducing B. pennatula to a variety of B. pennata. Therefore, as noted by Silva et al. (1996a), these two taxon names have the same type, with B. pennatula being a synonym of B. pennata var. minor.

Specimens identified as “B. pennatula” from the Gulf of California and Pacific Mexico should be reexamined to verify they belong here.

Bryopsis salvadoreana E. Y. Dawson

Bryopsis salvadoreana E. Y. Dawson, 1961c:405, pl. 5: fig. 2, pl. 6; Dawson, 1962b:228; Wysor, 2004:221, figs. 11, 12.

Algae of erect dense tufts, (2–)3–5 cm tall; cylindrical main axes, 200–400 µm in diameter; with both determinate and indeterminate branchlets more or less distichously arranged; determinate branchlets constricted at base; indeterminate branchlets irregularly distichous, becoming long, 3–12 mm, and may further divide, upper portion sometimes with one or more divisions (some appearing lobed), apices rounded; attached by a dense basal mass of entangled rhizoids.

HABITAT. On boulders; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Isla Raza (Las Islas de la Cintura). Pacific coast: Punta Chiriquín and Isla Meanguera, El Salvador; Panama.

TYPE LOCALITY. Arrecife de Sacate, off Punta Chiriquín, Golfo de Fonseca, El Salvador.

REMARKS. Gulf of California specimens from Isla Raza (EYD-26103; US Alg. Coll.-37352) are tentatively refered to Bryopsis salvadoreana. Although they are similar to the type specimen of B. salvadoreana (EYD-21758; US Alg. Coll-5162), the indeterminate branchlets of the Gulf material are not as abundant or apparently as well developed, and most are not as long and lack the fully developed upper divisions of the type. More Gulf collections and type locality material are needed for further study, along with molecular analyses, to test their taxonomic and phylogenetic status.

DERBESIACEAE

Derbesiaceae Hauck, 1884:421.

Halicystaceae G. M. Smith, 1930:227, as “Halicystidaceae”; Smith, 1944:69; Papenfuss, 1955:129.

Algae of this family have two morphologically very different life history phases: a filamentous, siphonous sporophyte and vesiculate gametophytes. Sporangia with a basal septum are borne laterally on the sporophyte filaments and produce zoospores with numerous flagella (stephanokontic). Gametangia are formed in isolated portions of the cytoplasm inside the gametophytic vesicles and produce biflagellate anisogametes.

REMARKS. Although life histories for many species, including the generitype, involve an alternation of heteromorphic forms, variations in life histories of some species of Derbesia have also been reported: (1) macrogametes that develop new sporophytes by parthenogenesis, (2) development of vesicular phase directly from sporangia without the production of zoospores, (3) sporophytes that grow from zoospores, and (4) a haploid gametophyte that alternates with heterokaryotic sporophyte (the latter characterized by the presence of haploid nuclei from the two parents, e.g., D. tenuissima (Moris et De Notaris) P. Crouan et H. Crouan, 1867). Under these circumstances, nuclear fusion occurs in young sporangia shortly before meiosis and cleavage of zoospores.

One genus is known in the northern Gulf of California. A vesiculate “Halicystis-phase” is also reported in the northern Gulf. Its life history is unknown, but it may be involved with a Derbesia or possibly another genus (see below for various reported life histories).

Derbesia Solier

Derbesia Solier, 1846:452; Solier, 1847:157.

Halicystis Areschoug, 1850:446.

Thalli are of two morphologically different forms. The sporophyte is composed of siphonous cylindrical filaments that are usually erect, and loosely unilaterally, irregularly or occasionally dichotomously branched, and attached by a prostrate system of irregularly branched rhizoidal filaments or lobed haptera. Although usually absent, simple or compound transverse septa sometimes develop in the siphonous filaments, mostly at base of branches. The gametophytes are spherical to pyriform single-cell vesicles, “Halicystis-phase.” Both the filaments and vesicles are multinucleate and contain numerous disc-shaped or spindle-shaped small chloroplasts, which in some species have one to three pyrenoids, while other species are without pyrenoids.

Asexual reproduction can occur by fragmentation and proliferation of extruded protoplasts. The diploid, filamentous sporophyte, Derbesia-phase, produces stephanokont zoospores in modified lateral sporangia separated from the vegetative filament by a septum (or plug) or a double septum near their bases. A haploid vesicular gametophyte, Halicystis-phase, has been shown in the life histories for some species of Derbesia. A gametangium appearing as a transverse band within the vesicle develops biflagellate anisogametes that are released forcibly through papillae on the vesicle wall.

REMARKS. Filamentous species of Derbesia occur in the intertidal and down to 23 m depths of tropical to boreal seas worldwide. There are at least three types of life histories known to involve species of Derbesia. Culture studies have shown life histories with a sporophytic filamentous Derbesia-phase and a gametophytic vesicular Halicystis-phase (Hollenberg, 1935, 1936; Kornmann, 1938; Drew, 1955; Page, 1970; Rietema, 1975). Sporophytic “Derbesia-like” phases have also been linked to the gametophytes of some species of Bryopsis (Hüstede, 1964; Rietema, 1975), and apparent sporangia of a New England species of Derbesia developed directly into vesicular gametophytes without producing any zoospores (Sears and Wilce, 1970).

Two species and one unidentified species are reported in the southern Gulf: Derbesia turbinata M. Howe et Hoyt (1916) by Dawson (1966b), D. hollenbergii W. R. Taylor (1945) by Dawson (1959a), and “Derbesia sp.” by Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1991). The Gulf species of Derbesia need to be investigated morphologically, with culture studies and DNA analyses.

One species and one unidentified species of filamentous Derbesia are reported in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE DIFFERENT LIFE HISTORY PHASES OF DERBESIA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Sporophyte (Derbesia): cylindrical, coenocytic filaments without a distinct percurrent axis; branched sparsely to moderately, predominately unilateral or sometimes irregular .................... 2

1b. Gametophyte: a spherical vesicle (a single large cell), up to 15 mm in diameter, above a very short stalk ............................................................ Halicystis-phase

2a. Filaments branched mostly unilaterally; 50–65 µm in diameter .................... Derbesia marina

2b. Filaments sparsely and irregularly branched; 40–70 µm in diameter .................... Derbesia sp. A

Derbesia marina (Lyngbye) Solier

FIGURE 38

Vaucheria marina Lyngbye, 1819:79, pl. 22A (sporophyte).

Derbesia marina (Lyngbye) Solier, 1846:453; Solier 1847:157; Collins, 1909b:407, pl. 17: fig. 152; Setchell and Gardner, 1920:164, pl. 15: fig. 3; Smith, 1944:71, pl. 8: fig. 4; Dawson, 1956:34, fig. 15; Dawson, 1961b:380; Dawson, 1962c:278; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:115, fig. 73; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:336; Devinny, 1978:538; Kobara and Chihara, 1980:214, figs. 8–12; Kobara and Chihara, 1981:2, figs. 1–3, 7–20; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:64; Lewbel et al., 1981:165; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:44; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1986:77; Dreckmann et al., 1990:26, 37; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:24, 27; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:25; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1993:9–11; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:52; Stout and Dreckmann, 1993:5; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:57; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:45; León-Tejera and González-González, 1994:492; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:113; González-González et al., 1996:293; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1996:76, 88, pl. 28: figs. 123–125; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:43; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:25; Yoshida, 1998:144, fig. 1-13: E–G; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1998:169; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; López et al., 2000:339; Wysor, 2004:223; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Pedroche et al., 2005:60; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:59; Dreckmann et al., 2006:154.

FIGURE 38. Derbesia marina: Sporophyte: Filaments bearing lateral sporangia, each with a single basal septum (after Collins, 1909b: pl.17, fig. 152).

Derbesia vaucheriaeformis sensu Chávez B., 1972:268 [non Derbesia vaucheriaeformis (Harvey) J. Agardh, 1887:34].

Gastridium ovale Lyngbye, 1819:72, pl. 18: fig. B (gametophyte).

Halicystis ovalis (Lyngbye) Areschoug, 1850:447; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:155, pl. 14: fig. 3; Hollenberg, 1935:782, pls.1–4; Smith, 1944:70, pl. 9: fig. 1; Dawson et al., 1960a:10, 14, pl. 1: fig. 5; Dawson et al., 1960b:5, 6, 8, 11, 13; Dawson, 1961b:380; Scagel, 1966:116, pl. 2: figs. A–F; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:115, fig. 75; Kobara and Chihara, 1980:214, figs. 1–7, 13; Lewbel et al., 1981:165; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:116, 122; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1990:123; Stewart, 1991:115; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:24; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:52; González-González et al., 1996:137; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:202.

Sporophytes small filamentous tufts, up to 15 mm tall; filaments of long, cylindrical coenocytic cells, 50–65 µm in diameter; branching mostly unilateral, with subacute apices; attached by irregularly branched prostrate filaments. Chloroplasts without pyrenoids. Sporangia formed on ultimate branchlets, borne on a short pedicel with a crosswall at apex of pedicel; ovoid to pyriform, 150–200 µm long and 100–160 µm in diameter; producing zoospores.

Gametophytes (Halicystis-phase of Derbesia marina) erect, spherical vesicles, up to 15 mm in diameter; above a very short stalk attached to calcareous substratum by basal rhizoids that often penetrate it. Vesicle with a large vacuole, and peripheral cytoplasm containing multiple nuclei and numerous chloroplasts without pyrenoids. Vegetative reproduction by regeneration of new vesicles from apparently perennial attachment rhizoids. Sexual reproduction by biflagellate anisogametes, produced in separate gametophytic vesicles. Male vesicles develop slender gametes in brownish-green fertile areas of the cytoplasm. Female vesicles develop larger and rounder gametes in greenish-black fertile areas. Gametes forcibly released through 1 or more papillae (appearing as whitish dots) on the vesicle wall.

REMARKS. Culture life history studies have linked gametangial Halicystis to sporophytic Derbesia from the Pacific coast of North America (Hollenberg, 1935, 1936; Scagel, 1966), Japan (Kobara and Chihara, 1980, 1981), Europe (Kornmann, 1938; Feldmann, 1950; Eckhardt et al., 1986), and Bermuda (Page, 1970). Thus, species of Halicystis are usually referred to as the “Halicystis-phase of Derbesia.”

HABITAT. On rocks, epiphytic on crustose corallines; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Bahía Concepción; Bahía del Rincón to San Jose del Cabo; Matzatlán, Sinaloa. Pacific coast: Alaska to Baja California; Nayarit to Chiapas; Panama; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Kvivig, Strømø, Faeroe Islands, Denmark.

Derbesia sp. A

Derbesia sp. of Dawson, 1966a:7; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48.

Algae forming small, filamentous tufts, up to 10 mm long, of filaments sparsely and irregularly branched, without a percurrent axis, and 40–70 µm in diameter. Siphonous cells with numerous chloroplasts that lack pyrenoids.

HABITAT. Growing on rocks or sometimes entangled on gorgonians; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Punta Pelícano, vicinity of Puerto Peñasco.

REMARKS. Although lacking a distinct main axis and reproductive structures, the material reported as “Derbesia sp.” (Dawson, 1966a) somewhat resembles sparsely and irregularly branched forms of Bryopsis pennata. More collections, particularly fertile specimens, are needed to determine which species of filamentous Derbesia are present in the northern Gulf.

Halicystis-phase

FIGURE 39A,B

“Halicystis ovalis” sensu Norris and Bucher, 1976:3, fig. 2.

Northern Gulf specimens: spherical vesicles, up to 10 mm in diameter, and dark emerald green. Vesicle above a very short stalk; lowermost portion of basal stalk attached to Amphiroa by rhizoidal growths.

HABITAT. Epiphytic on the articulated coralline, Amphiroa; low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Isla Willard (Bahía San Luis Gonzaga) to Bahía Concepción.

REMARKS. Although similar in morphology to the Pacific coast Halicystis ovalis-phase, the northern Gulf material referred to as “Halicystis-phase” were epiphytic on the articulated coralline, Amphiroa vanbosseae (Norris and Bucher, 1976), whereas the Pacific coast Halicystis ovalis-phase of Derbesia marina (Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976; Scagel et al., 1989) and the Japanese H. ovalis-phase of D. marina and H. parvula-phase of D. tenuissima (Kobara and Chihara, 1980) are only reported on crustose corallines.

The life history of Gulf of California Halicystis, or even if the vesicles are gametangial or sporophytic, is unknown. Thus far, known life histories that involve a “Halicystis” either have an alternate heteromorphic phase (which is either a Derbesia or an alternate that is another genus, i.e., not a Derbesia) or have a repeating life history of only Halicystis-forms (i.e., with no alternate phases). Therefore, Gulf of California Halicystis, including those of the southern Gulf (reported epiphytic on mangroves; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993, as “vesicular gametangium [of] Derbesia marina”), need to be tested for host specificity and need culture studies to elucidate their life history and reproductive condition (whether gametangial, as generally presumed, or sporophytic), and molecular analyses to determine their taxonomic status and phylogenetic relationships.

CODIACEAE

Codiaceae Kützing, 1843:302, 308.

Thalli may be growing prostrate or erect, lack calcification, and are multiaxial, spongy, unbranched or branched, variable forms, that can be globose, cushion-like, cylindrical, compressed, flattened, or blade-like, and are attached by compacted masses of rhizoids. Internally the thalli are composed of branching, tubular, mostly

FIGURE 39. Halicystis-phase: A, B. Gametophytes: Globose, coenocytic thalli (JN-5732); epiphytic on the articulated coralline Amphiroa.

nonseptate, multinucleate filaments (siphons). Branching of the filaments (siphons) is mostly sympodial, with the outer branched filaments forming a cortical layer of utricles at the surface. Cells contain numerous small nuclei and discoid chloroplasts (without pyrenoids), and no amyloplasts, with cell walls containing mostly mannan. Accessory pigments include siphonoxanthin and siphonein.

Asexual reproduction is by fragmentation or by parthenogenesis in some. Sexual reproduction is by biflagellate anisogametes. Gametangia are developed laterally on the utricles and cut off by a basal septum.

The family consists of five genera, with the species-rich genus Codium represented in the northern Gulf of California.

Codium Stackhouse

Codium Stackhouse, 1797:xvi, xxiv.

Algae are spongy, non-calcareous macrothalli of definite shapes, with species that are either prostrate or repent globose or pulvinate forms, or erect branching cylindrical, compressed, or complanate forms. Internally, the thalli are composed of branched filaments that are organized into a medulla of longitudinal, densely intertwined, colorless coenocytic filaments (medullary siphons) and an outer surface layer of inflated, cylindrical or clavate, photosynthetic utricles with an apical wall that is usually thickened and often ornamented in a characteristic pattern. Utricles are developed primarily by the enlargement of sympodial branches of medullary siphons and secondarily by budding or by production of additional utricle-forming medullary siphons from basal portion of existing utricles. Rhizoidal filaments (siphons), which grow into the medulla, are also produced from basal portion of the utricles. Colorless hairs are produced along the sides of the utricles, with a basal plug which remains as a prominent scar after the hair falls off.

Asexual reproduction is by parthenogenesis, fragmentation, or the cutting off of modified aborted gametangia. Species may be monoecious or dioecious. Gametangia are cylindrical or fusiform to ovate above a short pedicel with a basal plug and are borne laterally on the utricles. Biflagellate anisogametes are extruded in gelatinous masses upon rupture of the apices of the gametangia. Male gametes are very small, with one or two chloroplasts, and female gametes are much larger and have numerous chloroplasts. Life histories are not fully known. The zygote develops into an amorphous, prostrate vesicle that produces erect elongate vesicles; these, in turn, initiate primary utricle-producing siphons that eventually consolidate into a multiaxial thallus. Some species are known to have a filamentous derbesioid or vaucherioid (Vaucheria-like) stage in their life history (Fletcher et al., 1989; Yang et al., 1997).

REMARKS. Codium is a widespread genus with species occurring from the intertidal down to at least 70 m depths (Norris and Olsen, 1991). Although species are found in almost every sea (except the Arctic and Southern Ocean), the largest number of species of Codium are in subtropical to temperate regions.

Several species that were originally described from the Gulf of California (Setchell and Gardner, 1924a; Dawson, 1944) have been placed in synonymy with other species on the basis of comparative morphological studies (Pedroche et al., 2002). These species concepts need to be tested by molecular phylogenetic and morphological analyses. One species, Codium picturatum Pedroche et P. C. Silva (1996), described from Colima (Pacific Mexico), has also been reported from the southern Gulf, and includes records of “C. setchellii” (Pedroche et al., 2002, 2005; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005) (note “C. setchellii” of Dawson [1949] and Brusca and Thomson [1975] may also belong here).

Currently, there are three species known in the northern Gulf of California. Two of these are also known from the Pacific coast of Mexico, and one, C. brandegeei, is apparently a Gulf-endemic species.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CODIUM IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Thalli usually very long, up to 85 cm tall; axes and branches mostly cylindrical, branches often flattened at dichotomies; very large utricles, most greater than 900 µm in length .................... C. amplivesiculatum

1b. Thalli shorter in overall length; axes and branches variable, of three forms: cylindrical throughout or cylindrical but compressed at the dichotomies or compressed but with cylindrical ultimate branches; utricles less than 900 µm (mostly 550–850 µm long) .................... 2

2a. Utricles claviform, constricted below; utricle apices conical, hyaline, and very thick (up to 85 µm thick) .................... C. brandegeei

2b. Utricles mostly cylindrical (if constricted, only slightly); utricle apices truncate or rounded (not conical), hyaline, and thinner (up to 46 µm thick) .................... C. simulans

Codium amplivesiculatum Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURES 40, 41A,B

Codium amplivesiculatum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:709, pl. 15: figs. 28, 29, pl. 35; Dawson, 1944:217; Dawson, 1959a:7, 16; Dawson, 1961b:381; Norris, 1973:4, 17; Norris, 1985:208; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González et al., 1996:132; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Núñez-López et al., 1998:39; Pedroche et al., 2002:40, figs. 42–53; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005b:36; Pedroche et al., 2005:69; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:7; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:202; Riosmena-Rodríguez and Holguín-Acosta, 2008:1, figs. 1–12.

Codium decorticatum sensu Howe, 1911:494; Setchell and Gardner, 1930:130; Taylor, 1939:9; Huerta-M, 1978:339; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:25 [in part; see Pedroche et al., 2005:72]; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:52 [with a query]; González-González et al., 1996:369 [Gulf specimens only]; Silva et al., 1996b:235 [non Codium decorticatum (Woodward) M. Howe, 1911:494].

Codium dichotomum sensu Taylor, 1945:68; Dawson, 1949:229 [in part; see Pedroche et al., 2002:40] [non Codium dichotomum (Hudson) S. F. Gray, 1821:293].

Codium fernandezianum sensu Taylor, 1945:71 [in part; see Pedroche et al., 2002:40] [non Codium fernandezianum Setchell, 1937a:592].

Codium longiramosum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:710, pl. 15: fig. 27, pl. 37; Taylor, 1945:70 [in part]; Dawson, 1961b:382; Dawson, 1966b:55; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:140; González-González et al., 1996:134.

Codium magnum E. Y. Dawson, 1950f:298, fig. 1; Dawson, 1961b:382; Dawson, 1962c:278, 280; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:336; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:44; Ibarra-Obando and R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1985:96; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:36, 38–39; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:30; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:52; González-González et al., 1996:134; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101.

Algae erect, mostly cylindrical, up to 85 cm tall (largest to 10 m in length; Pedroche et al., 2002); simple or branched dichotomously to subdichotomously (or sometimes trichotomously); branches usually flattened at dichotomies; attached below by a spongy mass of rhizoidal filaments. Lower branches (6–)13–20 mm in diameter, often with long interdichotomies, up to 40 cm in length; dichotomies flattened, up to 10 cm wide. Upward branches gradually narrowing to apices, (1–)3–10 mm in diameter. Medullary filaments, 25–110 µm in diameter, with lateral cell wall thickenings (‘cellulose plugs”). Utricles cylindrical to clavate, (840–)1180–1930(–3025) µm in length, and (140–)230–410(–655) µm in diameter in upper portions, and near the base (40–)110–235(–385) µm in diameter; utricle apices truncate or rounded, 4.5–8.0 µm thick; utricle wall sides 1.5–2.3 µm thick; hairs and scars present, never abundant, about 220 µm below the apices.

Gametangia elongated, fusiform to ovate, wider at their base, (160–)255–340(–430) µm long by (46–)90–140(–170) µm in diameter; borne about (370–)450–600 (–750) µm below the utricle apex on short pedicel, up to 15 µm long.

HABITAT. Attached or free-floating in esteros or lagoons; on rocks; low intertidal to shallow subtidal, usually 0.5 to 17 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda to Punta Arena (north of Cabo Pulmo). Pacific coast: Bahía de San Quintín to Bahía Magdalena; Isla Cedros; Isla Guadalupe; Isla Clarión and Isla Socorro (Islas Revillegigdo); Nayarit to Jalisco.

TYPE LOCALITY. Drift, most likely Isla Estanque (also known as Pond Island and Isla La Bibera); however, Setchell and Gardner (1924a:709) only stated “near south end of [Isla] Ángel de la Guarda, Gulf of California.”

REMARKS. Codium amplivesiculatum is the largest species of Codium, and may be the largest green alga in the Gulf of California. Two other species, the Gulf of California C. longiramosa Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1924a) and the Pacific Baja California C. magum E. Y. Dawson (1950f), were recently treated as synonyms of C. amplivesiculatum by Pedroche et al. (2002). Hommersand (1972) and Pedroche et al. (2005:70) noted that the problematic separation of the Gulf C. amplivesiculatum and the Japanese C. cylindricum Holmes (1896; Yoshida, 1998) and their phylogenetic relationship needs to be clarified.

Codium brandegeei Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURES 41C–F, 42

Codium brandegeei Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:712, pl. 14: figs. 25, 26, pl. 30; Dawson, 1944:215;

FIGURE 40. Codium amplivesiculatum: Habit of a large specimen (JN-5700).

FIGURE 41. Species of Codium: Detail of utricles, some with gametangia and/or hairs, showing variation in shape and size. A, B. Codium amplivesiculatum: Large, wide utricles; (drawn from the type specimen, I. M. Johnston-74, after Setchell and Gardner, 1924a: pl. 15, figs. 28, 29). C–F. Codium brandegeei: Variation in utricle size: C, D. Utricles drawn from the type of the synonym C. cervicorne (Marchant-8, after Setchell and Gardner, 1924a: pl. 14, figs. 19, 20). E, F. Utricles of C. brandegeei (drawn from the type specimen, T. S. Brandegee-28, after Setchell and Gardner, 1924a: pl. 14, figs. 25, 26). G, H. Codium simulans: Variation in utricles (drawn from the type specimen, I. M. Johnston-8, after Setchell and Gardner, 1924a: pl. 14, figs. 21, 22).

González-González et al., 1996:132; Pedroche et al., 2002:54–55, figs. 19, 66–80; Pedroche et al., 2005:70; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49, 59; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:202.

Codium anastomosans Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:711, pl. 16: figs. 36, 37; Dawson, 1944:218; Dawson, 1961b:381; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:22; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González et al., 1996:132.

Codium cervicorne Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:712, pl. 14: figs. 19, 20, pl. 32b; Dawson, 1961b:381; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:22; González-González et al., 1996:132.

Codium cuneatum sensu Dawson, 1944:218 [non Codium cuneatum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:708].

Codium macdougalii E. Y. Dawson, 1944:218, pl. 35: fig. 1; Dawson, 1961b:382; Dawson, 1966a:7; Dawson, 1966b:55; Norris, 1973:4, 17, 19; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González et al., 1996:134; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133.

Codium reductum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:707, pl. 14: figs. 23, 24, pl. 33; González-González et al., 1996:134.

Codium simulans sensu Dawson, 1944:216; Dawson, 1945a:22 [non Codium simulans Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:706].

Codium tomentosum sensu Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:420 [non Codium tomentosum Stackhouse, 1797:xxiv].

Algae erect, more or less cylindrical throughout, up to 15 cm tall; branching irregularly dichotomous; attached by discoid base of rhizoidal filaments. Branches cylindrical; in lower portions sometimes narrow and constricted at dichotomies; in midportions broadening; and in terminal portions sometimes swollen to club-shaped, up to 1.6 cm in diameter. Medulla filaments 23–45(–50) µm in diameter. Utricles slender, cylindrical to clavate, constricted below, giving upper portion spoon-shaped appearance, (460–)540–820(–1150) µm long by (70–)95–200(–290) µm in diameter, and in basal portion (30–)40–70(–112) µm in diameter; sometimes with secondary utricles; utricle apices blunt to dome shaped, outer end with hyaline, laminated, conical cell wall, (30–)50–85 µm thick; hairs and scars present.

Gametangia fusiform or cylindrical, (130–)200–270(–330) µm long by (40–)60–90(–125) µm in diameter; usually one per utricle, borne about (230–)280–390(–500) µm below the apices.

HABITAT. On rocks and tidal platforms, often exposed; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal, down to 10 m depths.

FIGURE 42. Codium brandegeei: Habit of “C. macdougalii-form” with swollen, club-shaped branches (JN-5020).

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Punta Pelícano (vicinity of Puerto Peñasco) to Guaymas; Bahía Concepción to Bahía de La Paz.

TYPE LOCALITY. “Probably at La Paz,” Baja California Sur, Gulf of California (Setchell and Gardner, 1924a).

REMARKS. Codium brandegeei is apparently endemic to the Gulf of California, as the Pacific Mexico reports of “C. brandegeei” from Nayarit and Jalisco (Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993, as “C. cervicorne”) and Guerrero (Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988, as “C. cervicorne”) were noted to be C. isabelae W. R. Taylor (1945) by Pedroche et al. (2005:71).

Although the Gulf C. macdougalii is now considered to be conspecific with C. brandegeei (Pedroche et al., 2002), in the field the “C. macdougalii-morph” can be distinguished from the other Gulf species of Codium by the broad, swollen, club-shaped upper portions of its branches (Figure 42).

Codium simulans Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURES 5B, 41G,H, 43

Codium simulans Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:706, pl. 14: figs. 21, 22, pl. 31; Setchell and Gardner, 1930:133; Dawson, 1944:216; Dawson, 1949:233–234, 237, 242; Dawson, 1959a:18; Dawson, 1961b:382; Norris, 1973:4, 17, 19; Brusca and Thomson, 1975:42; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:338; Littler and Littler, 1981:151, 153; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:140; Littler and Littler, 1984:15, 23, 25; Norris, 1985:209, fig. 16.2; Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988:82; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:30; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:22; González-González et al., 1996:135; Anaya-Reyna and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 1996:862; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133; Pedroche et al., 2002:61, figs. 65, 81–89; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005b:36; Pedroche et al., 2005:77; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49, 59; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:7; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:191, 202.

Codium anastomosans sensu Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:22 [non Codium anastomosans Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:711; which is now C. brandegeei Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:712 (see Pedroche et al., 2005:780)].

Codium cervicorne sensu Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:22; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1998:168 [non Codium cervicorne Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:712 (see Pedroche et al., 2005:780)].

Codium conjunctum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:706, pl. 15: figs. 32, 33, pl. 32a; Dawson, 1949:236, 238; Dawson, 1944:217; Sánchez-Vargas and Hendrickx, 1987:161; Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988:82; González-González et al., 1996:132.

Codium cuneatum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:708, pl. 16: figs. 34–35, pl. 34; Setchell and Gardner, 1930:133; Dawson, 1944:218; Dawson, 1945a:22; Dawson, 1949:227; Silva, 1951:99, pls. 3–6, figs. 23–32; Dawson et al., 1960a:10, 26, pl. 5: fig. 2; Dawson et al., 1960b:6–14; Dawson, 1961b:382; Dawson, 1966a:7; Dawson and Neushul, 1966:174; Chávez B., 1972:268; Guzmán del Próo et al., 1972:260; Norris, 1973:4, 18; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:116, fig. 76; Lewbel et al., 1981:165; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Bertsch, 1983:116, 122; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:140; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:22; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:44; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:420; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:38, 39; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1990:123; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:27–28; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:18, 30; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:22; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:24, 25; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:25; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:52; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:52; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:34; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:113; González-González et al., 1996:132; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996a:432; Núñez-López et al., 1998:39; Cruz-Ayala et al., 1998:194; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 2001:148; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:191.

Codium dichotomum sensu Taylor, 1945:68 [in part; see Pedroche et al., 2002:78] [non Codium dichotomum (Hudson) S. F. Gray, 1821:293].

Codium latum subsp. palmeri sensu Pedroche et al., 2002:34, figs. 33, 34, 37 [non Codium latum subsp. palmeri (E. Y. Dawson) P. C. Silva, 1962:208; basionym:Codium palmeri E. Y. Dawson, 1945a:23 (see Pedroche et al., 2005:76, 77)].

Codium tomentosum sensu Howe, 1911:493 [non Codium tomentosum (Hudson) Stackhouse, 1797:xxivi].

Codium unilaterale Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:710, pl. 15: figs. 30–31, pl. 36; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:22; González-González et al., 1996:135.

Algae erect, up to 35 cm tall; branching dichotomous to subdichotomous; branches 4–15 mm in diameter and variable in shape, either cylindrical throughout; cylindrical, and only slightly flattened to cuneate at branch dichotomies (2.0–25 mm broad); or compressed, with only stipe and branch tips cylindrical; and attached by a disc of rhizoidal filaments. Medullary filaments 19–77 µm in diameter. Utricles cylindrical, subcylindrical to slightly claviform, (330–)450–800(–1300) µm long by (70–)200–250(–440) µm in diameter in upper portions and (30–)40–120(–385) µm in diameter near the base; apices of utricle smooth, mostly rounded, with hyaline, apical cell wall, 20–46 µm thick. Hairs or scars present, single to numerous, about 120 µm below the thickened distal end of the utricle.

Gametangia, 1 or 2 per utricle, mostly subfusiform to fusiform, (130–)180–290(–330) µm long by (50–)60–110(–162) µm in diameter and usually narrowed at the base; borne on a short pedicel (up to 10 µm in length), (90–)230–350(–670) µm below utricle tip.

HABITAT. On rocks and tidal platforms, usually exposed; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal, down to 20 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Cabeza Ballena. Pacific coast: Santa Cruz Island (California Channel Islands) to Guerrero; Isla Guadalupe; Isla Clarión (Islas Revillagigedo).

TYPE LOCALITY. Isla San Marcos, off the Baja California Sur coast between Caleta de San Lucas and Punta Chivato (separated by Canal de San Marcos [Craig Channel]), Gulf of California.

FIGURE 43. Codium simulans: Habit, with terete to slightly compressed axis and branches, flattened at dichotomies (JN-5713).

REMARKS. The most common species of Codium in the northern Gulf, C. simulans is found from February to September. Silva (1951:101, as “C. cuneatum”) noted it “to be a unique species whose young stages are more or less repent, intricate, and basally anastomosing, but whose adult thalli are erect and openly branched…[and] degree and incidence of flattening are variable.” As currently understood (Pedroche et al., 2002), C. simulans comprises a wide variety of different morphologies (many of which were previously separate species) that may be cylindrical throughout or mostly cylindrical but compressed at the dichotomies or mostly compressed with only the stipe and ultimate branches cylindrical.

Subtidal specimens of Codium sp. A (Figure 44; JN-5286) from Puerto Refugio (Isla Ángel de la Guarda) are somewhat similar to “C. cuneatum-form” of C. simulans but are much larger, wider and flattened throughout. While they are tentatively referred to this species, they should be further studied to see if they represent a new taxon.

Uncertain Record: Codium fragile (Suringar) Hariot

Acanthocodium fragile Suringar, 1868:258.

Codium fragile (Suringar) Hariot, 1889:32.

REMARKS. Although Codium fragile is widely reported on the Pacific coast from Alaska to Baja California (e.g., Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976; González-González et al., 1996; Scagel et al., 1989; Pedroche et al., 2005), its reported presence in the northern Gulf (Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991) needs to be verified.

HALIMEDINEAE

Halimedineae Hillis-Colvinaux, 1984:287.

The suborder Halimedineae is characterized by heteroplasty, presence of a concentric lamellar system, and cell walls that are composed primarily of xylan, with cellulose absent (or only barely present). Allelochemicals (secondary natural products) are usually present. Reproduction is mostly holocarpic (i.e., entire cytoplasm of the coenocytic thallus is transformed into gametes). Reproductive structures are usually without septa.

REMARKS. Species of the suborder Halimedineae are mostly tropical to subtropical, with a few temperate, in DISTRIBUTION. Many members are known to produce unique natural products, diterpenoid metabolites (Paul and Fenical, 1985, 1986).

FIGURE 44. Codium sp. A: Specimen somewhat similar to “Codium cuneatum-form” of C. simulans: Flat, with exceptionally broad axes, possibly a new species (JN-5286).

One of its families, the Udoteaceae J. Agardh (1887), is represented in the southern Gulf by two species Chlorodesmis hildebrandtii A. et E. S. Gepp (1911; see Dawson, 1959a, 1961b; González-González et al., 1996; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a) and Geppella decussata E. Y. Dawson (1959a) described from Isla San Francisco (off south end of Isla San José, Baja California Sur). There is a problem with the generic placement of G. decussata, as the generitype of Geppella Børgesen (1940), G. mortensenii Børgesen, is now conspecific with Rhipiliopsis mortensenii (Børgesen) Fraghaly et Denizot (1979). Therefore, the generic status of the Gulf G.? decussata is uncertain (see also Tanaka and Itono, 1977; Dong and Tseng, 1983) and in need of reinvestigation.

Two families of the suborder Halimedineae, the Caulerpaceae and Halimedaceae, are represented in the northern as well as the southern Gulf of California.

CAULERPACEAE

Caulerpaceae Kützing, 1843:302, 307.

Algae are differentiated into distinct erect portions and prostrate, creeping stolon-like runners, that issue rhizoids that attach it to sand or hard substratum. The erect portions exhibit a great variety of forms and sizes, from tubular to foliose, and can be simple to much branched. The vegetative portions of these algae are coenocytic, multinucleate, and with two types of plastids, chloroplasts and amyloplasts. Structurally, there is an internal web or network of trabeculae that originate from the interior walls of the thallus and are unique to this family.

Asexual reproduction is by fragmentation and also by vegetative propagation of the stolons. Zooidangia are apparently known only in the non-holocarpic Caulerpella. Its reproductive structures are in external stalked-whorls, developed from the basal portion of a fertile branch that is separated from the lateral branch by a septum (crosswall). Spores are released via a discharge tube at apex of fertile branch. Sexual reproduction has been reported in a few species of holocarpic Caulerpa (e.g., Clifton and Clifton, 1999). The species of Caulerpa thus far studied are diploid, forming biflagellate anisogametes within the contents of the branches by the separation of the cytoplasm without development of septa (crosswalls). Anisogametes are released through superficial papillae.

REMARKS. The Caulerpaceae is composed of two genera. Caulerpa is found in tropical to subtropical seas worldwide and in temperate waters of the Southern Hemisphere, and Caulerpella Prud’homme van Reine et Lokhorst (1992) is found in tropical and subtropical seas.

One genus, Caulerpa, is known in the Gulf of California.

Caulerpa J. V. Lamouroux

Caulerpa J. V. Lamouroux, 1809d:332.

Algae included in Caulerpa are easily recognized by their differentiated fronds: erect upper branches of diverse morphologies that arise from prostrate, creeping stolons (rhizome-like runners), which are attached to the substratum at various points by groups of colorless rhizoids. The erect axes and branches are cylindrical to blade-like and simple or pinnately, radially, or bilaterally branched; their shape and pattern are species specific and may be elaborate and variable. The thallus is coenocytic throughout, i.e., multinucleate, with numerous chloroplasts and amyloplasts (specialized for starch accumulation), a cell wall principally of xylan, and an elaborate internal network of trabeculae (slender internal strands of cell wall material) that traverses the cytoplasm throughout the thallus, presumably structurally bracing the cell wall. Growth is apical and indeterminate.

Asexual reproduction is by fragmentation. Sexual reproduction, where known, is holocarpic (i.e., the entire cytoplasm is transformed into gametes), and the thallus remains unmodified, and no crosswalls are formed. Both dioecious and monoecious species are reported, with anisogametes extruded in gelatinous strands through papillae on the siphon wall.

REMARKS. Members of Caulpera grow from the intertidal down to depths of at least 81 m (Littler et al., 1985, 1986; Norris and Olsen 1991). Exhibiting extreme morphological plasticity, their habit is influenced by both biotic and physical factors of their environment, e.g., light and water motion, which has resulted in numerous described subspecies, varieties, forms, or ecads. When wounded or grazed by herbivorous fish or invertebrates (e.g., sacoglossan molluscs) the thallus responds by extruding a yellowish gelatinous mass that hardens in a few minutes to form a wound plug (Dreher et al., 1978; Dawes and Goddard, 1978; Menzel, 1980, 1988). Several species produce secondary metabolites, caulerpin (Santos and Doty, 1968; Maiti et al., 1978) and caulerpicin (Doty and Aguilar-Santos, 1966; Mahendran et al., 1979; Nielsen et al., 1982; Vest et al., 1983) or caulerpenyne (Amico et al., 1978; Faulkner, 1984; Amade and Lemée, 1998), that serve as a chemical defense, making them unpalatable or even toxic to certain herbivores (e.g., Norris and Fenical, 1982; Paul and Fenical, 1986, 1987). Some species of sacoglossan mollusks, specialist herbivores, ingest, transfer and store the natural products, along with the chloroplasts, of Caulerpa, in their tissues (e.g., Doty and Aguilar-Santos, 1970; Trench, 1973).

Three species and one variety are reported in the southern Gulf: C. antoensis Yamada (1940; = C. arenicola W. R. Taylor, 1950) by Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González (1985) and Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1991); C. peltata J. V. Lamouroux (1809c) by Dawson (1959a), Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González (1985), Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1991), and Mateo-Cid et al. (2000a); and C. racemosa (Forsskål) J. Agardh (1873) by Dawson (1944), Huerta-Muzquiz (1978), Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid (1986), Anaya-Reyna and Riosmena-Rodríguez (1996), Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1999, as “C. racemosa var. uvifera”), Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez (2000), and Riosmena-Rodríguez et al. (2005); and C. racemosa var. turbinata (J. Agardh) Eubank (1946) by Dawson (1944, as “C. racemosa var. chemnitzia”), Dawson (1949, 1959a), Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González (1985, as “C. racemosa var. chemnitzia”), Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1991), and Mateo-Cid et al. (2000a).

Three species are present in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CAULERPA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Axes and branches flattened throughout, with primary branches and numerous pinnate (oppositely branched) branchlets............................................................C. mexicana f. pectinata

1b. Axes, primary branches and branchlets cylindrical throughout .................... 2

2a. Cylindrical erect axes with oppositely branched branchlets (featherlike appearance); branchlet apices acute, with pointed tip .................... C. sertularioides

2b. Cylindrical erect axes simple and unbranched or sparsely and irregularly branched; 500–1000 µm in diameter; apices rounded or more or less clavate .................... C. vanbosseae

Caulerpa mexicana f. pectinata (Kützing) W. R. Taylor

FIGURE 45

Caulerpa pectinata Kützing, 1849:495.

Caulerpa mexicana Sonder ex Kützing f. pectinata (Kützing) W. R. Taylor, 1960:141; Apartado et al., 2002:99, figs. 2, 5; Pedroche et al., 2005:64.

Caulerpa pinnata C. Agardh f. pectinata (Kützing) Weber-van Bosse, 1898:291, pl. 24: fig. 3; Dawson, 1944:213; Dawson, 1961b:380; Dawson, 1966a:7; Dawson, 1966b:55, fig. 1A; González-González et al., 1996:127; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:202.

Caulerpa crassifolia (C. Agardh) J. Agardh f. pectinata (Kützing) Collins, 1909b:414.

Algae erect, with flat, fronds of pinnate branches, up to 5 cm tall, arising from a short stalk above the spreading stolon; attached below by rhizoids issued from stolons. Fronds simple or forked; branches lanceolate to oblong in shape, 2–5 cm long and narrow, up to 5 mm wide; composed of a flattened main axes and closely set, opposite flat short branchlets in one plane; branchlets not contracted at base, not closely adjacent, and curved slightly upward with acuminate tips.

FIGURE 45. Caulerpa mexicana f. pectinata: Habit, narrow pinnate fronds; axes and branchlets are flattened (JN-5861).

HABITAT. On sand covered rock, tidal platforms and in tide pools; often under larger algae such as Sargassum; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal (also dredged in 12–22 m depths; Dawson, 1944).

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco; Puerto Refugio, in shallows of channel between Isla Mejía and Isla División (northwest end of Isla Ángel de la Guarda).

TYPE LOCALITY. La Guaira (La Guayra), seaport town for Caracas, Federal District, northern Venezuela.

REMARKS. Generally considered a tropical western Atlantic taxon (Taylor, 1960; Apartado et al., 2002), Caulerpa mexicana f. pectinata has also been reported in the northern Gulf by Dawson (1944, 1966a, 1966b, as “C. pinnata f. pectinata”). Gulf specimens need to be morphologically and molecularly compared with those of the western Atlantic, particularly with those from the type locality, to test their phylogenetic relationship.

Caulerpa sertularioides (S. G. Gmelin) M. Howe

FIGURE 46A,B

Fucus sertularioides S. G. Gmelin, 1768:151, pl. 15: fig. 4.

Caulerpa sertularioides (S. G. Gmelin) M. Howe, 1905:576; Dawson, 1944:213; Taylor, 1945:63; Dawson, 1949:244–245; Dawson, 1959a:4, 6, 7, 14; Dawson, 1961b: 381; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:126; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:121–122, 127, 131, 134, 136; Chávez B., 1972:268; Earle, 1972:85; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:338, 340; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:44; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:420; Ortega et al., 1987:80; Sánchez-Vargas and Hendrickx, 1987:161; Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988:82; Sánchez-Rodriguez et al., 1989:39; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:24; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:28; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:25; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:497; León-Tejera et al., 1993:199, 204; González-González, 1993:443; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:52; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:113; González-González et al., 1996:277, 366–367; Anaya-Reyna and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 1996:862, 863; Galindo-Villegas et al., 1997:4; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:25, 27–28; Yoshida, 1998:103; Cruz-Ayala et al., 1998:192; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; López et al., 2000:339; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:60, 70; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Scrosati, 2001:722; Beltrán-Magallanes, 2002:44; Carballo et al., 2002:753; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:124, fig. 45B,C; Hodgson et al., 2004:32; López et al., 2004:10; Wysor, 2004:224; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Pedroche et al., 2005:67; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:3, 7.

Algae with erect (feather-like) fronds, in the northern Gulf mostly less than 7.0 cm tall, arising from a short cylindrical stalk above the horizontal stolon, attached below by rhizoids. Fronds 2–7(–11) cm long and up to 1 cm wide, most simple and unbranched or occasionally branched; with a terete main axes bearing opposite cylindrical branchlets; branchlets not constricted at base, usually closely adjacent, and curved upward, with pointed tips.

HABITAT. In sandy habitats and in crevices and tide pools; attached to sand, on rocks or broken shells; low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Bahía San Carlos; Bahía Concepción to Punta Los Frailes; Mazatlán (Bahía de Altata to Estero del Urías), Sinaloa. Pacific coast: Bahía Magdalena, Baja California Sur; Islas Revillagigedo; Nayarit to Chiapas; Panama; Hawaiian Islands; China; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. “… nonnisi [only] in coralliis americanis” (Gmelin, 1768:151); “no definite locality is given” (Howe, 1905:576); “possibly tropical Atlantic America” (Hodgson et al., 2004:32).

REMARKS. Collections (US Alg. Coll.) from Bahía San Carlos (north of Guaymas, Sonora) establish Caulerpa sertularioides in the northern Gulf. Two forms of this species have been previously recorded in the southern Gulf Caulerpa sertularioides f. brevipes (J. Agardh) Svedelius (1906) has been reported in Laguna de Agiabampo, southern Sonora (Ortega et al. 1987),and C. sertularioides f. longiseta (Bory de Saint-Vincent) Svedelius (1906) from La Paz by Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González (1985) and Cruz-Ayala et al. (2001).

Ecological monitoring of Caulerpa sertularioides over 2 years in Bahía Balandra (vicinity of La Paz) by Scrosati (2001) showed a high population abundance during the relatively high temperatures of El Niño conditions and, in contrast, an absence during the relatively low temperatures of La Niña. Scrosati (2001) suggested that quantitative monitoring of Gulf of California seaweeds could be useful in predicting long-term effects of El Niño and La Niña on changes of marine algal distribution and abundance.

FIGURE 46. Caulerpa sertularioides: A. Habit (JN-4471). B. Prostrate stolons bearing erect axes with distichously arranged branchlets; both axes and branchlets are cylindrical (JN-4277).

Caulerpa vanbosseae Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 47A,B

Caulerpa vanbosseae Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:704, pl. 13: figs. 13–15; Dawson, 1944:212; Dawson, 1949:234; Dawson, 1959a:8–10, 14; Dawson et al., 1960b:13; Dawson, 1961b:381; Dawson, 1966a:7; Littler and Littler, 1984:15, 23; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:38, 39; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:52; González-González et al., 1996:127; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Pedroche et al., 2005:69; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48, 59; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:202.

Algae cylindrical throughout, erect portions simple and unbranched or irregularly branched (sometimes more or less alternately or oppositely branched); forming loosely entangled, sometimes spreading, clumps up to 6 cm tall; attached below by rhizoids issued from creeping stolons. Erect axes and branches, and horizontal stolons of more or less similar diameter, (400–)500–1000 µm in diameter. Terminal portions of axes and branches often more or less clavate or rounded. Reproduction not known.

FIGURE 47. Caulerpa vanbosseae: Erect upper portions of simple to irregularly branched cylindrical axes, above horizontal, cylindrical, stolonlike rhizomes. A. Habit (JN-6562). B. Habit (JN-4981).

HABITAT. On rocks or broken shells, in crevices and tide pools; low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Bahía La Paz. Pacific coast: Punta Entrada (Bahía Magdalena) and Isla Santa Margarita (Bahía Las Almejas), Baja California Sur.

TYPE LOCALITY. Vicinity of La Paz, Baja California Sur, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Caulerpa vanbosseae is apparently known only in the Gulf of California and Pacific Baja California Sur. A few specimens of Gulf C. vanbosseae bear a morphological resemblance to some of the cylindrical, sparsely, irregularly branched forms of deep-water C. ashmeadii Harvey (1858) from the eastern Gulf of Mexico (US Alg. Coll.).

HALIMEDACEAE

Halimedaceae Link, 1832:115.

Most members of this family have a multiaxial construction, and most are calcified (aragonite mineral form of calcium carbonate). Development is initially uniaxial; as more siphonous filaments are formed, they become consolidated into a multiaxial thallus, with a filamentous medulla and a cortex of utricles. Cells have numerous chloroplasts and leucoplasts, with xylan as a principal cell wall constituent.

Sexual reproduction is holocarpic. Biflagellate anisogametes are formed in differentiated gametangia that develop above the surface layer of the segments. Anisogametes are discharged through papillae.

A monotypic family; the single genus Halimeda is represented in the northern Gulf of California.

Halimeda J. V. Lamouroux

Halimeda J. V. Lamouroux, 1812:186, as “Halimedea.”

Algae are erect or spreading and variously branched and are composed of articulated sequences of calcified segments that alternate with narrow, flexible noncalcified joints. Attachment to the substratum is by either a large, dense fibrous holdfast; a small holdfast of rhizoidal filaments; or by several rhizoidal masses developed from the segments or nodes. Calcified (aragonite) segments may be cylindrical, compressed or flat, or spherical, simple or lobed. Segments are internally composed of a multiaxial (rarely uniaxial), filamentous medulla that branches outward to form 2–6 layers of subsurface utricles and a surface layer of utricles. Outer surface utricles may be loosely to closely adherent. Growth is indeterminate. The flexible joints are composed of coenocytic medullary filaments that are closely parallel and remain separate or are fused in pairs, in small groups, or into a single group. Filaments contain numerous nuclei, chloroplasts and amyloplasts, and have cell walls primarily composed of xylan. Accessory pigments are siphonoxanthin and siphonein.

Asexual reproduction is by fragmentation. New thalli can also develop at ends of filaments that grow out of segments, as well as from filaments of basal stolons. Sexual reproduction, where known, is holocarpic. Biflagellate anisogametes are formed in gametangia on branched stalks grouped together on the surface of the calcified segments.

REMARKS. Halimeda is widely distributed in tropical to subtropical seas, from intertidal to depths of at least 150 m (Littler et al. 1985, 1986). Halimeda has long been known to play a critical role in the formation of tropical beach sands (van Overbeek and Crist, 1947). Growth patterns, calcification, and defense chemicals are synchronized on a daily cycle to maximize growth by avoiding some daytime herbivores (Hay, 1988, 1997b). Holocarpic sexual reproduction of Halimeda also follows a diel pattern (Clifton, 1997; Hay, 1997a; Clifton and Clifton, 1999). Initiated after sunset, it is a brief phenomenon, with almost all of the alga’s protoplasma put into gamete production. Overnight, the green calcified segments become white, with stalked green gametangia on their surface and edges, and right before dawn, the gametes are released, leaving behind the dead calcified structure.

Currently there is one species, H. discoidea, known in the northern Gulf of California.

One additional species, Halimeda opuntia (Linnaeus) J. V. Lamouroux (1816), is recorded in the southern Gulf (Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991).

Halimeda discoidea Decaisne

FIGURE 48A–C

Halimeda discoidea Decaisne, 1842b:102; Collins, 1909b:400; Howe, 1911:492; Setchell and Gardner, 1920b:177, pl. 13: fig. 3; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:704; Dawson, 1944:214; Taylor, 1945:73; Dawson, 1949:244, 245; Taylor, 1950:85, pl. 45: fig. 1; Dawson, 1957b:9; Dawson, 1959a:4, 6, 8, 18; Hillis, 1959:352, pl. 2: fig. 5, pl. 5: fig. 11, pl. 6: fig. 11, pl. 7: figs. 9, 10, pl. 8: figs. 5–8, pl. 11; Dawson, 1960c:97; Dawson et al., 1960b:13, 14; Dawson, 1961b:382; Dawson, 1961c:406, pl. 7: fig. 1; Dawson, 1962b:177, 229, fig. 22; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:338; Hillis-Colinvaux, 1980:136, fig. 41; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:64; González-González, 1993:443; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:44; Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988:82; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:39; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:25; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:24; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:22; Tsuda and Kamura, 1991:69, pl. 4: fig. 1; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1992:25; León-Tejera et al., 1993:199, 202; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:45; León-Tejera and González-González, 1994:26; González-González et al., 1996:287; Bucio-Pacheco and Dreckmann, 1998:43, 45; Yoshida, 1998:114; Hillis et al., 1998:671; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1998:26; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1998:169, 179; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; López et al., 2000:339; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:131, fig. 49B–E; López et al., 2004:10; Wysor, 2004:225; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146; Pedroche et al., 2005:80;

FIGURE 48. Halimeda discoidea: A. Habit (after Setchell and Gardner, 1920b: pl. 13, fig. 3). B. Surface view of decalcified segment with hexagonal pattern formed by abutting surface utricles; occasionally, two adjacent utricles merge across one of their facets, consequently forming polygons (EYD-25921). C. Section of segment showing large secondary utricle bearing smaller cup-shaped peripheral utricles (EYD-25921).

Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:7; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:202.

Algae forming small clumps of subdichotomously to trichotomously branched fronds (branching in several planes), up to 10 cm high; of lightly to moderately calcified flat segments that alternate with very short noncalcified joints of entangled medullary filaments fused in pairs (rarely 3); attached below by a single, relatively small, mass of rhizoidal filaments. Flat segments variable in shape, mostly obovate to reniform, and 1.0–2.5 cm wide; upper segments usually flexible, leathery. Surface utricles forming hexagonal pattern in surface view; cup-shaped in transection, 25–45 µm in diameter; laterally adherent to adjacent surface utricles (even after decalcification) along their distal margins for 15–20 µm; borne on notably larger, inflated secondary internal utricles, 60–175 µm in diameter.

HABITAT. On rocks, and in crevices and tide pools; low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda; Isla Partida; Guaymas to San Jose del Cabo. Pacific coast: Isla Socorro and Isla Clarion (Islas Revillagigedo); Isla Magdalena (southwest of Punta Entrada, Bahía Magdalena, Baja California) to Costa Rica; Panama; Hawaiian Islands; Bikini Island; China; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. “Not certain” (Silva et al., 1996a). Although the herbarium label (PC) indicates it was collected “Kamtschatka” (Russia) during the voyage of the exploring ship Venus (Decaisne, 1842b:102), Hillis (1959:352; see also Hillis-Colvinaux, 1980) noted that “at least the locality [is] incorrect,” as waters of the Kamchatka Peninsula are far too cold for this tropical to subtropical species.

REMARKS. In the Gulf of California, Halimeda discoidea is usually found in the warmer waters of the southern Gulf, but it is also known from a few collections in the northern Gulf.

Dasycladophyceae

Dasycladophyceae C. van den Hoek, D. G. Mann et Jahns, 1995:436, nom. invalid. [see McNeill et al., 2006:Art. 36.2; Pröschold and Leliaert, 2007:130].

Algae of this class are exclusively marine, siphonous, and composed of a primary main axis or stalk that bears whorls of simple or branched laterals that are either free or joined distally to form a cortex. Each thallus is a single coenocytic cell with a parietal layer of cytoplasm and a large central vacuole. Many are slightly to moderately calcified. Siphons contain numerous nuclei and fusiform to ellipsoid chloroplasts that do not have pyrenoids but, instead, often have storage grains of fructan and starch. These grains may also be found in the cytoplasm. Cytoplasmic streaming of the organelles, including chloroplasts, grains, and nuclei, occurs along numerous “lanes” (striae) that run parallel to the longitudinal axis of the cell. The cell wall of the vegetative thallus is composed of mannan, and the wall of the gametangial cyst is predominantly cellulose.

Life histories, where known, involve a haploid gametophytic stage, the macrothallus, that alternates with a zygote stage containing a giant diploid nucleus (the only diploid nucleus in the life history). Sexual reproduction is by fusion of biflagellated gametes. Gametes may be formed in gametangial cysts of lateral branches or in disc rays.

There is one order represented in the northern Gulf of California.

DASYCLADALES

Dasycladales Pascher, 1931:328.

Dasycladales Bessey, 1907: 287.

Structurally composed of coenocytic cells, these algae have radial symmetry and are often calcified and attached below by rhizoids. The siphonous main axis or stalk bears whorls of simple or divided laterals that can be free or united and are sometimes branched to several orders.

Reproduction is by operculate cysts that function as gametangia and are developed from a nucleus that has divided into numerous small secondary nuclei and presumably undergoes meiosis to produce gametes. These cysts release biflagellate isogametes, which upon fusion, form a quadriflagellate zygote. This zygote settles and develops into a siphonous system from which the primary axis develops.

REMARKS. The extensive fossil record of the Dasycladales is unique among the Chlorophyta. Most of the 150 genera of Dasycladales are fossils, extending back to the Ordovician (e.g., Pia, 1927; Nitecki, 1970). Currently, there are only 11 known living genera, of which three extend from the Cretaceous.

In the southern Gulf, one of its two families, the Dasycladaceae Kützing (1843), is represented by two genera, Batophora J. Agardh (1854) and Neomeris Lamouroux (1816), with records of Batophora oerstedii J. Agardh (1854; Ortega et al., 1987) and Neomeris annulata Dickie (1874a; Dawson, 1959a; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:70; Hinojosa-Arango and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2001; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005).

The Polyphysaceae of the Dasycladales is represented throughout the Gulf of California.

POLYPHYSACEAE

Polyphysaceae Kützing, 1843:302, 311.

Acetabulariaceae Nägeli, 1847:158, 252.

Algae a unicell, with a stalk bearing two kinds of whorled laterals that can be arranged in two different ways: (1) numerous whorls of hyaline branched laterals (may be pale green when immature) and a subterminal or terminal disc or cap of a whorl of gametangial rays (which may be lost after reproductive maturity and later replaced) or (2) alternating whorls of hyaline (or pale green) laterals and green discs or caps of gametangial rays. Gametangial rays with a circle of short protuberances (superior corona) on the upper side that bear hairs and/or scars after hairs are shed; rays may or may not have a ring of additional segments beneath (inferior corona), which if present, lacks hairs.

Reproduction is by gametes that develop in cysts within the gametangial rays of the cap or disc.

REMARKS. The Polyphysaceae was shown to be a monophyletic group distinct from the family Dasycladaceae (Olsen et al., 1994).

One of the genera, Parvocaulis S. Berger, Fettweiss, Gleissberg, Liddle, U. Richter, Sawitsky et Zuccarello (2003), has been reported in the southern Gulf with records of two species Parvocaulis pusilla (M. Howe) S. Berger et al. (2003) by Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González (1985), Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1991), and Baynes (1999) (all as “Acetabularia pusilla (M. Howe) Collins, 1909b”) and Parvocaulis parvulus (Solms-Laubach) S. Berger et al. (2003) by Mateo-Cid et al. (2000a, as “Acetabularia parvula Solms-Laubach, 1895”).

One genus, Acetabularia, is known in the northern Gulf of California.

Acetabularia J. V. Lamouroux

Acetabularia J. V. Lamouroux, 1812:185.

Algae are light to moderately calcified and are composed of an erect, siphonous stalk (up to 1 mm in diameter) above a lobed, rhizoidal base attached to solid substratum. The cylindrical stalk bears successive whorls of deciduous, branched sterile laterals (hairs) in its upper portions that can leave scars, and at its upper end it bears, terminally or subterminally, one or more caps or discs of laterally joined rays. Near the base of each ray are borne small projections on the upper and lower surfaces: the projections form a whorl, the superior (apical) corona with colorless hairs and the inferior corona without hairs. Cytoplasm is peripheral and contains numerous discoid plastids and lacks pyrenoids and surrounds a large central vacuole. Chloroplast ultrastructure is variable and with or without stacked grana. Starch grains are in both the chloroplast and cytoplasm, but they are not membrane-bound in the latter. Vegetative cells have a single, diploid, primary nucleus in a branch of the rhizoid. Primary nuclear division is meiotic, followed by a series of mitotic divisions that form secondary nuclei that migrate up the stalk and establish themselves in the rays of the cap.

Asexual reproduction is by fragmentation or growth of new thalli from basal rhizoids or regeneration after wounding from grazing herbivores or physical force, such as wave action. Gametangial rays develop thick-walled, operculate cysts by uninucleate aggregations of cytoplasm, and subsequent division of the nuclei produces biflagellate isogametes. The thick-walled cysts are released from the rays and can survive for some time on their own. When conditions are suitable, an ostiole opens in the cyst, and the gametes swim out. Two gametes fuse to form the diploid zygote that settles and develops into a new thallus.

REMARKS. Species of Acetabularia are quite distinctive with a narrow stalk that bears a beautiful, delicate, parasol-like, discoid, or cup-shaped cap. They are found in tropical to subtropical seas, often in brackish to hypersaline shallow waters. On the basis of the pioneering studies of Woronine (1862) and De Bary and Strasburger (1877) the life history of Acetabularia has long been reported to be three years before the reproductive caps with cysts were formed, but more recently, Berger and Liddle (2003) showed the life history can be completed in one growing season.

Three western Atlantic species have also been reported in the southern Gulf of California: Acetabularia farlowii Solms-Laubach (1895) and A. crenulata J. V. Lamouroux (1816) were reported by Ortega et al. (1987) and Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1991). More recently, L. Aguilar-Rosas et al. (2006) added another species, Acetabularia schenckii K. Möbius (1889), to Bahía de La Paz and Sinaloa and also added new distribution records of A. farlowii to Sinaloa and Pacific Baja California.

One species is recorded in the upper Gulf of California.

Acetabularia caliculus J. V. Lamouroux in Quoy et Gaimard

FIGURE 49A,B

Acetabularia caliculus J. V. Lamouroux in Quoy et Gaimard, 1824:621, pl. 90: figs. 6, 7; Yoshida, 1998:154; Berger et al., 2003:527, figs. 8, 31. As Acetabularia “calyculus”: Dawson, 1954d:396, fig. 13h; Dawson, 1966a:8; Dawson, 1966b:55; Valet, 1969:617, pl. 44: figs. 7–9; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:127, 132, 136; Womersley, 1971:119, fig. 15; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:340; Womersley, 1984:295, figs. 101B, 102B–D; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:42; González-González et al., 1996:126; Anaya-Reyna and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 1996:862; Núñez-López et al., 1998:39; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:22; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez,

FIGURE 49. Acetabularia caliculus: A. Cluster of several mature thalli, with calcified stalk and cup-shaped disc of laterally adhering gametangial rays; some discs with central tuft of deciduous hairs (issued from the corona superior) still intact (liquid preserved; EYD-27569). B. Numerous spherical reproductive cysts enclosed in gametangial rays of mature disc; note smooth, truncate outer margin of each ray and faint seam of calcium carbonate along ray lateral margins (US Alg. Coll. slide 5533).

2000:146; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Pedroche et al., 2005:84; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:48; Dreckmann et al., 2006:154.

Alga erect, usually growing in clusters, up to 3 cm tall; a rigid, thin cylindrical calcified stalk with several whorls of ephemeral branched laterals (green when young, later colorless) in upper portion and a subterminal, cup-shaped disc, 3–5(–7) mm in diameter; attached below by a rhizoidal base. Disc solitary of (20–)22–30 laterally adjoined rays; outer margin of rays truncate in most discs or knobbed in some discs. Corona superior with short blunt lobes that each bear 2–3(–4) branched colorless hairs or hair scars; inferior corona inconspicuous, each segment a single blunt lobe beneath the ray at the place of attachment.

When reproductive, each gametangial ray filled with 45–75 spherical cysts containing gametes; each cyst 100–150(–175) µm in diameter (US Alg. Coll.-95320, slide 5533).

HABITAT. Growing on shells in shell/sand and sand/mud bottoms of rapid flowing tidal channels; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Bahía Cholla (Choya), vicinity of Puerto Peñasco; Bahía La Paz. Pacific coast: Baja California Sur; Oaxaca to Chiapas; China; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Baie des Chiens-Marins (Shark Bay), Western Australia.

REMARKS. Acetabularia caliculus is apparently known only from shallow bays in the Gulf of California. The outer margins of the disc rays in the northern Gulf specimens of A. caliculus (Figure 49B) are both truncate (in agreement with those reported by Berger and Kaever, 1992) and sometimes knobbed (as observed in A. caliculus of Lord Howe Island, Australia; Kraft, 2008: fig. 104C,D). Morphological and molecular studies, such as those of Olsen et al. (1994) and Berger et al. (2003), are needed to test the taxonomy and phylogenetics of Gulf A. caliculus in relation to those from the Western Australian TYPE LOCALITY.

The original spelling of the species name, caliculus (Lamouroux in Quoy and Gaimard, 1824), agrees with the Latin usage (calix (L.), a small cup [Brown, 1956]); thus, it is not necessary to change the original spelling to Greek usage, i.e., calyculus (calyx, kalyx [Gr.]).

PART II: BROWN ALGAE

STRAMENOPILES

Stramenopiles D. J. Patterson, 1989:372.

Stramenopiles are a very large, extremely diverse, group of eukaryotes that range from the microscopic to the largest of all marine plants, and include autotrophs, heterotrophs, and mixotrophs. Most are planktonic or benthic and are found in terrestrial, freshwater, and marine environments, although a few are aerial and some are endosymbionts. The discovery that heterokont algae are related to some nonheterokont algae and to various nonphotosynthetic organisms (including some previously thought to be fungi or protozoa, such as protozoan-like unicells or loosely associated colonies, hypochytrids, water molds, and downy mildews) has led to their being grouped together. The ancestor of the basal Stramenopiles may have been an alga, and then some groups could have arisen through plastid loss or, possibly, branched off before the appearance of plastids within the group. Plastid reduction as well as reacquisition has also occurred in some lineages. Stramenopiles are grouped together on the basis of their cytology and ultrastructure, supported by biochemical and molecular studies (e.g., Moestrup and Andersen, 1991; Williams, 1991a, 1991b; Leipe et al., 1994; Reith, 1995; Medlin et al., 1995, 1997; Saunders et al., 1997; Daugbjerg and Andersen, 1997; Delwiche, 1999; Patterson, 1989, 1999; Goertzen and Theriot, 2003; Andersen, 2004a, 2004b; Adl et al., 2005).

Members include both unicellular motile flagellates and multicellular organisms; typically, all members have cells or produce cells with heterokont flagella (two dissimilar flagella) at some point in their life history, e.g., zoospores or gametes. One of the flagella is an anterior tinsel flagellum with mastigonemes (unique three-parted, tubular hair-like structures) in two opposite rows. This feature, together with the flagella typically being supported by four microtubule roots in a distinctive pattern, and mitochondria with tubular cristae are defining characteristics of the Stramenopiles. Most members either have this tinsel flagellum or were derived from organisms that had this type of flagellum. The other flagellum is reverse-directed, smooth, and usually shorter or is reduced to a basal body in some. A few Stramenopiles do not produce cells with the typical heterokont flagella, and the flagella have been altogether lost in a few lines, most notably the diatoms.

Photosynthetic Stramenopiles include microscopic biflagellated or nonflagellated unicellular, colonial, and loosely filamentous algae (e.g., chrysophytes, diatoms) and multicellular algae that range from siphonous filaments (e.g., Vaucheria) to the structurally complex kelps (e.g., Macrocystis, Laminaria). Some have siliceous scales and spines or silicate skeletons, and their species may also be found in the fossil record; others are without cell walls or scales, and a few may be amoeboid. Cells of stramenopile algae have chloroplasts containing chlorophyll a and chlorophylls c1 and c2 (some may also have c3) and, usually, the accessory pigments fucoxanthin, heteroxanthin, vaucheriaxanthin, or violaxanthin. Plastids have three thylakoids per lamellae, lack nucleomorphs, and are surrounded by four membranes; the outermost is continuous with the endoplasmic reticulum. Reserve polysaccharides include chrysolaminarin or laminarin, formed in vesicles outside of the plastid.

REMARKS. Classification systems have not always grouped the currently accepted members of the Stramenopiles together (for a review, see Hausmann et al., 2003), and they have been variously placed in the Chromista Cavalier-Smith (1981), Heterokonta Cavalier-Smith (1986), Heterokontophyta Ø. Moestrup (1992), and Protista or Protoctista (e.g., Whittaker, 1969; Margulis et al., 1990; Corliss, 1994; Cavalier-Smith, 1986, 1998; Margulis and Schwartz, 1998). Recently, Adl et al. (2005) recognized the Stramenopiles (Patterson, 1989, 1999) to comprise 20 groups within the Chromalveolata Adl et al. (2005), one of seven clusters of eukaryotes that represent the basic groups (or traditional kingdoms) in their nameless ranked higher-level classification.

One very large multicellular group of Stramenopiles, the Phaeophyceae, is well represented in the Gulf of California.

Phaeophyceae

Phaeophyceae Kjellman, 1891:176.

Melanophyceae Rabenhorst, 1863:274.

Fucophyceae Warming, 1884:38, as “Fucoideae.”

Phaeophyceae Hansgirg, 1886:17, 27.

The Phaeophyceae (brown algae) are multicellular and exceptionally variable in form and size, ranging from microscopic to macroscopic, and include filamentous, crustose, tubular, globose, and foliose forms and very large, structurally complex species. The 266 genera comprising the brown algae are almost all marine; only four to five genera occur in freshwater (Wehr and Sheath, 2003). The Phaeophyceae vary in color from light yellow-brown to dark blackish-brown, with a few that are chalky or whitish due to their surface calcification (e.g., some species of Padina and Newhousia [Kraft et al., 2004]). The class contains the largest of all the algae, with some species of the “giant kelp,” Macrocystis C. Agardh (1820), up to 70(–100) m long (Foster and Schiel, 1985; Womersley, 1987). Most of the marine brown algae are benthic, often dominating intertidal and subtidal communities, and are found in depths down to 88 m (Littler et al., 1985, 1986); a few apparently live as free-floating forms, e.g., species of Sargassum in the Sargasso Sea.

Growth may be apical, intercalary, trichothallic, or diffuse. Phaeophycean hairs are often present. Cells are uninucleate, with the photosynthetic pigments in plastids containing thylakoids in groups of three and with or without a pyrenoid. Plastids are singular or present in various numbers and may be parietal, ribbonlike, or discoid; physodes (vesicles produced within the plastids) are usually present. The photosynthetic pigments, chlorophylls a, c1, and c2, are masked by the accessory pigments ß carotene and the xanthophylls (particularly, fucoxanthin, violaxanthin, and diathoxanthin), thus giving the characteristic brown color to the group. Photosynthetic reserves include the soluble carbohydrates laminarin (a beta-linked polymer of glucose) and mannitol. Cell walls are firm and composed of two layers, the inner of cellulose microfibrils and a gelatinous outer layer that contains alginic acid and fucinic acid.

Life histories are either isomorphic, heteromorphic (usually with a larger sporophyte), or diplontic (meiosis to form gametes, e.g., Fucus). Sporophytes develop unilocular or plurilocular sporangia; the latter produce more than one spore. Sexual reproduction is isogamous, anisogamous, or oogamous, with parthenogenesis known in some species. Gametangia are typically plurilocular, with the exception being oogamous females. Motile cells (i.e., zoospores and gametes) have two laterally inserted, unequal-length flagella: the larger is anterior tinsel type, and the smaller is posterior whiplash type. However, in the Fucales, the flagella are more or less of equal length, and at least one group, the Dictyotales, produce nonmotile aplanospores and uniflagellate sperm that lack a posterior flagellum.

REMARKS. In the northern Gulf of California, the Phaeophyceae have about the same numbers of species as the green algae, but both have fewer species than the red algae. Ecologically, the brown algae generally comprise the bulk of the northern Gulf’s algal biomass, and seasonally, there is greater abundance and more species of brown algae during the winter and spring (see also McCourt, 1984a, 1984b; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b). Three northern Gulf regions that have high brown algal species richness are Puerto Peñasco (Norris, 1975), Bahía de Los Ángeles (Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008), and Bahía de La Paz (L. Aguilar-Rosas and R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1993).

In recent years, the presumed relationships among the brown algae have been somewhat uncertain (e.g., Saunders et al., 1992). The traditional concept, based on morphology and life histories, that the Ectocarpales are basal to the other brown algal orders (e.g., Kylin, 1933; Papenfuss, 1951, 1955; van den Hoek et al., 1995) has not been supported by molecular analyses, and new systematic relationships have been proposed (e.g., de Reviers and Rousseau, 1999; Rousseau et al., 2001; Draisma et al., 2001, 2002, 2003). The Phaeophyceae, as presented herein, has several subdivisions to reflect the most recent contributions by Cho et al. (2006) and Phillips et al. (2008), which elucidate the evolutionary relationships among the brown algae. These subdivisions are grouped as orders, primarily on the basis of life histories and gene sequence data (see synopsis of ordinal characters given by Adl et al., 2005).

Members of nine of the orders of Phaeophyceae are represented in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE ORDERS OF THE PHAEOPHYCEAE FOR MEMBERS OCCURRING IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Algae crustose (in at least one of its life history phases); plastids without pyrenoids.................... 2

1b. Algae not crustose; erect, filamentous, or cylindrical, compressed or flattened; plastids with or without pyrenoids .................... 3

2a. Crusts discoid to spreading or initial crustose stage that develops into low-growing clumps of mostly horizontal, short branches; filamentous structure of 2–3 distinct layers; growth by terminal cells of horizontal and erect filaments or intercalary from basal meristems of cortical filaments .................... Ralfsiales

2b. Crusts prostrate, encrusting, multilobed; thin; parenchymatous structure; growth by marginal row of apical cells (sporophyte) .................... Cutleriales, in part

3a. Algae usually small tufts of uniseriate or multiseriate, unbranched to branched free filaments .................... 4

3b. Algae not tufted; usually moderate to large size and various forms: cylindrical, compressed or flattened; simple to branched; or saccate, subglobose, or foliose; or frondose; some parenchymatous, others of loosely to densely compacted filaments ............................................................5

4a. Uniseriate filaments, simple to branched; growth apical or intercalary, localized or diffuse; ribbon-shaped or discoid plastids with pyrenoid .................... Ectocarpales, in part

4b. Multiseriate branched filaments; growth by single conspicuous apical cell, initially divides transversely, followed by transverse division of subapical cells, then longitudinal divisions, and, in some, secondary transverse divisions; plastids discoid and no pyrenoids.................... Sphacelariales

5a. Growth trichothallic (apical meristem surmounted by filament or tuft of filaments).................... 6

5b. Growth not trichothallic; either intercalary, or by a single apical cell, or group or marginal row of apical cells .................... 8

6a. Algae erect, flat, fan-shaped; growing margin fringed with trichothallic filaments (gametophytes) .................... Cutleriales, in part

6b. Algae not fan-shaped; axes and branches either compressed to flat, narrow to broad, apical and lateral meristems with single trichothallic filament or terete (wiry) with apical tufts of trichothallic filaments and determinate branchlets with terminal tufts of filaments .................... 7

7a. Algae wide, flat blades, simple to sparsely branched blades, or narrow, compressed axes and branches (>1.5 mm wide); growth from apical and lateral meristems with single terminal trichothallic filament .................... Desmarestiales

7b. Algae thin, wiry, terete to subcylindrical axes and branches (<1 mm wide) with terminal tufts of trichothallic filaments and distinctive determinate branchlets with sporangial sori surrounding portion of branchlet below terminal tuft of hairs ............................................................ Sporochnales

8a. Growth intercalary; ribbon-shaped plastids with pyrenoid; internally centrally solid or hollow; medulla filamentous, surrounding a core of uniaxial or multiaxial filaments or of large parenchymatous cells .................... Ectocarpales, in part

8b. Growth by conspicuous or inconspicuous apical cell or a group or row of apical cells; discoid plastids without pyrenoids; internally solid either, parenchymatous with medulla, cortex, and surface meristoderm, or medulla of filament-like hyphael cells and cortical assimilatory filaments, or large squarish to rectangular medullary cells and small cuboidal cortical cells ............................................................9

9a. Algae (Gulf members) of terete axes and branches, leaflike blades, and buoyant vesicles; internally with medulla, cortex, and surface meristoderm; apical cell sunken in terminal pit; gametangia in pitlike conceptacles within receptacles (reproductive branchlets); oogamous reproduction (sporangia lacking) .................... Fucales

9b. Algae not differentiated as above; thallus flat, strap-shaped to bladelike; reproductive structures, including sporangia, on thallus surface (not in pitlike conceptacles) .................... 10

10a. Algae with a single apical cell or group or marginal row of apical cells; medulla 1 or more layers of large cells, cortex of 1 or more layers of small cells; oogamous reproduction .................... Dictyotales

10b. Algae with an inconspicuous apical cell; medulla of hyphael cells (filament-like), cortex of anticlinal rows of cuboidal cells; isogamous reproduction .................... Ishigeales

ISHIGEALES

Ishigeales G. Y. Cho et S. M. Boo in G. Y. Cho et al., 2004:934.

Algae are terete, compressed, or foliose branched fronds that arise from a small holdfast or expanded crustose base. Growth is from a small inconspicuous meristematic apical cell. Anatomically, there is a distinct medulla of hyphael cells that connect to adjacent hyphael cells or to the inner cortical cells. The cortex is pseudoparenchymatous, composed of cells of assimilatory filaments. Cortical cells have several discoid plastids but lack pyrenoids (note that although rare, a “rudimentary pyrenoid” has been reported in I. okamurae [Cho et al., 2004:921, fig. 5d]). Phaeophycean colorless hairs, originating from the outer medullary cells, are clustered within pits (cryptostomata) on the thallus surface and project above it.

Members have an isomorphic life history. Terminal unilocular sporangia are developed by transformation of cells of the outermost cortical layer and produce spores. Uniseriate plurilocular sporangia (gametangia) that lack sterile terminal cells originate from the assimilatory filaments and produce isogametes.

REMARKS. Species of Ishige may grow attached to hard substrate or be epiphytic on other algae. The life history is presumed to be isomorphic (Tanaka, 1993; Hori, 1993; Cho et al., 2004; Kawai et al., 2005). In culture studies of I. okamurae from Japan, Ajisaka (1989) reported biflagellated spores, produced from plurilocular structures on the macrothalli, that developed into discs. The discs grew profusely branched filaments that later developed into the erect, dichotomously branched macrothalli. In contrast, Arasaki (1943, as “I. foliacea”) reported a heteromorphic life history in the culture study of Japanese I. sinicola; however, the culture may have been contaminated, making the results doubtful (see Kawai et al., 2005).

Currently, the Ishigeales contains one family. Recent molecular phylogenetic studies of Lim et al. (2007) showed another genus, Diplura Hollenberg (1969; Tanaka and Chihara, 1981b), was also close to the Ishigeales and suggested that the genus be removed from the Ralfsiaceae (Ralfsiales) and placed in a new family within the Ishigeales.

The single family is represented in the northern Gulf of California.

ISHIGEACEAE

Ishigeaceae Okamura in Segawa, 1935:65.

Ishigeaceae is a monotypic family that has the characteristics of its only genus, Ishige.

REMARKS. Although the Ishigeaceae has been usually placed in the Chordariales (e.g., Yoshida, 1998), the family was shown to have a distant phylogenetic relationship with the Chordariales (or Ectocarpales sensu lato) and to have diverged early in the phaeophycean lineage (Kawai et al., 2005), basal to the other brown algal orders (Cho et al., 2004, 2006; Phillips et al., 2008). On the basis of its unique morphological, molecular, and ultrastructural features, Cho et al. (2004) established an order for the family.

The family is represented in the northern Gulf of California by one species of Ishige.

Ishige Yendo

Ishige Yendo, 1907:154.

Algae are erect, filiform, or compressed to complanate, dichotomously to subdichotomously branched fronds above a short stipe that is attached below by a discoid holdfast. Small hair pits (cryptostomata) are present on thallus surfaces, with phaeophycean hairs developing from the cells of the medulla, or lowermost cortical cells. Internally, the medulla is composed of intertwined, usually dense, colorless, hyphael cells (appearing filament-like), a subcortical layer of pseudoparenchymatous cells, and an outer cortex of assimilatory filaments (rows of anticlinally arranged small pigmented cells). Pyrenoids are absent in I. sinicola, and in I. okamurae they are “rudimentary” (Cho et al., 2004) and very rarely observed (Hori, 1971).

Unilocular sporangia and uniseriate plurilocular sporangia are either on the same thallus or on separate thalli. Both structures are found in the upper portions of branch segments. The unilocular sporangia are terminal, developing from the outermost cells of assimilatory filaments. Plurilocular sporangia originate from the assimilatory filaments, lack any sterile terminal cells, and are in uniseriate rows within sori (reported from Japanese I. foliacea [Lee et al., 2003])

REMARKS. Although the external habit of Ishige is somewhat similar to some members of the Dictyotaceae, they are easily separated by their internal vegetative anatomy. Species of Ishige have a medulla of entangled hyphael cells (appearing filamentous) and a cortex of assimilatory filaments, whereas the medulla of members of the Dictyotaceae is composed of one or more layers of large cells and a cortical layer of one to several small cells.

Interestingly, of the three known species, the northern Gulf I. sinicola is found on hard substratum, whereas I. foliacea of eastern Asia (Japan, China, Taiwan and Korea), may be either epilithic or epiphytic on I. okamurae (Cho et al., 2004).

There is one species, apparently endemic, described from the northern Gulf of California.

Ishige sinicola (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Chihara

FIGURE 50A,B

Polyopes sinicola Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:784, pl. 28: fig. 61, pl. 42b; Dawson, 1954c:267.

Ishige sinicola (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Chihara, 1969:3, fig. 2; Hommersand, 1972:70; Littler and Littler, 1981:151, tbl. 3, figs. 4–6; González-González et al., 1996:153; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49, 58; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:203; Pedroche et al. 2008:59; K. M. Lee et al. 2009: [in press], fig. 3 A–E.

Carpopeltis sinicola (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Kylin, 1956:221.

Ishige foliacea sensu Dawson, 1944:234, pl. 53: fig. 2; Dawson, 1954c:267; Dawson, 1960c:98; Dawson, 1961b:394; Dawson, 1966a:10; Norris, 1973:6 [non Ishige foliacea Okamura in Segawa, 1935:65; Okamura, 1936:239, figs. 130: 1, 2, 5, fig. 131; which is Ishige okamurae sensu Yendo, 1907 (in part; only the foliose type):155, pl. II: figs. 1–3, 5, 6, 8; and non Ishige okamurae Yendo, 1907, as “I. okamurai” (only the filiform type):154].

Algae erect, dark brown to blackish-brown, with flat, straplike, regularly to irregularly dichotomously branched fronds, up to 10 cm tall and up to 6 mm wide; arising from a crustose holdfast. Branch segments, after the dichotomy either more or less same length or one longer than the other; branches becoming narrower in width upwards. Medulla dense; of colorless, entangled hyphael cells. Cortex of filaments of up to 10–13 small cuboidal cells in anticlinal rows; in transection, cortical filaments shorter near thallus apices, up to 50 µm thick, becoming thicker and of more cells below, 70–140 µm in middle portion and 120–165 µm thick near stipe. Cryptostomata are rare; they contain only a few phaeophycean hairs (produced from lowermost cortical cells), a small number of which may project above thallus surface. Pyrenoids absent.

Unilocular sporangia terminal on cortical filament (Dawson, 1944). Plurilocular sporangia unknown in northern Gulf material.

HABITAT. On rocks; midtidal to lowermost intertidal; occasionally in the shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Ensenada Bocochibampo (northeast of Guaymas).

TYPE LOCALITY. Isla Partida, Las Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. In Mexico, the distribution of Ishige sinicola is apparently restricted to the northern Gulf. According to Pedroche et al. (2008) the southern Gulf record from La Paz was erroneously attributed to Dawson (1960c) by Riosmena-Rodriguez and Paul-Chávez (1997). A perennial species, it is most abundant, with the broadest fronds, during the winter and least abundant, with the narrowest fronds, in summer (Dawson, 1941, 1944).

Dawson (1944, as “I. foliacea”) noted that northern Gulf and Japanese specimens were similar in habit, and later that another species, Polyopes sinicola Setchell et N.L. Gardner (1924a), was incorrectly described as a red alga and was actually the same as the Gulf I. foliacea (Dawson 1954c). Later Chihara (1969) made the combination I. sinicola (Setchell et N. L. Garnder) Chihara and considered it to be conspecific with I. foliacea.

Ishigea sinicola was one of the Gulf species thought to have a disjunct distribution, known only in the Gulf of California and Japan/eastern Asia (Dawson, 1960c; Yoshida, 1998; Kitayama, 2006; Pedroche et al., 2008).

FIGURE 50. Ishige sinicola: A. Specimens illustrating variation in morphology (JN-2980, JN-4621, and JN-4166). B. Portion of a transection from lower part of frond; note medulla of entangled hyphael cells and anticlinal rows of cortical filaments (JN-5824).

Collections from Japan, Korea and the northern Gulf were recently studied by K. M. Lee et al. (2009). Their molecular analyses showed the northern Gulf I. sinicola to be distinct from I.okamurae, and those reported as “I. sinicola” from Japan (e.g., Yoshida, 1998) and Korea (E.-Y. Lee et al., 2003; Kawai et al. 2005) for which they reinstated I. foliacea (K. M. Lee et al. 2009). Other east Asian (western Pacific) records of “I. sinicola,” such as those reported from China (Tseng, 1983) and Taiwan (Lewis and Norris, 1987) need to be investigated, and are probably I foliacea as well.

SPHACELARIALES SENSU STRICTO

Sphacelariales Migula, 1908:173, 237.

Sphacelariales Oltmanns, 1922:83.

Algae are erect, terete, unbranched or branched filaments that are attached by a mono- or polystromatic discoid holdfast or creeping basal filaments (rhizoids or stolons) or aggregated cells endophytic in a host. Filaments are uncorticated in some species or corticated by rhizoidal growth in others. In the species that branch, there are few to many determinate or indeterminate branches. Growth is by a prominent apical cell that, at first, divides transversely to form a short apical region; below this region the cells longitudinally divide (except in Sphacella) to develop the characteristic pseudoparenchymatous filament. In some taxa these longitudinal segments may also undergo secondary transverse divisions and either do not enlarge or may continue to grow in length and width. Hairs are known in some. Cells contain several discoid chloroplasts without pyrenoids.

Vegetative reproduction can be by fragmentation or by propagules (specialized branchlets). Life histories, where known, are isomorphic or slightly heteromorphic. Sporophytic and gametophytic thalli are similar in appearance. Unilocular sporangia (zoidangia) produce zoospores, and neutral plurilocular sporangia produce neutral spores. Sexual reproduction is isogamous, anisogamous, or oogamous. Plurilocular gametangia produce isogametes or anisogametes. Unilocular oogonia develop an oogonium.

REMARKS. Most of the species are marine, with only one known from freshwater (Prud’homme van Reine, 1993). Three families are usually recognized in the Sphacelariales. On the basis of molecular and morphological analyses of members from these three families, Draisma et al. (2002) found problems in resolving their phylogenetic relationships and discussed alternative circumscriptions.

There is one family represented in the Gulf of California.

SPHACELARIACEAE

Sphacelariaceae Decaisne, 1842a:329, 341.

Algae are small to medium sized, usually erect, and filamentous, and may either be solitary individuals or form tufts or mats. Thalli arise from a rhizoidal or stoloniferous base or a mono- or polystromatic discoid holdfast. The filament-like main axes and branches are similar and either uncorticated or corticated. The cortication may be formed by rhizoids or by short branchlets growing from the axis. Growth of the erect filaments is by transverse division of the single apical cell, and in most genera, subsequent segments are formed by longitudinal divisions below the apical region in a regular and characteristic fashion. This produces few to many longitudinal cell walls in regular transverse tiers. Secondary transverse divisions occur in the longitudinal segments of some species. There is no secondary growth in the secondary segments.

Life histories, where known, are isomorphic or slightly heteromorphic. Reproduction is by unilocular and plurilocular sporangia, which are apparently rare. There is also vegetative reproduction by propagules (e.g., Sphacelaria subgen. Propagulifera) or fragmentation, and parthenogenesis has been reported from “neutral” plurilocular and unilocular gametangia. Species are dioecious (some probably are monoecious), with plurilocular gametangia that produce isogametes or anisogametes.

REMARKS. In contrast to Sphacelaria, the only other genus in the Sphacelariaceae, Sphacella Reinke (1890), is composed of only monosiphonous filaments (lacking longitudinal divided segments or secondary transverse divisions), but this genus has not been found in the Gulf of California.

One genus is represented in the northern Gulf of California.

Sphacelaria Lyngbye in Hornemann

Sphacelaria Lyngbye in Hornemann, 1818:pl. 1600.

Sphacelaria Lyngbye, 1819:xxxi, 103.

Algae are erect, terete filaments that form small, sometimes bushy, tufts that grow on rocks attached by small discoid holdfasts or are epiphytic and attached by spreading or penetrating rhizoids. Filaments may be unbranched or sparsely to densely branched with determinate or indeterminate branches and with or without corticating rhizoids. Phaeophycean hairs are commonly found on some species but are absent on others. Growth is by a usually conspicuous meristematic apical cell on the axes and lateral branches that at first divides transversely and later divides below the initial apical segments by longitudinal divisions that produce more and smaller cells in the tiers without increasing the filament diameter. Additionally, secondary transverse divisions may occur in the longitudinal segment cells of some species. Cells have numerous discoid plastids and are without pyrenoids.

Vegetative reproduction by propagules is common in some of the species (i.e., S. subgen. Propagulifera). The features of the propagules (e.g., various sizes, shapes, and numbers of the lateral apical cells and central apical cell) are important characters for discriminating the taxa and are generally species specific. Sporophytic and gametophytic algae are nearly identical in vegetative structure. Unilocular sporangia (zoidangia), neutral plurilocular sporangia, and plurilocular gametangia are on separate individuals, or several kinds may occur together on the same alga.

REMARKS. Three species are reported in the southern Gulf. Sphacelaria brevicornis Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1924a, as “Sphacelaria brevicorne”) was described from La Paz and has again been reported from there (Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985). Dawson (1944), in agreement with Setchell and Gardner (1924a), noted S. brevicornis from Isla Espiritu Santo was similar to S. cornuta Sauvageau (1901). However, Prud’homme van Reine (1982) thought S. brevicornis was probably the same as S. tribuloides but later considered S. brevicornis to be of uncertain taxonomic position (Prud’homme van Reine, 1993). The others were S. divaricata Montagne (1849; Riosmena-Rodriguez and Paul-Chávez, 1997, as “S. didichotoma”), and an unidentified species, reported by Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1991, as “Sphacelaria sp.”).

There are four species known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF SPHACELARIA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Propagules slender (Y-shaped), the upper end with 2(–3) projecting, long, thin, cylindrical unbranched arms (S. subgen. Propagulifera sect. Furcigerae) .................... S. rigidula

1b. Propagules without projecting arms; stout, tribuliform (more or less triangular), broader at upper end with 1 central and 2–3 lateral rounded to pointed apical cells (S. subgen. Propagulifera sect. Tribuloides) .................... 2

2a. Axes unbranched or sparsely branched; secondary transverse walls absent within longitudinal segment cells; mature propagules with protruding, relatively pointed lateral apical cells (conical horns) .................... S. tribuloides

2b. Axes branched, often densely, in either the upper or lower portions; secondary transverse walls absent or present within longitudinal segment cells; propagules with nonprotruding to slightly protruding lateral apical cells .................... 3

3a. Main axes usually without branches in lower portions, often dense with laterals above; secondary transverse cell walls occasional within longitudinal segments; propagules with round, conical, slightly protruding lateral apical cells [Figure 52A] .................... S. californica

3b. Main axes densely branched from base, only sparsely branched above; secondary transverse cell walls absent; propagules with 2 rectangular, nonprotruding (to barely) protruding lateral apical cells [Figure 52B] .................... S. hancockii

Sphacelaria subgen. Propagulifera sect. Furcigerae Prud’homme van Reine

Sphacelaria subgen. Propagulifera sect. Furcigerae Prud’homme van Reine, 1982:203.

Erect filaments are irregularly branched and arise above a monostromatic discoid base or stolons or rhizoids. Lateral branches are of similar morphology to the axes and have indeterminate growth. Propagules are cylindrical with long arms. The subapical cell is divided unequally and diagonally.

Sphacelaria rigidula Kützing

FIGURE 51AߝC

Sphacelaria rigidula Kützing, 1843:292; Kützing, 1855:25, pl. 86: fig. 1; De Toni, 1895a:50; Prud’homme van Reine, 1982:203, figs. 508–554; R. Aguilar-Rosas and Machado Galindo, 1990:188; Yoshida et al., 1990:281; Stewart, 1991:51; González-González, 1993:443; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:498; León-Tejera et al., 1993:200; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; Prud’homme van Reine, 1993:149; Servière-Zaragoza

FIGURE 51. Sphacelaria rigidula: A. Upper part of filament with prominent apical cell, below the secondary segments with longitudinal walls, and two phaeophycean hairs (JN-4041). B. Y-shaped mature propagule (JN-3271). C. Erect filament with young propagule and a phaeophycean hair (JN-3715)

et al., 1993:482; Kitayama, 1994:72, figs. 22–28; González-González et al., 1996:300; Yoshida, 1998:200, fig. 2-3 D; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; Mendoza-González et al., 2000:27, figs. 34–37; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Lipkin and Silva, 2002:41; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:190, fig. 72C; López et al., 2004:10; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005b:35; Keum et al., 2005:4, figs. 1–12; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49, 57; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8; Pedroche et al., 2008:33.

Sphacelaria furcigera Kützing, 1855:27, pl. 90: fig. 2; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:724, pl. 19: fig. 58; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:396, pl. 37: fig. 29; Setchell and Gardner, 1930:138; Dawson, 1944:224; Dawson, 1951:52; Dawson, 1954d:400, fig. 14h; Dawson, 1957b:9; Dawson, 1959a:18; Dawson, 1959c:4; Dawson et al., 1960a:10; Dawson, 1966a:10; Dawson and Neushul, 1966:174; van den Hoek and Flinterman, 1968:193; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:218, fig. 181; Pacheco-Ruíz, 1982:70; Stewart, 1982:54; Schnetter and Bula Meyer, 1982:59, pl. 8: fig. I; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:141; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:44; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:41; González-González et al., 1996:299; Hoffmann and Santelices, 1997:138, fig. 34.

Algae small filamentous tufts, up to 1 cm tall; axes and branches uniseriate near tips, each with a conspicuous apical cell; cells below multiseriate with 1–7 longitudinal walls per segment in side view; attached by rhizoidal filaments or discoid base. Axes sparsely, irregularly branched; axes and branches of similar diameter, (16–)25–45 µm in diameter; segments as long as or longer than wide. Secondary transverse cell walls occasional within longitudinal sections of segments. Phaeophycean hairs present.

Propagules Y-shaped; stalk basally narrowed, terminally with a slightly protruding central apical cell, and 2(–3) lateral, long, slender, cylindrical arms of more or less the same length (170–400 µm) and diameter (20–25 µm); each arm with a conspicuous apical cell. Unilocular sporangia on 1-cell pedicel, mostly spherical, 55–80 µm in diameter. Plurilocular sporangia on 1-cell pedicel, elongate-ovoid, 55–63 µm long and 40–50 µm in diameter; two kinds, one with numerous small locules, another with fewer and larger locules (“male and female gametangia” of Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:pl. 19, fig. 58).

HABITAT. Partially endophytic within host cells and epiphytic above host surface; on various algae, notably on Sargassum and Padina, and epizoic on a parrotfish “beak” (Dawson, 1959a); mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: El Coloradito to Ensenada de San Francisco (vicinity of Guaymas); La Paz to Punta Palmilla (vicinity of San José del Cabo). Pacific coast: Alaska to southern California; Isla Guadalupe; Punta de la Asunción, Baja California Sur to Oaxaca; Isla San Benedicto (Islas Revillagigedo); Clipperton Island; Costa Rica; Colombia; Chile; Hawaiian Islands; Korea; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. On Cystoseira triquetra, Nuweiba, Sinai, on the Gulf of Aqaba, Red Sea, Egypt.

REMARKS. Sphacelaria rigidula is a relatively common epiphyte during the spring in the Gulf. It has been widely reported in temperate to tropical waters as “S. furcigera” (Prud’homme van Reine, 1982). A Pacific coast species, S. subfusca Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1924b) from southern California, is morphologically close to S. rigidula. Although S. subfusca was considered to be a synonym of S. rigidula (Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976; Kitayama, 1994), it was kept as a separate species by Prud’homme van Reine (1982).

Sphacelaria subgen. Propagulifera sect. Tribuloides Prud’homme van Reine

Sphacelaria subgen. Propagulifera sect. Tribuloides Prud’homme van Reine, 1982:178.

Algae erect filaments, composed of axes that are more or less pinnately to irregularly branched, arising above a monostromatic or polystromatic discoid base, or stolons or rhizoids. Propagules are tribuliform (i.e., more or less triangular-shaped), broader at upper end, with 1 central and 2 lateral apical cells.

REMARKS. Keum et al. (1999) found two types of division sequences of the upper lateral apical cells of the propagule that produced their shape and number of cell segments below the propagule waist: (1) round, produced by oblique divisions to form round, conical protruding (horned) apical cells (i.e., Asian S. californica; see Keum et al., 1999: figs. 33–36; Figure 52A herein), and (2) rectangular, developed by an initial longitudinal and then a transverse division to form rectangular, nonprotruding (flat) apical cells (for examples, see Keum et al., 1999: fig. 37 of Asian S. californica and also figs. 51–53 of Asian S. novae-hollandica; see also S. hancockii in Figure 52B herein). The number of segments under the waist of propagule (cf. Keum et al., 1999:fig. 33 versus Figure 52 herein) also affects the shape of the propagule.

Specimens of species recorded from the Gulf of California, along with type and type locality specimens of European S. tribuloides, southern California S. californica, and Gulf S. hancockii, need critical comparative morphological, molecular, and phylogenetic analyses to resolve their taxonomic status.

Three species are currently known in the northern Gulf of California.

Sphacelaria californica (Sauvageau) Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 52A

Sphacelaria plumula var. californica Sauvageau, 1901:108, fig. 21.

Sphacelaria californica (Sauvageau) Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1925:395, pl. 37: figs. 23–27; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:216, fig. 179; Boo and Chou, 1986:99, figs. 16–22; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:41; Yoshida et al., 1990:281; Kitayama et al., 1991:189–193, figs. 1–22; Stewart, 1991:51; Prud’homme van Reine, 1993:150; Kitayama, 1994:52, figs. 7–11, 56G; González-González et al., 1996:164; Yoshida, 1998:197, fig. 2-3 G; Draisma et al., 1998:186–187, tbl. 2; Keum et al., 1999:24, figs. 1–41; Mendoza-González et al., 2000:25, figs. 12–15; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:132; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8; Pedroche et al. 2008 (in part; S. californica only):31.

Sphacelaria tribuloides sensu De A. Saunders, 1898:158, pl. 26: figs. 1–8 [non Sphacelaria tribuloides Meneghini, 1840:[2])].

Algae filamentous tufts, relatively stiff, up to 2.0 cm tall; main axes 25–50 µm in diameter in lower portion, widening to 60–95 µm in diameter in midportions; lower portion without laterals or only very few; attached by small polystromatic disc or, if epiphytic, by rhizoids. Upper portions of axes irregularly branched (sometimes more or less pinnate) with primary and secondary lateral branches; laterals narrowed at base. Apical cell prominent, 40–60 µm in diameter, 90–200 µm long; uppermost segments of uniseriate cells; segments below multiseriate, longitudinally divided by 1–5 walls; occasionally, longitudinal divided

FIGURE 52. Two species of Sphacelaria. A. Sphacelaria californica: Propagule with lateral, rounded, slightly protruding apical cells and filament with both longitudinal divisions and two secondary transverse divisions in surface view (after Setchell and Gardner, 1925: pl. 37, fig. 7). B. Sphacelaria hancockii: Propagule with two lateral, rectangular, nonprotruding apical cells and filament without secondary transverse divisions (drawn from type specimen, EYD-[1940]-643, after Dawson, 1944: pl. 31, fig. 8).

cells with a few secondary transverse walls. Phaeophycean hairs may be absent or sparse to abundant.

Propagules ellipsoidal when young, tribuliform when mature, 140–170 µm long, 80–105 µm wide; with 1 central and 2 lateral, slightly protruding, round, conical apical cells (Figure 52A). Unilocular sporangia, spherical to oval, 40–50 µm long, 30–50 µm in diameter. Plurilocular sporangia obovate, borne on a 1-celled pedicel, 30–40 µm by 50–70 µm.

HABITAT. On rocks and in tide pools; high to mid intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puertecitos to San José del Cabo. Pacific coast: Isla Guadalupe; southern California to southernmost Baja California Sur; Islas Revillagigedo; Jalisco to Colima; China; Korea; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. San Diego, San Diego County, California.

REMARKS. Gulf records of Sphacelaria californica (L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005) were not seen by the author; the description is based on Setchell and Gardner (1925), and the sporangia are based on Kitayama (1994). Although Kitayama et al. (1991) referred to this taxon as “S. californica Sauvageau ex Setchell et Gardner,” Sauvageau (1901:108) validly published this taxon as a variety, S. plumula var. californica. However, in the same publication, Sauvageau (1901:109), as “Sphacelaria californica?,” also suggested it was possibly a species by referring to it with a taxonomic query, but the first valid combination of the taxon as a species was made by Setchell and Gardner (1925).

Sphacelaria hancockii E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 52B

Sphacelaria hancockii E. Y. Dawson, 1944:225, pl. 31: fig. 8; Dawson, 1954e:325; Dawson, 1959a:8, 18; Dawson et al., 1960a:12; Dawson, 1961b:387; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:135; Huerta-Múzquiz and GarzaBarrientos, 1975:7; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:141; González-González et al., 1996:164; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132.

Sphacelaria mexicana W. R. Taylor, 1945:86, pl. 3: figs. 1–8; Dawson, 1954e:325; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8.

Sphacelaria californica sensu [in part, with reference Gulf of California S. hancockii specimens only] Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:216; Mendoza-González et al., 2000:25; Pedroche et al., 2008:31 [non Sphacelaria californica (Sauvageau) Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1925:395].

Small filamentous tufts, up to 12 mm tall, densely branched from base and sparsely, irregularly branched above; attached to rock by dense mat of entangled rhizoids. Erect filaments (30–)40–50(–60) µm in diameter; segments about as long as wide, with 1–3(–4) longitudinal divisions in side view, secondary transverse cell walls not seen. Phaeophycean hairs abundant, up to 10 cells long; 0.5–1.0 mm long and to 15 µm in diameter.

Propagules bibuliform (as seen from below or the top) and tribuliform (triangular-shaped, as seen in side view), borne on pedicels of 2–3 cells, 100–110 µm long by 75–90 µm wide; upper end with 1 central and 2 lateral rectangular, flat apical cells, either not protruding (Figure 52B) or only barely protruding.

HABITAT. On rocks, sometimes entangled with other turf algae, such as Cladophora, Ectocarpus, or Ceramium; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puertecitos to Isla Turners (off southern end of Isla Tiburón); Isla Carmén; San José del Cabo; Mazatlán, Sinaloa. Pacific coast: Isla Guadalupe; Bahía Sebastián Vizcaíno to Punta Abreojos, Baja California; Isla San Benedicto and Isla Socorro (Islas Revillagigedo); Colima to Oaxaca.

TYPE LOCALITY. San José del Cabo, Baja California Sur.

REMARKS. Dawson (1954e), in reporting S. hancockii from Baja California, noted that it and S. mexicana W. R. Taylor from Pacific Mexico both had bibuliform propagules (cf. Taylor, 1945:pl. 3: fig. 7) and considered the latter to be a synonym.

Sphacelaria hancockii may be related to S. californica and has been considered to be a synonym (Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976; Mendoza-González et al., 2000). However, the two differ morphologically: S. hancockii is densely branched basally and sparsely above; has narrower filaments, 30–60 µm in diameter; and has smaller propagules, 100–110 µm long by 75–90 µm wide. S. californica usually has no branches below and is densely branched above; has mostly larger diameter filaments, 40–95 µm; and has longer propagules, 140–170 µm by 80–105 µm. Detailed studies of propagule development, along with vegetative differences of Gulf S. hancockii, Gulf S. californica, and the type of S. californica, are required to determine if the characteristics differ consistently enough to be considered separate species (see Remarks under Sphacelaria subgen. Propagulifera sect. Tribuloides).

For now, it seems best to recognize them as different species, until more collections are made, especially of reproductive material, to facilitate detailed studies, including molecular and phylogenetic analyses to test the status of the Gulf taxon.

Sphacelaria tribuloides Meneghini

FIGURE 53AߝC

Sphacelaria tribuloides Meneghini, 1840:[2]; Dawson, 1959a:5, 18; Dawson, 1961b:387; Huerta-Muzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:127, 130; Prud’homme van Reine, 1982:179, figs. 422–454; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:44; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; Yoshida et al., 1990:28; Prud’homme van Reine, 1993:149; González-González, 1993:443; León-Tejera et al., 1993:204; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:498; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Kitayama, 1994:59, figs. 12–15; González-González et al., 1996:300, 381; Yoshida, 1998:202, fig. 2-3 E; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; Mendoza-González et al., 2000:28, figs. 38–41; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:190, fig. 72D,E; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49, 57; Pedroche et al., 2008:34.

Algae forming tufts of relatively stiff filaments; axes mostly unbranched or only sparsely, irregularly branched; axes and branches 25–50(–70) µm in diameter; attached below by discoid or stoloniferous base. Segments of axes and branches 25–60 µm in length; segments below uppermost uniseriate segments with 1–3(–5) longitudinal divisions in side view, each section 5–12 µm wide. Secondary transverse cell walls within longitudinal divided sections not present. Phaeophycean hairs often present.

Propagules tribuliform, borne on pedicels of 1–3 cells, 90–130 µm long by 80–110 µm wide, upper end with 1 central apical cell and 2 large lateral apical cells, slightly protruding to somewhat apparent conical horns.

HABITAT. On rocks or epiphytic; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Playa Santa Teresa to Puerto Peñasco; Bahía Concepción to Isla San Diego. Pacific coast: Guerrero to Oaxaca; Isla Socorro (Islas Revillagigedo); Hawaiian Islands; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. La Spezia (Spèsa), on the Ligurian Sea, northern Italy.

FIGURE 53. Sphacelaria tribuloides: A. Prominent apical cell of erect filament and secondary segments with longitudinal walls. B. Propagule with two lateral rounded protruding apical cells. C. Mature propagule with lateral apical cells elongated to conical horns. A–C. JN-4038.

REMARKS. The description of Sphacelaria tribuloides is based on specimens from Puerto Peñasco and on Prud’homme van Reine (1982) and Kitayama (1994).

DICTYOTALES

Dictyotales Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1828:142.

Dictyotales Kjellman, 1896:291.

Algae are erect, flattened and membranous, branched in one plane, and variously attached by a holdfast of rhizoidal filaments or by rhizoids along lower blade margin or, in a few species, by stoloniferous attachments. Growth is by an apical meristem, either a single cell, a group of apical cells, or an apical row of marginal cells. Sporophytes and gametophytes are parenchymatous in structure, with a medulla of one or more layers of large colorless cells and a single- to multiple-layer cortex of small cells with discoid plastids without pyrenoids. Phaeophycean hairs are either absent or present in bands or scattered tufts.

The life history phases, where known, are isomorphic. Sporophytes produce unilocular sporangia that are scattered or in rows or groups and with or without an indusium or paraphyses. Each sporangium develops one, four, or eight nonmotile spores. Sexual reproduction is oogamous. Gametophytes are usually dioecious, with oogonia and antheridia usually in sori. There is one egg produced per oogonium. Antheridia are plurilocular, and each of the motile antherozoids have a single flagellum.

REMARKS. Members of this order are of widespread occurrence in tropical and subtropical seas. However, some are found in temperate seas and are particularly well developed in temperate South Australia (Womersley, 1987). On the basis of nrDNA sequences, the phylogeny of Rousseau et al. (2001) concluded the Dictyotales were the earliest lineage to diverge during the evolution of the Phaeophyceae.

The one family of the order is well represented throughout the Gulf of California.

DICTYOTACEAE

Dictyotaceae J. V. Lamouroux ex Dumortier, 1822:72, 101.

Algae are simple or branched in one plane. They can be straplike (e.g., Dictyota) or fanlike or bladelike (e.g., Padina). Structurally, they are composed of a medulla of large colorless cells in one or more layers and a cortical layer of one to several rows of small pigmented cells. Growth is by a single apical cell, group of apical cells, or marginal row of apical cells. Phaeophycean hairs are present in tufts or zones and are simple, delicate, colorless, and mostly deciduous.

Reproductive structures are superficial on the thallus. Sporophytic reproduction is by nonmotile aplanospores, formed by sporangia that are isolated or in sori. Sporangia are mostly divided into a group of four (tetraspores) or eight (octospores) aplanospores. Oogonia are solitary or grouped in sori. Each oogonium forms a nonmotile single egg (ova). Plurilocular antheridia are grouped in sori and produce motile antherozoids.

REMARKS. Genera of the Dictyotaceae have traditionally been grouped into two taxonomic tribes, following, but not named by, Kjellman (1896): (1) the Dictyoteae Lamouroux (1809a) for genera characterized by growth from a single apical cell and (2) the Zonarieae Lamouroux (1809a) for genera with a group or marginal row of apical cells. However not all the species fit into these tribes. For example, some species of Padina exhibit both kinds of growth, with a “Vaughaniella-form” that has growth by a single apical cell and can undergo a morphogenetic change to growth by a marginal row of apical cells (Lewis et al., 1987). Sulfuric acid accumulation has been reported in some species of Dictyopteris, Spatoglossum, and Zonaria C. Agardh (1817) (Sasaki et al., 1999), and its presence or absence has been suggested to be an informative taxonomic character (Sasaki et al., 2004, 2005).

The genera Dictyota, Dilophus and Rugulopteryx are morphologically similar, separated primarily on the basis of their vegetative anatomy. Dictyota sensu stricto is distinguished by both a single-layered medulla and cortex throughout (Figure 54B). Dilophus sensu stricto has a medulla of two or more layers and a cortex of one cell layer. Rugulopteryx has a one cell layer medulla centrally and two or more layers in the margins, and a cortex of one-cell layer (Figure 54D).

More recent phylogenetic analysis has shown Glossophora, Glossophorella and Pachydictyon to be congeneric with Dictyota, and revealed two genera, Canistrocarpus and Rugulopteryx, that could be distinguished from Dictyota (De Clerck et al., 2006; Hwang et al., 2009). However, the taxonomic status of Dilophus J. Agardh (1882) remains problematic. Setchell and Gardner (1925) and Hörnig et al. (1992a, 1992b, 1993) concluded that the medulla character alone was not enough to separate Dilophus and included it in Dictyota. Others have retained Dilophus (e.g., Dawson, 1950a; Womersley, 1987; Phillips, 1992; Huisman, 2000). Phillips (1992) recognized that the number of cells in the stalk that bears a sporangium (one or two-cells) in Australian Dilophus was of taxonomic importance, and some molecular phylogenies have supported their generic separation (e.g., Hoshina et al., 2004; Kraft et al., 2004). De Clerck et al. (2006) kept the two genera separate, noting this cannot be resolved until the generitype, Dilophus gunnianus J. Agardh (1882), has been studied.

Next to Sargassum, species of the Dictyotaceae, notably Dictyota and Padina are among the most abundant brown algae in the Gulf. In addition to the genera known in the northern Gulf, there are three others known in the southern Gulf: Lobophora J. Agardh (1894), with the report of L. variegata (J. V. Lamouroux) Womersley ex E. C. Oliveira (1977) by Dawson (1959a, as “Pocockiella variegata”) and Mateo-Cid et al. (2000b); Taonia J. Agardh (1848) with the record of T. lennebackerae Farlow ex J. Agardh (1894) by Mateo-Cid et al. (2002b); and Dilophus J. Agardh (1882) with the report Dilophus pinnatus E. Y. Dawson (1950a; = Dictyota pinnata (E. Y. Dawson) Hörnig, Schnetter et Prud’homme von Reine, 1993) (Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a, 2000b), and elsewhere in Pacific Mexico from Nayarit (León-Tejera et al., 1993; González-González, 1993), Jalisco (Pedroche and González-González, 1981; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993) and Michoacán (Stout and Dreckmann, 1993), and in South America from Pacific Colombia (Schnetter and Bula Meyer, 1982). In West Africa, material identified as Dilophus pinnatus was noted to be a growth form of Padina durvillei (Lawson and John, 1987).

There are five genera of Dictyotaceae represented in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE GENERA OF DICTYOTACEAE IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

FIGURE 54AߝI

1a. Thallus of flat, repeatedly branched straplike segments; growth from a single apical cell [Figure 54A] .................... 2

1b. Thallus of flat, broad unbranched to branched fronds or blades; growth from a single clustered group of apical cells [Figure 54E] or separate groups of clustered apical cells [Figure 54G] or a continuous marginal row of apical cells [Figure 54I] .................... 3

2a. Medulla usually a single cell layer with cortex of 1–2 cell layers [Figure 54B] or a medulla of 2–4 cell layers with cortex of 2–5 cell layers [Figure 54C] .................... Dictyota

2b. Medulla 1 cell layer in central portion and 2–8 cell layers at the branch margins; cortex of 1 cell layer throughout [Figure 54D] .................... Rugulopteryx

3a. Fronds with conspicuous midrib [Figure 54E]; internally of 1 or more cell layers at margins, increasing number of cell layers toward center of blade (midrib) [Figure 54F].................... Dictyopteris

3b. Fronds without midribs; internally, cell layers not increasing in number toward center of blade .................... 4

4a. Fan-shaped or cup-shaped blades, sometimes lobed or torn; with distinctive inrolled margins [Figure 54I]; noncalcified or slightly to heavily calcified .................... Padina

4b. Fronds irregularly divided or branched, narrow to broadly lanceolate; without inrolled margins [Figure 54G]; not calcified .................... Spatoglossum

Dictyopteris J. V. Lamouroux

FIGURE 54E,F

Dictyopteris J. V. Lamouroux, 1809d:332.

Algae are erect or prostrate and are generally clumped and composed of flat fronds in one plane or twisting and attached by a thickened, discoid to conical holdfast of compacted rhizoids. Branching pattern is subdichotomous to irregular. Fronds and branches are generally straplike, up to 25 mm wide, and have a pronounced midrib, up to 30 cells thick. Lateral veins are present in some but are lacking in the northern Gulf species. Growth is by an apical group of up to 15 cells. There is a single layer of small cortical cells, each with several chloroplasts, and a multilayered medulla of larger cells. The midrib is conspicuous and much thicker, of 8–30 cells. The thallus wings (on each side of the midrib) are multilayered in most species (Figure 54F) and only 2 cell layers in a few of the species. Phaeophycean hairs are mostly scattered in groups over the surfaces.

Reproductive structures are solitary, in groups, or in sori and either embedded or projecting above both sides of the thallus surface. Sporophytes have subspherical to ovoid sporangia that are solitary or borne in sori that are scattered over the branches or near the midrib, are without a stalk or on one- to two-celled stalks, and produce a tetrad of spores. Gametophytes are dioecious. Oogonia are solitary or in small groups. Antheridia are composed of many tiered locules in large, whitish sori and are surrounded by one to three layers of sterile cells.

REMARKS. Among the Gulf’s brown algae, Dictyopteris is most easily recognized by its straplike, subdichotomously branched fronds with conspicuous midribs. Sasaki et al. (1999) used presence or absence of sulfuric acid to separate morphologically similar species of Dictyopteris and suggested it was a useful taxonomic character (Sasaki et al., 2004, 2005).

Two of the smaller, distromatic species have been reported in the southern Gulf: Dictyopteris delicatula J. V. Lamouroux (1809d), (Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 2005); and D. repens (Okamura) Børgesen (1924) by Dawson (1959b). Another, D. polypodioides (de Candolle) J. V. Lamouroux (1809b; see Silva et al. 1987), has been reported from Isla Guadeloupe and Pacific Baja California (Dawson, 1950d; Stewart and Stewart, 1984, both as D. membranacea (Stackhouse) Batters 1902).

One species is known in the northern Gulf of California.

Dictyopteris undulata Holmes

FIGURE 55

Dictyopteris undulata Holmes, 1896:251, pl. 8: fig. 1; Abbott, 1972:260, fig. 1; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:212, fig. 176; Devinny, 1978:358; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:336; Lewbel et al., 1981:165; L. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:31; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:141; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:24; Benson, 1986:448; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:40; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1990:123; Stewart, 1991:48; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:32; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; Lluch-Cota et al., 1993:336; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:50; Kajimura, 1995:89; González-González et al., 1996:145; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Tanaka, 1998:75, figs. 1–15; Yoshida, 1998:211; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b:196, figs. 13, 14, 64, 65, 94; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 2005:57, figs. 60–69; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49,

FIGURE 54. Northern Gulf of California genera of Dictyotaceae: Comparative diagrammatic illustrations of the apical growth region (meristematic cells stippled) and transections of internal anatomy. A. Dictyota and Rugulopteryx: Growth from single apical cell. B. Dictyota transection: Most species have single medullary layer surrounded by single layer of pigmented cortical cells. C. Dictyota transection: A few species (e.g., D. coriacea) may have more than one medullary cell layer at margins and more than one cortical cell layer. D. Rugulopteryx transection: One medullary cell layer centrally and more than one medullary cell layer at the margins, and a single cortical cell layer. E. Dictyopteris: Growth from a group of apical cells at center of distal blade margin. F. Dictyopteris transection: With thicker medulla at center midrib and progressively fewer cell layers outward toward the margins. G. Spatoglossum: Growth from separate groups of apical cells along distal margin of blade. H. Spatoglossum transection: Medullary layers of irregularly arranged cells and single cortical cell layer. I. Padina: Longitudinal section of inrolled margin: Growth from an apical row of meristematic cells along entire distal edge of blade, which is enclosed within the inrolled margin. Number of cell layers below single apical row is initially one and then becomes two (as shown); in Gulf species, the medullary cell layers increase in number toward the central portions and basal region of the blade (drawn by Alice R. Tangerini).

57; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:203; Pedroche et al., 2008:36.

Haliseris undulata (Holmes) Okamura, 1899b: Exsiccate No. 41; Okamura, 1902a:110; Okamura, 1907:51, pl. XI: figs. 1–10.

Neurocarpus undulata (Holmes) Okamura, 1928:190 [Corrigenda]; Okamura, 1936:172, fig. 88 (1–5).

Dictyopteris polypodioides sensu Hariot, 1891:217 [non Dictyopteris polypodioides (de Candolle) J. V. Lamouroux, 1809d:332].

Haliseris polypodioides sensu McClatchie, 1897:354 [non Haliseris polypodioides (de Candolle) C. Agardh, 1820:142; = Dictyopteris polypodioides (de Candolle) J. V. Lamouroux, 1809d:332].

Dictyopteris zonarioides Farlow, 1899:73; Dawson, 1951:52; Dawson, 1952:431; Dawson, 1959a:18; Dawson et al., 1960a:34, pl. 3: fig. 4, pl. 4: fig. 2; Dawson et al., 1960b:11; Dawson, 1961b:388; Dawson, 1966a:11; Guzmán del Próo et al., 1972:260; Norris, 1973:4; Fenical et al., 1973:2383; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:332; González-González et al., 1996:145.

Neurocarpus zonarioides (Farlow) M. Howe, 1914:69; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:728; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:656, pl. 34: fig. 4, pl. 35: fig. 11, pl. 36: fig. 21, pl. 38: fig. 39, pl. 95; Dawson, 1944:229.

Algae erect, flat, irregularly dichotomously branched fronds, up to 35 cm tall, (3–)10–20 mm wide, with a prominent percurrent midrib and lacking any veins, often with undulate margins; ultimate branches shorter than lower segments; with rounded apices; arising from a more or less conical holdfast. In lower portions the wider blade may be worn away, leaving the midribs. Midribs may be tomentose. Thallus in transverse section up to 12 layers of cells and up to 400 µm thick. Growth from an apical group of meristematic cells.

FIGURE 55. Dictyopteris undulata: Habit; note the prominent midrib (JN-5801).

Sporangia grouped in sori, 750–1000 µm long, along both sides of the midrib. Oogonial and antheridial sori scattered over frond. Oogonium 95–150 µm tall by 95–125 µm wide.

HABITAT. On rocks, usually in shaded areas and tide pools; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to San José del Cabo. Pacific coast: southern California to Baja California Sur; Japan; China; Taiwan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Misaki, Kanagawa Prefecture, central Japan.

REMARKS. A seasonal species, Dictyopteris undulata occurs in the northern Gulf from February to August and appears to reach its peak in size as well as in numbers of individuals in late spring. Although previously collected during 1972–1975 at Punta la Gringa (vicinity of Bahía de los Ángeles), D. undulata was not encounted during the 1985–1986 surveys of Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González (1996b).

Some of the Gulf specimens with narrow fronds resemble Dictyopteris johnstonei N. L. Gardner (1940), a species described from Santa Cruz Island (California Channel Islands) and reported southward to Bahía de Todos Santos, Pacific Baja California (Silva, 1957; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 2005; Pedroche et al., 2008), and Isla San Benito (Dawson, 1961b; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976). Silva (1957) has suggested the taxonomic status of California D. johnstonei Gardner (1940) needs to be resolved. Reinvestigations should include Gulf specimens morphologically similar to Pacific coast D. johnstonei (including its type locality) in comparative morphological studies and molecular analyses, to each other, and to the distinctive D. undulata of the Gulf, Japan (type locality), and Pacific coast (including type locality specimens of Neurocarpus zonarioides, considered a synonym of D. undulata).

Dictyota J. V. Lamouroux

FIGURE 54AߝC

Dictyota J. V. Lamouroux, 1809a:38.

Dictyota J. V. Lamouroux, 1809d:331.

Glossophora J. Agardh, 1882:108.

Glossophorella Nizamuddin et Campbell, 1995:258.

Pachydictyon J. Agardh, 1894:81.

Algae are erect or repent (prostrate), composed of flat ribbonlike fronds that are clumped or bushy in appearance, and yellow- to dark brown, and some are iridescent. Branching may be regularly or irregularly dichotomous or alternate throughout; branches are up to 20 mm wide, with smooth, dentate, crenulate, or ciliate margins and usually obtuse apices. Most species are attached by a single, or several rhizoidal holdfasts, although a few species are attached by stoloniferous holdfasts. Secondary attachments may occur in some when thallus or its branches come in contact with the substratum. Phaeophycean hairs and surface proliferations may be present in tufts scattered over the thallus. Growth is by a single apical cell at the tip of each rounded or acute branch apex. The medulla of one or more layers of large colorless cuboidal cells is easily differentiated from the cortex of one or more layers of small pigmented cells, each with numerous discoid chloroplasts.

Reproductive structures are mostly in sori (some with solitary sporangia), scattered and protruding from both sides of the thallus surface. Sporangia, borne on a single stalk cell, are divided into four aplanospores and may be solitary, grouped in sori, or around hair tufts, over the upper portions of the frond. Gametangia are grouped in sori. Oogonia are in rows within sori, with each oogonium on a single stalk cell. Antheridia are produced in whitish, antheridial sori. Each antheridium, also on a single stalk cell, is composed of many tiers of locules and is surrounded by hyaline, elongated sterile cells.

REMARKS. Some members of Dictyota exhibit wide morphological variation, and this phenotypic plasticity and few taxonomic characters have resulted in confusion regarding discrete differences among many of the species. The taxonomic limits of Gulf species are poorly known, but “typical” forms of each can be recognized in the field. Detailed observations, temporal and spatial, on field populations will be helpful in understanding the morphological variation. Culture and life history studies and molecular analyses will aid in understanding species and phylogenetic relationships. Monographic studies of the genus in the Gulf and Pacific Mexico, such as those of De Clerck (1999, 2003) for the Indian Ocean and De Clerck et al. (2006), are critically needed.

Three species, all originally described from the western Atlantic, are recorded in the southern Gulf: D. bartayresiana J. V. Lamouroux (1809a) reported by Mateo-Cid et al. (2000b) and L. Aguilar-Rosas et al. (2000); “D. cervicornis” reported by Mateo-Cid et al. (1993, 2000b) and Cruz-Ayala et al. (2001) (note that D. cervicornis Kützing (1859) is now Canistrocarpus crispatus (J. V. Lamouroux) De Paula et De Clerck in De Clerck et al., 2006); and “D. volubilis” reported by Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González (1985), Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1991), Cruz-Ayala et al. (2001), and Riosmena-Rodríguez et al. (2005) (note that D. volubilis Kützing (1849) is now D. dichotoma (Hudson) J. V. Lamouroux, 1809a; see De Clerck, 2003).

Currently seven species, including one variety, are recognized in the northern Gulf.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF DICTYOTA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Medulla of 2–4 (or more) cell layers; cortex of (1–)2–5 cell layers [Figure 54C].................... D. coriacea

1b. Medulla usually 1 cell layer; cortex of only 1(–2) cell layer(s) [Figure 54B] .................... 2

2a. Thalli decumbent overlapping fronds; of short, relatively broad segments.................... D. concrescens

2b. Thalli erect, fronds of strap-shaped segments .................... 3

3a. Frond margins with minute denticulations .................... D. crenulata

3b. Frond margins smooth or sometimes with marginal proliferations .................... 4

4a. Attached by spreading, simple to divided, terete, stoloniferous growths, up to 500 µm in diameter .................... D. stolonifera

4b. Attached by filamentous rhizoids, sometimes compacted into a holdfast .................... 5

5a. Fronds irregularly dichotomously branched (resulting from some branch segments growing longer than others) ............................................................ D. flabellata

5b. Fronds dichotomously branched throughout (more or less even in lengths) .................... 6

6a. Fronds usually more than 5 mm wide; branched at angles usually less than 45º; margins entire or sometimes with marginal proliferations .................... D. vivesii

6b. Fronds narrower, less than 4 mm wide; branched at wide angles (mostly 90º–120º); margins entire ............................................................D. dichotoma var. intricata

Dictyota concrescens W. R. Taylor

FIGURE 56A,B

Dictyota concrescens W. R. Taylor, 1945:89, pl. 10: fig. 2; Dawson, 1950a:92; Dawson, 1961b:388; Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988:82; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:24; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Pedroche et al., 2008:38.

Dictyota friabilis sensu Dawson, 1954d:401, fig. 16a,b; Dawson et al., 1960b:6, 14; Dawson, 1961b:388; Dawson, 1962b:190, fig. 50; Dawson, 1966a:12; Dawson, 1966b:56; Stout and Dreckmann, 1993:7; González-González et al., 1996:146; Silva et al., 1996b:234; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:68; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b:203, figs. 31–34, 100; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49; Pedroche et al., 2008 (in part):43 [non Dictyota friabilis Setchell, 1926:91 (see De Clerck and Coppejans, 1999:tbl. 1; De Clerck, 2003:89)].

Algae decumbent, often forming low-growing mats of overlapping, delicate, short, and broad blades, up to 5 cm long and 6 mm wide; subdichotomously branched, with one segment of the dichotomy usually larger and longer than the other; blades occasionally attached to each other by, usually marginal, rhizoids; base attached to substratum by masses of rhizoids. Transection 90–110 µm thick. Cortex a single layer of cortical cells, 5–18 µm tall by 10–14 µm in diameter. Medulla a single layer of large cells, 48–50 µm tall by 60–80 µm in diameter.

Sporangia globose, up to 160 µm in diameter, scattered over thallus. Oogonia scattered on suface in upper portions of branches; 90–110 µm tall by 80–85 µm in diameter.

HABITAT. Creeping, low growing, and loosely attached; often overgrowing other turf algae; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Bahía de La Paz; Punta Arena to Cabo Pulmo. Pacific coast: Islas San Benito (off Baja California) to Bahía Magdalena (Baja California Sur); Rocas Alijos (west of Baja California Sur); Michoacán to Oaxaca.

TYPE LOCALITY. Punta Hughes (vicinity of Bahía Magdalena), about 5.6 km (3.5 miles) southeast of Cabo San Lázaro, Baja California Sur, Mexico.

REMARKS. Gulf specimens are in general agreement with Pacific Mexico Dictyota concrescens (Taylor, 1945); thus, for now, they are referred to this taxon. However, it has been noted that the type specimen of

FIGURE 56. Dictyota concrescens: Low-growing, relatively broad, subdichotomously branched to subpalmate thalli. A. Isotype specimen (W. R. Taylor 34-598). B. Habit (JN-4695).

D. concrescens may be inadequate for clear interpretation (Dawson, 1950a). Although Cribb (1954) observed D. concrescens to be similar to another low-growing species, D. friabilis Setchell (1926), the northern Gulf D. concrescens differs in the field from D. friabilis, primarily in lacking its pale-bluish iridescent color (often with noniridescent longitudinal stripes and/or noniridescent broad transverse bands; see De Clerck, 2003:89; De Clerck et al., 2005:104, fig. 75). Comparative morphological studies and molecular and phylogenetic analyses that include type locality D. concrescens and Gulf of California specimens are needed to clarify its taxonomic status.

Dictyota coriacea (Holmes) Hwang, H. S. Kim et W. J. Lee

FIGURE 57

Glossophora coriacea Holmes, 1896:251.

Dictyota coriacea (Holmes) Hwang, H. S. Kim et W. J. Lee, 2004:189; De Clerck et al., 2006:1285.

Pachydictyon coriaceum (Holmes) Okamura, 1899a:39, pl.1: figs. 31–34; Okamura, 1907:105, pl. 23: figs. 1–6, pl. 24: figs. 1–18; Okamura, 1936:165, fig. 84 (1–5); Dawson, 1950a:85–86; Dawson, 1950b:67; Dawson, 1950e:268; Dawson, 1951:52; Dawson, 1959a:18; Dawson et al., 1960a:38, pl. 3: figs. 1–2; Dawson et al., 1960b:8–11; Kumagae, 1969:91, text figs. 1–4, pl. [1]: figs. 1–15; Norris, 1973:5; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:209, fig. 173; Norris and Bucher, 1976:4; Devinny, 1978:358; Littler and Littler, 1981:149, fig. 2; L. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:31; Lewbel et al., 1981:162; Pacheco-Ruíz, 1982:70; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:24; L. Aguilar-Rosas and Pacheco-Ruíz, 1989:81; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:40; R. Aguilar-Rosas and Machado-Galindo, 1990:188; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1990:123; Stewart, 1991:49; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:518; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:50; González-González et al., 1996:155; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Yoshida, 1998:223, pl. 2–4: fig. D, pl. 2–9: fig. C; Mendoza-González et al., 1999:59; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b:205, figs. 41–44, 78, 101; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:203; Pedroche et al., 2008:46.

Glossophorella coriacea (Holmes) Nizamuddin in Nizamuddin and Campbell, 1995:259, fig. 3.

Dictyota johnstonii Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:730, pl. 18: figs. 54–56, pl. 39; Setchell and Gardner,

FIGURE 57. Dictyota coriacea: Habit (JN-5522).

1925:653; Dawson, 1944:228 [in part]; Norris, 1973:5; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:203.

Pachydictyon binghamiae (J. Agardh) E. Y. Dawson, 1950a:84; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:497; González-González et al., 1996:155 [non Dictyota binghamiae J. Agardh, 1894:72 (see Dawson, 1950e:267–268; Hollenberg and Abbott, 1966:19[629]; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:209, fig. 173; De Clerck, 2003:164, 182)].

Algae erect, olive-brown to dark brown, coriaceous, of flat, straplike, subdichotomously branched fronds, up to 25 cm tall and to 13 mm wide; multilayered medulla and cortex, 400–500 µm thick (in transection); attached by a fibrous holdfast of rhizoidal cells developed from lower portion of the main axes. Branches mostly with one of the branch segments longer than the other above the dichotomous division (occasionally of more or less uniform length); margins smooth; branch apices rounded, with a conspicuous single large apical cell. Cortical cells 15–24 µm tall by 30–45 µm wide; 1–2 cortical cell layers toward the center of blade; 2–4 (or more) cell layers in blade margins of mid to upper portions of the thallus, often with more cortical cell layers in blade margins of the lower portion. Medulla of large cells, 75–145 µm tall by 140–195 µm wide: 1–2(–3) cell layers toward the center and 2–4 (or more) cell layers near blade margins.

Reproductive structures scattered on both surfaces of the upper branches. Sporangia solitary or in groups; 62–70 µm tall by 45–60 µm in diameter. Dioecious (where known). Oogonia aggregated in elliptical to elongate, dark-brown to “blackish” sori; 85–117 µm tall by 77–94 µm in diameter. Antheridia unknown in Gulf material (as reported in Japan: in numerous oval, whitish sori).

HABITAT. On rocks; mid intertidal to 10 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Bahía de Los Ángeles to Isla San Ildefonso; Cabo San Lucas. Pacific coast: Oregon; central California to Bahía Magdalena, Baja California Sur; Oaxaca; Panama; China; Taiwan; Korea; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Enoura, “neighborhood of Tokio [Tokyo]” (Holmes, 1896:149), Kanagawa, Honshu¯, Japan.

REMARKS. Gulf Dictyota coriacea may be separated in the field from other Gulf Dictyota species by its larger size, thicker fronds, darker color, and relatively coarser texture. Its Gulf distribution appears to be restricted to the central Gulf, Las Islas de la Cintura (Midriff Islands), and a few of the southern islands.

There has been some taxonomic confusion regarding the name of the Gulf specimens. Initially Dawson (1950a) concluded that the Japanese Pachydictyon coriaceum (Holmes) Okamura was a synonym of Californian P. binghamiae (J. Agardh) Dawson, but he later (Dawson, 1950e) discovered that the type of Dictyota binghamiae J. Agardh was a different taxon and those he previously identified as “P. binghamiae,” including Gulf material, were P. coriaceum. Since then, this interpretation has been followed (e.g., Hollenberg and Abbott, 1966; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976).

De Clerck (2003) noted that additional research on taxa of Dictyotaceae with a multilayered cortex, such as Pachydictyon J. Agardh (1894), was needed to clarify their relationship with Dictyota. Hwang et al. (2004) studied both Japanese and Korean P. coriaceum and, on the basis of molecular analyses, concluded them to be a species of Dictyota and restricted the distribution of D. coriacea to the western Pacific. Therefore the Gulf of California D. coriacea and the eastern Pacific D. coriacea (southern California; Pacific Mexico) need to be comparatively tested with the western Pacific (eastern Asia) D. coriacea (type locality: Japan) to see if they are the same species as currently understood. These studies should include type material of Dictyota johnstonii Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1924a), currently considered a synonym of D. coriacea. If Gulf specimens are found to be a species separate from the Japanese type locality D. coriacea, D. johnstonii would be the earliest valid name for the Gulf taxon.

Dictyota crenulata J. Agardh

FIGURE 58A,B

Dictyota crenulata J. Agardh, 1847:7; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:730, pl. 18: figs. 50, 51; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:655; Taylor, 1939:8; Dawson, 1944:228; Taylor, 1945:90, pl. 10: fig. 1; Dawson, 1950a:88; Dawson, 1954a:3; Dawson, 1959a:5, 18; Dawson, 1961b:388; Brusca and Thomson, 1975:42; McEnroe et al., 1977:184; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988:82; Santelices, 1989:289, pl. GG: fig. 7; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:31; Lluch-Cota et al., 1993:366; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:497; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:43; González-González et al., 1996:294, fig. 16; Anaya-Reyna and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 1996:383; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:68; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b:199, figs. 20, 21, 71, 96; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; De Clerck, 2003:145, 166; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Altamirano-Cerecedo and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2007:575, figs. 1–6; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8; Pedroche et al., 2008:39.

Dilophus crenulatus (J. Agardh) Nizamuddin et Gerloff, 1979:867, pl. 1: figs. 1, 2, pl. 2: figs. 1, 2, pl. 7: figs. 1, 2 [note: lectotype (LD, Herb. Agardh-49042A) is illustrated in pls. 1, 2, 7].

Algae up to 15(–25) cm tall, of flat, dichotomously branched straplike fronds, (1–)2–4(–5.5) mm wide; margins with characteristic, conspicuous minute dentation; attached by multicellular rhizoids. Branching usually at wide angles; sometimes becoming subdichotomous;

FIGURE 58. Dictyota crenulata: A. Habit (JN-4091a). B. Close-up of blades with characteristic dentate margins (JN-4114).

branches narrower below and widening upward; surface sometimes with numerous proliferations. Transection of 3–6 cell layers (1–4 medulla: 2 cortical), 90–150 µm thick, up to 500 µm thick near base. Cortex a single layer; cortical cells rounded, 20–50 µm in diameter. Medulla single layer to multilayered (latter evident in basal portion); medullary cells 55–100 µm tall by 35–50 µm wide.

Reproductive structures mostly in sori, scattered over branch surface, mostly in upper portions. Sporangia may be singular or a few in sorus, rounded, 75–90 µm in diameter. Oogonia in groups of 30–45 (in surface view), 4–6 (in transection view) in sori; 75–80 µm tall by 66–70 µm in diameter.

HABITAT. On rocks; low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Bahía Concepción to Cabo San Lucas. Pacific coast: Bahía Vizcaíno to Todos Santos, Baja California Sur; Islas Revillagigedo; Jalisco to Oaxaca; Costa Rica; Chile.

TYPE LOCALITY. San Agustín, Oaxaca, Mexico (Agardh, 1847, “St. Augustin, Stilla Oceanen [Pacific Ocean]”).

REMARKS. Described from southern Pacific Mexico, Dictyota crenulata may reach its northern distribution limit in the central Gulf of California (Dawson, 1950a, 1961b). Altamirano-Cerecedo and Riosmena-Rodríguez (2007) found that thalli of Gulf D. crenulata near its northern limit (central Gulf) were shorter and wider than those of the southern Gulf, which were longer and narrower. Setchell and Gardner (1924a:730, pl. 18: fig. 50) and Dawson (1944) observed numerous small surface proliferations on specimens of Gulf D. crenulata that were developing in situ sporelings, apparently from germination of their spores. More recently, Altamirano-Cerecedo and Riosmena-Rodríguez (2007) quantified surface and marginal proliferations.

Dictyota dichotoma var. intricata (C. Agardh) Greville

FIGURE 59AߝC

Zonaria dichotoma var. intricata C. Agardh, 1820:134.

Dictyota dichotoma var. intricata (C. Agardh) Greville, 1830:58; Schnetter et al., 1987:193, figs. 2, 3; De Clerck, 1999:176, figs. 23A–C, 24AߝE, ApI-12; De Clerck, 2003:76, figs. 23A–C [23B, holotype of D. divaricata], 24A–E; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8.

Dictyota divaricata J. V. Lamouroux, 1809b:43; Taylor, 1945:90 (as “D. divaricata, prox.”); Dawson, 1950a:91; Dawson, 1959a:18; Dawson, 1961b:388; Dawson, 1961c:407, pl. 11: fig. 2; Dawson, 1966a:12; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:127; Chávez B., 1972:268; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:67; Schnetter and Bula Meyer, 1982:65, pl. 9: figs. E–G; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:141; Huerta-Muzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988:82; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:40; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:31; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; González-González, 1993:443; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:497; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:34; González-González et al., 1996:294; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; León-Tejera and González-González, 2000:328; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:68; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b:201, figs. 25–27, 98; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146; Dreckmann et al., 2006:154; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:203; Pedroche et al., 2008:41.

Algae of erect, flat, dichotomously branched fronds, up to 4(–8) cm tall and 1.5–3(–4) mm wide; attached by rhizoids. Fronds branched with long and narrow dichotomies, often at wide angles; more or less uniform width throughout or narrower at each dichotomy upward and narrowest at apices. Transection 90–100 µm thick. Medulla and cortex, each a single layer of cells. Cortical cells 15–18 µm tall by 12–16 µm wide; medullary cells 60–75 µm tall by 54–56 µm wide.

Sporangia single on a stalk cell, scattered on both surfaces of frond. Oogonia 90–95 µm tall by 82–86 µm in diameter; in sori without an indusium, scattered on upper portions of both surfaces. Antheridia unknown in Gulf specimens.

HABITAT. On rocks or occasionally entangled with other algae; low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Cabo San Lucas. Pacific coast: Isla Guadalupe; Punta Pequeña, Baja California Sur to Islas Revillagigedo; Jalisco to Chipas; Colombia.

TYPE LOCALITY. Cádiz, Spain.

REMARKS. Northern Gulf specimens previously called “Dictyota divaricata” are for now referred to D. dichotoma var. intricata on the basis of their morphological similarity, until needed comparative culture and molecular studies can be done to elucidate their taxonomic status. There still is much taxonomic and nomenclatural confusion regarding the “Dictyota dichotoma complex,” including D. divaricata. Hörnig and Schnetter (1988) concluded western Atlantic “D. divaricata” differed from those of the European Atlantic Dictyota dichotoma-complex and described them as a separate species, D. pulchella Hörnig et Schnetter. Further, there is some evidence that D. dichotoma (Hudson) J. V. Lamouroux (1809a) is restricted to warm-temperate and cold-temperate waters of the eastern Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea (Schnetter et al., 1987; De Clerck, 2003) and subtropical waters of the Canary Islands (Tronholm et al., 2008), and D. dichotoma var. intricata could be restricted to warm-temperate and subtropical regions of the Indian Ocean (De Clerck, 2003: 81).

Although some Gulf of California specimens are somewhat morphologically similar to D. ceylanica Kützing (1859), that species is apparently restricted to the tropical to subtropical Pacific and Indian oceans (De Clerck, 2003). Further, De Clerck (2003) has shown D. dichotoma var. intricata can be separated from D. ceylanica by its surface proliferations, size of thallus, and size of medullary and cortical cells; this separation is confirmed by molecular studies of De Clerck et al. (2001).

Dictyota flabellata (Collins) Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 60

Dilophus flabellatus Collins in Collins, Holden and Setchell, 1901a:No. 834.

Dictyota flabellata (Collins) Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924b:12 [in part, excluding Monterey, California,

FIGURE 59. Dictyota dichotoma var. intricata: Specimens representing variation in morphology. A, C. Blade width distinctly narrows at dichotomies upward toward apices (A, JN-4087; C, JN-4094). B. Blade width with more gradual narrowing toward apices (JN-5630).

specimens]; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:652 [in part, excluding Monterey, California, specimens], pl. 34: fig. 3, pl. 35: fig. 7, pl. 36: figs. 13–17; Dawson, 1950a:89; Dawson, 1952:431; Dawson, 1959a:10, 18; Dawson et al., 1960a:34, pl. 3: fig.3; Dawson, 1961b:388; Dawson, 1966a:12; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:127; Earle, 1972:85; Norris, 1973:5; Brusca and Thomson, 1975:42; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:207, fig. 172; Robertson and Fenical, 1977:1071; McEnroe et al., 1977:182; Devinny, 1978:385; Littler and Littler, 1981:151, tbl. 3; figs. 4, 7; Lewbel et al., 1981:165; L. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:31; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1982:54; R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:84; Littler and Arnold, 1982:309; Pacheco-Ruíz, 1982:70; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:141; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:24; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:421; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:40; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:31; Stewart, 1991:48; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:497; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; Lluch-Cota et al., 1993:366; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:50; González-González et al., 1996:146; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Anaya-Reyna and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 1996:862; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 1998:25; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b:202, figs. 28–30, 74, 75; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; De Clerck, 2003:150; Abbott and Huisman, 2003b:182, figs. 21, 22; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:204, fig. 77D; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:101; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49, 57; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:203; Pedroche et al., 2008:42.

Dictyota hesperia Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:731, pl. 18: figs. 52, 53; Dawson, 1944:228; Dawson, 1950a:85, 89.

Dictyota johnstonii sensu Dawson, 1944:228 [in part]; Dawson, 1950e:268 [non Dictyota johnstonii Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:730, which is Dictyota coriacea (Holmes) Hwang, H. S. Kim et W. J. Lee, 2004].

Algae of one to several erect, straplike fronds, dichotomously branched up to 7 orders; up to 15 cm tall and 4–10(–15) mm wide; 120–135 µm thick; with smooth surfaces, entire margins, and rounded branch apices; attached by discoid holdfast of densely compacted rhizoids. Cortex and medulla each a single cell layer. Cortical cells 12–15 µm tall by 18–20 µm in diameter; medulla cells 60–90 µm tall by 75–76 µm wide.

Reproductive structures in sori, scattered on both surfaces of mid to upper portions of fronds. Dioecious.

FIGURE 60. Dictyota flabellata: Habit (JN-3474).

Oogonia 90–96 µm tall by 85–90 µm in diameter; in groups of up to 30 in sori with indusium. Antheridial sori, 63–65 µm tall by 250–360 µm wide; antheridia 57–60 µm tall by 18–20 µm wide.

HABITAT. On rocks or rarely epiphytic on other algae; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: El Tornillal to Cabo Pulmo. Pacific coast: central California to southern Baja California Sur; Jalisco; Oaxaca; Panama; Hawaiian Islands.

TYPE LOCALITY. La Jolla, San Diego County, California.

REMARKS. The most common species of Dictyota in the northern Gulf of California, D. flabellata has been found growing from January to August. Individual fronds apparently do not persist throughout the entire season, but rather, successive generations continue to replace one another. Dawson (1950a) noted Taylor’s (1945) specimens of “D. flabellata” from Costa Rica were probably “D. dichotoma” and “D. flabellata” from Pacific Panama were D. coriacea.

Dictyota stolonifera E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 61AߝC

Dictyota stolonifera E. Y. Dawson, 1962d:392, pl. 5: fig. A; González-González et al., 1996:147; De Clerck,

FIGURE 61. Dictyota stolonifera: Several thalli, each with basal stolons. A. JN-3865a. B. JN-4113a. C. EYD-27409.

2003:136, figs. 51A–E, 52AߝE; Abbott and Huisman, 2003b:182; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:206, fig. 78C.

Dilophus stoloniferus (E. Y. Dawson) Schnetter et Bula Meyer, 1982:62, pl. 9: figs. H–O.

Algae of 1 to several, subdichotomosly branched, flat straplike fronds, up to 6 cm tall and 3–4 mm wide, above a short compressed stipe, and attached to substratum by distinctive multilayered, stoloniferous growths, up to 500 µm in diameter. Branches lack proliferations, with smooth surface and hair tufts; margins entire; terminal portions of similar width as rest of frond (not reduced); rounded apices with concentric growth bands (not always evident), 600–1200 µm wide. Medulla a single cell layer, and 2 or more cell layers at margins; some medullary cell walls with secondary thickenings. Cortex a single cell layer of small pigmented cells.

Reproductive structures apparently scattered. Sporangia 70–100 µm in diameter, solitary or in small groups; each borne on a single stalk cell. Oogonia in scattered sori, up to 200 µm in diameter. Antheridia not seen.

HABITAT. On rocks and tidal platforms and in tide pools; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco. Pacific coast: Costa Rica; Nicaragua; Isla Gorgona Parque Nacional, Colombia; Hawaiian Islands.

TYPE LOCALITY. Intertidal; volcanic reef, Masachapa, Pacific Nicaragua.

REMARKS. Dictyota stolonifera can be distinguished in the field from other species of Gulf Dictyota, primarily by its simple to divided stoloniferous attachment growths. An eastern Pacific species, it has also been reported in the Indian Ocean (Coppejans et al., 2000; De Clerck, 2003). Species limits of D. stolonifera need to be tested, as it may include more than one taxon. Also, the generic status of D. stolonifera needs to be reinvestigated as the species had also been placed in Dilophus. Although it is very similar to Rugulopteryx, its sporangia are on two-celled stalks, whereas those of D. stolonifera are reported to be on one-celled stalks.

Dictyota vivesii M. Howe

FIGURE 62

Dictyota vivesii M. Howe, 1911:497, pl. 27; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:654; Dawson, 1944:229; Taylor, 1945:89; Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988:82; Stout and Dreckmann, 1993:7; González-González et al., 1996:147.

Dictyota dichotoma sensu Dawson, 1950a:90; Dawson, 1954d:401, fig. 15; Dawson, 1959a:18; Dawson, 1961b:388 [in part]; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b:200, figs. 22–24, 72; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49; Pedroche et al., 2008 (in part):39 [non Dictyota dichotoma (Hudson) J. V. Lamouroux, 1809d:331; basionym: Ulva dichotoma Hudson, 1762:476].

Algae of 1 or more erect, straplike to oblong fronds, up to 15 cm tall and 5–8 mm wide; branching up to 10 orders, mostly dichotomously branched in lower portions, becoming subdichotomous upward; attached by a fibrous holdfast. Branches in mid to upper portions 135–160 µm thick; basal portion up to 240 µm thick; mostly with entire margins; apices mostly 1–2 mm wide. Medulla cells thin walled, 95–250 µm tall by 55–115 µm wide. Cortical cells elongated, 19–65 µm tall by 10–30 µm wide.

Sporangia in sori, scattered over frond surfaces. Gametangial structures not described by Howe (1911)

FIGURE 62. Dictyota vivesii: Habit (EYD-10938).

(Oogonia without indusium, in small groups on surface among hairs; oogonium pyriform, 80–93 µm tall and 60–75 µm in diameter. Antheridial sori 340–360 µm wide, antheridia 36–55 µm tall and 18–25 µm in diameter [after Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b, as “D. dichotoma”]).

HABITAT. On rocks and occasionally in tide pools; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Bahía de La Paz; San José del Cabo. Pacific coast: Baja California; Islas Revillagigedo; Michoacán.

TYPE LOCALITY. La Paz, Baja California Sur, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Described from the southern Gulf, Dictyota vivesii has been confused with “D. dichotoma” (e.g., Dawson, 1944, 1950a). Although D. dichotoma has been extensively reported worldwide in tropical and subtropical areas, D. dichotoma sensu stricto is probably restricted to the northeast Atlantic and Mediterranean Sea (De Clerck, 1999, 2003).

While large specimens of Dictyota vivesii are readily recognized, smaller forms can be difficult to separate from some specimens of D. flabellata (Dawson, 1950a, as “D. dichotoma”). In the northern Gulf, D. vivesii is less frequent in occurrence than D. flabellata, and as with other Dictyota taxa of the Gulf, it is in need of critical study, including molecular and phylogenetic analyses, to elucidate its taxonomic status. Some “Dictyota dichotoma” specimens of Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1991), Servière-Zaragoza et al. (1993), Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González (1996b), L. Aguilar-Rosas et al. (2000), and Pacheco-Ruíz et al. (2008) may also belong here.

Padina Adanson

FIGURE 54I

Padina Adanson, 1763:13, 586; Silva, 1952:298–299; Papenfuss, 1977:275.

Algae are composed of one to several flat, fanlike or cup-shaped blades that sometimes are clumped together, basally attached by branched rhizoids compacted into a conical holdfast or rhizoids along lower blade margins. Blades may be entire, split, or eroded, with conspicuous (rarely faint) concentric lines or bands of phaeophycean hairs on one or both sides of the blade. Growth is by a continuous row of apical cells within an inrolled margin along the terminal edge of blade (herein the upper [dorsal] side of the blade is defined as the side that the inrolled margin is curled toward, and the back of the roll [opposite side] is referred to as the lower [ventral] side). Depending on the species, blades are two to many cell layers thick, and some vary from few near the inrolled margin to more numerous cell layers toward their base. Species may be uncalcified or lightly to moderately calcified on one or both sides of the blade. Internally, there is a medulla of one to several layers of large colorless cells and a cortex of a single cortical layer of pigmented cells on each side of the blade.

Sporangia are scattered in patches or in sori in concentric zones between the concentric bands of hairs. Gametophytes are usually dioecious. Oogonia are in sori between the hair lines. Antheridia are in sori, across from the oogonial sori in monoecious species, and in between the concentric zones of hairs in dioecious species.

REMARKS. Lewis et al. (1987) found two distinct morphologies in a species of Padina. In experimental field studies, small, turf-forming, narrow Vaughaniella Børgesen (1950; see Cribb, 1951) (= Dictyerpa Collins, 1901; = “Dilophus-like”) thalli were found in the presence of fish herbivory. However, in the absence of herbivory the Vaughaniella-form of the same individual thallus, through a morphogenetic change, rapidly developed directly into the fan-shaped Padina. Allender and Kraft (1983) noted creeping “Vaughaniella stages” in some of the Australian species of Padina. Culture studies of vegetative propagation in a Japanese Padina similarily showed a growth form that initially developed from a single apical cell and then developed meristems along its margin (Kajimura, 1993). Thus, some species of Padina, but apparently not all, have a morphologically different “Vaughaniella” form in their development, and the presence or absence of this morphogenetic growth form may prove helpful in the taxonomy of Padina.

Three species are recorded in the southern Gulf (Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005; Ortuño-Aguirre and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2007); Padina concrescens Thivy (in Taylor, 1945), P. sanctae-crucis Børgesen (1914), and P. ramonribae Ávila-Ortiz et Pedroche (2005).

Six taxa, five species and one variety, are known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PADINA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Blades forming low-growing clustered rosettes; calcified, often overlapping and attached to each other and to substratum by rhizoids (without a stipe or holdfast).................... P. mexicana var. mexicana

1b. Blades erect, calcified or noncalcified, with a stipe and holdfast .................... 2

2a. Blades 4–8 cell layers thick in mid to lower portions (2–6 medullary; 2 cortical) .................... 3

2b. Blades 8 or more cell layers thick in lower portions (6–16 medullary; 2 cortical)....................4

3a. Blades up to 15 cm tall, usually as wide as or wider than tall; slightly calcified; lower portion of 6–8 cell layers (4–6 medullary; 2 cortical) .................... P. gymnospora

3b. Blades up to 5 cm tall, torn or with divisions narrower than tall; noncalcified to lightly calcified (mostly on upper side); mid to lower portion of 4–6 cell layers (2–4 medullary; 2 cortical); short stipe up to 5 mm long .................... P. mexicana var. erecta

4a. Blades thick (300–450 µm thick), noncalcified, dark-brown; somewhat leathery; lower portion of 8–18 cell layers (6–16 medullary; 2 cortical) .................... P. durvillei

4b. Blades thinner (130–250 µm thick), noncalcified to lightly calcified; light-brown to olive-green; lower portion of 7–12 cell layers (5–10 medullary; 2 cortical) .................... 5

5a. Blades calcified on lower side near margins (noncalcified on upper side); with a stipe up to 5 mm long; lower portion of blade of 8–10 cell layers (6–8 medullary; 2 cortical); 130–200 µm thick .................... P. crispata

5b. Blades noncalcified to lightly calcified on both sides; with a long, conspicuous stipe, up to 2 cm long; lower portion of blade 9–12 cell layers (7–10 medullary; 2 cortical); 220–250 µm thick .................... P. caulescens

Padina caulescens Thivy

FIGURE 63A,B

Padina caulescens Thivy in W. R. Taylor, 1945:99; Dawson, 1957b:11, fig. 3 (type specimen); Dawson, 1959a:5, 18; Dawson, 1961b:389; Dawson, 1961c:407, pl. 7: fig. 2; Dawson, 1962b:200, fig. 82; Chávez B., 1980:48; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:421; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; León-Tejera et al., 1993:200; González-González, 1993:443; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:110; González-González et al., 1996:155, fig. 18; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche, 2005:143, figs. 1 (isotype), 2–5; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146; Pedroche et al., 2008:48.

Padina durvillei sensu Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b:208 [in part] [non Padina durvillei Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1827a:591].

Algae of 1 to several, entire to much divided, noncalcified to lightly calcified flabellate blades; up to 20 cm tall and to 15 cm wide; arising from a conspicuous flattened stipe, up to 2 cm long and to 1.5 mm thick (at lowermost portion), above a stupose rhizoidal holdfast. Blades often divided by repeated splitting; subdivisions up to 8 cm long and 0.5–1.5 cm wide; with zones of hairs about 1 mm apart (when present) on lower surface and opposed to hair lines on upper surface. Near inrolled margins, blades of 2 cell layers, up to 45 µm thick; midportions of 6–8 cell layers; lower portion of blade (7–)9–12 cell layers; 220–250 µm thick at base. Cortical cells 20–25 µm tall by 20–40 µm wide. Medullary cells in midportion up to 20–30 µm tall by 40–64 µm wide; in lowermost portion (16–)20–30 µm tall by 50–75(–100) µm wide.

Gametophytes dioecious. Oogonia single or paired in sori, up to 250 µm wide; in more or less continuous or broken bands between hair lines on blade surface. Antheridia in sori; patchy, more or less scattered on blade surface.

HABITAT. Low intertidal to shallow subtidal, down to 7(–9) m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Playa El Coloradito to Bahía Agua Verde. Pacific coast: Isla María Magdalena (Islas Tres Marías), Nayarit; El Salvador; Costa Rica.

TYPE LOCALITY. Isla María Magdalena, Islas Tres Marías, Nayarit, Pacific Mexico.

REMARKS. Mateo-Cid et al. (2000b), without comment, listed Padina caulescens as a synonym of P. durvillei. Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche (2005) recognized P. caulescens as a distinct species but restricted its distribution to Isla María Magdalena, noting other Pacific coast herbarium specimens, previously identified as “P. caulescens,” belonged to other species.

While in general agreement with tropical Pacific Mexico P. caulescens sensu stricto, the northern Gulf specimens herein referred to P. caulescens have shorter stipe-like regions, up to 2 cm in length versus 5–6 cm lengths reported by Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche (2005). Gulf of California P. caulescens needs to be further studied and molecularly and phylogenetically compared to type locality P. caulescens to test their taxonomic status.

Padina crispata Thivy

FIGURE 64AߝC

Padina crispata Thivy in W. R. Taylor, 1945:100; Dawson, 1957b:10, fig. 2 (type specimens); Dawson, 1959a:4–6; Dawson, 1961b:389; Dawson, 1962b:200, fig. 82;

FIGURE 63. Padina caulescens: A. Habit (JN-4748). B. Clump of four blades; note the flattened, relatively long stipe of each blade (JN-4748).

Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:127; Chávez B., 1972:268; Huerta-Múzquiz and Garza-Barrientos, 1975:7; Chávez B., 1980:47; Schnetter and Bula Meyer, 1982:64, pl. 10: fig. H; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; L. Aguilar-Rosas and R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1993:202; González-González, 1993:443; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:497; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; Stout and Dreckmann, 1993:7; Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche, 1999:357, figs. 1–5; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b:207, figs. 45, 46, 79, 103; López et al., 2004:10; Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche, 2005:146, figs. 6 (isotype), 7–23; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8; Pedroche et al., 2008:48.

Padina tetrastromatica sensu Setchell and Gardner, 1930:149 [with a query], pl. 8: fig. 41; Chávez B., 1980:49; Dawson, 1961b:389 [with a query]; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; González-González et al., 1996:156; Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche, 1999:355 [non Padina tetrastromatica Hauck, 1887:43, which is Padina antillarum (Kützing) Piccone, 1886:36 (see Wynne, 1998b:271; Wynne and De Clerck, 1999:286, figs. 1–10)].

Algae flat, erect flabellate blades, up to 6.0 cm tall and to 6 cm wide; uncalcified on upper side of blade, calcified on upper portion of lower side of blade; blade margins entire to divided or torn, into narrow crispate lobed blades, 1–4 cm wide; with a distinct stipe 0.5(–1.0) cm long and up to 1.0 mm thick; attached by stupose rhizoidal holdfast. Hair lines in zones 0.75 to 3.0 mm apart, either opposite on both sides of blade or only on upper surface. Outer margin near inrolled margins of 2 cell layers, 30–48 µm thick, shortly becoming 2–4 cell layers, 65–120 µm thick; midportion of 4–6 cell layers, 120–130 µm thick; lower portion of 6–8(–9) layers, 160–220 µm thick. Cortical cells: upper side 15–25 µm tall by 10–20 µm wide; lower side (12.5–)17–25 µm tall by 20–30 µm wide. Medullary cells 20–50(–65) µm tall by 45–75(–105) µm wide.

Sporangia 116–160 µm tall by 63–75 in diameter; in sori without an indusium; on lower surface of blade; in irregular rows or scattered between hair zones. Oogonial sori, linear to round, up to 250 µm in diameter, with an complete indusium when immature, later indusium only partially covering or absent; oogonia up to 69 µm tall by 33–58 µm in diameter. Antheridial sori up to 690 µm, with an indusium; on lower surface in lines or patches; antheridia 50–67 µm long by 19–30 µm wide (after Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche, 1999, 2005).

HABITAT. Intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Playa El Coloradito; Bahía Concepción to Cabeza Ballena. Pacific coast: Punta Banda (Baja California) to Laguna San Ignacio (Baja California Sur); Isla Socorro (Islas Revillagigedo); Isla María Madre (Islas Tres Marias); Nayarit to Oaxaca; El Salvador; Costa Rica; Panama; Colombia.

TYPE LOCALITY. Gulfo Dulce, Pacific Costa Rica.

REMARKS. Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche (1999) found Pacific Mexico specimens that had been identified as “Padina tetrastromatica” were actually P. crispata. Their Pacific Mexico specimens were calcified along the inner side of the inrolled margins, whereas Dawson (1957b) noted that the blades of Costa Rican Padina crispata had noncalcified upper surfaces and chalky, relatively

FIGURE 64. Padina crispata (EYD-20957): A. Habit, showing typically divided, narrow crispate lobes. B. Upper portion of blade calcified on the lower side. C. Noncalcified upper side of blade.

heavy calcified lower (inner side) surfaces. The taxonomic or ecological significance of this difference in calcification needs to be investigated. Although Thivy (in Taylor, 1945) originally described oogonia with an indusium, Mateo-Cid et al. (2000b) noted their specimens were without an indusium, and illustrations of Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche (2005:figs. 20, 21) showed oogonial sori without and with partial and complete indusia. A Gulf specimen, noted as not being in good condition (Chávez B., 1980, as “P. tetrastromatica”), may also belong here.

Padina durvillei Bory de Saint-Vincent

FIGURE 65

Padina durvillei Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1827a:591, as “P. durvillaei”; Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1827b: Atlas, pl. 21: fig. 1A–C; Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1828:147; Farlow, 1902:91; Howe, 1911:497; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:729; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:661, pl. 93; Setchell and Gardner, 1930:150; Dawson, 1944:230; Taylor, 1945:101; Dawson, 1951:52; Dawson, 1952:431; Dawson, 1957b:11; Dawson, 1959a:19; Dawson et al., 1960a:38, pl. 5: fig. 3; Dawson, 1961b:389; Dawson et al., 1964:22, pl. 18: fig. A; Dawson, 1966a:11; Chávez B., 1972:268; Hommersand, 1972:70; Norris, 1973:5; Brusca and Thomson, 1975:42; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:337; Chávez-B., 1980:47; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:65; Littler and Littler, 1981:151; Schnetter and Bula Meyer, 1982:65, pl. 10: fig. I; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:141; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:24; Norris, 1985:213, fig. 16.6; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:421; Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988:82; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:41; Dreckmann et al., 1990:27; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:31; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:24; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; León-Tejera et al., 1993:200; González-González, 1993:443; Stout

FIGURE 65. Padina durvillei: Leathery, flabellate blades with alternating concentric bands of hairs and reproductive structures (US Alg. Coll.- 163415).

and Dreckmann, 1993:8; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:497; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994a:50; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:110; González-González et al., 1996:156; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Anaya-Reyna and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 1996:862; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 1998:45; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:68; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b:208 [in part, not including P. caulescens], figs. 48–50, 80, 81, 104; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; López et al., 2004:10; Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche, 2005:152, figs. 24 [watercolored illustration of type], 25–36; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:102; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49, 58; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:203; Pedroche et al., 2008:50.

Algae of 1 to several, flabellate (fanlike) blades, up to 25(–40) cm tall and to 20 cm wide, dark-brown, coriaceous; above a short stipe, up to 1.0 cm long and 0.1–0.8 mm wide, arising from stupose rhizoidal holdfast. Blades not calcified; margins entire or divided, with divisions becoming laciniate, reniform, or flabellate; surface with conspicuous concentric hair zones. Inrolled margins of blades of 2 cell layers, below becoming 6–7 cell layers and up to 100–180(–230) µm thick; midportion of 8(–10) cell layers, (160–)230–290 µm thick; lower portion of 10–18 layers, 300–450 µm thick. Cortical cells (12–)15–30 µm tall by 15–37 µm wide. Medullary cells 21–40 µm tall by 100–180 µm wide.

Sporangia ovoid, 100–135(–150) µm long and (45–) 70–90 µm in diameter; sori with indusium (when immature) in irregular lines near margins, becoming scattered and in patches in mid to lower portions of blade on both sides. Oogonia 140 µm tall by 90 µm in diameter, with wall to 12 µm thick, in sori with or without indusium. Antheridia 50 µm tall by 17.5 µm in diameter; in sori in irregular lines and patches on both surfaces (Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche, 2005).

HABITAT. On rocks; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal, to 7.5 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Cabo San Lucas; Mazatlán, Sinaloa. Pacific coast: Isla Guadalupe; Isla Cedros; Isla Socorro (Islas Revillagigedo); Punta Rosalía, Baja California to Oaxaca; Costa Rica; Panama; Colombia; Galápagos Islands; Ecuador; Peru.

TYPE LOCALITY. Concepcíon, Chile (Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1827a) (note that Dawson et al. [1964:22] suspected this locality may be incorrect, stating that “from the present known distribution of the species it is questionable whether the alga was taken from such cool southern waters”).

REMARKS. Padina durvillei is generally considered a eastern Pacific species, but it has also been reported in Africa (Price et al., 1978; Lawson and John, 1987; Stegenga et al., 1997). Although the species name has been traditionally spelled “durvillaei,” the spelling was corrected to “durvillei” by Price et al. (1978:139) in accordance with the Botanical Code (see McNeill et al., 2006:Art. 60.11, Rec. 60C.1). Oogonial sori in Padina durvillei have been reported with an indusium (e.g., Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b) and without an indusium (Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche, 2005).

In terms of algal biomass, Padina durvillei is second only to species of Sargassum as the most abundant brown alga in the northern Gulf. In winter, as observed in Puerto Peñasco, there is new settlement and rapid development of new recruits of P. durvillei. It also appears there is annual formation of new blades from a perennial base. Development of new blades begins in late fall and is most apparent in December, and maximum size is reached in January and February. During the spring and into the summer, the blades become split and divided, and epiphytes begin colonizing them. From July to October the blades show signs of senescence, becoming deeply split, often eroded, and with the densest growth of epiphytes.

Padina gymnospora (Kützing) Sonder

FIGURE 66

Zonaria gymnospora Kützing, 1859:29, pl. 71: fig. 2 [see Allender and Kraft, 1983:86, fig. 7E (holotype picture)].

Padina gymnospora (Kützing) Sonder, 1871:47; Allender and Kraft, 1983:89; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:421; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; González-González, 1993:443; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:498; León-Tejera et al., 1993:200; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; González-González et al., 1996:297, 340: fig. 19, 378; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:68; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b:210, figs. 51–53, 82, 107; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:215, fig. 82A–D; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146 [non Padina gymnospora sensu Vickers, 1905:58; Børgesen, 1914:46, fig. 155; Taylor, 1960:237; Earle, 1969:165; which is Padina boergesenii Allender et Kraft, 1983:87].

Padina vickersiae Hoyt in Howe, 1920:595; Taylor, 1960:236, pl. 34: fig. 1 [see Allender and Kraft, 1983:89].

Algae fanlike blades, up to 15 cm tall and 5–15 cm wide, usually as wide as or wider than long, yellowish-brown, simple with entire margins, ruffled; sometimes divided or torn into several lobes; calcified on both surfaces; above a short, stupose holdfast. Blades near inrolled margins of 2 cell layers, 30–50 µm thick; midportion of 4–6 cell layers, 75–80 µm thick; lower portion of 6–8 cell layers, 180–200 µm thick. Cortical cells 18–30 µm tall by 18–30 µm wide. Medullary cells 21–39 µm tall by (75–)100–180 µm wide. Hairs in concentric lines on both sides of blades.

Sporangia in sori with an indusium; sporangium up to 90 µm in diameter; solitary or grouped in noncontinuous bands between hair lines on both blade surfaces. Oogonia in sori; oogonium 80–100 µm tall by 65–90 µm in diameter. Antheridia in sori up 240 µm wide.

HABITAT. Mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Playa El Coloradito to Estero Tastiota; Bahía Concepción to Cabo Pulmo. Pacific coast: Nayarit to Jalisco; Oaxaca; Hawaiian Islands; China; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. St. Thomas, West Indies (U.S. Virgin Islands).

REMARKS. The Gulf of California specimens are tentatively referred to Padina gymnospora.

FIGURE 66. Padina gymnospora: Blades with ruffled margins and concentric bands of hairs between light calcification (JN-3425b).

Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche (2005) found that herbarium specimens of tropical Pacific Mexico “P. gymnospora” they examined were either P. crispata or P. mexicana and noted that P. gymnospora should be applied to only material from the Atlantic. Thus, the Gulf of California “P. gymnospora” is in need of critical comparative studies, including molecular analyses with Caribbean P. gymnospora (type locality), to test their taxonomic and phylogenetic relationships.

Padina mexicana E. Y. Dawson var. mexicana

FIGURE 67

Padina mexicana E. Y. Dawson, 1944:231, pl. 52: fig. 2; Dawson, 1959a:19; Dawson, 1961b:389; Dawson, 1966a:11; Chávez B., 1980:48; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:24; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:31; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:110; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:43; González-González et al., 1996:156; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Anaya-Reyna and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 1996:862; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 1998:45; Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche, 1999:357; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:68; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b:211, figs. 54–56, 83–86, 106; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Ávila-Ortiz, 2003:70, figs. 1–9: López et al., 2004:10; Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche, 2005:158, figs. 37 (isotype), 38–41; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 2005:102; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:203; Pedroche et al., 2008:54.

Algae low-growing, more or less prostrate, fan-shaped blades, light chalky whitish to grey-brown; blades often overlapping, forming clustered rosettes, attached to each other and to substratum by multicellular rhizoids along the lower portions of blades (without a stipe). Blades mostly entire, 1.5–3(–5) cm tall and 1.5–5.0 cm wide; moderately calcified (mostly on lower surface); concentric bands of hairs alternate with calcification. Blades near inrolled margin of 2 cell layers, 35–80(–100) µm thick; midportion of 4 cell layers, 90–170 µm thick; lower portions of 5–6 cell layers, 150–200(–280) µm thick. Cortical cells 17–33 µm

FIGURE 67. Padina mexicana var. mexicana: Blades adhering to each other to form rosettelike clusters (photo of living specimen viewed from above, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Mexico).

tall by 22–36 µm wide; medullary cells 19–37 µm by 24–48(–56) µm wide.

Sporangia in sori covered with a thin indusium; 90–120 µm long by 50–90 µm in diameter; patchy or discontinuous in irregular lines between the concentric bands of calcium carbonate only on the upper side. Oogonia 92–96 µm tall (Mateo-Cid et al., 2000b) by 73 µm in diameter; in sori with indusium (when immature), in concentric lines (Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche, 2005). Antheridia not known.

HABITAT. On sand-covered rocks and tidal platforms; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal, to 3.3 m depth.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Cabo Pulmo. Pacific coast: Todos Santos, Baja California Sur; Sinaloa to Oaxaca.

TYPE LOCALITY. Isla Turners, off southeast Isla Tiburón, Las Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Padina mexicana, apparently an annual species, appears in spring (beginning of the warm-water season) and is found through summer, usually until August. It is distinguished from other Gulf species of Padina by its smaller size, more or less prostrate, open-rosette clusters of chalky calcified fronds that are attached by rhizoids along the base of blade (i.e., lacks a stipe or holdfast). Although generally considered a Gulf of California to tropical Pacific Mexico species, it has also been reported from West Africa (Price et al., 1978; John et al., 2003, 2004).

Padina mexicana var. erecta Ávila-Ortiz

Padina mexicana var. erecta Ávila-Ortiz, 2003:70, figs. 10–16; Ávila-Ortiz and Pedroche, 2005:161, figs. 42–45; Pedroche et al., 2008:55.

Algae erect, up 5 cm tall, with flat blades usually divided, uncalcified on both surfaces or calcified on lower surface; with a distinct stipe about 5 mm in length. Blade near inrolled margin of 2 cell layers, 40–80 µm thick; mid to low portions of blade of 4–6 cell layers, 80–120 µm thick in middle, and 130–220 µm thick in lower to basal portions. Cortical cells 16–25 tall by 24–36 µm wide on upper surface and 24–30 µm tall by 24–36 µm wide on lower surface.

Sporangial sori with indusium; mostly on lower surface in continuous bands, occasionally on upper surface in irregular lines, alternating with zones of calcium carbonate, and occasionally in patches or discontinuous in irregular lines on lower surface; sporangia 80–130 µm tall by 50–80 µm in diameter. Gametangial thalli dioecious. Oogonial sori with an indusium; in regular, discontinuous, or irregular bands on both surfaces; oogonia 120 µm tall by 50 µm in diameter. Antheridial sori with indusium; on lower surface in discontinuous lines; antheridia 52 µm tall by 27 µm in diameter.

HABITIAT. On rocks; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco; Bahía Concepción; Bahía de La Paz to Cabo San Lucas. Pacific coast: Todos Santos, Baja California Sur; Sinaloa to Oaxaca.

TYPE LOCALITY. Puerto Vicente Guerrero, Guerrero, Pacific Mexico.

REMARKS. In the field, Padina mexicana var. erecta is distinguished from P. mexicana var. mexicana by its erect habit, evident stipe, sporangia on both sides of blade, and blades that are with or without calcification (Ávila-Ortiz, 2003).

Rugulopteryx De Clerck et Coppejans

FIGURE 54A, D

Rugulopteryx De Clerck et Coppejans in De Clerck, Leliaert, Verbruggen, Lane, De Paula, Payo, and Coppejans 2006:1286.

Algae are erect, of strap-like flattened fronds that are dichotomously to irregularly branched, and attached by rhizoids restricted to basal portions of thallus, some with basal stoloniferous holdfasts. Fronds have entire margins and rounded apices, with surfaces that may be undulate or rugose, or flat and smooth; surface proliferations are found in some species. Medulla is composed of large cubical to rectangular, colorless cells. Central portions of the medulla are one cell layer thick, and two to eight cell layers at the branch margins and stoloniferous holdfasts. Cortex is composed of a single cell layer (occasionally two-cell layers in basal portion) of small cells. Each cortical cell with numerous discoid chloroplasts. Growth is by a single, protruding or emarginate, apical cell. Phaeophycean hairs are scattered in tufts.

Reproductive structures are scattered, and either within concavities of the frond surfaces, or protruding from the frond surface. Sporangia are ovoid to pyriform and may be solitary, in groups, or in sori. Borne on two-celled basal stalks, the sporangia are surrounded by an inconspicuous involucrum, and produce four aplanospores (tetraspores). Oogonia are borne on a single stalk cell, in sori or small groups. Antheridia borne in many tiered locules that are in whitish sori, surrounded by 3–5 rows of pigmented multicellular paraphyses.

One species of Rugulopteryx is recognized in the northern Gulf of California.

Rugulopteryx okamurae (E. Y. Dawson) I.-K. Hwang, W. J. Lee et H.-S. Kim

FIGURE 68

Dilophus okamurae E. Y. Dawson, 1950a:86, as “D. okamurai”; Dawson, 1961b:388; Hommersand, 1972:70; Tseng, 1983:196. pl. 99: fig. 1; Kajimura, 1992:95–97, figs. 1–17; González-González et al., 1996:147; Yoshida, 1998:220, pl. 2-8: fig. B, pl. 2-9: figs. A, B; De Clerck, 2003:180

Rugulopteryx okamurae (E. Y. Dawson) I.-K. Hwang, W. J. Lee et H.-S. Kim in Hwang, Lee, Kim and De Clerck 2009:5, figs. 1–49.

Dictyota okamurae (E. Y. Dawson) Hörnig, Schnetter et Prud’homme van Reine, 1992a:54; Hörnig et al., 1993:170; De Clerck, 2003:174; Pedroche et al., 2008:44.

Dictyota marginata Okamura, 1913:33, pl. 108: fig. 9, pl. 109: figs. 1–8, nom. illeg., i.e., a later homonym of Dictyota marginata (C. Agardh) Greville, 1830:xliii, which = Stoechospermum polypodioides (J. V. Lamouroux) J. Agardh, 1848:100 (see De Clerck, 2003:173)].

Dilophus marginatus (Okamura) Okamura, 1915:154 [Corrigenda], nom. illeg.; Okamura, 1936:167, fig. 85 (1–3) [a later homonym of Dilophus marginatus J. Agardh, 1894:91, which is now Rugulopteryx marginata (J. Agardh) De Clerck et Coppejans in De Clerck et al., 2006:1286].

Algae of flattened, straplike fronds, up to 5 cm tall, and dichotomously to subdichotomously branched; attached below by rhizoids. Branches up to 5 mm wide, with segments of equal length, or with one segment of a pair frequently longer than the other; apices are rounded. Medulla of large colorless cells; one-cell layer thick toward center (seen in transection) and 2 or more cell

FIGURE 68. Rugulopteryx okamurae: A. Habit (JN-4086). B. Transection; note cortex of a single cell layer and medulla of more than one cell layer near margin (JN-3724).

layers in the margins. Cortex of small cells, of one-cell layer, throughout.

Reproduction not seen in Gulf material.

HABITAT. On rocks or occasionally entangled with other algae; low intertidal to shallow subtidal; also dredged from 19 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco; Cabeza Ballena to Bahía de San Lucas. Western Pacific coast: China (Tseng, 1983); Taiwan (Lewis and Norris, 1987); Japan (Yoshida, 1998); Korea (Lee and Kang, 2001).

TYPE LOCALITY. Enoshima, Kanagawa Prefecture (formerly Sagami Province), Honshu¯, Japan.

REMARKS. On the basis of their habit and morphological similarities, the northern Gulf specimens are referred to Rugulopteryx okamurae. The specific and generic status of the northern Gulf material of R. okamurae needs to be verified. Hwang et al. (2009) noted R. okamurae to be a subtropical to temperate western Pacific species, and did not include Gulf of California material, or the type (Dictyota marginata Okamura, 1913) or type locality material of Dilophus okamurae in their analyses. It would be interesting to study the life history of Gulf R. okamurae in culture and using molecular analyses to compare them to Japanese R. okamurae (type locality) and south Korean R. okamurae (Hwang et al., 2009) to test their phylogenetic relationships.

Although the species epithet has been spelled with different endings, the correct ending is –e (McNeill et al., 2006:Art. 60, Rec. 60C.1a), thus R. okamurae. A novel form of vegetative propagation by the development of proliferous initials along the surface and margins of its fronds was shown in R. okamurae from Japan (Kajimura, 1992, as Dilophus okamurae).

Spatoglossum Kützing

FIGURE 54G,H

Spatoglossum Kützing, 1843:339.

Algae are erect, flattened fronds, up to 5 cm wide, that are subdichotomously to subpalmately divided and attached by a fibrous holdfast. The flat fronds are often expanded upward and are irregularly to more or less laterally branched up to four orders, with entire, undulate, or slightly dentate margins. A midrib is entirely lacking in most or only partly extended from the holdfast into the lower basal portion. Growth is from marginal meristems of small groups of apical cells. Thalli are multilayered, up to 10 cell layers in transection, with a medulla and cortex, not clearly demarcated. Medulla is composed of two to several rows of colorless large cells that become progressively smaller outward to a cortical layer of smaller pigmented cells. Hair tufts arise from depressions that are scattered on both surfaces.

Sporangia are scattered over both surfaces of the thallus; borne either completely above or partially embedded and partly protruding, or entirely embedded on the surface and, produce four aplanospores (tetraspores). Oogonia are solitary or in groups and are usually raised and spread over the thallus surfaces. Antheridia are borne in small, partially or entirely embedded sori that are scattered over both surfaces.

REMARKS. Sasaki et al. (1999) used presence or absence of sulfuric acid to separate morphologically similar species of Spatoglossum and suggested this was a useful taxonomic character (Sasaki et al., 2004, 2005).

One species, Spatoglossum howellii Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1937), has been reported in the southern Gulf of California (Hommersand, 1972). Two species are currently known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF SPATOGLOSSUM IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Narrow lanceolate blades, up to 17 mm wide, with sparsely dentate margins; surface cells irregularly arranged; oogonia and antheridia embedded in cortical layer .................... S. lanceolatum

1b. Narrow blades expanding to 2(–3.5) cm wide, with entire margins; surface cells arranged in longitudinal rows; oogonia and antheridia projecting above surface .................... S. subflabellatum

Spatoglossum lanceolatum E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 69

Spatoglossum lanceolatum E. Y. Dawson, 1954e:328, pl. 1: figs. 1, 2, pl. 6; Dawson, 1961b:389; González-González et al., 1996:164; Pedroche et al., 2008:56.

Algae of few to several flat, 3–4 times irregularly, subdichotomously to subpalmately divided fronds, up to 28 cm tall, above a narrow slightly stupose stipe, up to 10 mm long and 1.0–2.0 mm wide; attached below by a discoid stupose cushion. Branches narrower near dichotomies, widening upward, becoming more or less lanceolate, to (3–)5–10(–17) mm broad; margins with irregularly spaced dentations; blades 200–250 µm thick. Medulla of (3–)5–7 irregular layers of large cells, 40–65 µm in diameter; subcortex of partial layers of similarly shaped smaller cells. Cortex of quadrangular cells, not projecting, outer walls forming a smooth surface; in surface view, cells of irregular shape and irregularly arranged (not in longitudinal rows).

Apparently monoecious. Oogonia ovate to hemispherical (or sometimes more or less angular), up to about 70 µm in diameter; either solitary, in pairs, or in groups of 3–4; embedded within cortical layer (barely projecting above its suface). Antheridia in sori, 100–200 µm in diameter, embedded in cortical layer and not projecting above surface; composed of densely packed cells, most 8–9 µm in diameter; formed by periclinal cell divisions into irregular tiers within vertical columns, 30–40 µm tall.

HABITAT. On rocks, in tide pools, and on tidal platforms; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Ensenada de San Francisco.

TYPE LOCALITY. North shore of Ensenada de San Francisco, near Punta de Las Cuevas, Sonora, Gulf of California.

FIGURE 69. Spatoglossum lanceolatum: Part of the type specimen; note the irregularly and distantly spaced dentations (EYD-1966, after Dawson, 1954e: pl. 6).

REMARKS. Spatoglossum lanceolatum, a Gulf endemic species, is distinguished from other species of Spatoglossum by its narrower fronds with sparsely dentate margins, irregularly arranged surface cells, and the embedded (not projecting above blade surface) reproductive structures.

Spatoglossum subflabellatum E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 70

Spatoglossum subflabellatum E. Y. Dawson, 1954e:326, pl. 1: figs. 3–5, pl. 5: fig. 2; Dawson, 1961b:389; Dawson, 1966a:11; Dawson, 1966b:56; Hommersand, 1972:70; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González et al.,

FIGURE 70. Spatoglossum subflabellatum: Habit (JN-5902).

1996:164; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49; Pedroche et al., 2008:56.

Spatoglossum cf. schroederi sensu Dawson, 1959a:19, fig.1; Dawson, 1961b:389 [non Spatoglossum schroederi (C. Agardh) Kützing, 1859:21, pl. 51].

Algae of few to several flat, narrow, irregularly divided or deeply split subflabellate to subpalmate fronds, up to 25 cm tall, arising from a stupose basal cushion (up to 2 cm tall). Fronds cuneate and narrow at base, becoming wider distally to 2(–3.5) cm broad and up to 180 µm thick; with entire margins. Medulla of 2 irregular layers of large thin-walled cells, 40–70 µm in diameter; subcortex of partial layers of smaller, similarly shaped cells. Cortex a single layer of pigmented cells, 20–30 µm in diameter, with projecting rounded outer walls; in surface view, cells arranged in longitudinal rows and about twice as long as wide.

Sporangia unknown. Dioecious. Oogonia either solitary or in rows of 2–4 elevated on thallus surface; ovate, up to 70 µm long, borne on a modified cortical cell. Antheridia elevated in sori, 150–400 µm in diameter, scattered on thallus surface in groups; about 50 µm tall by 25 µm wide; each antheridium about 2.5 µm in diameter in vertical and horizontal rows.

HABITAT. On rocks and in crevices and tide pools; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal, down to 6 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Punta Los Frailes.

TYPE LOCALITY. Dredged 11–18 m depths, near Punta de Las Cuevas, Ensenada de San Francisco, Sonora, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Spatoglossum subflabellatum is a Gulf endemic. The more recent collections of Dawson (1966a, 1966b) that he identified as S. subflabellatum included specimens that were much broader than those originally described (Dawson, 1954e). Thus, this broadly defined species concept is in need of critical study and may include more than one species. Further, Dawson (1966b:56) observed that the Isla San Pedro Nolasco specimens were intermediate morphologies between S. subflabellatum and S. howellii Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1937) and suggested that S. subflabellatum probably reflects “progressive speciation in the specialized environment of the northern Gulf of California.”

DESMARESTIALES

Desmarestiales Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1925:554.

Algae are heteromorphic, with large sporophytes that are cylindrical, compressed, flattened, or bladelike, and may be entire or branched. Growth is trichothallic-like and initiated by individual filaments with bidirectional intercalary divisions. The resulting structure is pseudoparenchymatous, with a cortex developed from the descending rhizoidal filaments growing from the bases of lateral hairs. Cells have several discoid plastids and no pyrenoids.

Life histories, where known, are hetermorphic. The large sporophytes develop unilocular sporangia that produce zoospores. The gametophytes are microscopic filaments, and sexual reproduction is oogamous.

There is one family represented in the northern Gulf of California.

DESMARESTIACEAE

Desmarestiaceae (Thuret) Kjellman, 1880:10.

Sporophytes are erect cylindrical to flattened thalli, which are sparingly to abundantly branched or rarely entire and attached to the substratum by a discoid holdfast. Branching is opposite or alternate and generally pinnate. A pseudoparenchymatous cortex surrounds a single filament, which initiates axial trichothallic-like growth of the bidirectional intercalary meristem. Some species have persistent or deciduous hairs on their margins that are irregularly scattered or in transverse whorls.

Unilocular sporangia are solitary or grouped in sori and produced by transformation of superficial cells of the thallus or of assimilatory filaments. Gametophytes are monoecious or dioecious, microscopic filamentous algae. Oogonia are usually produced on the filaments of a separate thallus, and each produces a single egg. Antheridia develop on filaments, and each antheridium produces a single biflagellate antherizoid.

One genus occurs in the northern Gulf of California, with its species apparently restricted to the Islas de la Cintura.

Desmarestia J. V. Lamouroux

Desmarestia J. V. Lamouroux, 1813:43.

Sporophytic thalli are macroscopic, erect, with a single cylindrical or compressed main axis that is ligulate to broadly bladelike and usually pinnately or oppositely branched in most species or are simple and unbranched in a few, and attached below by a discoid holdfast. If the thallus is branched, the branches are cylindrical, compressed or flat, with opposite or alternate branchlets. Trichothallic growth occurs at the apices of the axis and branches. The main axial filament is surrounded by a thick medulla of large, colorless cells developed by downward growing hyphae. The cortical layer is composed of small cells that become progressively smaller toward the thallus surface. Cells have lenticulate plastids and vacuoles (in many species these contain sulfuric acid) and lack pyrenoids. Phaeophycean hairs are absent.

Unilocular sporangia are isolated and scattered over the surface cells, developing from the transformation of cortical cells, or on stalk cells in small sori along with one- to two-celled paraphyses. Gametophytic thalli, little known in nature, are microscopic, irregularly branched filaments, and endozooic or endophytic. Gametophytes may be monoecious or dioecious, and are dimorphic in cell size of the filaments. Elongated oogonia develop on the cells of filamentous thalli of larger diameter; each oogonium produces a single oocyte. Antheridia develop on cells of filamentous thalli of narrower diameter, are usually borne in clusters, and produce motile spermatozoids.

REMARKS. In collecting species of Desmarestia, care should be taken in placing it with other specimens. Many species of Desmarestia are known to contain sulfuric acid in their cell vacuoles (Blinks, 1951; Eppley and Bovell, 1958; Sasaki et al., 2004), which is probably a herbivore deterrent (Anderson and Velimirov, 1982). The vacuolar sap, with a pH 0.44 to 2.0 (Schiff, 1962), will discolor or damage your other collections. McClintock et al. (1982) showed the acidic or nonacidic condition to be species specific, and the analyses of Peters et al. (1997) revealed that sulfuric acid vacuoles were strong phylogenetic characters.

Carbohydrates were elucidated in some species of Desmarestia (Carlberg et al., 1978). The sexual hormone desmarestene and its role in sperm release and sperm attraction in the sexual reproduction of Desmarestia has been described by Müller and Lüthe (1981) and Müller et al. (1982). Filamentous gametophytes of Desmarestia, although known from culture studies (e.g., Kornmann, 1962; Nakahara, 1984; Peters and Müller, 1986b), are apparently rare in nature and have not been found in the Gulf. Filamentous gametophytes have been found in the tissue of a Pacific Northwest sea pen, Ptilosarcus gurneyi (Anthozoa; Pennatulacea), and were cultured and grew to be sporophytes of Desmarestia (Dube and Ball, 1971). In the Antarctic, endophytic, monoecious filamentous gametophytes of Desmarestia were identified in the red alga Curdiea racovitzae Hariot (Moe and Silva, 1989).

Solely on the basis of vegetative morphology, the Gulf-endemic species D. mexicana and D. filamentosa were placed in synonomy with D. ligulata and D. viridis, respectively (Chapman, 1972b). Noting that vegetative characters may be of secondary importance and that reproductive structures are known for only a few of the species, Moe and Silva (1977) have questioned the conclusions of Chapman (1972a, 1972b).

Comparative morphological studies of vegetative characters and reproductive structures and life history culture studies, such as those of Peters and Müller (1986b) and Anderson and Bolton (1989), are needed for the northern Gulf taxa. These studies could test another morphological feature; e.g., Garbary (1978) suggested the surface characteristics of macroalgae may also be of taxonomic value, and Oates and Cole (1990b) found distinctive cell wall ornamentation on two species of Desmarestia from the northeast Pacific. Critical studies should also include DNA investigations to clarify the taxonomic status and phylogenetic relationships of the Gulf taxa.

Two taxa, apparently endemic, are known in the northern Gulf of California, and both contain sulfuric acid. While acknowledging the northern Gulf specimens are vegetatively similar to some species from the Pacific coast, they are ecologically and geographically isolated, with a restricted distribution to the cooler, subtidal waters in the vicinity of Isla Ángel de la Guarda and adjacent areas and Isla San Esteban. Therefore, for now, two species are recognized, one of these as a subspecies to reflect its possible relationship to a Pacific coast species.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF DESMARESTIA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Thalli cylindrical to subcylindrical and narrow, less than 3 mm wide; oppositely branched to 3–5 orders ............................................................ D. filamentosa

1b. Thallus flat, of large, broad blades, greater than 10 mm wide; either unbranched or sparsely, oppositely branched to 1–2 orders .................... D. munda subsp. mexicana

Desmarestia filamentosa E. Y. Dawson

FIGURES 71, 72

Desmarestia filamentosa E. Y. Dawson, 1944:236, pl. 76; Dawson, 1961b:392; González-González et al., 1996:144.

Desmarestia viridis sensu Chapman, 1972b:225, fig. 9 [in part, with reference to Gulf Desmarestia filamentosa only]; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:225, fig. 187; Norris and Bucher, 1976:6; González-González et al., 1996:145; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204; Pedroche et al., 2008:78 [non Desmarestia viridis (O. F. Müller) J. V. Lamouroux, 1813:45; basionym: Fucus viridis O. F. Müller, 1782:5].

Algae yellow-brown when fresh, pale green on drying, up to 92 cm tall; main axis cylindrical to subcylindrical, (1–)2–3 mm in diameter, percurrent and oppositely branched to 3–4(–5) orders; arising above a stipe, up to 5 cm long by 1–2 mm in diameter, and attached below by a small discoid holdfast. Branches mostly cylindrical and gradually reduced in size upward; ultimate branchlets 80–110 µm in diameter; apices with trichothallic filament with cortication below the meristematic zone (Figure 72A).

Reproduction not seen in Gulf of California specimens.

HABITAT. On rocks, sand/shell bottom; subtidal, (3–)10–23 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Isla Mejía and Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda to Bahía de Los Ángeles; Isla San Esteban.

TYPE LOCALITY. Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Las Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Apparently a northern Gulf endemic, Desmarestia filamentosa is easily distinguished from the very large, flat, Gulf D. munda subsp. mexicana by its much smaller, narrower subcylindrical axes and branches. Originally known only from the dredged type specimen (Dawson, 1944), numerous specimens of D. filamentosa were found in our diving off Roca Blanca, Puerto Refugio (Norris and Bucher, 1976, as “D. viridis”).

Dawson (1944) noted D. filamentosa was close to D. media (cf. Setchell and Gardner, 1925) and maybe to D. pacifica Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1924b, 1925). Chapman (1972b) considered D. filamentosa to be a synonym of D. viridis, a North Atlantic species that was subsequently reported on the Pacific coast from Alaska to Baja California (cf. Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976; Scagel et al., 1989). However, Abbott and Hollenberg (1976:222) suggested that most central California specimens identified as “D. viridis” were probably D. kurilensis Yamada (1935). Given the questionable taxonomic status of some species of Desmarestia in general (see “Remarks” under Desmarestia) and the ecological and geographical isolation of the Gulf taxon, it seems best to consider it a separate species, as D. filamentosa, until it can be further evaluated and its systematic status and phylogenetic relationships can be tested.

Desmarestia munda Setchell et N. L. Gardner subsp. mexicana (E. Y. Dawson) J. N. Norris, comb. nov.

FIGURE 73

Desmarestia mexicana E. Y. Dawson, 1944:236, pl. 77; Dawson, 1961b:393; González-González et al., 1996:145; Pedroche et al., 2008:78.

Desmarestia ligulata sensu Chapman, 1972a:2, 17 [in part, with reference to Gulf Desmarestia mexicana only]; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:222; Norris and Bucher, 1976:6; González-González et al., 1996:144; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204 [non Desmarestia ligulata (Lightfoot) J. V. Lamouroux, 1813:25; Fucus ligulatus Lightfoot, 1777b:946].

FIGURE 71. Desmarestia filamentosa: Habit, specimen from the type locality (JN-5271).

FIGURE 72. Desmarestia filamentosa: A. Apex of a branch showing single trichothallic filament above the meristematic zone (arrow), below which the cortical envelope develops. B. Upper portion of a branch with opposite initials of lateral branches developing (JN-5271).

Algae large, up to 150 cm in length; of 1 or more thin, flat blades, up to 85 cm long and widening gradually upward from its basal stipitate region, to 8–20 cm in width. Thalli arising from a small, conical holdfast with a slender, compressed stipe, (2–)3–4 mm wide, that extends into main axis, 3–4 mm wide, bearing a terminal primary blade. Main axis may remain unbranched or with opposite lateral blades. Primary and lateral blades broadly lanceolate and unbranched or may become sparsely and oppositely branched with secondary blades formed on the margin of its lower portion. Blades with a slender, visible midrib and faint opposite lateral veins that gradually disappear or occasionally continue to become midrib of marginal blades. Blade margins coarsely serrate; spinelike outgrowth tapering gradually, with a terminal tooth pointed upward.

Reproduction not observed in Gulf of California specimens.

HABITAT. On rocks, sand/shell bottom; subtidal, 9–23 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda to Isla Estanque; Punta la Gringa, Bahía de Los Ángeles.

TYPE LOCALITY. Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Las Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Desmarestia munda subsp. mexicana was originally known from a single dredged collection in the northern Gulf (Dawson, 1944, as “D. mexicana”). Desmarestia munda subsp. mexicana is easily recognized by its very large size and flat, long, and broad, thin blades; diving surveys at its type locality showed it to be rather abundant at 15–23 m depths (Norris and Bucher, 1976).

Although Desmarestia mexicana was considered by Chapman (1972a) to be one of the synonyms of a broadly redefined D. ligulata, Silva (1979:336) noted that taxonomic treatment is not convincing. The northern Gulf specimens show some similarities with larger specimens of the Pacific coast D. munda Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1924b; Dawson, 1945c), a species recorded from Alaska to central Baja California (Setchell and Gardner, 1925:567, pl. 89; Smith, 1944:121, pl. 17: fig. 1; Dawson, 1951:52; Dawson et al., 1960a:30, pl. 7: fig. 1). However, Gulf specimens of D. munda subsp. mexicana differ from D. munda subsp. munda in having much broader, longer blades (up to 20 cm wide and to 85 cm long) that either lack secondary blades or have secondary blades that are sparse and opposite off the margins of the primary blade (Figure 73) or lateral blades. Therefore, it seems best to recognize the Gulf taxon as a subspecies to reflect its possible relationship to the Pacific D. munda, until its systematic and phylogenetic status can be tested.

SPOROCHNALES

Sporochnales Sauvageau, 1926:364.

The sporophyte of these algae is a large erect macrophyte. Members usually have prominent, slender, terete or compressed main axes that are moderately to densely branched. The axes and branches are pseudoparenchymatous in structure and have characteristic terminal and/or lateral tufts of simple filaments. Growth occurs in the meristematic zone in apices of the axes and branches and in the intercalary meristem of each trichothallic filament of the terminal tufts. The cortical layer is composed of pigmented cells with discoid plastids and no pyrenoids. In contrast, the gametophytes, where known, are microscopic filamentous algae.

FIGURE 73. Desmarestia munda subsp. mexicana: Portion of thallus showing main axis with opposite lateral blades and primary blade with secondary blades developed oppositely along its margin (JN-5283).

Life histories are heteromorphic. Reproduction in the sporophytes is by meiospores produced in unilocular meiosporangia. The gametophytes are monoecious or dioecious, and reproduction is oogamous (Caram, 1965; Müller et al., 1985).

The order is represented by one family in the northern Gulf of California.

SPOROCHNACEAE

Sporochnaceae Greville, 1830:36.

Members of this family have a branched main axis that is usually very distinct. The axis and branches bear short, usually stalked, determinate branchlets that bear a conspicuous terminal tuft of filaments. Growth is trichothallic in the axis and branches from an apical meristem located below the tuft of filaments, and in each of these filaments, growth is from an intercalary meristem just above their base. Anatomical structure is initially uniaxial in the youngest growing portions, which soon become surrounded by developing cells to form a pseudoparenchymatous medulla of large colorless cells and an outer cortex of small pigmented cells.

Unilocular sporangia produced by the macroscopic sporophyte are superficial on the cortex or borne laterally off clustered paraphyses. These produce meiospores that when released, germinate and develop into gametophytes. Sexual reproduction is oogamous. Gametophytes are microscopic, branched uniseriate filaments that produce oogonia and antheridia.

One genus of the family is found in the northern Gulf of California.

Sporochnus C. Agardh

Sporochnus C. Agardh, 1817:xii.

Algae (sporophyte) have an erect cylindrical axis with few to many lateral branches, branched up to several orders and attached below by a fibrous holdfast. The main axis and branches are slender, threadlike to wiry, more or less indeterminate in growth, and terminate in a tuft of trichothallic filaments. Numerous determinate tufted branchlets, of more or less similar length, are borne on the axis and all orders of branches. These determinate branchlets in most species are stalked (pedicel) below a thicker fertile portion (sporangial receptacle) with a terminal tuft of trichothallic filaments, although in a few species they are without stalks (non-pedicellate).

The large sporophytes produce unilocular sporangia in a layer encircling the fertile portion of determinate branchlets below their terminal tuft (see, e.g., Womersley, 1987:fig. 103G). Unilocular sporangia are borne laterally on unbranched or branched paraphyses that have an enlarged spherical to subspherical terminal cell. Gametophytic thalli are microscopic branched filaments and are monoecious or dioecious. Sexual reproduction is oogamous.

REMARKS. Caribbean species of Sporochnus have been shown to produce some bioactive secondary metabolites, sporochnols A, B, and C (Shen et al., 1993). The natural products of the Gulf of California species should also be investigated.

Two species are found with a restricted distribution in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF SPOROCHNUS IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Ultimate tufted branchlets long, up to 9.0 mm long; sporangial receptacles with stalks 1.0–3.0(–4.0) mm in length ............................................................S. anomalus

1b. Ultimate tufted branchlets much shorter, mostly 0.5–1.0 mm long; sporangial receptacles mostly lacking stalks or, if present, minute, less than 240 µm in length .................... S. neushulii

Sporochnus anomalus (Pallas) M. J. Wynne

FIGURES 74, 75A,B

Fucus anomalus Pallas, 1766:199, pl. 14: figs. 24, 24*[sic].

Sporochnus anomalus (Pallas) M. J. Wynne, 2003:78, fig. 1.

Sporochnus gaertnera C. Agardh, 1820:150; C. Agardh, 1824:259; Montagne, 1846:27.

Fucus gaertnera Gmelin, nom. illeg., 1768:164, pl. XIX: figs. 1, 1a.

Sporochnus pedunculatus sensu Dawson, 1951:56 [non Sporochnus pedunculatus (Hudson) C. Agardh, 1820:149; basionym: Fucus pedunculatus Hudson, 1778: 587].

Sporochnus bolleanus sensu Dawson et al., 1960b:14; Dawson, 1961b:392; Norris and Bucher, 1976:4, figs. 3, 4; González-González et al., 1996:165; Pacheco-Ruíz

FIGURE 74. Sporochnus anomalus: Habit, branches with numerous stalked, tufted branchlets (JN-5264).

FIGURE 75. Sporochnus anomalus: A. Portion of a branch with determinate branchlets, each showing the sterile, long stalk, a wider fertile portion (receptacle), and an apical tuft of filaments (JN-5264). B. Overall length variations of determinate lateral branchlets, with stalk, receptacle (sporangial sori surrounding branch), and terminal tuft of assimilatory filaments (JN-5264).

and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204; Pedroche et al., 2008(in part; Gulf of California records only):76 [non Sporochnus bolleanus Montagne, 1856:393].

Algae (sporophyte) erect, up to 44 cm tall, of terete branched axes; lateral branches up to 38 cm long. Determinate tufted branchlets on axes and branches usually numerous and up to 9.0 mm in length; composed of a long stalk, (1.0–)2.0–3.0(–5.0) mm long and up to 200 µm in diameter, elongated cylindrical receptacle, 1.0–2.25 mm long, and a terminal cluster of filaments, 3.0–5.0(–6.0) mm long, extending from an apical pit.

HABITAT. On rocks and shells; subtidal, 20–30 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Roca Blanca, Puerto Refugio (Isla Ángel de la Guarda) to Bahía de Los Ángeles. Pacific coast: Isla Guadalupe; Punta Abreojos to Punta Pequeña, Baja California Sur.

TYPE LOCALITY. Not given by Pallas (1766); Mediterranean was listed by Gmelin (1768).

REMARKS. The northern Gulf of California specimens of Sporochnus anomalus have measurements intermediate between two other species: larger than those of S. pedunculatus (Hudson) C. Agardh (1820) and smaller than those of S. bolleanus Montagne (1856) (cf. Taylor, 1960; Earle, 1969). Earle (1969) has noted that in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico certain forms of S. bolleanus have branchlets shorter than usual for this species, making it sometimes difficult to separate from S. pedunculatuswhere the two occur together. The northern Gulf Sporochnus is tentatively referred to S. anomalus, until critical studies of northern Gulf specimens can be made to determine their taxonomic status and phylogenetic relationships.

Sporochnus neushulii J. N. Norris, sp. nov.

FIGURE 76AߝE

LATIN DESCRIPTION. Algae usque ad 31 cm longae, maiores teretes axes cum ramis plerumque alternis et lateralibus, usque ad 2.5 cm longis; ab imo affixae cum parvo discoidi hapterone. Axes et rami ferentes parvos et numerosos (plerumque denses) ramulos, radialiter dispositos, breves, determinatos, caespitosos, (0.25–)0.5–1.0(–2.0) mm longos, 200–600(–750) µm in diametro, plerumque non-pedicellatos praecipue in altis partibus thalli, vel, quamvis rarum (ut videtur), si pedicelli adsunt, maxime minuti tantum usque ad 80(–240) µm longi et usque ad 125 µm in diametro. Sporangialia receptacula cylindricalia, magis vel minus ovoidea, cum terminalibus caespitibus pilorum. Uniloculares sporangiae, elongatae, latae lateraliter super paraphyses, quorum terminales cellulae largae et sphaericae usque sub-sphaericae sunt.

Algae (sporophyte) up to 31 cm tall, main terete axes with usually alternate, lateral branches, up to 12.5 cm long; attached below by a small discoid holdfast. Axes and branches bearing numerous (often dense), radially arranged, short, determinate, tufted branchlets, (0.25–) 0.5–1.0(–2.0) mm in length, 200–600(–750) µm in diameter; mostly without a stalk (pedicel), especially in upper portions of thallus, or, although apparently rare, with very minute stalks, only up to 80(–240) µm long and up to 125 µm in diameter.

Sporangial receptacles cylindrical, sometimes more or less ovoid, with terminal tuft of filaments from apical pit. Unilocular sporangia, clavate, 14–22 µm in length and 3–4 µm in diameter, borne laterally on paraphyses, with enlarged, spherical to subspherical terminal cell, 12–15 (–18) µm in diameter.

Gametophytes unknown.

HABITAT. On rocks, subtidal; 20–30 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda.

HOLOTYPE. US Alg. Coll.-158492, 21 Apr 1974, coll. J. N. Norris & K. E. Bucher, JN-5262; isotypes: MICH; US Alg. Coll.

TYPE LOCALITY. Off west side of Roca Blanca, Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Las Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

ETYMOLOGY. The species is named in honor of the late Michael Neushul Jr. (University of California, Santa Barbara), professor, mentor, and friend, in recognition of his numerous contributions to marine botany (Lewis et al., 1994; Reed et al., 1994), for his teaching and encouragement to students, and particularly for his support of my Gulf of California research. He was inspired early on by E. Yale Dawson to study marine algae and become a scuba diver, and he also collected and published papers with Dawson on algae of southern California and Pacific Mexico.

REMARKS. Sporochnus neushulii is an endemic species, thus far only known from Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda. The northern Gulf specimens somewhat resemble S. apodus Harvey (1859) in habit (cf. Womersley, 1967, 1987). The two differ in the nature of their sporangial receptacles. There is a complete absence of pedicels for the receptacles of S. apodus (Harvey, 1859: pl. XCII; Womersley, 1987: 278, fig. 101C–E; Brostoff, 1984, tbl. 1), whereas not all the receptacles of S. neushulii are nonpedicellate because some are on very minute pedicels. Their receptacles also differ in size and shape: in S. apodus they are 0.3–2.0(–4.0) mm in length and 200–300 µm in diameter, broadest at their base, and slightly tapered upward; in contrast, they are mostly shorter in S. neushulii, 0.5–1.0(–2.0) mm in length and usually wider in diameter, 200–600(–750) µm, and cylindrical (sometimes ovoid) and of similar diameter throughout. These two are also widely geographically separated from each other. Sporochnus neushulii is apparently restricted to the north end of Isla Ángel de la Guarda (29°32′N, 113°33′W), and S. apodus is known from Tasmania (type locality: George Town) and southern Australia (South Australia to Victoria; Womersley, 1987) (range approximately 33°–38.4°S,134°–147°E). Thus, for now, they are recognized as different species.

Sporochnus neushulii also superficially resembles some S. pedunculatus (Hudson) C. Agardh (1820; type locality: England). However, S. neushulii differs from S. pedunculatus primarily by its sporangial receptacles, which usually lack stalks or have stalks, when present, that are very minute (less than 240 µm long), and its sporangial receptacles are of similar or longer length, up to 2.0 mm. Sporochnus pedunculatus, from England (Fletcher, 1987) and the Mediterranean Sea, has sporangial receptacles that are slightly shorter in length, 0.5–1.0 mm, and borne on distinctive long stalks, up to 1 mm in length (Wynne, 2003).

Sporochnus pedunculatus has been reported on the Pacific coast from Santa Catalina Island, California Channel Islands (Mower and Widdowson, 1969, as “S.

FIGURE 76. Sporochnus neushulii sp. nov., holotype (JN-5262; US Alg. Coll.-158492). A. Habit of holotype specimen. B. Portion of a branch with short, radially arranged, determinate, tufted branchlets. C. Example of a typical non-pedicellate determinate branchlet, completely covered by sporangial paraphyses from apical tuft to parent branch. D. Very minute, sterile stalk, as found on only a few of the determinate tufted branchlets. E. Portion of a receptacle showing a group of paraphyses, each with terminal subspherical cell (arrowhead), and developing laterally borne, unilocular sporangia (arrow).

apodus”), to Laguna Ojo de Liebre (Scammon’s Lagoon), Baja California Sur (Dawson et al., 1960b), and Isla Guadalupe (Setchell and Gardner, 1930; Stewart and Stewart, 1984). In contrast to S. neushulii, southern California S. pedunculatus (Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976) has much longer stalks (0.75–2.5 mm long) and longer (up to 2 mm long) and slightly narrower (up to 500 µm in diameter) sporangial receptacles. Finally, S. pedunculatus as reported in the western Atlantic (Taylor, 1960) and Gulf of Mexico (Earle, 1969) also has longer stalks (1–2 mm long) and generally smaller (0.75–1.25 mm; rarely to 2.0 mm long) and somewhat narrower (up to 500 µm in diameter) sporangial receptacles. Further studies and molecular analyses will be helpful in testing the taxonomic status and phylogenetics of the northern Gulf S. neushulii and California and Pacific Baja California S. pedunculatus.

RALFSIALES*

Ralfsiales Nakamura ex Lim et Kawai in Lim et al., 2007:464.

Ralfsiales Nakamura, 1972:152, nom. invalid.

Algae are crustose in at least one stage of their life history or have a crustose form only in the early stages of development (i.e., Analipus Kjellman, 1889; Wynne, 1971). The initial development of the thallus is disc-shaped in all members. Cells have one to several chloroplasts without pyrenoids.

Unilocular sporangia (zoidangia) are terminal or lateral and either with or without paraphyses. Plurilocular sporangia (zoidangia) are intercalary with terminal sterile cells. The Rubisco large subunit gene sequence is distinctive (Lim et al., 2007).

REMARKS. Although the Ralfsiales was first proposed by Nakamura (1972), the name lacked the required Latin description (see McNeill et al., 2006:Art. 36.2). Silva and de Reviers (2000) and León-Álvarez and Norris (2004) noted that since then, the name, although not validly published, had been used in the literature by many phycologists. The ordinal name was only recently validly published as Ralfsiales Nakamura ex Lim et Kawai (in Lim et al., 2007).

Originally, Nakamura (1972) proposed the order to include three families: Ralfsiaceae Farlow (1881), Lithodermataceae Hauck (1884), and Nemodermataceae J. Feldmann (1937). Subsequently, another family, the Mesosporaceae Tanaka and Chihara (1982), was added. Recently, the monotypic Nemodermataceae based on Nemoderma Kuckuck (1912), was removed from the Ralfsiales to a new order, the Nemodermatales Parente, R. A. Fletcher, F. Rousseau et N. Phillips (in Phillips et al., 2008).

There is one family represented in the northern Gulf of California.

RALFSIACEAE

Ralfsiaceae Farlow, 1881:17, 86.

Algae are discoid to spreading prostrate crusts or cushionlike, with smooth to convoluted surfaces. Crustose thalli growing on hard substrata are usually without rhizoids on their ventral surface and may be firmly attached or easily detached. Internally, crustose members are composed of a basal layer of horizontal radiating filaments, one to several cell layers thick, and middle to upper layers of assurgent to erect filaments produced by the basal cells. These layers may be loosely (e.g., Hapalospongidion De A. Saunders, 1899), moderately (e.g., Petroderma Kuckuck, 1897, and Ralfsia confusa Hollenberg, 1969), or closely packed (e.g., members of Ralfsia subgen. Ralfsia [= Batters, 1902:42, as “R. subgen. Euralfsia”]). Growth is from terminal cells of the horizontal and erect filaments or, in a few, intercalary from basal meristems of cortical filaments. Cells have cup-shaped or plate-shaped chloroplasts without pyrenoids.

Reproductive structures are lateral, terminal, or intercalary on the reproductive filament and are usually associated with surrounding paraphyses or vegetative filaments (but lacking in a few) (León-Álvarez and Norris, 2004). Life histories, where known, are isomorphic, with unilocular or plurilocular sporangia (zoidangia) on separate individuals.

REMARKS. The Ralfsiaceae had been placed in the Ectocarpales (e.g., Wynne, 1981; Nelson, 1982; Scagel et al., 1989; Schneider and Searles, 1991; Silva et al., 1996a), or in the Myrionemataceae (e.g. Loiseaux, 1986), but on the basis of rDNA studies, Tan and Druehl (1994) concluded the family did not belong in the Ectocarpales, and Draisma et al. (2003) stated molecular sequences of Ralfsia were needed to clarify their systematic and phylogenetic relationships. The ordinal taxonomic placement of the Ralfsiaceae was recently resolved in the molecular phylogeny of Lim et al. (2007), which supported the Ralfsiales. Taxonomic studies of members of the family include those of Tanaka and Chihara (1980a, 1980b, 1980c, 1981a, 1981b, 1982).

Riosmena-Rodríquez and Paul-Chávez (1997) have reported two genera in the southern Gulf from La Paz: Endoplura Hollenberg (1969) with E. aurea Hollenberg; and Pseudolithoderma Svedelius (in Kjellman and Svedelius 1910) with P. nigrum Hollenberg (1969).

Two genera, including one of uncertain taxonomic status, are known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE GENERA OF RALFSIACEAE IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Thalli low-growing clumps of overlapping linear, mostly horizontal, short branches.................... Hapterophycus

1b. Thalli crustose; flat, discoid to spreading, sometimes overlapping; of 2–3 layers: a basal layer of 1 or more horizontal filaments and 1–2 upper layers of assurgent or vertical filaments.................... Ralfsia

Hapterophycus Setchell et N. L. Gardner in Setchell

Hapterophycus Setchell et N. L. Gardner in Setchell, 1912:233.

Algae are low growing and spreading, but only slightly crustose, with linear, mostly horizontal, short branches. Medulla has a middle layer of horizontal filaments of elongated cells that have with downwardly directed filaments and assurgent filaments that end with adjoined erect filaments. Cryptostomata are present. Cells have a single parietal chloroplast. Unilocular sporangia are in broad sori; sessile at the base of multicellular paraphyses. Gametangia not confirmed.

REMARKS. The generic status of Hapterophycus is in need of investigation. In culture studies, Kogame (1996) has shown that Japanese specimens identified as “H. canaliculatus” were a sporophytic phase in the life history of a species of Scytosiphon C. Agardh (1820) and, on the basis of their morphological similarity to the generitype (H. canaliculatus Setchell et N. L. Gardner in Setchell, 1912), concluded them to be Scytosiphon canaliculatus (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Kogame, thus reducing Hapterophycus to a synonym of Scytosiphon (Scytosiphonaceae). However, in culture studies of southern California H. canaliculatus (type locality: San Pedro, California) neither Hollenberg (1941) nor Wynne (1969) observed erect thalli, and Wynne concluded there was a “direct type” of life history with a macroscopic alga with unilocular sporangia. Hollenberg (1941; see also Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976) concluded Hapterophycus should be in the Ralfsiaceae, close to Ralfsia. The question of its generic and familial placement and if the algae from California and Japan are the same species will need to be resolved by molecular and phylogenetic analyses.

There is one endemic species in the northern Gulf of California.

Hapterophycus anastomosans E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 77A,B

Hapterophycus anastomosans E. Y. Dawson, 1966b:56, figs. 2, 6A; Hollenberg, 1969:301; Wynne, 1969:7; González-González et al., 1996:152; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204; Pedroche et al., 2008:26.

Algae form extensive, entangled mats, up to 40 cm or more in width; consisting of horizontal to partially erect, short, rigid (haptera-like) branches, subdichotomously to irregularly branched. Branches subcylindrical to compressed, up to 1.0 mm wide and to 15 mm long, simple to palmately divided terminally, with blunt, broadly rounded

FIGURE 77. Hapterophycus anastomosans: Habit (holotype, EYD-26110; US Alg. Coll.-37228.). A. Portion of air-dried holotype specimen. B. Liquid-preserved portion of type specimen showing the entangled, fused, short branches that form the low-growing mat.

apices; entangled and fused at most lateral or terminal contacts by anastomosing growth, attachments give rigidity to thallus. Medulla in transection of compact, more or less isodiametric, angular cells of irregular size, 20–40 µm in diameter; in longitudinal section, central portion of irregularly oblong cells and outward cells in a “fountain pattern” toward the apices and cortical surfaces. Cortex of sparsely branched, anticlinal rows of 7–8 cells, 6–7 µm in diameter.

Reproduction not known.

HABITAT. On rocks, mid intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Isla San Lorenzo; Isla Raza.

TYPE LOCALITY. Isla Raza, Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Apparently a Gulf endemic, the taxonomic status of H. anastomosans is in need of investigation (see also Remarks above under genus). Until the generic and specific status of Gulf H.? anastomosans can be tested by comparative morphological, life history, and molecular analyses with the generitype H. canaliculatus Setchell et N. L. Gardner (in Setchell 1912) (type locality San Pedro), and those reported from southern California (Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976), Pacific Baja California (Dawson, 1951), and Isla Guadalupe (Stewart and Stewart, 1984), the Gulf of California taxon is referred to this genus with a query.

Ralfsia Berkeley in J. E. Smith et J. C. Sowerby

Ralfsia Berkeley in J. E. Smith et J. C. Sowerby, 1843:pl. 2866.

Algae are crustose and loosely to firmly adherent (without rhizoids) to the substratum or attached by rhizoids. Initially, crusts are more or less disc shaped,but later spread and may become slightly lobed at the margins. Few to several crusts often grow close to each other, and each may become thicker by overgrowth of overlapping margins. Anatomically, there are two or three layers: a lower or basal layer of one to several horizontally radiating filaments, either with or without rhizoids from its lowermost cells, and upper and/or middle layers developed from basal filaments that ascend to form more or less vertical, moderately to firmly adjoined, unbranched to sparingly branched filaments of similar length. Cells of the outer surface layer usually have one chloroplast per cell. Hairs are grouped in hair pits within the upper surface layers.

Reproductive structures are unilocular or plurilocular on separate algae. Unilocular structures are lateral or terminal and sessile or on one to few stalk cells (pedicel), usually associated with paraphyses, and grouped in superficial sori. Plurilocular structures are slender, of one to two rows of locules, with one to two sterile terminal cells, and grouped within the crust.

REMARKS. Life history studies of the species of Ralfsia thus far cultured are heteromorphic (with mostly asexual phases, but sexual phases have been reported for some in culture studies), with an erect bladelike thallus (such as Petalonia) and a prostrate crustose Ralfsia or “Ralfsia-like” phase (e.g., Wynne, 1969, 1972; Nakamura and Tatewaki, 1975; Fletcher, 1978). Loiseaux (1968) found two species of Ralfsia to be apomeiotic with apparent isomorphic life histories. Culture and molecular studies of Gulf species should prove interesting and help elucidate their taxonomic status.

One species, Ralfsia hesperia Setchell et N.L. Gardner (1924b), has been reported in the southern Gulf (Carballo et al. 2002). In addition to those species known in the northern Gulf, there are at least two other species of “Ralfsia-like” crusts occurring on mid-intertidal rocks in the upper Gulf at Puerto Peñasco (Dawson, 1966a), but the lack of fertile material has left them undetermined.

Three species and one uncertain record are reported in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF RALFSIA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Crusts of 3 distinct layers: basal layer of 2–4 horizontal rows of basal filaments, upper medulla layer of assurgent rows of branching filaments, and multicellular cortical layer; unilocular sporangia on (3–)4–5(–6) celled pedicel .................... R. hancockii

1b. Crusts of 2 layers of filaments: a basal layer and an upper layer .................... 2

2a. Upper layer of more or less assurgent filaments developed from basal layers; crusts usually more than 300 µm thick; mostly sessile sporangia .................... R. pacifica

2b. Upper layer of erect, vertical rows of filaments above a thin basal layer of 1(–2) horizontal rows of basal filaments; crusts mostly less than 200 µm thick; unilocular sporangia on 1- to 6-celled pedicels .................... R. confusa

Ralfsia confusa Hollenberg

FIGURE 78C

Ralfsia confusa Hollenberg, 1969:291, figs. 1–12; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:164, fig. 131; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:141; Dreckmann et al., 1990:26; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González 1992:23; León-Álvarez and González-González, 1993:461, 464; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:49; González-González, 1993:443; León-Tejera et al., 1993:200; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:497; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González 1994a:50; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:110; González-González et al., 1996:158; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones 1999:22; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:67; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González 2003:21; Pedroche et al. 2008:28.

Ralfsia californica sensu Dawson, 1944:232 [in part; see Hollenberg, 1969:293] [non Ralfsia californica Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924b:2].

Algae, light to medium brown crusts, often coalescent, mostly 5–10 mm wide, and relatively thin, usually less than 200 µm thick and 150–250 µm thick in fertile portions. Basal layers of 1–2 horizontally elongate cells, 13.5–24.0 µm long and 9–12 µm in diameter. Upper layer of erect, vertical (not assurgent) filaments of 10–15 cells, 5–6 µm in diameter. Cells with a single chloroplast. Hair pits frequent.

Unilocular and plurilocular sporangia on separate thalli. Unilocular sporangia, 70–90 µm long by 20–25 µm in diameter, sessile or borne on pedicels of 1–2(–6) cells; associated with paraphyses of (3–)10–12 cells, 75–100 µm in length and 6–8 µm in diameter. Plurilocular sporangia mostly in uniseriate rows, 30–45(–60) µm in length and 5 µm in diameter, with a single sterile terminal cell, 7.5–10 µm long and mostly 5 µm in diameter.

HABITAT. On rocks; upper to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Guaymas to Cabo Pulmo. Pacific coast: Washington; southern California to Baja California; Isla Guadalupe; Isla Socorro (Islas Revillagigedo); Sinaloa to Oaxaca.

FIGURE 78. Species of Ralfsia. A, B. Ralfsia hancockii: A. Section of thallus showing assurgent branched rows of cells and unilocular sporangia on five-celled stalk and associated paraphyses. B. Habit, surface view of crust in the intertidal, showing the smooth surface and concentric lines of an orbicular crust. C. Ralfsia confusa: internal structure (three-dimensional depiction) showing vertical and horizontal growth of margin (left) and middle region showing vertical rows of cells, hairs in pits, and unilocular sporangia with associated paraphyses (right). D. Ralfsia pacifica: section through sterile crust showing filaments curving upward from basal layer. Illustrations A, C, and D drawn by Adrián Ramírez, UNAM; photo B taken by D. León-Álvarez.

TYPE LOCALITY. Corona del Mar, Orange County, California.

REMARKS. In describing Ralfsia confusa from southern California to Pacific Baja California, Hollenberg (1969:293) also suggested some of the Dawson collections (1944, as “R. californica”) were probably this species; however, these thin Gulf specimens were not reproductive and thus are tentatively referred to R. confusa.

Ralfsia hancockii E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 78A,B

Ralfsia hancockii E. Y. Dawson, 1944:223, pl. 31: figs. 6, 7, pl. 54: fig. 2; Dawson, 1954a:3; Dawson, 1961b:387; León-Álvarez and González-González, 1993:461, 464; León-Álvarez and González-González, 1995:358, figs. 3, 4; González-González et al., 1996:158; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:67; León-Álvarez and González-González, 2003:614, figs. 2–12; López et al., 2004:10; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49, 57; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8; Pedroche et al., 2008:29.

Ralfsia expansa sensu Børgesen 1912a:123; Børgesen 1914:189 (see: León-Álvarez and González-González 2003:614);.Chávez 1972:268; Tanaka and Chihara, 1980b:231, figs. 1B, 2C,D; González-González, 1993:443; León-Tejera et al., 1993:200 [non Ralfsia expansa (J. Agardh) J. Agardh, 1848:63].

Crusts light-brown to reddish brown, orbicular, up to 7 cm in diameter, upper surface smooth with radial and concentric growth lines or rugose to verrucose and with a conspicuous margin; vegetative portions108–306 µm thick; reproductive portions 198–360 µm thick. Crusts firmly attached to substratum by rhizoids. Growth mainly unilateral; in thick portions, filaments may grow downward, tending toward bilateral symmetry. Base of 2–4 horizontal layers of thick-walled, elongate basal cells, 24–42 µm long and 10.5–15.0 µm in diameter; curving upward. Upper layer of assurgent, branching rows of cells; middle cells 22–31.5 µm long by 10.5–18 µm in diameter; outer cells of 4–7 layers of anticlinal cells, 6–10 µm long by 6–8.5 µm in diameter.

Unilocular sporangia, in sori sparsely scattered over thallus surface; ovoid, ellipsoid to clavate, 62.5–93 µm in length and 22–43 µm in diameter; terminal on a narrow stalk of 4–5 cells, 7.5–13 µm in diameter. Paraphyses slender of 10–18 cells, 100–150 µm long; basal cells 9–18 µm long by 3.8 µm in diameter; upper cells 6–12 µm long by 6–8 µm in diameter. Plurilocular sporangia not known for northern Gulf specimens.

HABITAT. Mid intertidal; on rocks and in tide pools; forming small continuous or isolated patches and often associated with crustose coralline algae.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: San Felipe to Puertecitos; Punta Arena to San José del Cabo. Pacific coast: Isla San Benedicto (Islas Revillagigedo); Nayarit to Oaxaca; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Southern end of San José del Cabo, Baja California Sur.

REMARKS. Studies of León-Álvarez and González-González (1995, 2003) have clarified Ralfsia hancockii, and although some morphologically intergrading forms are found, two different morphological forms are recognized. One form is a light-yellowish-brown to dark-brown crust, 165–495 µm thick, with smooth upper surface without growth lines and sometimes greenish; strongly adhering to substratum by scattered rhizoids or without rhizoids (difficult to detach); anatomically tending toward unilateral symmetry. The other form is a light-brown to greenish crust, 108–750 µm thick; upper surface usually irregular, rough or sometimes verrucose, and with radial and/or concentric lines; partially attached to substratum (easily detached); anatomically of variable symmetry, usually tending toward irregular bilateral symmetry. Structures tentatively identified as “plurilocular sporangia” were found on Pacific Mexico R. hancockii (León-Álvarez and González-González, 2003), but thus far, no plurilocular reproductive structures have been reported in northern Gulf specimens.

Ralfsia pacifica Hollenberg

FIGURE 78D

Ralfsia pacifica Hollenberg in G. M. Smith, 1944:95, pl. 12: figs. 4–6; Dawson, 1944:222; Dawson, 1961b:387; Smith, 1969:95, pl. 12: figs. 4–6; Hollenberg, 1969:296, figs. 17–18; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:167, fig. 135; Devinny 1978:358; Pacheco-Ruíz, 1982:70; Dreckmann et al., 1990:26; González-González, 1993:443; León-Álvarez and González-González, 1993:461; Servière-Zaragoza et al. 1993:485; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:49; González-González et al., 1996:158; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 1998:45; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:68; López et al., 2004:10; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:203; Pedroche et al., 2008:30.

Ralfsia occidentalis Hollenberg in W. R. Taylor, 1945:81; Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988:82.

Ralfsia verrucosa sensu Setchell and Gardner, 1925:497 [non Ralfsia verrucosa (Areschoug) Areschoug in E. Fries, 1845:124; basionym: Cruoria verrucosa Areschoug, 1843:264].

Crusts, irregularly circular, 2–10 cm broad, 0.4–1.0 mm thick, olive-brown to dark-brown, upper surface often with radial and concentric growth lines or ridges and firmly adhering to substratum without rhizoids. Basal layer filaments curving upward; of cells, 9–16 µm long by 11–32(–40) µm wide. Upper layer of forked filaments; of cells, mostly 6–8 µm in diameter and 12–24 µm long below, near the surface of similar diameter but shorter in length 6–15 µm; hair pits frequent.

Unilocular sporangia oblong to clavate, up to 90 µm long and to 23 µm wide, usually sessile at base of paraphyses; borne in more or less circular sori, about 1 mm wide. Paraphyses of 9–12 cells, up to 150 µm long and up to 9 µm in diameter. Plurilocular sporangia in groups up to 1 mm in diameter within crust; uniseriate, up to 90 µm long, on cells shorter than broad (to 6 µm in diameter) of erect filaments, and with a single terminal sterile cell, 1.5–2.0 times long as wide.

HABITAT. On rocks; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Playa Santa Teresa; Bahía Tepoca to Isla San Esteban; Bahía Concepción to Cabo Pulmo; Matzatlán. Pacific coast: Alaska to Sinaloa; Isla Socorro (Islas Revillagigedo); Nayarit to Oaxaca.

TYPE LOCALITY. Corona del Mar, Orange County, California.

REMARKS. Although Womersley (1987) suggested that Pacific North America Ralfsia pacifica may not be distinct from the Australian R. verrucosa, most continue to recognize R. pacifica in Pacific Mexico (e.g., Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976; León-Álvarez and González-González, 1993; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000). The relationship of R. pacifica (type locality: southern California) and the Gulf of California R. pacifica to R. verrucosa (Areschoug) Areschoug in E. Fries (1845:124; type locality: Bohuslän, Sweden) requires further investigation (see also Tanaka and Chihara, 1980a, 1980b).

Uncertain Record: Ralfsia californica Setchell et N. L. Gardner

Ralfsia californica Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924b:2; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:497, pl. 36: fig. 22; Dawson, 1944:223 [in part]; Dawson, 1961b:386 [in part]; González-González et al., 1996:158; Pedroche et al., 2008:27.

REMARKS. The report of Ralfsia californica from the northern Gulf is questionable since it was based on nonfertile specimens (Dawson, 1944). Culture studies of Pacific coast “R. californica” (as interpreted by Wynne, 1969, 1972) indicate that it is a sporophytic crustose phase in the heteromorphic life history of Pacific North American species of Scytosiphonaceae, including Petalonia fascia (O. F. Müller) O. Kuntze (1898) (see also Nakamura and Tatewaki, 1975; Dethier, 1981, 1987; Kogame, 1997a), which has been reported from Alaska to Baja California and Sinaloa (Scagel et al., 1989; Hansen, 1997; Perdoche et al., 2008). Other specimens similar to “R. californica” (Wynne, 1969, 1972) or Ralfsia-like crusts (Nakamura, 1965; Tatewaki, 1966) were found to be a phase in the life history of Scytosiphon lomentaria (Lyngbye) Link (1833).

Interestingly, southern California to Pacific Baja California specimens identified as “R. californica” were determined to be a new species, R. confusa Hollenberg (1969; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976). Thus, “R. californica” from the Gulf clearly needs reinvestigation. Fertile specimens need to be found, and culture studies and DNA analyses are needed before its identification can be verified.

CUTLERIALES

Cutleriales Oltmanns, 1922:109.

Cutleriales Bessey, 1907:289.

Algae are erect or prostrate or partially prostrate and erect. Gametophytes may be cylindrical or narrow and slightly compressed and variously branched, with all branches having an apical tuft of unbranched filaments, or flat and fan shaped, with a fringed distal margin of monosiphonous unbranched filaments. Life histories are isomorphic or heteromorphic. Members of the latter group have gametophytes that are erect and a morphologically different macroscopic crustose sporophyte. Erect thalli have a trichothallic mode of growth, with intercalary cell division occurring near the base of each distal unbranched pigmented filament. Both gametophytes and sporophytes are parenchymatous in structure, with cortical layers of small pigmented cells and a medulla of irregularly arranged larger, colorless, rounded cells. Cortical cells have numerous discoid plastids and apparently lack pyrenoids; however, Hori and Udea (1975) reported that although inconspicuous, small pyrenoids may also be present. Single or small clusters of phaeophycean hairs arising from surface cells are scattered over the thallus surface.

Sporophytes (asexual phase) develop unilocular sporangia in sori scattered on the blade surface. Each sporangium produces 8, 16, or 32 motile meiospores. Gametophytes are either monoecious or dioecious, with gametangia borne in clusters on lower portions of simple or branched fertile filaments (which, in some, may extend into hairlike filaments). Sexual reproduction is anisogamous. Female gametangia have 8–16 large locules, while male gametangia have numerous smaller locules.

REMARKS. Recent study of the phylogenetic relationships of brown algae by Phillips et al. (2008:figs. 3, 4) have revealed the Cutleriaceae and Tilopteridaceae to diverge within the same group. Further, they considered these two families to be a single order Tilopteridales Kylin (1917; = Tilopteridales Bessey, 1907) and suggested that ordinal name be used. However, herein the more widely used Cutleriales Oltmanns sensu stricto is recognized for the order.

There is one family represented in the Gulf of California.

CUTLERIACEAE

Cutleriaceae Hauck, 1883:318; Hauck, 1884:403 [see Silva, 1980:71].

Cutleriaceae J. W. Griffith et Henfrey, 1856:179.

The family has the characteristics of the order and includes three genera: Cutleria Greville (1830), Microzonia J. Agardh (1894), and Zanardinia Nardo ex P. Crouan et H. Crouan (1857).

One genus, Cutleria, is represented in the Gulf of California.

Cutleria Greville

Cutleria Greville, 1830:xliv, 59.

Most species of Cutleria have an alternation of heteromorphic generations with an erect gametophyte and a prostrate crustose sporophyte. The latter was once considered to be a separate genus, Aglaozonia Zanardini (1843), until it was recognized as an alternate phase in the life history of Cutleria (Falkenberg, 1879; Yamanouchi, 1912; Drew, 1955). Gametophytic thalli of Cutleria are mostly compressed to flat and are either fan shaped or straplike (however, at least one species is cylindrical) and may be entire or dichotomously to irregularly branched, with laciniated apices, and attached to the substratum by rhizoidal outgrowths or discoid holdfasts. Growth is by trichothallic meristems near the base of unbranched pigmented filaments that are either along the distal margin of flabellate blades or, in other species, terminal on the branch apices. These filaments coalesce with each other behind the apical tufts, and longitudinal divisions take place to form a parenchymatous thallus that develops a one- to two-celled cortical layer and a medulla of several layers of larger, colorless, rounded cells. Cortical cells contain many discoid chloroplasts without conspicuous pyrenoids. Phaeophycean hairs are usually grouped together in small clusters and are scattered over the suface.

Sporophytes of Cutleria (“Aglaozonia-phase”) are prostrate and flabellate to irregularly shaped and lobed thalli, from 3 to up to 10 cells thick, with tufts of phaeophycean hairs on their upper surface. Crusts are loosely attached to the substratum by rhizoidal filaments produced from their lower surface. Growth is by a row of meristematic cells along the thallus margin. The medulla is composed of irregularly placed large inner cells, and cortex is composed of smaller cells.

The life history, where known, is an alternation of heteromorphic generations. Unilocular sporangia of the encrusting sporophyte (“Aglaozonia-phase”) are sessile, cylindrical, and grouped in clusters on the crust surface. Plurilocular sporangia on sporophytic thalli that developed neutral plurispores have been reported in one species, C. cylindrica from Japan (Kitayama et al., 1992). Gametophytes of Cutleria are dioecious or monoecious. Plurilocular gametangia are typically grouped in superficial tufts on erect blade surfaces. Female gametangia are ovoid, with large locules, and produce gametes more than twice as long and wide as male gametes. Female gametes attract male gametes by the secretion of a sexual pheromone (Müller, 1974). Antheridial gametangia are elongated, with numerous smaller locules. Parthenogenesis of unfused female gametes and androgenesis of unfused male gametes have both been reported (Kitayama et al., 1992).

REMARKS. Gametophytes of Cutleria are typically reported to be annual or ephemeral, and sporophytes are usually reported to be perennial. The reported dominance in field populations of female gametophytic thalli has been partly explained by parthenogenetic females (Fletcher, 1987; Womersley, 1987; Kitayama et al., 1992). Unfused female gametes may either develop into female gametophytes or develop directly into the sporophyte (Kitayama et al., 1992; Nagasato et al., 1998).

There is one species, Cutleria cylindrica Okamura (1902b), reported on the Pacific coast from southern California (Hollenberg, 1978; Stewart, 1991) to northern Baja California (R. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994).

One endemic species occurs in the Gulf of California.

Cutleria hancockii E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 79AߝF

Cutleria hancockii E. Y. Dawson, 1944:226, pl. 54: fig. 1; Dawson, 1953b:3; Dawson, 1961b:387; Dawson, 1966a:9–10; Hommersand, 1972:70; Norris, 1973:4; La Claire and West, 1978:93, figs. 1–31; La Claire and West, 1979:247, figs. 1–30; Littler and Littler, 1981:153, tbl. 4; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:420; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:110; González-González et al., 1996:143; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:68; Riosmena-Rodriguez et al., 2001:461, fig. 1; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49, 58; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:203; Pedroche at al., 2008:58.

Zanardina prototypus sensu Dawson 1941:119 [non Zanardinia prototypus (Nardo) Nardo 1841:189, nom. illeg.; which is now Zanardinia typus (Nardo) P.C. Silva in Greuter 2000:2].

Gametophytic algae (Figure 79AߝD) erect, light-brown to golden-yellow-brown, flat, fan-shaped blades with fringe of monosiphonous pigmented filaments along distal margin, blades often becoming laciniate; 1 to several blades per clump, up to 15(–22) cm high by (2.5–)10–21 cm wide; arising from a flattened, prostrate basal portion attached by rhizoids from its undersurface. Trichothallic growth occurs at the basal meristem of each monosiphonous unbranched filament near the transition from free filaments to consolidated blade. Blades parenchymatous below the fringed margin, with 1(–2) layer(s) of small pigmented cortical cells. Fronds 100–140(–180) µm thick. Cortical cells: in transection, brick-shaped, 6–9(–12) µm long by 5–9 µm wide; in surface view, quadrate with rounded corners. Medulla cells in transection, irregularly arranged, (45–)60–100(–125) µm long by (17–)35–53 µm wide.

Gametophytes dioecious, gametangial sori in tufts on thallus surface, coalescing to form concentric bands on mature thalli, on both surfaces of blade. One to a number of plurilocular gametangia develop on a fertile filament, a greater number of male gametangia in a series than female gametangia. Female gametangia develop laterally on fertile filaments; initially, a protuberance forms a 2- and then 4-celled filament that divides twice longitudinally to form a gametangium of 4 tiers with 4 locules per tier (16 locules) and matures acropetally. Mature female gametangia are ovoid, usually biseriate in lateral view, 40–55 µm long by 18–20 µm wide. Antheridial gametangia borne laterally (rarely terminal) on fertile filaments; mature antheridial gametangia often multiseriate in lateral view, of 16 tiers with 4–6 locules per tier (64–96 locules). Antheridial gametangia cylindrical, 40–60 µm long by 7–9 µm wide. The uniseriate fertile filament continues on above both types of gametangia with a sterile portion that has shorter and wider cells (9.5–12 µm in diameter) and more pigmented cells than filament cells below it.

Aglaozonia-phase of Cutleria hancockii

Sporophytic thalli (“Aglaozonia-phase”; Figure 79 E,F) encrusting, brown to olive-brown, loosely attached, thin, prostrate blades, multilobed, small, up to 2 cm wide; loosely attached by branched, multicellular rhizoids. Lobes 2–5 mm wide, rounded; 70–85(–105) µm and often 6–7 cell layers thick. Thallus parenchymatous, arising from slightly larger, darker row of meristematic apical cells along the crust’s margin. Crust dorsiventral, cortical surface cells quadrate, 6–8 µm in diameter, lower cortex flanking substrate of larger cells, medulla of several slightly uneven layers of larger colorless cells.

HABITAT. On rocks or loosely attached to various fleshy algae and corallines; epizoic on mollusk shells and carapace of black sea turtle (Chelonia mydas agassizii); mid to low intertidal, occasionally in shallow subtidal, to 5 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Isla San Pedro Nolasco; Múlege to Bahía Concepción; Bahía de La Paz to Punta Arena (Baja California Sur); Mazatlán, Sinaloa.

TYPE LOCALITY. Gametophyte: low intertidal, rocky reef, Isla Turners (off Isla Tiburón), Las Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California. Sporophyte: southwest shore of Isla Tiburón (opposite Isla Turners), Las Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Apparently a Gulf of California endemic, gametophytes of Cutleria hancockii in the northern Gulf occur seasonally from midwinter to midspring, only rarely extending into late spring (during cooler years). On the reef platform at Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, gametophtyes are found in the mid to low intertidal from January to June, sometimes with the darker-brown, lobed crustose “Aglaozonia-phase.” Cutleria hancockii is easily

FIGURE 79. Cutleria hancockii: A–D. Gametophytes: A. Frond with concentric bands of dense reproductive filaments bearing male gametangia (JN-4953). B. Trichothallic growth occurs at meristems near the base of monosiphonous filaments fringing the frond margin (JN-4786). C. Fertile filament bearing female gametangia with large locules (JN-6040). D. Fertile filament bearing a row of male gametangia with numerous smaller locules (JN-7065). E, F. Sporophytes (Aglaozonia-phase of Cutleria hancockii): E. Surface view of a portion of the crust; note larger, darker apical cells lining margin (EYD-27365). F. Transection through dorsiventral crust (JN-3691b).

separated from somewhat similar looking Gulf Padina: Cutleria is more delicate, yellowish brown to golden light brown, with a fringed margin of monosiphonous filaments, whereas Padina is more rigid and darker brown, with an inrolled margin.

ECTOCARPALES

Ectocarpales Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922c:403.

Mesogloiales Nägeli, 1847:141, 252.

Ectocarpales Bessey, 1907:288.

Chordariales Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1925:570.

Dictyosiphonales Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1925:586.

Scytosiphonales Feldmann, 1949:112.

Gametophytic and sporophytic thalli exhibit a great diversity of size and shape. Some are erect tufts of unbranched or branched uniseriate filaments that are attached by basal rhizoids, and some are filaments that are entirely or partly endophytic. Others are cylindrical to compressed, foliose, saccate, or subglobose and may be simple and entire or branched, membranous or gelatinous in texture, with surfaces that are smooth, irregular or folded, or that may be perforated with holes of various sizes. Internally, the latter group are centrally solid or hollow, with a medulla either of colorless filaments surrounding a core of uniaxial or multiaxial filaments or of large, colorless parenchymatous cells. The cortex of pigmented filaments or small pigmented cells bears the reproductive structures and is with or without phaeophycean hairs. Growth is apical, intercalary, diffuse, or trichothallic in cortical filaments. Cells have a single or few to many ribbon-shaped or discoid chloroplasts, with one to several pyrenoids. Ultrastructural studies have shown a pedunculate pyrenoid with a cap layer in the plastids (Evans, 1966; Hori 1971; Hori and Udea, 1975), a character unique to the Ectocarpales, and vesicle-like globules (physodes) that may be present or lacking.

Life histories, where known, may be any of four basic types: (1) isomorphic generations of sporophytes and gametophytes; (2) heteromorphic, with a large sporophyte and microscopic gametophytes; (3) heteromorphic, with either gametophytic or sporophytic macrothalli that have either a sporophytic or gametophytic crustose phase, respectively; or (4) some macrothalli that have direct development to the next phase.

Reproductive structures are terminal, lateral, or intercalary and may be either solitary or in series or in sori scattered over the thallus surface. Sporangia may be unilocular or plurilocular; both produce zoospores. Also, some have been found to have unilocular sporangia that produce meiospores, and a few with neutral plurilocular sporangia are known. Sexual reproduction is isogamous or anisogamous. Gametophytes develop plurilocular or unilocular gametangia that produce isogametes or anisogametes. Gametes in some have been shown to be capable of parthenogenetic development.

REMARKS. The taxonomy of the Ectocarpales is still in flux. There has been much debate about the distinctiveness of the orders Chordariales, Dictyosiphonales, Mesogloiales, and Scytosiphonales and if they should be included in the Ectocarpales. On the basis of molecular analyses, many now consider these orders to be part of the Ectocarpales (e.g., Rousseau and de Reviers, 1999a; Silva and de Reviers, 2000; Peters and Ramírez, 2001; Draisma et al., 2003; Cho et al., 2004; Adl et al., 2005; Phillips et al., 2008).

There are seven families represented in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF ECTOCARPALES IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Algae of uniseriate filaments throughout or basically filamentous (mostly uniseriate, but a few cells may divide longitudinally to become parenchymatous) .................... 2

1b. Algae not filamentous; erect, terete to compressed or foliose and simple to branched or saccate or globose .................... 4

2a. Filaments mostly uniseriate, becoming parenchymatous by a few longitudinal divisions; meristems random; reproductive structures developed within vegetative cells.................... Pylaiellaceae

2b. Uniseriate filaments throughout; meristems intercalary; reproductive structures lateral or terminal .................... 3

3a. Meristems localized or random on axes and branches; ribbonlike plastids with several pyrenoids .................... Ectocarpaceae

3b. Meristems mostly basal on axes and branches; discoid plastids usually with single pyrenoid.................... Acinetosporaceae

4a. More or less cylindrical, axes and branches, narrow diameter; internally solid parenchyma (not hollow); surface of irregularly arranged cells,and numerous shallow pits with conspicuous tufts of hairs; single plastid with 1 pyrenoid; growth by a subapical meristem .................... Chnoosporaceae

4b. Cylindrical to compressed and simple to branched or frondose, saccate, or globose; discoid plastids with pyrenoids; growth by diffuse intercalary meristems or single apical cell .................... 5

5a. Gametophytes erect, tubular to compressed, saccate, globose, or foliose, either open flat and entire or clathrate (with holes); internally, usually hollow; medulla parenchymatous, cortex of small cells; sporophytes crustose ............................................................Scytosiphonaceae

5b. Thalli variable: minute filaments or small to moderate size globose to lobed forms or cylindrical to compressed branched forms; internally, not hollow; medulla filamentous; cortex of filaments .................... 6

6a. Small, globose, subglobose, or lobed forms; without an evident basal layer.................... Leathesiaceae

6b. Minute filaments, epiphytic or endophtyic, simple to branched with or without a distromatic basal layer or erect, cylindrical to compressed branched forms with a holdfast.................... Chordariaceae

ACINETOSPORACEAE

Acinetosporaceae Hamel, 1931b:8 [as “Acinétosporacées”]; Hamel ex J. Feldmann, 1937:110.

Algae are uniseriate filaments that either are sparsely and irregularly branched or can be more densely branched and of variable branching patterns. Species grow as epiphytes or attached on hard substratum. Branches are often formed from the middle of an axial cell (appearing perpendicular to it) and have rounded or tapered and hairlike apices; some develop short, curved laterals (crampons) that attach to or become entangled with other algae. Intercalary meristematic growth regions are basal, usually near the base of laterals, or diffuse. Cells have numerous plastids, each with a pyrenoid.

Reproduction by fragmentation has been documented for some species (Amsler, 1984). Ovoid monosporangia, which are found in some, produce and release a single nonmotile spore. Unilocular and plurilocular sporangia are sessile, short-stalked, or intercalary (formed by direct transformation of vegetative cells). Plurilocular structures have been described with large locules (zoosporangia) in some species and with numerous small locules in others. Plurilocular gametangia, of different shapes and sizes, that produce isogametes or anisogametes are also known for many of the species.

REMARKS. Life histories for some members of the family are not completely understood. For example, there is no evidence that meiosis occurs in the unilocular sporangia, nor has sexual reproduction been observed in the type of the family (Acinetospora pusilla (Griffiths ex Harvey) De Toni, 1895b; = A. crinita (Carmichael) Kornmann, 1953). Müller (1986) reported apomeiotic unilocular sporangia and suggested that the loss of sexual reproduction could allow the establishment of geographically isolated populations and could account for the great variability within species of Acinetospora.

The report of Asteronema breviarticulatum (J. Agardh) Ouriques et Bouzon (2000; basionym: Ectocarpus breviarticulatus J. Agardh 1847) establishes the genus Asteronema Delépine et Asensi (1975) in the southern Gulf (Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González 1985, as “E. breviarticulatus”; Riosmena-Rodríguez and Paul-Chávez 1997; and Mateo-Cid et al. (2000a, as Hincksia breviarticulata (J. Agardh) P. C. Silva (in Silva et al., 1987). The familial placement of the genus is problematic, and it has been placed in the Ectocarpaceae, Scytothamnaceae Womersley (1987) or Acinetosporaceae.

Two genera are known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE GENERA OF ACINETOSPORACEAE IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Filaments relatively simple; with branches and reproductive structures below distinct intercalary meristems in lower portion of axes; above the meristematic zone filaments long and unbranched, with distal portion often appearing hairlike............................................................Feldmannia

1b. Filaments repeatedly branched, 2–4 orders; with intercalary meristematic zones and reproductive structures distributed throughout main axes and branches .................... Hincksia

Feldmannia Hamel

Feldmannia Hamel, 1939b:xli.

Algae are small, usually epiphytic, erect tufts of uniseriate filaments; each of the axes, and branches, has a distinct localized intercalary meristematic zone near its base; and are attached below by rhizoids or sometimes by prostrate filaments. Branches are restricted to below the meristematic zone. Above the meristematic zone, the filaments are unbranched and become long, with hair-like ends. Cells contain several to many discoid chloroplasts with one to many pyrenoids.

Life histories, where known, are isomorphic. Reproductive structures are below the meristematic zones. Unilocular sporangia are ovoid to spherical. Plurilocular sporangia and plurilocular gametangia are multiseriate, similar in appearance, and apparently borne on separate thalli. Gametes are isogamous.

REMARKS. The taxonomic status of Feldmannia has been questioned by some phycologists. For example, Knoepffler-Péguy (1974) found some species of Acinetospora Bornet (1891) were involved in the life history of some species of Feldmannia and Hincksia and later concluded that these genera could not be convincingly separated on morphology and may represent a single variable genus (Knoepffler-Péguy, 1977). Later, Kim and Lee (1994), recognizing Feldmannia, proposed that the genus be based solely on the characteristics seen in the illustration of Ectocarpus irregularis Kützing (1855:pl. 62: fig. 1). Several others have also continued to recognize Feldmannia (e.g., Womersley, 1987; Silva et al., 1987; Silva et al., 1996a; Abbott and Huisman, 2004). Pedersen and Kristiansen (2001) elucidated generic characters and concluded that Acinetospora, Feldmannia, and Hincksia could be reliably distinguished. Life history culture studies and molecular analyses on the generitype, Feldmannia lebelii (Areschoug ex P. Crouan et H. Crouan) G. Hamel (1939a; basionym: Ectocarpus lebelii Areschoug ex P. Crouan et H. Crouan, 1867), will help clarify its generic status.

One species, Feldmannia hemispherica (De A. Saunders) Hollenberg (1971), has been reported in the southern Gulf (Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González 1994a).

There is one species known in the northern Gulf of California.

Feldmannia irregularis (Kützing) Hamel

FIGURE 80

Ectocarpus irregularis Kützing, 1845:234; Kützing, 1855:19, pl. 62: fig. 1 [note: illustration redrawn by Kim and Lee, 1994: fig. 4A]; Dawson 1954a:3; Dawson, 1961b:385; González-González et al., 1996:149; Yoshida, 1998:168.

Feldmannia irregularis (Kützing) Hamel, 1939b:xvii, fig. 61f; Cardinal, 1964:54, fig. 29A–K; Hollenberg, 1970:61, fig. 1; Hollenberg, 1971:285; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:136, fig. 99; Stewart, 1991:39; Kim and Lee, 1994:154, figs. 1A,B, 2AߝC, 3A–K, 4A,B; González-González et al., 1996:296; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:159, fig. 58A; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8; Pedroche et al., 2008:20.

Giffordia irregularis (Kützing) Joly, 1965:72, pl. VIII: figs. 111–119.

Hincksia irregularis (Kützing) Amsler in Schneider et Searles, 1991:120, figs. 129–131.

Ectocarpus mucronatus De A. Saunders, 1898:152, pl. 19; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:429; Dawson, 1944:220; Dawson, 1961b:385; Dawson, 1966a:9; González-González et al., 1996:149.

Algae small, slender tufted thalli, up to 3 mm tall, of erect, loosely intertwined filaments that become elongated

FIGURE 80. Feldmannia irregularis: Drawing of type specimen (from Kützing, 1855: pl. 62, fig. 1).

and taper slightly toward apices (terminal hairlike appearance due to elongated cells with fewer chloroplasts); attached below by a prostrate system of entangled rhizoidal filaments. Axes often sparse and irregularly branched several times below the intercalary meristematic zone (meristem shifts upward toward the lower-middle portion of the filament as it grows, obscuring its original basal position). Cells 18–20 µm in diameter; 0.5–1.0 times as long as wide in meristematic zone; 1–3 times as long as wide in lower portions and 2–5 times as long as wide in upper portions.

Unilocular sporangia unknown in Gulf material. Plurilocular sporangia sessile on branches below meristematic zone; elongate-conical, 90–150 µm long and 20–35 µm in diameter, often with attenuated apices.

HABITAT. Epizoic on the black sea turtle (Chelonia mydas agassizii; see Parham and Zug, 1996), epiphytic on Sargassum and probably other algae, and growing on rocks; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco; Canal de Infiernillo (between coast of Sonora and Isla Tiburón). Pacific coast: British Columbia to Oregon; southern California to Baja California; Isla San Benedicto (Islas Revillagigedo); Hawaiian Islands; Japan; China.

TYPE LOCALITY. On Laurencia obtusa, Adriatic Sea.

REMARKS. Feldmannia irregularis has a wide distribution (Guiry and Guiry, 2008), but its generic placement has been somewhat uncertain, in part because the type specimen of Ectocarpus irregularis Kützing (1845) was not preserved and the original description was vague (Clayton, 1974). This uncertainty has resulted in the species being variously interpreted as belonging to other genera; e.g., Womersley (1987) noted that Australian F. irregularis exhibited intermediate characteristics of both Feldmannia and Hincksia, and Amsler (in Schneider and Searles, 1991) considered it to be Hincksia irregularis. However, studies of Kim and Lee (1994) support recognition of Feldmannia irregularis.

Life history culture studies and comparative molecular analyses on Gulf of California specimens referred to F. irregularis are needed to elucidate their taxonomic status and phylogenetic relationships.

Hincksia J. E. Gray

Hincksia J. E. Gray, 1864:12.

Giffordia Batters, 1893:86; Hamel, 1939b:X, as “Gifforidia (Batters) Hamel.”

Algae are erect, tufts of uniseriate filaments with variable branching patterns, and attached below by rhizoids. Branching is to 2–3(–4) orders and unilaterally secund or tending to spiral or irregular, alternate, or opposite. Growth is diffuse by intercalary cell divisions. Meristems are scattered throughout the axes and near the base of most branches, with additional meristems distally. Meristematic zones are not always obvious but in some species are very distinct. Cells are more or less isodiametric to barrel-shaped and have numerous discoid chloroplasts, each with a single pyrenoid. True phaeophycean hairs are unknown.

Life histories are mostly of isomorphic alternating generations; however, some have repeating generations via spores or parthenogenic gametes. Reproductive structures are usually sessile and singular or in a series on the branches. Unilocular sporangia are apparently rare. Plurilocular sporangia are formed on the adaxial side of the supporting lateral branch and may also occur on the main axis. Plurilocular gametangia (where known) are of different sizes and shapes and produce anisogametes.

REMARKS. One species is reported in the southern Gulf, Hincksia rallsiae (Vickers) P. C. Silva (in Silva et al., 1987), by Mateo-Cid et al. (2000a).

Three species are known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF HINCKSIA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Filaments occasionally to frequently oppositely branched; plurilocular sporangia sessile, asymmetrically ovoid ............................................................H. granulosa

1b. Filaments not oppositely branched, mostly dichotomous, alternate, unilaterally secund, or spiral; plurilocular sporangia sessile or pedicellate and fusiform or ellipsoidal to cylindrical .................... 2

2a. Branching sparse, dichotomous below (nearly at algal host’s surface cells); apical cells blunt; plurilocular sporangia sessile or pedicellate, fusiform .................... H. bryantii

2b. Branching alternate or unilaterally secund or spiral; apices attenuated; plurilocular sporangia sessile and ellipsoidal to cylindrical with rounded apices .................... H. mitchelliae

Hincksia bryantii (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) J. N. Norris, comb. nov.

FIGURE 81C

Ectocarpus bryantii Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:720, pl. 17: fig. 45; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:440; Dawson, 1944:220; Dawson, 1961b:384; Dawson, 1966a:9; Dawson, 1966b:55; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:44; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:24; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González et al., 1996:147; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodriguez 2000:146; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49; Pedroche et al. 2008:16.

Algae tufted epiphytes, up to 2.5 mm high, of intertwined, uncorticated filaments, attached below by penetrating rhizoidal filaments. Branching below dichotomous (nearly at surface of algal host cells); above sparse with very few short, slightly tapering branchlets terminating in a blunt cell and lacking terminal hairs. Cells 28–64 µm long by 28–32 µm in diameter. Chloroplasts discoid.

Unilocular sporangia unknown. Plurilocular sporangia scattered along filaments; sessile or pedicellate on 1 cell; narrow to broadly fusiform, 70–100(–140) µm long by 25–35 µm wide.

HABITAT. Epiphytic on Codium brandegeei and C. simulans; mid to low intertidal.

FIGURE 81. Two species of Hincksia. A, B. Hincksia granulosa: A. Habit, with lateral branches predominately opposite (from Saunders, 1898: pl. 24, fig. 3). B. Plurilocular sporangia sessile, asymmetrically ovoid, borne on lateral branches (from Saunders, 1898: pl. 24, fig. 4). C. Hincksia bryantii: Plurilocular reproductive structures; varying from narrow to broadly fusiform and either sessile or borne on one-celled pedicel (after Setchell and Gardner, 1924a: pl. 17, fig. 45).

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco; Isla Espíritu Santo to Bahía de La Paz.

TYPE LOCALITY. Epiphytic on Codium brandegeei, La Paz, Baja California Sur, Gulf of California, Mexico.

REMARKS. The discoid chloroplasts and branching pattern of Ectocarpus bryantii Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1924a) suggest that it more properly belongs to Hincksia, and a new combination is proposed. Setchell and Gardner (1924a, as E. bryantii) noted that Hincksia bryantii could be related to the Gulf Ectocarpus gonodioides but it differed in its mode of branching. Further collections are needed to elucidate the generic placement and the phylogenetic relationship of H. bryantii to other species.

Hincksia granulosa (J. E. Smith) P. C. Silva

FIGURE 81A,B

Conferva granulosa J. E. Smith, 1811:pl. 2351.

Hincksia granulosa (J. E. Smith) P. C. Silva in Silva, Meñez et Moe, 1987:130; Stewart, 1991:39; Kim and Lee, 1992:252, figs. 7A–D, 8EߝH; Hoffmann and Santelices, 1997:116, fig. 27; Yoshida, 1998:171; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005b:34; Pedroche et al., 2008:21.

Ectocarpus granulosus (J. E. Smith) C. Agardh, 1824:163; C. Agardh, 1828:45; De A. Saunders, 1898:156, pl. 24: figs. 3–5; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:426; Smith, 1944:81, pl. 11: figs. 1, 2; Dawson, 1945b:64; Dawson, 1960a:36; Dawson, 1961b:385; Dawson, 1962c:278; Devinny, 1978:358; Mendoza- González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:420; González-González et al., 1996:149.

Giffordia granulosa (J. E. Smith) G. Hamel 1939b:xv, fig. 61E; Cardinal, 1964:39, figs. 19A–J, 20AߝJ; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:140, fig. 103; Fletcher, 1981:211; Pacheco-Ruíz, 1982:70; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:420; Santelices, 1989:267, pl. DD: figs. 9–11; González-González et al., 1996:151.

Algae tufted, up to 2.5 cm high, intertwined filaments; lower axes of filaments corticated, upper portions uncorticated; attached below by penetrating rhizoidal filaments. Lateral branches predominately opposite, with short ultimate branchlets; branches and branchlets taper distally and terminate in a blunt apical cell and lack terminal hairs. Cells mostly shorter than wide, 35–80 µm long, 50–80(–100) µm in diameter; with numerous discoid chloroplasts.

Unilocular sporangia unknown in Gulf material (reported elsewhere to be globose). Plurilocular sporangia adaxial along branches and branchlets; sessile, broadly ovate, asymmetrical, 45–60(–100) µm long by 40–60 µm in diameter.

HABITAT. Epiphytic on Codium, also probably on other algae and on rocks; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Isla Pelícano, Bahía Kino. Pacific coast: Alaska to Baja California; Chile; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Brighthelmston (Brighton) and Shoreham, Sussex, England.

REMARKS. Description of Hincksia granulosa is based primarily on Abbott and Hollenberg (1976) since I have not seen the Sonoran specimens reported by Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid (1986).

Hincksia mitchelliae (Harvey) P. C. Silva

FIGURE 82

Ectocarpus mitchelliae Harvey, 1852:142, pl. 12G: figs. 1–3; D. A. Saunders, 1898:153, pl. 21: figs. 1, 2; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:428; Setchell and Gardner, 1930:140; Dawson, 1944:220; Dawson, 1954:5; Dawson, 1961b:385; Dawson, 1966a:9.

Hincksia mitchelliae (Harvey) P. C. Silva in Silva, Meñez et Moe, 1987:73; R. Aguilar-Rosas and Machado-Galindo, 1990:188; Stewart, 1991:39; Kim and Lee, 1992:246, figs. 3A–D, 5AߝD; González-González, 1993:443; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:497; Stout and Dreckmann, 1993:6; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:110; González-González et al., 1996:153; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1996:70, 85, pl. 18: figs. 75–77; Hoffman and Santelices, 1997:119, fig. 28; Yoshida, 1998:171; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; León-Tejera and González-González, 2000:328; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 2003:21; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:162, fig. 59C; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005b:34; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49; Dreckmann et al., 2006:154; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8; Pedroche et al., 2008:22.

Giffordia mitchelliae (Harvey) Hamel, 1939a:66; Hamel, 1939b:XIV, fig. 61c,d; Cardinal, 1964:45, fig. 23A–H; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:127; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:143, fig. 105; L. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:84; Schnetter and Bula Meyer, 1982:55, pl. 8: figs. C, D; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:141; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:44; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:24; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:420; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:40; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:49; González-González et al., 1996:296.

FIGURE 82. Hincksia mitchelliae: Filaments with intercalary meristem (arrow) at base of branch and several sessile, ellipsoid to cylindrical plurilocular sporangia with rounded apices, borne on adaxial side of branches, often arranged in short series (JN-4774).

Algae tufted, 1–4 cm tall, often densely branched in mid to upper portions; attached to host by creeping rhizoidal filaments. Filaments of main axis up to 50 µm in diameter; branching alternate or unilaterally secund or spiral; apices often attenuated. Intercalary meristematic zones scattered along axes and near base of branches. Cells 1–3 times longer than wide; 20–120 µm long by 20–40 µm in diameter; with numerous discoid plastids.

Unilocular sporangia not seen in Gulf material (reported elsewhere as sessile, ovoid to elliptical, 40–45 µm long by 15–20 µm in diameter). Plurilocular sporangia sessile on main axes and adaxial on lateral branches, often in short series (2–5); more or less cylindrical, tapering slightly with rounded apices, (40–)60–150 µm long by 30–45 µm in diameter; with 1–3(–4) locules in each horizontal row (seen in lateral view).

HABITAT. Epiphytic on Sargassum and Ralfsia, occasionally on other algae, and epizoic on the black sea turtle, Chelonia mydas agassizii (see Parham and Zug, 1996); mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Canal de Infiernillo (between Isla Tiburón and Campo Ona, Sonora); Bahía Concepción to San José del Cabo. Pacific coast: central California to Sinaloa; Isla San Benedicto (Islas Revillagigedo); Michoacán to Chiapas; Colombia; Chile; Hawaiian Islands; Taiwan; Korea; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Nantucket, Nantucket County, Massachusetts.

REMARKS. The northern Gulf collection of Hincksia mitchelliae (US Alg. Coll.-158145), growing on the carapace of a black sea turtle in the Canal de Infiernillo (between Campo Ona, Sonora, and Isla Tiburón), extends its known distribution south from Puerto Peñasco (Dawson, 1966a). Southern Gulf collections of Dawson (1959a, as “E. sp. aff. E. mitchelliae”) were also referred to this species, but with doubt.

CHNOOSPORACEAE

Chnoosporaceae Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1925:400, 552.

Algae are composed of terete to compressed axes and usually subdichotomously divided branches above a crustose or discoid holdfast. Internally they have a solid, pseudoparenchymatous structure of elongate, colorless cells in the medulla that is developed from a subapical meristem below the outer cortical layer. The cortex is composed of one to two layers of small, pigmented, irregularly arranged cells and numerous shallow pits with conspicuous tufts of colorless hairs (cryptoblasts). Each cortical cell has a single chloroplast with one pyrenoid.

Life histories are apparently heteromorphic but are not fully known for most of the species. An independent crustose phase that repeated itself was described by Fotos (1981), and a heteromorphic life history was reported in culture studies of C. implexa J. Agardh (1848) from Japan (Kogame, 2001). Unilocular and plurilocular reproductive structures, both sporangia (zoidangia), are known in the sporophytic crustose phase of one species. Plurilocular structures are found in the erect phase and either develop in association with the colorless hairs or sometimes may be separate from these hairs.

REMARKS. Although some consider the Chnoosporaceae to be a synonym of the Scytosiphonaceae (e.g., Kogame, 2001), others continue to recognize it as a distinct family (e.g., Silva et al., 1996a; Yoshida, 1998; Abbott and Huisman, 2004), primarily on the basis of its members having vegetative cells that contain a single chloroplast with one pyrenoid. Molecular analysis of C. pacifica J. Agardh (lectotype of the genus) will help elucidate the taxonomic status and phylogenetic relationships of this monotypic family.

The family’s single genus, Chnoospora, occurs in the northern Gulf of California.

Chnoospora J. Agardh

Chnoospora J. Agardh, 1847:7.

Gametophytes are erect tufts, clumps, or partly decumbent mats, and composed of one to several, more or less terete to compressed axes arising from a crustose holdfast. Axes are dichotomously, subdichotomously, or irregularly branched. Growth is in the subapical meristematic row of cells. Anatomically, the medulla is solid, and pseudoparenchymatous, composed of large and small colorless medullary cells, and the cortex is of one to two layers of smaller pigmented cells. The surface layer is of irregularly arranged cortical cells and numerous shallow pits from which groups of colorless hairs extend. Each cortical cell has a single chloroplast and a pyrenoid.

Unilocular and plurilocular structures (zoidangia) are developed on discoid sporophytes for at least one species (Kogame, 2001) and have been reported as “densely packed around groups of hairs” to form “more or less continuous sori” (Lawson and John, 1982:134). Plurilocular gametangia that produce isogametes are developed on the erect thalli in superficial sori or may be associated with colorless hairs on the outer surfaces.

REMARKS. The generitype of Chnoospora was not specifically designated by Agardh (1847), and Setchell and Gardner (1925) were apparently the first to choose a lectotype, C. pacifica J. Agardh, for the genus.

Reproductive structures in Chnoospora were first described by Barton (1898) and Børgesen (1924) and later more completely described by Fotos (1981) and Kogame (2001), who also found a repeating crustose phase in culture studies. In the most complete life history study, erect dioecious gametophytes of Japanese C. implexa produced isogametes in plurilocular gametangia that formed zygotes, which grew into crustose sporophytes. Under long-day photoperiod conditions the latter developed plurilocular zoidangia that produced sporophytic crusts repeatedly, whereas under short-day regimes the crusts developed unilocular zoidangia that grew into the dioecious, erect gametophytes (Kogame, 2001). Some strains of cultured C. implexa exhibited a direct life history with gametophytic thalli produced without sporophytes (Kogame, 2001).

Three other species are reported in the southern Gulf and Pacific Mexico: C. implexa J. Agardh (1848) by Dawson (1959a, 1959b, 1960c,1961b); C. minima (K. Hering) Papenfuss (1956) by Chávez B. (1972), Pedroche and González-González (1981), Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González (1985), León-Tejera and González-González (1993), Stout and Dreckmann (1993), Mateo-Cid et al. (1993), and Servière-Zaragoza et al. (1993); and C. pannosa J. Agardh (1848) from Isla Guadalupe (Setchell and Gardner, 1930; Stewart and Stewart, 1984).

One species is reported in the northern Gulf of California.

Chnoospora pacifica J. Agardh

FIGURE 83AߝC

Chnoospora pacifica J. Agardh, 1847:7; Kützing, 1859:36, pl. 86: fig. 1; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:728; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:553; Okamura, 1936:236; Dawson, 1944:234; Taylor, 1945:82; Dawson, 1954a:4, pl. 3: fig.1; Huerta-Múzquiz and Tirado-Lizárraga, 1970:127; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:339; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:421; Salcedo-Martínez et al., 1988:82; León-Tejera and González-González, 1993:497; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; González-González et al., 1996:141; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146.

Chnoospora fastigiata α [var.] pacifica (J. Agardh) J. Agardh, 1848:171–172; Børgesen, 1924:263, figs. 11, 12.

Chnoospora minima sensu Dawson 1959b:8; Mateo-Cid et al. 1993:49; Pedroche et al. 2008:63 [non Chnoospora minima (K. Hering) Papenfuss 1956:69].

Algae erect, up to 6 cm tall, of few to many more or less cylindrical to compressed branched axes, up to 2 mm in diameter, arising from a basal crustose holdfast. Branched dichotomously to subdichotomously; branches of more or less the same diameter throughout, tapering to slightly smaller apices. Surface with irregularly arranged cortical cells and scattered, noticeable groups of colorless hairs, up to 3 mm long, extending from shallow pits. Medulla of thick-walled, small to large, colorless cells; cortex of 1–2 layers of smaller pigmented cells.

Plurilocular uniseriate and biseriate structures, up to 80 µm long, develop in long sori on branch surfaces.

HABITAT. Intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Bahía San Pedro (north of San Carlos); Bahía Concepción to Bahía de La Paz. Pacific coast: Isla San Benedicto (Islas Revillagigedo); Isla María Magdalena (Las Islas Tres Marías); Nayarit to Oaxaca; Hawaiian Islands; Rapa Nui (Easter Island).

TYPE LOCALITY. San Agustín, Oaxaca, Mexico (Agardh, 1847, “St. Augustin, Stilla Oceanen [Pacific Ocean]”).

FIGURE 83. Chnoospora pacifica, EYD-12121: A. Habit, air-dried herbarium specimen. B. Liquid-preserved specimen showing scattered groups of hairs from shallow pits. C. Close-up of clumps of hairs extending from superficial pits.

REMARKS. Described from southern Oaxaca, Pacific Mexico (Agardh, 1847), Chnoospora pacifica was first reported in the southern Gulf by Setchell and Gardner (1924a). Subsequently, Dawson (1944) noted its absence from further Gulf collections and suggested it may be a strictly tropical species, limited to the southernmost Gulf (Dawson, 1961b). More recently, C. pacifica was reported from Sonora in the northern Gulf by Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid (1986); although I have not seen their specimens, Chnoospora is very distinctive, with characteristic scattered pits in the thallus surface from which tufts of colorless hairs extend (Figure 83B,C).

Some have considered the Pacific Mexico C. pacifica to be a synonym of the South African C. minima (K. Hering) Papenfuss (1956; cf. Levring, 1938:22, fig. 10, pl. 4: fig. 12, as “C. pacifica”; basionym: Fucus minimus K. Hering, 1841). Others have continued to recognize them as separate species; e.g., Servière-Zaragoza et al. (1993) reported both occurring in Jalisco and Nayarit, Pacific Mexico. Until the types and type locality materials of C. pacifica (generitype) and C. minima have been reexamined and tested using molecular and phylogenetic analyses and compared to the Gulf of California C. pacifica, it seems best to recognize them as separate species.

CHORDARIACEAE

Chordariaceae Greville, 1830:44.

Dictyosiphonaceae Kützing, 1849:484 as “Dictyosiphoneae.”

Elachistaceae Kjellman, 1890:41.

Myrionemataceae Nägeli, 1847:145, 252 as “Myrionemeae.”

Myriotrichiaceae Kjellman, 1890:46.

Punctariaceae (Thuret) Kjellman, 1880:9; Punctarieae Thuret in Le Jolis, 1863:14, 21.

Spermatochnaceae Kjellman, 1890:32.

Algae are microscopic or macroscopic, erect or partly erect, and variable in size and shape, ranging from (1) simple to branched filaments or tufts, (2) cushion-shaped to irregularly lobed forms, or (3) cylindrical to compressed, simple, entire, or branching forms, attached by basal filaments. Some are membranous or gelatinous in texture. Some of the species are filamentous or have a filamentous form in their life history. Other species are structurally differentiated, with a medulla composed of filaments that surround a central axis (core) of one or more colorless filaments, each of which grows from an apical cell; internally, they may be either solid or hollow when mature. Cells divide radially from the central medullary filaments and give rise to whorls of outer assimilatory filaments. These assimilatory filaments bear reproductive structures, and hairs or paraphyses may also be present or absent. Growth may be apical, marginal, diffuse, or intercalary in cortical filaments. Cells have one to several discoid, elongate, or irregular chloroplasts and usually one pyrenoid.

Life histories, where known, are mostly heteromorphic, usually with a macroscopic pseudoparenchymatous sporophyte of uniaxial or multiaxial structure and a usually smaller or microscopic filamentous gametophytic phase. Sporophytes produce unilocular sporangia, which are borne at the base of paraphyses. Plurilocular structures are uniseriate or multiseriate and may be sessile or pedicellate or borne at the base of paraphyses or on special branches growing from the outer cortical cells. Gametophytes are filamentous and produced unilocular or plurilocular gametangia. Gametes are usually of unequal size.

REMARKS. On the basis of molecular phylogenies, Peters and Ramírez (2001) considered the Chordariaceae to include several families (see those listed above as synonyms). In addition to the genera known in the northern Gulf, another, Haplogloia Levring (1939), has been reported in the southern Gulf by Mateo-Cid et al. (1993, as H. andersonii (Farlow) Levring).

There are three genera represented in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE GENERA OF CHORDARIACEAE IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Erect, terete, narrow axis and branches (up to 1.0 mm in diameter), up to 20 cm or more in length; more or less alternately to irregularly branched .................... Nemacystus

1b. Much smaller, microscopic to minute uniseriate filaments, less than 3 mm tall and 5–15 µm in diameter .................... 2

2a. Sparingly branched filaments, up to 0.5 mm tall, above a discoid base of laterally adjoined prostrate filaments which become mostly distromatic .................... Hecatonema

2b. Uniseriate filaments entirely to partly endophytic, up to 3 mm in length; without a discoid base .................... Streblonema

Hecatonema Sauvageau

Hecatonema Sauvageau, 1897:248.

Algae are minute, discoid to irregularly shaped or cushion-shaped filamentous, crustose thalli. Structually, they are composed of a mostly distromatic basal layer of laterally adjoined, radiating filaments. Most cells of these basal filaments grow parallel to the substratum or, if epiphytic, on the surface of the host. Longitudinal divisions of the basal filament cells occur inconsistently, thus forming a partly distromatic disc; other cells of the filaments may divide in an intercalary manner or marginally. Some of the lower filament cells may produce rhizoids that penetrate the cells of the host alga; the upper cells develop an erect, simple, unbranched or branched filament or an endogenous hair or a hyaline paraphysis-like structure (ascocyst) or a reproductive structure. Cells contain one to several discoid chloroplasts and one pyrenoid.

Unilocular sporangia, where known, are usually sessile or sometimes pedicellate on the basal layer. Plurilocular sporangia are multiseriate, variable in shape, sessile, and terminal or lateral.

REMARKS. The taxonomic status and placement of the genus Hecatonema needs further investigation. Culture studies have shown some Hecatonema-like microthalli to produce macrothalli that are other genera, e.g., Asperococcus Lamouroux (1813), Desmotrichum Kützing (1845), Myriotrichia Harvey (1835), or Punctaria Greville (1830) (see Loiseaux, 1967, 1969; Clayton, 1974; Lockhart, 1982; Fletcher, 1984; Pedersen, 1984); therefore, some phycologists have placed Hecatonema in the Punctariaceae (Thuret) Kjellman (1880; e.g., Christensen, 1980; Fletcher, 1987; Womersley, 1987; Wynne, 1998a). However, other species of Hecatonema have been shown to have an isomorphic life history and do not develop macrothalli in culture (e.g., Clayton, 1974; Pedersen, 1984). These species have been placed in the Myrionemataceae (e.g., Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976; Schneider and Searles, 1991; Silva et al., 1996a). Most recent investigations consider both the Myrionemataceae and Punctariaceae as members of a more broadly defined Chordariaceae (e.g., Peters and Ramírez, 2001; Wynne, 2005).

Easily overlooked, future studies of these microscopic to minute filamentous brown algae will probably reveal more species in the Gulf of California.

Currently there is one species known in the northern Gulf of California.

Hecatonema streblonematoides (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Loiseaux

FIGURE 84A,B

Compsonema streblonematoides Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922a:353, pl. 35: fig. 4; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:481; Dawson, 1961b:391.

FIGURE 84. Hecatonema streblonematoides: Upper portions of filaments from a dense tuft (JN-4033). A. Two filaments with terminal plurilocular gametangia (arrows). B. Plurilocular gametangium with short lateral protuberances (arrow).

Hecatonema streblonematoides (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Loiseaux, 1970b:253, figs. 2, 3; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:162, fig. 130; Stewart, 1991:40; González-González et al., 1996:153; Pedroche et al., 2008:62.

Compsonema myrionematoides Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922a:361, pl. 36: fig. 1; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:483; Smith, 1944:109; Dawson, 1961b:390.

Compsonema nummuloides Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922a:359, pl. 35: figs. 5, 6; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:475; Dawson, 1961b:391.

Compsonema pusillum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922a:356, pl. 37: fig. 3; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:477, pl. 54: fig. 3; Smith, 1944:108; Dawson, 1961b:391.

Compsonema ramulosum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922a:362, pl. 39: figs. 1–5; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:486; Smith, 1944:111; Dawson, 1961b:391.

Compsonema secundum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922a:361, pl. 37: figs. 1, 2; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:483, pl. 54: figs 1, 2; Smith, 1944:109, pl. 15: fig. 4; Dawson, 1961b:391; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; González-González et al., 1996:374; Pedroche et al., 2008:69.

Compsonema secundum f. terminale Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922a:366, pl. 37: figs. 4, 5; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:484, pl. 54: figs. 4, 5; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:420; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; González-González et al., 1996:143, 374; Yoshida, 1998:269; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:58; Pedroche et al., 2008:69.

Compsonema speciosum f. piliferum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922a:356, pl. 38: figs. 1, 2; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:485; Dawson, 1961b:391.

Hecatonema clavatum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922a:378, pl. 40: figs. 1–4; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:491; Dawson, 1961b:391.

Hecatonema variabile Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922a:377, pl. 41: figs. 1–12; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:490; Smith, 1944:113; Dawson, 1961b:391.

Algae minute tufts form a discoid to irregular cushion, 2–10 mm in diameter; basal layer mostly distromatic, and 1 cell layer at margins; attached below by rhizoids; erect filaments unbranched, mostly 100–500 µm tall (older specimens reported up to 1000 µm tall and with secund branching). Filaments of cylindrical cells, 5–7 µm in diameter basally and 10–12(–15) µm above. Cells with (1–)2–4(–5) chloroplasts. Endogenous hairs, up to 7 µm in diameter; rare in juveniles, abundant in mature specimens. Ascocysts rare, sessile or lateral on erect filaments, 20–50 µm long by 10–15 µm in diameter.

Unilocular sporangia erect on basal filaments, sessile, lateral or pedicellate; 40–80 µm long by 15–30 µm in diameter. Plurilocular structures very variable in shape and position; sessile, 40 µm long and 12 µm in diameter, or pedicellate, 40–180 µm long by 12–17 µm in diameter, or lateral or in long terminal rows on erect filaments, up to 400 µm in length (sometimes resembling a cockscomb; see Setchell and Gardner, 1925:pl. 54: fig. 1).

HABITAT. Epiphytic on Padina durvillei and P. caulescens; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Bahía Kino. Pacific coast: Alaska to central California; Baja California; Jalisco to Nayarit; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. On pneumatocyst of Nereocystis luetkeana, Tomales Bay, Marin County, California.

REMARKS. Hecatonema streblonematoides has been recorded from the Sonora coast at Puerto Peñasco (Loiseaux, 1970b) and in the vicinity of Bahía Kino at Isla Pelícano and Segundo Cerro Prieto (Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986, as “Compsonema secundum f. terminale”). The form of H. streblonematoides we have collected (Playa Hermosa, vicinity of Puerto Peñasco, JN-4033; US Alg. Coll. slide 5350) closely resembles those originally described as Compsonema secundum (see Setchell and Gardner, 1925:pl. 54: fig. 2).

Smith (1944, as “C. secundum”) noted its sporangia were so variable that it was impossible to distinguish the type species of C. secundum from the forma, C. secundum f. terminale. On the basis of culture and morphological studies, Loiseaux (1970b) concluded H. streblonematoides was a single species that included C. secundum and several other northeastern Pacific taxa previously placed in Compsonema or Hecatonema. The species encompassed within the broadly taxonomically defined H. streblonematoides (Loiseaux, 1970b) need to be molecular phylogenetically and morphologically tested.

Nemacystus Derbès et Solier

Nemacystus Derbès et Solier, 1850:269.

Algae are erect, lax, with cylindrical narrow axes, 400–1000 µm in diameter, usually irregularly branched, and attached by a small discoid holdfast. The single axial filament of the medulla (usually evident in the upper portions) grows by divisions of a dome-shaped apical cell. Surrounding the axial filament are large pseudoparenchymatous cells that develop from filaments growing downward from the base of the assimilatory filaments. The outermost pseudoparenchymatous cells bear pigmented assimilatory filaments that are simple or branched at their bases, straight or curved, and up to 20 cells in length. Colorless phaeophycean hairs develop from basal cells of the assimilatory filaments, and together with the assimilatory filaments, they cover the surface, giving it a hairy or furry appearance under low magnification.

Life histories, where known (e.g., Migita and Yotsui, 1972; Yotsui, 1980), are either direct from spores of plurilocular sporangia or heteromorphic, with macroscopic sporophytes and microscopic gametophytes. Sporophytes produce two kinds of sporangia: unilocular, ovoid to pyriform sporangia that are borne at base of assimilatory filaments and plurilocular sporangia that are uniseriate and borne on simple or sometimes branched pedicels at the base of assimilatory filaments (Yotsui, 1976, 1980). Microscopic “streblonematoid” gametophytes, known in some species (e.g., N. decipiens (Suringar) Kuckuck, 1929), bear few-celled, uniseriate gametangia that produce isogametes (Peters and Müller, 1986a; Peters, 1987).

There is one species, originally described from the southern Gulf, and known to occur throughout the Gulf of California.

Nemacystus brandegeei (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Kylin

FIGURE 85AߝC

Meneghiniella brandegeei Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924b:5; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:549, pl. 47: fig.11, pl. 49: fig.16.

Nemacystus brandegeei (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Kylin, 1940:49; Dawson, 1944:232; Dawson, 1949:230; Dawson, 1959a:19, fig. 2; Dawson, 1961b:392; Hommersand, 1972:70; Norris, 1973:6; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; González-González et al., 1996:155; de Jong and Prud’homme van Reine, 1997:6; de Jong, 1999:88; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:58; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204; Pedroche et al., 2008:62.

Haplogloia andersonii sensu Norris, 1973:6; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204 [non Haplogloia andersonii (Farlow) Levring, 1939:50; basionym: Mesogloia andersonii Farlow, 1889:6].

Algae soft, dark-brown, slender cylindrical main axes, irregularly and alternately branched, mostly up to 20 cm (to 1.0 m) long and up to 500–600(–1000) µm in diameter. Main axis and branches develop from a single apical cell; initial axial filament more evident in upper portions. Internally of large, thin-walled, colorless, pseudoparenchymatous cells; innermost up to 100 µm wide by up to 400 µm long; outward mostly 45 µm by 125 µm; outermost cells 36 µm by 65 µm. Assimilatory filaments up to 140(–160) µm in length, composed of 6–12 cells with discoid plastids; basal cells smaller, 5–7 µm in diameter, distal cells relatively larger and moniliform, 7–10(–13) µm in diameter. Phaeophycean hairs with a basal meristem; 3–8 µm in diameter.

Unilocular sporangia ovoid, 41 µm long by 32 µm in diameter. Plurilocular sporangia on single or branched pedicels; mostly uniseriate, up to 50 µm long, and up to 10 µm in diameter.

HABITAT. Epiphytic or entangled with various algae, notably Sargassum; low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to La Paz. Pacific coast: west side of Laguna Ojo de Liebre (Scammon’s Lagoon), opposite Isla La Concha (Baja California Sur).

TYPE LOCALITY. La Paz, Baja California Sur, Gulf of California, Mexico.

REMARKS. In the field, Nemacystus brandegeei is recognized by its thin cylindrical axes, which are mostly irregularly branched (usually less than 600 µm in diameter), and slippery texture.

Streblonema Derbès et Solier

Streblonema Derbès et Solier, 1851:100.

Algae are minute, uniseriate, branched filaments, up to 3 mm in height. They may be entirely endophytic, growing between cells of the host, or partly endophytic, with both creeping and erect portions above the host’s surface. Growth is mostly diffuse. Cells have one to several band-shaped or discoid plastids and are without pyrenoids. Colorless hairs are usually present.

Reproductive structures are terminal or lateral on erect or creeping filaments, mostly extending above surface cells of its host. Unilocular structures are only known in a few species. Plurilocular sporangia are cylindrical or ovoid and uniseriate or multiseriate and occur either on the same thallus or on separate thalli. Gametophytes are apparently unknown.

REMARKS. Many species of Streblonema are problematic or poorly known, and studies have revealed the genus to be paraphyletic. Some, but apparently not all, may be distinct independent species (Pedersen 1984). These species of Streblonema may have evolved by complete suppression of the macrothallus, or their sexual reproduction has been lost.

Streblonema microthalli have been found physically connected to a macrothallus. Pedersen (1978), studying the

FIGURE 85. Nemacystus brandegeei: A. Habit (JN-3985), epiphytic on Sargassum. B. Transection of a liquid-preserved specimen showing single axial filament cell and pseudoparenchymatous cortex, grading from larger inner cells to smaller outer cells that bear the assimilatory filaments. C. Furry external appearance of axes and branches derived from well-developed outer layer of free assimilatory filaments and phaeophycean hairs. B, C. EYD-25847.

life history of Myriotrichia clavaeformis Harvey (1834), found its prostrate system was probably S. sphaericum (Derbès et Solier) Thuret in Le Jolis (1863), the possible generitype of Streblonema. Culture studies have shown other Streblonema to be a microthallus phase in the heteromorphic life history of other species of brown macroalgae. For example, Streblonema-like microthalli were found to be life history phases of Litosiphon laminariae (Lyngbye) Harvey (1849) (Pedersen, 1981, as Litosiphon pusillus), Sphaerotrichia divaricata (J. Agardh) Kylin (1940) (Ajisaka and Umezaki, 1978), and Stilophora tenella (Esper) P. Silva (in Silva et al., 1996a; = S. rhizodes (C. Agardh) J. Agardh, 1841) (Peters and Müller, 1986a; Peters, 1987).

One species of Streblonema may be responsible for an algal disease. The endophytic infestations that result in loss of quality of Undaria (human food, known as wakame) in Japan are caused by S. aecidioides (Rosenvinge) Fosile in DeToni (1895b) (Yoshida and Akiyama, 1979) (note that molecular evidence places S. aecidioides in a group of kelp endophytes, Laminariocolax Kylin, 1947a; Burkhardt and Peters, 1998).

Three species of Streblonema are reported from Pacific Baja California (see L. Aguilar-Rosas, 1985; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1986) and Isla Guadalupe (Dawson, 1961b; Stewart and Stewart, 1984).

One species and one undetermined species are recorded from the northern Gulf of California.

Streblonema transfixum Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 86

Streblonema transfixum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922b:391; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:446; Dawson, 1945c:28; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:156, fig. 121; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1986:18; Scagel et al., 1989:139; González-González et al., 1996:165; Pedroche et al., 2008:24.

Algae minute filaments; lower portion, partly endophytic of irregularly branched filaments, 4–5 µm diameter, and upper portion of erect, unbranched filaments. Upper filaments short, of squarish to slightly rectangular cells, (5–)7–15 µm long and 7–10 µm diameter. Cells with band-shaped chloroplast.

Unilocular sporangia unknown. Plurilocular sporangia terminal on filaments; cylindroconical, 40–60 µm long and up to 15 µm wide; with locules in both longitudinal and transverse rows.

FIGURE 86. Streblonema transfixum: Habit, uniseriate unbranched filaments; one filament bearing a terminal plurilocular structure (arrow) with locules in longitudinal and transverse rows; epiphytic on Gracilaria textorii (JN-4411c).

HABITAT. Partly endophytic-epiphytic on Gracilaria textorii; shallow subtidal, 10 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Isla Coronado (Isla Smith), Bahía de Los Ángeles. Pacific coast: British Columbia to Oregon; central California to northern Baja California.

TYPE LOCALITY. On Desmarestia herbacea, San Pedro, Los Angeles County, California.

REMARKS. Gulf specimens from Isla Coronado (JN-4411c; US Alg. Coll. slide 4257) are tentatively referred to Streblonema transfixum and represent a new record for the Gulf of California. Previously, S. transfixum has been known on Desmarestia (Smith, 1944; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1986), and Gracilaria would be an unusual host for this species. Life history and molecular studies are needed to confirm the identification of this species in the northern Gulf of California.

Streblonema sp. A

Streblonema sp. of La Claire II and West, 1977:127, figs. 1–4.

Microscopic, endophytic, and partly emerged irregularly branched filaments above surface cells of host, Cutleria hancockii. Reproduction not observed.

HABITAT. Endophytic or epiphytic on gametophytes of Cutleria hancockii; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Punta Pelícano (vicinity of Puerto Peñasco), Sonora.

REMARKS. Filaments of a Streblonema sp. A were collected on gametophytes of Cutleria hancockii in the upper Gulf (La Claire II and West, 1977). Spores of the Streblonema were isolated and grown in culture studies, and ultrastructural study revealed viruslike particles (previously unknown in brown algal vegetative cells) within their cytoplasm (La Claire II and West, 1977). Studies of future collections, as well as life history culture and molecular analyses, are needed to identify the species.

ECTOCARPACEAE

Ectocarpaceae C. Agardh, 1828:9.

Members of this family are generally small or occasionally microscopic, branched, uniseriate filaments. The erect filaments can be corticated or uncorticated throughout and are usually attached by a disc-shaped base or a creeping rhizoidal holdfast, but some may penetrate the host or substrata. The branches are most often uniseriate, but in a few they are biseriate. Cells have a few to many parietal or axially elongated, band-shaped plastids and one to several pyrenoids.

Reproductive structures, unilocular or plurilocular sporangia and plurilocular gametangia, are borne laterally on branches or are intercalary in some and are formed by transformation of vegetative cells. Plurilocular and unilocular structures sometimes occur on the same thallus. Sporangia produce meiospores (zoospores). Gametangia produce isogametes or anisogametes.

One genus is represented in the northern Gulf of California.

Ectocarpus Lyngbye

Ectocarpus Lyngbye, 1819:130.

Algae are erect, uniseriate filaments that are sparsely to densely irregularly branched and basally attached by rhizoids and/or prostrate filaments. The main axis may be uncorticated or, in some, corticated by descending rhizoidal filaments. Growth is diffuse by intercalary meristems (among the vegetative cells). Axis and branches often terminate in elongated terminal cells or colorless “pseudohairs.” Cells have one to several parietal, band-shaped or ribbonlike chloroplasts and usually several pyrenoids per plastid.

Life histories are isomorphic or heteromorphic with only slightly different generations; however, a few species are known to be only asexual. Reproductive structures are similar in appearance and sessile or pedicellate. Unilocular and plurilocular sporangia can be borne on the same alga or on separate thalli. Unilocular sporangia are globose or ellipsoidal, usually sessile, or terminal on short laterals. Plurilocular sporangia are usually terminal but, in some, may develop from vegetative cells below a pseudohair. Plurilocular gametangia are borne on separate thalli, and the gametes are isogamous.

REMARKS. Ectocarpus is worldwide in distribution, with species that often exhibit wide phenotypic plasticity. The relationship of the species of Ectocarpus recorded in the Gulf to other known species is in need of critical study, including comparative morphological and life history studies and DNA analyses. Further field exploration will probably yield additional species in the Gulf of California.

Three species are reported in the southern Gulf (Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González 1985; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001): Ectocarpus corticulatus De A. Saunders (1898), E. chantrasoides Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1922c) and E. simulans Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1922c).

Seven species are recorded in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF ECTOCARPUS IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Filaments corticated basally; distally narrowing in diameter; cells more or less barrel-shaped; plurilocular sporangia more or less cylindrical with a conical upper portion.................... E. acutus

1b. Filaments not corticated basally; cells not barrel-shaped; plurilocular sporangia not cylindrical .................... 2

2a. Upper branches usually in secund pattern; plurilocular sporangia up to 500 µm (or more) in length, with a sterile apex or long extension .................... E. siliculosus

2b. Upper branches usually not in secund series; plurilocular sporangia shorter and without sterile apices .................... 3

3a. Two distinct kinds of reproductive structures on same thallus; plurilocular structures: one of multiseriate rows of locules and the other of a uniseriate row of large locules .................... E. commensalis

3b. Different kinds of reproductive structures on separate thalli: unilocular and plurilocular sporangia and plurilocular gametangia .................... 4

4a. Reproductive structures borne on both prostrate and erect filaments .................... E. parvus

4b. Reproductive structures restricted to erect filaments .................... 5

5a. Epiphytic on Codium .................... E. gonodioides

5b. Growing on rocks or crustose coralline algae .................... 6

6a. Thalli small, filaments infrequently branched, about 20 µm in diameter, apices usually blunt; plurilocular sporangia sessile, to 175 µm long, without apical extensions.................... E. hancockii

6b. Thalli larger, filaments abundantly branched, up to 50 µm in diameter; plurilocular sporangia pedicellate, to 400 µm long, with apical extension of cells .................... E. sonorensis

Ectocarpus acutus Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 87A,B

Ecotcarpus acutus Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922c:404, pl. 48: figs. 36–39, pl. 49: figs. 40, 41; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:415; Smith, 1944:80, pl. 10: fig. 1; Dawson, 1961b:383; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:123, fig. 83; Pacheco-Ruíz, 1982:70; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:24; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1991:23; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1994b:42; González-González et al., 1996:147; Hoffmann and Santelices, 1997:110, fig. 25; Rodríguez-Morales and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1999:17, 22; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:146; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:57; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:3, 8; Pedroche et al., 2008:15.

Algae filamentous, up to 5 cm tall; usually densely branched; attached by prostrate, entangled filaments (not penetrating deeply into host). Main filaments corticated below by rhizoidal filaments growing into holdfast and not corticated above; branching mostly alternate below and secund above; with branches gradually narrowing and becoming attenuated distally. Cells of filaments more or less barrel-shaped; in lower to middle portions (16–)24–120 µm long and 40–60 µm in diameter; with few irregular band-shaped chloroplasts, each with several pyrenoids.

Unilocular sporangia unknown. Plurilocular sporangia on 1–2 celled pedicels; more or less cylindrical with a conical upper portion, 100–150(–230) µm long and 20–35 µm in diameter.

FIGURE 87. Ectocarpus acutus: A. Portion of a filament showing the barrel shape of the cells with irregular band-shaped chloroplasts (from Setchell and Gardner, 1922b: pl. 48, fig. 38). B. Upper portion of filament showing branches attenuated toward acute apices (from Setchell and Gardner, 1922b: pl. 48, fig. 39).

HABITAT. Epiphytic, usually on brown algae; intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco; Isla Espíritu Santo to Bahía de La Paz. Pacific coast: British Columbia to Baja California Sur; Colima; Chile.

TYPE LOCALITY. Carmel, Monterey County, California.

Ectocarpus commensalis Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 88A

Ectocarpus commensalis Setchell et N.L. Gardner, 1922c:407, pl. 48: figs. 32–35; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:424; Smith, 1944:86; Dawson, 1961b:384; González-González et al., 1996:147; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:57; Pedroche et al., 2008:16.

Ectocarpus dimorphus P. C. Silva nom. nov., 1957:42; Dawson, 1961b:384; Silva, 1979:332.

Ectocarpus variabilis (De A. Saunders) G. M. Smith, nom. illeg., 1942:647, figs. 1–4 [note Ectocarpus variabilis Vickers, 1905:59 is an earlier homonym]; Smith, 1944:85, pl. 10: figs. 2–4; Dawson, 1945b:64; Dawson, 1951:52; Dawson, 1954b:111; González-González et al., 1996:149.

Ecotcarpus confervoides f. variabilis De A. Saunders, 1898:155, pl. 23: figs 1–10; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:414, pl. 46: fig. 7; Dawson, 1944:220.

Algae epiphytic, forming tufts up to 1.0 cm tall. Erect filaments uncorticated, sparingly and predominately alternate branched; upper ends attenuated, with round apices; prostrate filaments irregularly branched, attached to but not penetrating host cells. Cells of erect filaments 10–75(–90) µm long by (10–)15–30 µm in diameter, with band-shaped chloroplasts.

Plurilocular structures of two kinds, both pedicellate (1–3 celled stalk), and usually borne on separate branches of same individual: (1) multiseriate, 10–15 locules wide, fusiform to ovoid, 75–180 µm long by 15–35 µm in diameter; each locule about 0.2 µm in diameter; and (2) a uniseriate row, 70–200 µm in length; of 2–15 barrel-shaped large locules, each 15–35 µm in diameter.

HABITAT. Epiphytic on Sargassum and probably other algae; low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Isla Turners (off south end of Isla Tiburón). Pacific coast: British Columbia to Baja California Sur; Nayarit.

TYPE LOCALITY. Not stated by Saunders (1898); Point Pinos, Pacific Grove, Monterey County, California, given by Smith (1944).

REMARKS. Description of Ectocarpus commensalis is based primarily on Dawson (1944, as “E. confervoides f. variabilis”) and Smith (1944, as “E. variabilis”). Although considered to be conspecific with E. parvus by Abbott and Hollenberg (1976), Silva (1979, as “E. dimorphus”) noted that the epiphytic E. commensalis should probably be separated from the epilithic E. parvus.

Ectocarpus gonodioides Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 88B

Ectocarpus gonodioides Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:721, pl. 17: fig. 44; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:439; Dawson, 1944:221; Smith, 1944:86; Dawson, 1961b:384; Dawson, 1966a:9; Dawson, 1966b:55; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:126, fig. 87; González-González et al., 1996:148; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:203; Pedroche et al., 2008:16.

Algae minute tufts, up to 550 µm high, epiphytic, attached by rhizoidal filaments deeply penetrating into the host. Erect filaments near base, almost colorless, sparsely branched at host’s surface; upper filaments simple, mostly becoming attenuated toward apices. Cells 1–2 times as long as wide; lower cells 18–24 µm in diameter; upper cells 10–14 µm in diameter. Chloroplasts not adequately described in Gulf specimens.

Unilocular sporangia unknown. Plurilocular gametangia pedicellate, on 1–2 celled stalk, borne near base of filaments; narrowly fusiform, up to 125 µm long by 20–28 µm wide.

HABITAT. Epiphytic on Codium macdougalii (= C. brandegeei) and C. cuneatum (= C. simulans); mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Bahía de Los Ángeles; Bahía Agua Verde to Cabo Pulmo. Pacific coast: central California.

TYPE LOCALITY. Isla Coronado (Isla Smith), Las Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Setchell and Gardner (1924a:722), in describing the Gulf E. gonodioides, stated “the chromatophores are too much disorganized for characterization.” Recording this species from Carmel, central California, Smith (1944:86) noted it differed somewhat

FIGURE 88. Four species of Ectocarpus. A. Ectocarpus commensalis: Filaments bearing both multiseriate and uniseriate plurilocular sporangia (from Saunders, 1898: pl. 23, figs. 1, 9). B. Ectocarpus gonodioides: Tuft of filaments showing plurilocular reproductive structures borne right above the rhizoidal portion that penetrates the host (drawn from type specimen, I. M. Johnston-47e; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a: pl. 17, fig. 44). C. Ectocarpus hancockii: Portion of a filament bearing a sessile, plurilocular sporangium (drawn from type specimen, EYD-[1940]133, Dawson, 1944: pl. 31, fig. 4). D. Ectocarpus sonorensis: Portion of a filament bearing a narrow, elongate plurilocular sporangium with sterile apical cells (drawn from type specimen, Drouet & Richards-3281, Dawson, 1944: pl. 31, fig. 5)

from those of the Gulf of California type locality and described its plastids as band-shaped, and later, Abbott and Hollenberg (1976:126) noted there were few per cell. Until further collections of Gulf type locality material are made and its plastids and mode of growth are described and tested with molecular analyses, it is best to retain the species here (see also “Remarks” under E. hancockii).

Ectocarpus hancockii E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 88C

Ectocarpus hancockii E. Y. Dawson, 1944:222, pl. 31: fig. 4; Dawson, 1961b:385; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González et al., 1996:149; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132, 134; Pedroche et al., 2008:18.

Algae tufted, 4–5 mm high, saxicolous or epiphytic on crustose coralline algae, attached by a mat of cells and basal filaments. Erect filaments infrequently branched, about 20 µm in diameter, apices usually blunt. Cells 30–60 µm in length and up to 20 µm in diameter. Plastids probably band-shaped.

Unilocular sporangia unknown. Plurilocular sporangia, abundant, lateral, sessile, 125–175 µm long by 28–32 µm in diameter.

HABITAT. On rocks and on crustose coralline algae; mid intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: El Faro de San Felipe (lighthouse of San Felipe); Isla Turners.

TYPE LOCALITY. Reef off Isla Turners (off southeast end of Isla Tiburón), Las Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. The generic placement of the Gulf-endemic Ectocarpus hancockii remains uncertain, as characters necessary for generic separation, such as the plastids or type of growth, were not given in the original description (Dawson, 1944). However, in Dawson’s illustration (1944, pl. 31: fig. 4) the plastids appear to be mostly band-shaped, and thus, for now, this species is retained in Ectocarpus. Further study, including DNA analyses, on future collections from the type locality should lead to a better understanding of this species.

Ectocarpus parvus (De A. Saunders) Hollenberg

FIGURE 89

Ectocarpus siliculosus var. parvus De A. Saunders, 1898:153, pl. 22: figs. 1–9.

Ectocarpus parvus (De A. Saunders) Hollenberg, 1971:283; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:126, fig. 89 [in part]; L. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:31; Pacheco-Ruíz, 1982:70; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:24; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:420; Stewart, 1991:38; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:517; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:109; González-González et al., 1996:149; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1996:69, 85, pl. 17: figs. 69–72; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Dreckmann et al., 2006:154.

Ectocarpus confervoides f. parvus (DeA. Saunders) Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922c:414; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:413; Dawson, 1961b:384.

Ectocarpus confervoides f. pygmaeus sensu Setchell and Gardner, 1925:415 [non E. confervoides f. pygmaeus (Areschoug) Kjellman, 1890:77; basionym: Ectocarpus pygmaeus Areschoug in Kjellman, 1872:85].

Ectocarpus confervoides var. pygmaeus sensu Hollenberg and Abbott, 1968:1237 [non E. confervoides var. pygmaeus (Areschoug) Rosenvinge, 1893:883; the basionym, E. pygmaeus Areschoug in Kjellman, 1872:85, is a synonym of Ectocarpus fasciculatus Harvey, 1841:40 (see Russell, 1966:270)].

Algae erect, forming short, filamentous tufts, 5–10 mm high. Filaments uncorticated, 20–30 µm in diameter; simple or sparingly, more or less alternately branched; attenuated at branch apices. Cells of filaments 25–75 µm in length, 20–30 µm in diameter; upper cells shorter than lower cells. Chloroplasts irregularly band-shaped.

Unilocular and plurilocular sporangia not reported in northern Gulf material.

HABITAT. Growing on rocks; low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Isla Pelícano, Bahía Kino; Bahía de La Paz. Pacific coast: Alaska to Baja California Sur; Sinaloa to Chiapas.

TYPE LOCALITY. On “sand-colored rocks,” San Pedro, Los Angeles County, California (Saunders, 1898).

REMARKS. The relationship of Ectocarpus parvus with E. commensalis is problematic. While recognizing E. parvus as a separate taxon (including those misidentified as “E. confervoides var. pygmaeus”), Scagel et al. (1989) noted its taxonomic status, as well as that of other morphologically similar taxa, is uncertain. Future collections will be helpful in understanding the degree of variation and the status of this taxon within the Gulf of California. Specimens of “E. confervoides f. pygmaeus”

FIGURE 89. Ectocarpus parvus: Habit, portion of a filament showing terminal and lateral plurilocular sporangia (drawn from type specimen, W.A. Setchell-1213, Saunders, 1898: pl. 22, fig. 1).

as reported from Sonora (Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986) and Nayarit (León-Tejera et al., 1993) may also be this species.

Ectocarpus siliculosus (Dillwyn) Lyngbye

Conferva siliculosa Dillwyn, 1809: 69, Suppl. pl. E.

Ectocarpus siliculosus (Dillwyn) Lyngbye, 1819:131, pl. 43B,C; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:410; Doty, 1947:31; Dawson, 1961b:385; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:128, fig. 90; Silva, 1979:332; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González 1991:23; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González 1992:23; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González 1994b:42; González-González et al., 1996:376; Kitayama, 1996:224, figs. 2, 3; Yoshida, 1998:166; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:132, L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Pedroche et al., 2008:18.

Algae forming tufts, up to 2.0 cm tall, composed of uniseriate, uncorticated filaments; branching subdichotomous in lower portion and alternately secund above; larger branches 45–60 µm in diameter, ultimate branchlets 10–25 µm in diameter. Cells (0.6–)1–2 times as long as wide; with ribbon-shaped chloroplasts and several pyrenoids.

Plurilocular sporangia conical, usually on short pedicels (also reported sessile), 90–500(–600) µm long, 15–25(–40) µm in diameter; with sterile tip or sometimes with hairlike multicellular extension.

HABITAT. On rocks, limestone, and clay, in tide pools, or epiphytic on Codium; often becomes free-floating; high to mid intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: El Tornillal to Puertecitos. Pacific coast: Alaska to Baja California Sur; Nayarit to Colima, Peru; Chile; China; Japan.

SYNTYPE LOCALITIES. Cromer in Norfolk and Hastings in East Sussex, England (Silva et al., 1996a).

REMARKS. Ectocarpus siliculosus has been recorded in the northern Gulf by L. Aguilar-Rosas et al. (2000, 2002); description is based on Abbott and Hollenberg (1976).

Ectocarpus sonorensis E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 88D

Ectocarpus sonorensis E. Y. Dawson, 1944:221, pl. 31: fig.5; Dawson, 1961b:385; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; González-González et al., 1996:149; Pedroche et al., 2008:20.

Algae filamentous, light green-brown, up to 10 cm tall, abundantly branched, with main filaments up to 50 µm in diameter, and branches attenuating distally from 40 µm to 12 µm in diameter; secondary and other order branches, slender, somewhat cylindrical, and tapering upwards to a sharp point; branches bearing numerous short, spinelike secondary branchlets near apices. Cells thin-walled, 1.25–1.50 times as long as wide; with pale chloroplasts apparently lining the wall.

Unilocular sporangia unknown. Plurilocular sporangia borne on 2-celled pedicels, slender, up to 400 µm long by 20–25 µm in diameter, with an apical, pointed extension of vegetative cells, 30–120 µm long.

HABITAT. On rocks; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Guaymas.

TYPE LOCALITY. “On rocks in tidal stream,” 3 km east of Guaymas, Sonora, Gulf of California (Dawson, 1944).

REMARKS. Apparently a Gulf of California endemic, Ectocarpus sonorensis is known only from the type collection.

PYLAIELLACEAE

Pylaiellaceae P. M. Pedersen, 1984:50, as “Pilayellaceae.”

Algae are filamentous, with erect and sometimes low-growing portions, attached by rhizoids. Filaments are mostly uniseriate, becoming parenchymatous by longitudinal divisions of the cells.

Sporangia are formed by the transformation of vegetative cells.

REMARKS. Pedersen (1984) considered the Pylaiellaceae to be close to some families of the orders Dictyosiphonales and Tilopteridales, noting that the more or less frequent formation of longitudinal walls in Pylaiella justifies its position among the parenchymatous brown algae. However, Wynne (1986) questioned the taxonomic significance of this character and placed Pylaiella in the Ectocarpaceae and, later (Wynne, 2005), within the Acinetosporaceae (both Ectocarpales). Herein the Pylaiellaceae is recognized as a family within the Ectocarpales (Silva et al., 1996a).

Pylaiella Bory de Saint-Vincent

Pylaiella Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1823:393.

Algae are filamentous, composed of creeping and erect portions, which may be simple or more or less opposite, alternate, or irregularly branched, and attached by rhizoids. Filaments are initially uniseriate and without a terminal hair; later, these filaments may be frequently divided by longitudinal walls (some interpret this as becoming parenchymatous) and taper upward into pseudohairs (note that true phaeophycean hairs are absent). Growth is by intercalary divisions, which are generally diffuse throughout the thallus or sometimes localized. Cells have numerous discoid plastids and a single pyrenoid.

Thalli are isomorphic, sometimes with both unilocular and plurilocular structures on the same individual. Plurilocular and unilocular sporangia are barrel-shaped or subspherical, are intercalary in catenate series with lateral openings, and are formed by direct transformation of vegetative cells. Plurilocular gametangia are oblong to more or less cylindrical.

REMARKS. The original spelling, Pylaiella Bory de Saint-Vincent (1823) has been conserved over “Pilayella” (Silva et al., 1999; Compère, 2003). Species of Pylaiella exhibit a wide range of phenotypic plasticity; thus, the species concepts are in need of testing and clarification.

Although species of Pylaiella are not well known in the Gulf, large loose-lying mats of another species, P. littoralis (Linnaeus) Kjellman (1872), have created environmental problems on the northeastern coast of the United States (Wilce et al., 1982).

One undetermined species is now recorded from the northern Gulf of California.

Pylaiella sp. A

Alga minute and filamentous. Main axes branched irregularly alternate.

Sporangia not seen.

HABITAT. In a tide pool, entangled with Antithamnionella spirographidis; low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Punta Pelícano, Puerto Peñasco.

REMARKS. A minute specimen of Pylaiella (JN-3979) establishes the genus as occurring in the northern Gulf. Unfortunately, the material is not fertile; thus, the species cannot be determined. It is noted herein to call its presence to the attention of future collectors.

LEATHESIACEAE*

Leathesiaceae Farlow, 1881:16, 79.

Corynophlaeceae Oltmanns, 1922:23 [see Silva, 1980: 71, 73].

Sporophytic algae are cushionlike, globose, or hemispherical, some becoming irregularly globular, with smooth to convoluted surfaces and without a distinct basal layer. Assimilatory filaments are anticlinally arranged, with intercalary growth. Cells of assimilatory filaments contain several chloroplasts, each with a pyrenoid.

Life histories, where known, are heteromorphic with a sporophytic macrothallus and a haploid filamentous microthallus. Sporophytes may have unilocular and/or plurilocular sporangia on the same or separate thalli. Presumed gametophytes are filamentous, microscopic thalli, with uniseriate gametangia.

REMARKS. Some taxonomists consider the Leathesiaceae to be synonymous with the family Chordariaceae on the basis of morphological and life history similarities. Molecular phylogenetic analyses of the generitype Leathesia tuberiformis S. F. Gray (1821; which is now Leathesia marina (Lyngbye) Decaisne, 1842, basionym Chaetophora marina Lyngbye 1819; L. difformis (Linnaeus) J. E. Areschoug, 1847; see Pedroche et al., 2008) will help resolve the familial status.

One of the genera, Myriactula Kuntze (1898), is represented by two poorly known endemic species in the southern Gulf: Myriactula johnstonii (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Feldmann (1945; basionym: Gonodia johnstonii Setchell et N. L. Gardner 1924a); and M. marchantiae (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) Feldmann (1945; basionym: Gonodia marchantiae Setchell et N.L. Gardner 1924a).

There is one genus recorded in the northern Gulf of California.

Leathesia S. F. Gray

Leathesia S. F. Gray, 1821: 279, 301.

Algae are globular to hemispherical or irregularly convoluted and internally solid or initially solid and later becoming hollow. Species are epiphytic or growing on solid substratum. Growth is by intercalary cell divisions. Internal structure is of two kinds of filaments: inner medullary filaments that are loosely arranged, dichotomously to trichotomously branched, and composed of large, elongated, colorless cells; and outer multicelled assimilatory filaments that are composed of cylindrical pigmented cells that terminate with a large globular cell. Cells of assimilatory filaments contain several chloroplasts with pyrenoids. Phaeophycean hairs, often common, are among the assimilatory filaments and project above the surface layer.

The life history is heteromorphic, with plurispores of sporophytic macrothalli producing filamentous microthalli and unfused gametes of the latter developing gametophytes (e.g., Kylin, 1933; Dangeard, 1969). Unilocular and plurilocular sporangia develop on the basal cells of the assimilatory filaments, sometimes on the same individual. Unilocular sporangia are ovoid to ellipsoid and are usually separated from each other. Plurilocular sporangia with locules in uniseriate rows are usually grouped together.

REMARKS. Two taxonomic sections of the genus were recognized by Inagaki (1958). Leathesia sect. Leathesia includes members that are hollow, with a reticulated medullary layer, and Leathesia sect. Primariae includes those that are solid, with densely packed medullary filaments. Species of the latter section resemble the genus Corynophlaea Kützing (1843) in their inner anatomy; however, they are different genera. Ajisaka (1984) cultured one member, L. japonica Inagaki (1958), and reported the occurrence of filamentous thalli that resembled Polytretus reinboldii (Reinke) Sauvageau (1900; =Botrytella reinboldii (Reinke) Kornmann et Sahling, 1988) and formed plurilocular sporangia with several lateral release pores in its life history.

One species has been reported in the northern Gulf of California.

Leathesia nana Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 90AߝC

Leathesia nana Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924b:3; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:511, pl. 43: fig. 67; Smith, 1944:115, pl. 15: fig. 1; Dawson, 1958:65; Dawson, 1961b:391; Hollenberg, 1971:285, fig. 3; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:177, fig. 143; Pacheco-Ruíz, 1982:70; Tseng, 1983:174, pl. 88: fig. 1; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1984a:152; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1984b:161; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1990:123; González-González

FIGURE 90. Leathesia nana: A. Several thalli epiphytic on a leaflike blade of Sargassum sinicola. B. Habit of several small globose thalli. C. Transection of thallus showing three- to five-celled assimilatory filaments with a larger, subspherical, terminal cell (CMMEX-6447).

et al., 1996:154; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:127, 136; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:58; Pedroche et al., 2008:60.

Algae small, more or less globose or hemispherical, 1.0–3.0(–5.0) mm in diameter; mostly with a smooth surface and usually not hollow; epiphytic on Sargassum. Assimilatory (cortical) filaments of 3–4(–5) elongate cells, (6–)7–8 µm in diameter, with a larger, subspherical terminal cell, 10 µm in diameter. Medullary filaments of larger colorless cells. Hairs not observed in Gulf specimens (reported as present or absent for the species).

Reproductive structure not observed in upper Gulf of California specimens.

HABITAT. Epiphytic on Sargassum sinicola and S. herporhizum; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco; Playa El Coloradito. Pacific coast: northern Washington to Cabo Colnett, Baja California; China.

TYPE LOCALITY. Monterey, Monterey County, California.

REMARKS. The northern Gulf Leathesia nana were found on brown algae, species of Sargassum (L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006). This is a new host, as central California L. nana are known as epiphytes on the sea grass Phyllospadix (Setchell and Gardner, 1924b, 1925; Smith, 1944) and on the red algae Neorhodomela larix (Turner) Masuda (1982; = Rhodomela larix (Turner) C. Agardh, 1822) and Odonthalia floccosa (Esper) Falkenberg (1901), both Rhodomelaceae (Sparling, 1971; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976).

Although reproductive structures were not seen in upper Gulf specimens, two kinds of sporangia are reported in California L. nana (Hollenberg, 1971; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976): plurilocular sporangia, uniseriate, of 4–6 locules, 20–30 µm long and 3.5–5.0 µm in diameter, borne at base of 3- to 4-celled paraphyses, with a globular terminal cell only slightly larger than lower cells (Setchell and Gardner, 1925); and unilocular sporangia 25–40(–50) µm long and 10–20 µm in diameter, borne at base of 4- to 6-celled assimilatory filaments with a large globular terminal cell (larger than those that bear plurilocular sporangia; Hollenberg, 1971:fig. 3). Specimens of L. nana with plurilocular sporangia are known only on Phyllospadix, whereas those with unilocular sporangia are almost exclusively on Neorhodomela and Odonthalia (Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976).

Webber (1981, as “L. difformis”) suggested L. nana was a growth-form of L. marina (Lyngbye) Decaisne, and Scagel et al. (1989, as “L. difformis”), considering the study of Novaczek (1987), reduced L. nana to a synonym of L. marina. Comparative molecular and morphological studies of L. marina (type locality: Båstad, Sweden), central California “L. difformis sensu Smith (1944) and Abbott and Hollenberg (1976),” L. nana (type locality: Monterey), and the northern Gulf L. nana are needed to elucidate the taxonomic status and phylogenetic relationships of these four.

SCYTOSIPHONACEAE

Scytosiphonaceae Farlow, 1881:15, 62.

Algae of this family exhibit a wide variety of forms and can be tubular, compressed, or flattened and elongated, cylindrical, foliose, spherical, or saccate. The habit of these algae can be entire, irregularly shaped, or branched. Structurally, they are multiaxial and pseudoparenchymatous, with a medulla of large colorless cells and a cortical layer of small pigmented cells, and can be either solid or hollow centrally. Growth in most of the members is intercalary or from subapical cells. Cells have a large plastid with a pyrenoid, and vesicle-like globules (physodes) may be present or lacking. Phaeophycean hairs are present and either isolated or grouped in superficial pits.

Life histories, where known, are heteromorphic. Reproductive structures are in sori. Sporophytes produce unilocular and plurilocular sporangia. Sexual reproduction is by unilocular gametangia and uniseriate or multiseriate plurilocular gametangia that produce isogametes or ansiogametes.

REMARKS. The report of two members of the family in the northern Gulf (Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986), Petalonia binghamiae (J. Agardh) Vinogradova (1973; = Endarachne binghamiae J. Agardh 1896) and Petalonia fascia (O. F. Müller) Kuntze (1898), needs to be confirmed.

Four genera of the Scytosiphonaceae are known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE GENERA OF SCYTOSIPHONACEAE IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Minute to small epiphytes or endophytes; a disclike basal layer of monostromatic filaments, with erect, short, simple to laterally branched filaments .................... Compsonema

1b. Large, erect, and centrally hollow (not filamentous) and may be cylindrical and tubular or compressed, or globose or saccate, or open and sheetlike with or without holes (netlike) .................... 2

2a. Thalli either long, narrow cylindrical axes and branches, up to 3 mm in diameter, or low-growing clumps of more or less cylindrical to compressed entangled branches, up to 6 mm in diameter .................... Rosenvingea

2b. Thalli globose or saccate or open sheetlike or netlike .................... 3

3a. Thalli may be spherical to irregularly globose or saccate or more or less tubular irregularly lobed branches or open sheetlike without holes .................... Colpomenia

3b. Thallus three-dimensional “net” of small to large holes, usually torn open and forming netlike sheets .................... Hydroclathrus

Colpomenia (Endlicher) Derbès et Solier

Colpomenia (Endlicher) Derbès et Solier, 1851:95.

Asperococcus β. Colpomenia Endlicher, 1843:26.

Algae are more or less globose or saccate and hollow, occasionally forming prostrate expanses or open expanded sheets. The surface may be smooth, lobed, or constricted, or may be heavily convoluted and with prominent protuberances. Some may become torn or open and flattened with age. The medulla is composed of large colorless cells, the innermost medullary layer facing the open hollow cavity. The cortex is generally one layer of small pigmented cells and has scattered tufts of hairs with basal meristems.

Plurilocular gametangia are borne in superficial sori associated with paraphyses, scattered over the thallus surface.

Four species of Colpomenia are recognized in the northern Gulf of California. Another, C. peregrina Sauvageau (1927), has been reported in the southern Gulf (Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001).

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF COLPOMENIA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Thalli consisting of erect, clustered, fingerlike sacs arising from a common prostrate holdfast; wall of sacs thin, delicate, usually less than 100 µm thick .................... C. phaeodactyla

1b. Thalli not fingerlike sacs, but range from spherical, balloonlike to irregularly shaped, low-growing or sessile expanses or clumps of branched thalli; thicker and firmer, >200 µm in thickness .................... 2

2a. Thalli forming a spreading clump of adherent, irregular lobed branches; smooth surface .................... C. ramosa

2b. Thalli globose or expanded sacs (occasionally open and flat sheets); lacking definite branches; smooth, convoluted, or tuberculate surface .................... 3

3a. Thalli with tuberculate, warty surface; of a crisp, rigid texture; thickness exceeding 500 µm (often up to 1.0 mm); plurilocular structures up to 25 µm long .................... C. tuberculata

3b. Thalli with smooth or convoluted surface; flaccid, never tuberculate or rigid; thinner in transection, 300–500 µm thick; plurilocular structures 40 or more µm long .................... 4

4a. Thallus hollow, vesicle-like or globose .................... C. sinuosa

4b. Thallus open, broad or expanded thin sheets .................... C. sp. A

Colpomenia phaeodactyla M. J. Wynne et J. N. Norris

FIGURE 91A

Colpomenia phaeodactyla M. J. Wynne et J. N. Norris, 1976:5, figs. 4, 5a,b, 9a, 11c; Littler and Littler, 1981:151, tbl. 3, figs. 4, 5, 7; Norris, 1985:209, fig. 16.3 (bottom); Santelices, 1989:289, pl. GG: fig. 7; Yoshida et al., 1995:280; González-González et al., 1996:142; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Hoffmann and Santelices, 1997:159, fig. 40; Yoshida, 1998:305, fig. 2-21G; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49, 58; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204; Pedroche et al., 2008:64.

Colpomenia sinuosa f. deformans sensu Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:726, pl. 19: figs. 61, 62; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:542; Dawson, 1949:239 [in part; Gulf of California specimens only]; Dawson, 1944:233; Dawson, 1966a:11; Wynne, 1972:137, figs. 1, 17, 18; Wynne, 1973:141 [non Colpomenia sinuosa f. deformans Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1903:242; which is Colpomenia bullosa (De A. Saunders) Yamada, 1948:6].

Colpomenia bullosa sensu Norris, 1973:6; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204 [non Colpomenia bullosa (De A. Saunders) Yamada, 1948:6; basionym: Scytosiphon bullosus De A. Saunders, 1898:163].

Algae usually forming clusters of long, hollow sacs, golden brown (darker when fertile), 8–15(–25) cm long, 0.8–1.5(–5.5) cm wide, arising from a compressed base attached to the substrate. Sacs flaccid and delicate, elongated and tapering toward base; hollow throughout; thin, 70–88(–110) µm thick. Medulla 2–3 cells thick, of large colorless cells. Outer cortex a single layer of small cuboidal cells, each with 1 chloroplast; tufts of colorless hairs rare. Subcortex also a single layer of slightly larger cells.

Unilocular sporangia unknown. Plurilocular structures, uniseriate and biseriate, 28–38 µm long; forming dense, extensive sori over surface of erect sacs; paraphyses rare (if present, more or less same height as plurilocular structures).

HABITAT. On tops of rocks and tidal platforms; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Guaymas. Pacific coast: Bahía San Bartolomé to Bahía Asunción (Baja California Sur); Costa Rica; central Chile; Japan.

TYPE LOCALITY. Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Named for the brown finger-like appearance of its elongated sacs, Colpomenia phaeodactyla is an ephemeral species and can be relatively common at some locales in the upper Gulf from December to May. It is quite flaccid, lying on the substratum when exposed during low tides, and during high tides it is submerged and vertical, with the hollow portions appearing to be at least partly filled with air.

Ramírez and Rojas V. (1991) considered Chilean records identified as “C. phaeodactyla” (Santelices et al., 1989; Ramírez and Santelices, 1991) to be C. durvillei (Bory de Saint-Vincent) Ramírez (see Wynne, 1999, for clarification of status of this taxon). However, Hoffmann and Santelices (1997) recognized C. phaeodactyla from central Chile.

FIGURE 91. Two species of Colpomenia. A. Colpomenia phaeodactyla: Habit of several fingerlike hollow sacs (JN-4759). B. Colpomenia ramosa: Upper portion of thallus showing branching pattern (JN-4697).

Colpomenia ramosa W. R. Taylor

FIGURE 91B

Colpomenia ramosa W. R. Taylor, 1945:84, pl. 6, fig. 2; Dawson, 1949:228, 250; Dawson, 1951:52; Dawson, 1952:431; Dawson, 1961b:394; Wynne and Norris, 1976:11, fig. 8a,b; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:24; Ramírez and Rojas V., 1991:16, figs. 4, 8; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:110; González-González et al., 1996:142; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1997:59, pl. 7: figs. 28, 29, pl. 9: fig. 39; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 2003:22; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204; Pedroche et al., 2008:65.

Rosenvingea intricata sensu Dawson, 1944:233 [in part], pl. 52: fig. 1 [non Rosenvingea intricata (J. Agardh) Børgesen, 1914:26].

Algae forming adherent clumps, up to 4 cm broad and to 2 cm tall, with several areas of attachment. Thallus of congested, hollow, more or less cylindrical to compressed axes, irregularly subdichotomously to polychotomously branched; broader basally, becoming narrower distally; terminal branch divisions cylindrical, short, 1–2 mm in diameter by 2–3 mm long, with rounded ends. In transection, outer wall 200–500 µm thick, of 6–8 cell layers; cells larger inward toward hollow cavity, becoming smaller outward to small-celled cortex.

Plurilocular sporangia in sori, uniseriate, with 10–12 locules, 35–40 µm long.

HABITAT. Often entangled with other algae; low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Isla Willard, Bahía San Luis Gonzaga to Bahía Tepoca; Isla Espiritu Santo to Bahía de La Paz. Pacific coast: Baja California to Sinaloa; Guerrero to Oaxaca; Costa Rica; Galápagos Islands; Chile.

TYPE LOCALITY. Bahía Sur, Isla Cedros, Baja California, Pacific Mexico.

Colpomenia sinuosa (Mertens ex Roth) Derbès et Solier

FIGURES 5A, 92A

Ulva sinuosa Mertens ex Roth, 1806:327, pl. 12: figs. a–c.

Colpomenia sinuosa (Mertens ex Roth) Derbès et Solier, 1851:95; Derbès and Solier, 1856:11, pl. 22: figs. 18–20; Saunders, 1898:164, pl. 32: figs. 7, 8; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:539, 541, pl. 45: figs. 82–86; Dawson, 1944:232; Dawson, 1951:52; Dawson, 1959a:19; Dawson et al., 1960a:30, pl. 9: fig. 1, 2; Dawson, 1962b:199, fig. 77; Dawson, 1966a:10; Earle, 1972:85; Clayton, 1975: 187, tbl. 1, figs. 5–7, 12, 13; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:204, fig. 168; Wynne and Norris, 1976:2, figs. 1, 2a,b, 11a; L. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:31; Parsons, 1982:291, figs. 2, 3, 11, 12; Schnetter and Bula Meyer, 1982:65, pl. 10: fig. N; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:141; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1985:125; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:24; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:40; Santelices, 1989:280, pl. FF: fig. 3; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1990:123; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; Ramírez and Rojas V., 1991:16, figs. 2, 6; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:24; Stewart, 1991:44; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; R. Aguilar-Rosas and M. Aguilar-Rosas, 1994:518; Mendoza-González et al., 1994:110; González-González et al., 1996:143; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Hoffmann and Santelices, 1997:156, fig. 39; Yoshida, 1998:305, fig. 2-21 H; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:68; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:179, fig. 67A,B; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005b:34; Hernández-Herrera et al., 2005:146; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49, 58; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204; Pedroche et al., 2008:66.

Algae globose or vesicle-like, hollow, golden- to medium-brown, flaccid and slippery, up to 14 cm in diameter; 200–500 µm thick; becoming compressed, irregularly convoluted and expanded; attached by rhizoids on lower surface. Medulla and subcortex of 4–6 layers of

FIGURE 92. Two species of Colpomenia. A. Colpomenia sinuosa: Habit, showing smooth, slightly convoluted surface (JN-4580). B. Colpomenia tuberculata: Habit, photo of live specimen showing protuberances (from Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Mexico).

large, irregularly shaped cells; gradually becoming smaller toward outer surface layer of small cuboidal cells.

Unilocular sporangia unknown. Plurilocular sporangia uniseriate (to partially biseriate), up to 40 µm long, in sori covered with a cuticle, clustered often around an invaginated tuft of hairs. Paraphyses usually longer than plurilocular sporangia, to 55 µm long.

HABITAT. On rocks and tidal platforms or epiphytic on various algae; low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Bahía Agua Verde; Bahía de La Paz to Cabo San Lucas. Pacific coast: southern California to Baja California Sur; Sinaloa to Jalisco; Isla Clarión (Islas Revillagigedo); Hawaiian Islands; Panama; Colombia; Chile.

TYPE LOCALITY. “Location uncertain” (Parsons, 1982); given as near Cádiz, Spain (Silva et al., 1996a).

REMARKS. In the northern Gulf of California, specimens of Colpomenia sinuosa were found only with plurilocular sporangia (Wynne and Norris, 1976). Interestingly, the life history of C. sinuosa in the Azores was found to be highly variable (Toste et al., 2003b) with three different kinds of life histories: (1) asexual plurispores from gametophytes that developed directly into new gametophytes; (2) heteromorphic (involving an alternation of a macrothallus and a filamentous prostrate thalli), and either diplohaplontic or monophasic life history; and (3) isomorphic, monophasic life histories.

Colpomenia sp. A

Colpomenia sinuosa? of Wynne and Norris, 1976: 5, fig. 3 [“open expanded sheet form”].

Colpomenia sinuosa f. expansa sensu Norris 1973:6; Pedroche et al. 2008:67 [non Colpomenia sinuosa f. expansa De A. Saunders 1898:164; which is now Colpomenia expansa (De A. Saunders) Y.-P. Lee 2008:116].

Algae thin, broadly expanded open sheets, up to 25 cm wide, with smooth surfaces and margins.

Reproductive structures not seen.

HABITAT. On rocks; shallow subtidal, 4–16 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Calamajue (Bahía de Calamajue) to Bahía San Francisquito; Isla San Esteban; Puerto Escondido to Isla Carmen.

REMARKS. Relatively large specimens of open expanded sheets of Colpomenia sp. A, were collected in the Gulf (Norris, 1973:6; Wynne and Norris, 1976:5, as C. cf. sinuosa). These may possibly be undescribed or another taxon or form of Colpomenia. Although somewhat similar to the Gulf of California C. sinuosa f. expanissima Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1924a:726; Dawson, 1944, as “C. sinuosa f. tuberculata”), these Gulf specimens have smooth surfaces and lack the minute, spinelike projections of C. sinuosa f. expanissima. Further collections are needed for study to clarify the taxonomic status of these Gulf open-sheet specimens.

Colpomenia tuberculata De A. Saunders

FIGURE 92B

Colpomenia tuberculata De A. Saunders, 1898:164, pl. 32: figs. 1–3; Wynne, 1972:137, fig. 2; Wynne and Norris, 1976:8, figs. 6, 7a,b, 11b; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:204, fig. 169; Littler and Littler, 1981:150, tbls. 2–4, figs. 3–7; Stewart, 1982:54; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; Norris, 1985:209, fig. 16.3 (top); Santelices, 1989:281, pl. FF: fig. 2; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:40; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1990:123; Ramírez and Rojas V., 1991:16, figs. 3, 7; Stewart, 1991:44; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:32; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; González-González et al., 1996:143; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Hoffmann and Santelices, 1997:162, fig. 41; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 1998:45; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:68; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:180, fig. 67C,D; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:49, 58; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204; Pedroche at al., 2008:67.

Colpomenia sinuosa f. tuberculata (De A. Saunders) Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1903:242; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:725; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:541; Dawson, 1944:233; Dawson, 1959a:19; Dawson, 1966a:11; Norris, 1973:6; González-González et al., 1996:143.

Algae olive- to dark-brown globose or hemispherical, up to 15 cm in diameter, to irregularly shaped, compressed expanses, up to 24 cm wide; rigid and crisp, 0.6–1.5 mm thick; surface coriaceous, deeply convoluted and sometimes folded, covered with blunt tubercles (protuberances), 1.0–10 mm high and 1.0–10 mm wide. Cortex of 4–5 small cuboidal cells; hairs arising in tufts from deep invaginations; subcortex and medulla of 4–8 large colorless cells, becoming increasingly smaller outward.

Unilocular sporangia unkown. Plurilocular sporangia, uniseriate (occasionally with biseriate portions), with 5–7 locules, 16–23 µm long; in extensive sori over entire thallus. Paraphyses slightly shorter than plurilocular sporangia.

HABITAT. On rocks and tidal platforms; occasionally epiphytic on other algae; mid to low intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to San José del Cabo. Pacific coast: southern California to Baja California Sur; Sinaloa; Hawaiian Islands; Ecuador; Chile.

TYPE LOCALITY. Near San Pedro, Los Angeles County, California.

Compsonema Kuckuck

Compsonema Kuckuck, 1899:58.

Algae discoid, composed of a monostromatic basal layer of irregular contorted filaments and upper erect filaments that are simple and unbranched or branched laterally.

Plurilocular sporangia multiseriate, borne on erect filaments.

REMARKS. Compsonema has been placed in the Ectocarpaceae or the Myrionemataceae (now = Chordariaceae) (e.g. Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976). The generic status of Compsonema has been questioned. For example, Loiseaux (1970a) concluded one species of Compsonema was a phase in the life history of a Scytosiphon, and on the basis of studies of the generitype, Compsonema gracile Kuckuck (1899), Pedersen and Sokhi (1990) placed the genus in the Scytosiphonaceae. Further studies may reveal some species of Compsonema in the Gulf of California to be microthallus phases in the life history of other brown algae.

One species, Compsonema intricatum Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1922a), is reported in the southern Gulf (Mendoza-González et al. 1994).

Two species are currently known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF COMPSONEMA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Plurilocular sporangia long and narrow, 24–30 µm long and 6–8 µm in diameter .................... C. immixtum

1b. Plurilocular sporangia longer and much wider, 60–130 µm long and 18–28 µm in diameter.................... C. serpens

Compsonema immixtum Setchell et N. L. Gardner

Compsonema immixtum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:724, pl. 17: fig. 49; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:487; Dawson, 1944:222; Dawson, 1961b:390; González-González et al., 1996:143; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204; Pedroche et al., 2008:69.

Algae minute, epiphytic; lower portion of prostrate basal filaments, creeping among the plurilocular reproductive structures of the host alga; upper portion with numerous erect, short unbranched filaments, most bearing plurilocular structures.

Unilocular sporangia not known. Plurilocular sporangia (?), narrow, ellipsoid, 24–30 µm long, and 6–8 µm in diameter; terminal on erect, short filaments (extending above the plurilocular structures of the host alga).

HABITAT. Epiphytic on Colpomenia phaeodactyla; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Isla Partida.

TYPE LOCALITY. Isla Partida, Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. A poorly known species, Setchell and Gardner (1924a) commented that Compsonema immixtum was close to both Myrionema Greville (1827) and Compsonema and placed it in the latter genus on the basis of its plurilocular structures. Abbott and Hollenberg (1976:160) stated that in their opinion, several of the Setchell and Gardner (1922) species of Compsonema, including the Gulf of California C. immixtum, did not merit recognition. However, it is included herein in hopes that when it is once again collected, its taxonomic status, life history, and phylogenetic relationships will be investigated and its unique habit and association with Colpomenia phaeodactyla will be elucidated.

Compsonema serpens Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 93

Compsonema serpens Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1922a:363, pl. 39: fig. 7; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:480; Smith, 1944:110, pl. 15: fig. 3; Dawson, 1960b:391; Norris and Abbott, 1972:89; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:160, fig. 128; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1992:21; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; González-González et al., 1996:374; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2000:133; Pedroche et al., 2008:70.

Algae minute, epiphytic, lower portion of irregularly branched prostrate filaments with a few endophytic rhizoids attached to host; above erect, unbranched (rarely subulate) filaments, up to 550 µm tall. Erect filaments narrower in diameter at base and near the apices. Cells of basal filaments 5–9 µm in diameter; wider in midportions, 10–12(–17) µm in diameter.

Unilocular sporangia not known. Plurilocular sporangia, conical, 60–130 µm long, 18–28 µm in diameter; terminal on erect pedicel of several cells above basal filaments.

HABITAT. Epiphytic and endophytic on Padina durvillei; intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Playa El Coloradito to Puertecitos. Pacific coast: British Columbia; northern to central California; Jalisco.

TYPE LOCALITY. Cypress Point, Monterey County, California.

FIGURE 93. Compsonema serpens: Erect filaments, with terminal plurilocular reproductive structures, arising from prostrate filaments (drawn from type specimen, N. L. Gardner-4684, Setchell and Gardner, 1922a: pl. 39, fig.7).

REMARKS. Compsonema serpens was reported in the northern Gulf by L. Aguilar-Rosas et al. (2000); description of the species is based on Abbott and Hollenberg (1976).

Hydroclathrus Bory de Saint-Vincent

Hydroclathrus Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1825:419.

Algae are a three-dimensional net, often becoming torn, perhaps from grazing or physical stress, to form small- to large-holed, netlike sheets. Initially saccate, the thalli become irregularly shaped and convoluted with perforations of varying sizes that sometimes may join together to form larger holes. Outer cortical cells are small and pigmented, and large colorless medullary cells of up to several layers thick are above a usually hollow center. Hairs are borne in shallow depressions scattered over the thallus surface.

Life history is a heteromorphic alternation of the perforated thallus that produces plurilocular structures and a filamentous phase with both plurilocular and unilocular structures; the latter are known only in culture (Toste et al., 2003a).

One species is reported in the northern Gulf of California.

Hydroclathrus clathratus (C. Agardh) M. Howe

FIGURE 94

Encoelium clathratum C. Agardh, 1823:412.

Hydroclathrus clathratus (C. Agardh) M. Howe, 1920:590; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:727; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:543; Dawson, 1944:324; Dawson, 1959a:19; Dawson, 1961b:395; Dawson, 1962b:197–198, figs. 74, 229; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:206, fig.170; L. Aguilar-Rosas, 1982:30, 31; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:141; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:24; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:421; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:40; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1990:123; Oates and Cole, 1990a:12–16; Stewart, 1991:46; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:32; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; González-González et al., 1996:297; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Kogame, 1997b:228, figs. 7–14; Yoshida, 1998:306; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Kraft and Abbott, 2003:246, figs. 2–11; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:183, fig. 68C,D;

FIGURE 94. Hydroclathrus clathratus: Habit, of a sheetlike thallus with numerous small to large holes (US Alg. Coll.-36619).

R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005b:34; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204; Pedroche et al., 2008:70.

Hydroclathrus cancellatus Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1825:419; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:727.

Algae netlike, initially more or less globose, then becoming irregularly shaped and convoluted with numerous irregularly shaped, variously sized holes; often torn into sheets; somewhat coarse and slippery; attached by groups of rhizoids along the lower surface. Surface perforations from less than 1 mm in diameter to holes over 3 cm in width; larger holes often with inrolled margins; surface distance between the perforations usually less than 2 mm. Colorless hairs in clusters of 3–15 within shallow pits, scattered over and extended above thallus surface. Thallus thickness from less than 200 µm to over 900 µm. Medulla of up to 6 layers of thin-walled, subspherical to ovoid colorless medullary cells, 60–320 µm, around hollow center. Cortex of 1–2 layers of pigmented cells, 6–7.5 µm by 7–17 µm; surface layer in transection papillate, of domed cells, 10–15(–20) µm tall.

Plurilocular sporangia 5–7 µm by 10–12(–25) µm, in 2–3 rows of 3–4 locules; in irregularly shaped sori, usually near hair tufts. Sori scattered and grow separately, spread and coalesce, sometimes covering much of the surface.

HABITAT. On rocks or occasionally epiphytic or entangled on other algae; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Punta Perla, northeast end of Isla Tiburón to Bahía de Los Ángeles; Bahía Concepción to Bahía de La Paz. Pacific coast: southern California to Laguna Ojo de Liebre (Scammon’s Lagoon), Baja California Sur; Ecuador; Chile; Hawaiian Islands; China; Japan; Vietnam.

TYPE LOCALITY. “Uncertain” (see Silva et al., 1996a:631). Lectotype with locality of Belle-Île, Brittany, France, was selected by Howe (1920); however, neither Hydroclathrus clathratus or mollusk shells found with the lectotype collection are known from this locality (Hamel, 1937; Silva et al., 1996a; Kraft and Abbott, 2003). Other syntype locales of the basionym, Encoelium clathratum C. Agardh (1823), were Rauki, Waigeo Island, Moluccas, Indonesia; and Shark Bay, Western Australia.

REMARKS. Generally considered a warm-water species, Hydroclathrus clathratus was reported in the northern Gulf by Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid (1986) and Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González (1996b). This description of H. clathratus is after Kraft and Abbott (2003).

Rosenvingea Børgesen

Rosenvingea Børgesen, 1914:22.

Algae are terete to compressed, erect but mostly lax. They are branched alternately, oppositely, subdichotomously, or irregularly. Internally, they are hollow, except near the base, where they are filled with rhizoidal filaments. Growth is intercalary and apical. A few layers of pseudoparenchymatous cells face the hollow center and outwardly join the surface layer of small pigmented cells. Phaeophycean hairs are distributed over the thallus.

Plurilocular gametangia are borne in sori with groups of hairs. Sori are scattered over the thallus surface.

REMARKS. The erect, cylindrical species of Rosenvingea are problematic, with species largely separated by branching pattern. Characters of vegetative anatomy and reproductive structures need to be clarified for type species, and comparative morphological and DNA analyses are needed to define species limits. Further studies of Gulf of California specimens, including fertile material and DNA analyses, are needed to assess their taxonomic status in comparison to the western Atlantic taxa.

Three species are known in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF ROSENVINGEA IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Algae clumps of low-growing mats of entangled branches; branches more or less cylindrical to compressed, 2–6 mm in diameter; attached by rhizoids from branches.................... R. intricata

1b. Algae erect; of narrow, terete axes and branches, less than 2 mm in diameter; attached by single holdfast .................... 2

2a. Thalli sparsely and irregularly branched; up to 1 mm in diameter; thin in transection (3–4 cell layers) .................... R. antillarum

2b. Thalli mostly oppositely or occasionally irregularly branched; mostly 1.5 to 2.5 mm in diameter; thicker in transection (4–6 cell layers) .................... R. floridana

Rosenvingea antillarum (P. Crouan et H. Crouan) M. J. Wynne

Stilophora antillarum P. Crouan et H. Crouan in Schramm et Mazé, 1865:2; Schramm and Mazé, 1866:3; Mazé and Schramm, 1878:116.

Rosenvingea antillarum (P. Crouan et H. Crouan) M. J. Wynne, 1997:334, fig. 1; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Pedroche et al., 2008 (in part; excluding records of R. floridana):72.

Algae erect, composed of terete, internally hollow, axes and branches, up to 25 cm long, and 0.5–1.0 mm in diameter. Branching sparse and irregular, 2–3 orders.

Plurilocular reproductive structures uni- to biseriate, of 6–7 locules; 32–36 µm long and 4–6 µm in diameter; with enlarged cells (“apparently paraphyses”).

HABITAT. Intertidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: El Tornillal to Punta Gorda, Sonora.

TYPE LOCALITY. Le Moule, Grande-Terre, Guadeloupe, French West Indies.

REMARKS. Rosenvingea antillarum was reported in the upper Gulf by L. Aguilar-Rosas et al. (2000); since I have not seen their specimens, the description is based on Wynne (1997).

Rosenvingea floridana (W. R. Taylor) W. R. Taylor

FIGURE 95A,B

Cladosiphonia? floridana W. R. Taylor, 1928:113, pl. 15: figs 10–14.

Rosenvingea floridana (W. R. Taylor) W. R. Taylor, 1955:72, pl. IV; Taylor, 1960:262, pl. 29: figs.7, 8; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976:202, fig. 165; Mateo-Cid and Mendoza-González, 1997:59, pl. 8: figs. 34, 35, pl. 9: fig. 38.

Rosenvingea antillarum sensu Pedroche et al., 2008 (in part; only records of R. floridana):72 [non Rosenvingea antillarum (P. Crouan et H. Crouan) M. J. Wynne, 1997:334].

Rosenvingea aff. sanctae-crucis sensu Norris and Bucher, 1976:7, fig. 5a,b; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204; Pedroche et al., 2008:72 [non Rosenvingea sanctae-crucis Børgesen, 1914:22, figs. 14–17].

Algae composed of terete, internally hollow axes and branches, up to 55 cm long and (0.5–)1.5–2.5 mm in diameter. Branching often predominately opposite, sometimes irregular, 2–3(–4) orders; branches narrowed at their base. Transection with internal hollow cavity; outer wall composed of 4–5(–6) cell layers, 90–120 µm thick.

Reproductive structures not observed in Gulf material.

HABITAT. On rocks or occasionally entangled with other algae; low intertidal to shallow subtidal, 3–9 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: El Tornillal to Punta Gorda; Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda; Punta la Gringa, Bahía de Los Ángeles. Pacific coast: Santa Catalina Island (California Channel Islands); Oaxaca.

TYPE LOCALITY. East Cay, Dry Tortugas Islands (Dry Tortugas National Park), Florida.

REMARKS. The northern Gulf specimens are tentatively referred to Rosenvingea floridana. Wynne (1997) considered R. floridana to be a synonym of

FIGURE 95. Rosenvingea floridana (JN-5471): A. Habit. B. Portion of tubular thallus showing opposite branching (arrow heads).

R. antillarum. Although both are terete species, R. antillarium has narrower axes (up to 1.0 mm in diameter), is thinner (up to 60 µm thick), has 3–4 cell layers, and is sparsely and irregularly branched (Wynne, 1997:334, fig. 1). Our Gulf specimens (Norris and Bucher, 1976) have wider axes (1.5–2.5 mm in diameter), are thicker (90–120 µm), have 4–6 cell layers, and are mostly oppositely branched (a character that can be seen in Taylor, 1955:pl. IV) to occasionally irregularly branched; and thus, Gulf specimens are closer to the characteristics of R. floridana sensu stricto (see Taylor, 1955:72). A terete specimen of Dawson (1944, as “R. intricata”) from Isla Estanque may also belong here.

Rosenvingea intricata (J. Agardh) Børgesen

FIGURE 96

Asperococcus intricatus J. Agardh, 1847:7.

Rosenvingea intricata (J. Agardh) Børgesen, 1914:26; Taylor, 1928:111, pl. 15: figs. 15–17; Dawson, 1944:233 [in part]; Taylor, 1945:83 [as “R. intricata prox.”]; Dawson, 1959a:19; Taylor, 1960:262, pl. 36, fig. 2; Dawson, 1961b:395; Wynne and Norris, 1976:12; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:32; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; González-González et al., 1996:298, 380; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:68; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Abbott and Huisman, 2004:185, fig. 69A–C; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 2007:8; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204; Pedroche et al. 2008:72.

Algae forming low-growing clumps of more or less cylindrical to compressed, crisp, hollow branches, up to 30 cm long, and subdichotomously to irregularly branched; attached by groups of rhizoids at several places along the lower branches or sometimes unattached and free-floating. Branches (2–)4–6 mm in diameter, becoming narrower distally to ultimate branches; apices mostly rounded. Transection of 3–4 cell layers, less than 100 µm thick. Cells in surface view in more or less longitudinal series or irregularly arranged. Phaeophycean hairs in groups scattered over thallus surface.

Plurilocular structures, biseriate, in small, discrete sori scattered over thallus surface.

HABITAT. On rocks or shells, in tide pools, or free-floating; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Punta Bufeo to Isla Ángel de la Guarda; Bahía Concepción to Punta Arena. Pacific coast: Isla Clarión and Isla Socorro (Islas Revillagigedo); Guerrero to Oaxaca; China; Japan; Hawaiian Islands; Ecuador.

TYPE LOCALITY. Veracruz, Veracruz (estado), Gulf of Mexico, Mexico.

FIGURE 96. Rosenvingea intricata: Upper portion of clump showing compressed tubular branches that narrow in diameter toward tips (US Alg. Coll.-163441).

REMARKS. In the Gulf, Rosenvingea intricata seems to prefer calmer protected habitats, bays, and lagoons, often living in large depressions or holes in sand bottoms. Large, broad specimens, similar to those illustrated by Dawson (1944:pl. 52, fig. 1, as “R. intricata”) from Isla Willard, Bahía Tepoca and Isla Espiritu Santo, were recognized to be Colpomenia ramosa W. R. Taylor by Wynne and Norris (1976).

FUCALES

Fucales Bory de Saint-Vincent, 1827c:62.

Fucales Kylin, 1917:309.

Algae of this order are all macroscopic, often very large and rather sturdy in structure, flattened to cylindrical, and branched. Branching in flattened forms is dichotomous (e.g., Fucus, common in temperate regions). Others, such as Sargassum (abundantly represented in the Gulf and widespread in tropical to temperate areas worldwide), are variously branched but mostly radial about a central cylindrical axis. Growth in most is initiated by a single apical cell, usually sunken within an apical pit, and diffuse in a few members. Divisions from the apical cell result in a parenchymatous structure in many species; only a few have a filamentous structure. Cells have several discoid plastids and no pyrenoids.

Asexual reproduction is generally absent in the Fucales. The majority have only a parenchymatous sporophyte. Sexual reproduction is mostly oogamous, but at least one species is anisogamous. Members are monoecious or dioecious, with reproductive structures developed within conceptacles. In some monoecious species the reproductive structures of both sexes are produced within the same conceptacle. Vegetative division of the initial cell produces a layer of cells which line the conceptacle. The upper lining produces hairs which project through the opening of the cavity (ostiole), and the basal layer develops paraphyses. The oogonia are borne on the conceptacle wall, usually on a stalk cell, and the antheridia are on branched filaments. Antheridia normally produce 64–128 biflagellated, pyriform-shaped antherizoids. The number of eggs produced by the oogonia is variable. The primary nucleus in the oogonium undergoes meiotic divisions followed by a single mitotic division of each of the four nuclei produced. This results in eight haploid eggs (e.g., as in Fucus), but in others, four, six, or seven of them degenerate.

REMARKS. On the basis of DNA sequence data, Rousseau and de Reviers (1999b) proposed a phylogeny of the Fucales that included additional families, merged the Cystoseiraceae with the Sargassaceae, and expanded the ordinal characters.

One family is represented in the northern Gulf of California.

SARGASSACEAE

Sargassaceae Kützing, 1843:349, 359.

Cystoseiraceae Kützing, 1843:349, 353, as “Cystosireae.”

Members of this family are among the most highly morphologically differentiated algae. They have a basal attachment that is distinct from the erect axis or stemlike parts. The stipe and primary axes are cylindrical, are usually branched, and bear leaflike blades with a basal pedicel. Blades are with or without a midrib or cryptostomata (sterile pits) and have smooth, dentate, or serrate margins. Vesicles (flotation structures) are usually present and are borne laterally, terminally, or within short branchlets.

Reproductive structures, oogonia and antheridia, are contained within monoecious or dioecious conceptacles in regular branches or in specialized receptacle branchlets. Each oogonium develops a single egg, and the antheridia produce numerous antherizoids.

There is one genus, Sargassum, well represented in northern Gulf and widely distributed throughout the Gulf of California.

Sargassum C. Agardh

Sargassum C. Agardh, 1820:1.

Algae are light to dark brown and morphologically differentiated into holdfasts, stipes, terete to compressed axes and branches, leaflike blades, buoyant vesicles, and reproductive branchlets (receptacles). Primary axes have few to numerous, radially or distichously arranged lateral branches of determinate or indeterminate growth and are usually above a stipe that is attached below to the substratum by a holdfast that is discoid, crustose, conical, or lobed or with protuberances or rhizoidal to rhizomatous. Ultimate branchlets are leaflike blades that may be simple or divided, subcylindrical, filiform, or compressed to flattened and broad, with entire, dentate, or serrate margins and with or without a midrib or cryptostomata (sterile pits). Vesicles (usually present) are subspherical to ovoid above a pedicel and with or without terminal extensions. Growth is from a three-sided cell in an apical depression. Internally, the stipe and branch axes are composed of a central medulla of elongate cells, surrounded by a core of isodiametric cells outward to the meristoderm (surface tissue that acts as meristem with cells often dividing).

Reproductive receptacles (specialized branchlets) develop in axils of lateral branches, ultimate branchlets, and leaflike blades and are single or grouped in clusters. Receptacles are simple or branched and can be terete, angular, or compressed, with a smooth, verrucose, or spinous surface. Conceptacles within the receptacles are ostiolate and contain either oogonia or antheridia or both.

REMARKS. Species of Sargassum are worldwide in tropical to temperate seas and are often quite large, 10–100 cm in length (some may be up to 3 m or more tall). In the Gulf of California, species of Sargassum comprise the bulk of the biomass of fleshly macroalgae, providing habitat for diverse communities of epiphytic algae and a canopy for understory algae, invertebrates (Brusca, 1980), and fishes (Thomson and Lehner, 1976; Thomson et al., 2000). Gulf species of Sargassum, such as S. sinicola, could be important sources for alginates, and it has been suggested they could be harvested in spring, the season of maxium biomass and high yield (Rodríguez-Montesinos et al., 2008).

In addition to those of the northern Gulf, there are six other species reported in the southern Gulf (Dawson 1959a; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González 1985; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltones 1990, 1991; Martínez-Lozano et al. 1991, Riosmena-Rodríguez et al. 2005): Sargassum cylindrocarpum Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1924a), S. horridum Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1924a); S. howelli Setchell (1937b); S. liebmanni J. Agardh (1847); S. pacificum Bory de Saint-Vincent (1828), and S. palmeri Grunow (1915).

A Japanese species, S. muticum (Yendo) Fensholt (1955), introduced in British Columbia in the 1940s (Scagel, 1956, 1957) now ranges on the Pacific coast from southeast Alaska to Baja California Sur (Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976; Silva, 1979; Norton, 1981; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1982; Deysher and Norton, 1982; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1984a, 1984b; R. Aguilar-Rosas and L. Aguilar-Rosas, 1985, 1993; Scagel et al., 1989; R. Aguilar-Rosas and Machado-Galindo, 1990; Espinoza, 1990b; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991; Stewart, 1991; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2005b). Riosmena-Rodríguez et al. (1992) have suggested the invasive S. muticum in Pacific Baja California could continue its expansion southward and may colonize into the Gulf of California.

Eight species, two subspecies, and one form of Sargassum are found in the northern Gulf of California.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF SARGASSUM IN THE NORTHERN GULF OF CALIFORNIA

1a. Leaf-like blades without a midrib; holdfast small, discoid,conical, or irregularly discoid to spreading crust .................... 2

1b. Leaf-like blades either with inconspicuous or distinct midribs; holdfast not crustose.................... 5

2a. Leaf-like blades subcylindrical to slightly compressed, long and very narrow, 10–22 mm long by 1.0–1.5 mm wide; vesicles with long apiculate extensions; holdfast disc-shaped to spreading crust .................... S. johnstonii

2b. Leaf-like blades wider and mostly asymmetrical .................... 3

3a. Upper leaf-like blades, to 8 mm long by 4–7 mm wide; some almost as wide as long; discoid holdfast .................... S. macdougalii

3b. Upper leaf-like blades larger, mostly longer than 12 mm in length .................... 4

4a. Axes branched; leaf-like blades 12–16 mm long; vesicles subspherical to ellipsoidal, smooth, with short apiculate extensions; holdfast presumably discoid .................... S. acinacifolium

4b. Axes unbranched; upper leaf-like blades mostly 20–25 mm long; vesicles ellipsoidal with long, usually dentate, foliaceous extensions; holdfast knotty, of short protuberances.................... S. sonorense

5a. Leaf-like blades variable in shape and size, with an inconspicuous midrib; 5.0–12.5 mm long: smallest blades symmetrical and dentate; midsized blades asymmetrical, as wide as long, and partly dentate; and largest blades symmetrical, elongated, and dentate; holdfast discoid .................... S. lapazeanum

5b. Leaf-like blades symmetrical, longer than wide, with a conspicuous midrib; holdfast of long branching rhizomes or woody and conical or knotty with short protuberances .................... 6

6a. Several thalli arising from long, branched, narrow in diameter rhizomes that are attached below at various points by haptera; leaf-like blades usually without cryptostomata (or rarely with only a few cryptostomata) .................... 7

6b. Thallus arising from a single woody, discoid to conical holdfast or a coarse, knotty holdfast; leaf-like blades with conspicuous to inconspicuous cryptostomata .................... 8

7a. Leaf-like blades mostly smaller, 15–25 mm by 2–5 mm; with a midrib (often less distinct or not evident toward apices) and slightly and irregularly dentate or uneven margins; without or with inconspicuous cryptostomata .................... S. herporhizum

7b. Leaf-like blades mostly larger, 30–60(–110) mm by 4–10 mm; with a distinct midrib and serrate margins of regularly, evenly spaced, pronounced dentation; mostly without cryptostomata (or rarely a few cryptostomata on only a few blades) ............................................................S. brandegeei

8a. Thalli usually lax; axes smooth; holdfast coarse, knotty, with short, thick protuberances .................... S. sinicola subsp. sinicola

8b. Thalli usually not as lax; axes muricate; holdfast conical, woody .................... S. sinicola subsp. camouii

Sargassum subgen. Sargassum

REMARKS. Dawson (1944, as “S. subgen. Eusargassum”) considered all the Gulf of California species of Sargassum to be in S. subgen. Sargassum. However, Phillips (1995:118, tbl. 1) noted their subgeneric placement to be “unknown.” Thus, as has been previously noted, there is still much work to be done.

The four morphological groups of Dawson (1944) for the Gulf of California species of Sargassum are herein described and designated by the name chosen by him for the principal or most representative species of each group. Recognizing that many of the Gulf species of Sargassum are problematic, poorly known, or inadequately defined, it is helpful in attempting to identify specimens to first associate them with the suite of characters of these morphological groups.

Sargassum sect. johnstonii E. Y. Dawson ex J. N. Norris, sect. nov.

“The Johnstonii Group” of Dawson, 1944:239, pls. 32, 33.

Latin Description. Sectio cum sequentibus characteribus: laminae folio similes, maxime angustae, sub-cylindraceae usque ad compressae, sine costa, et cryptostomata frequenter praesentia; vesiculae ellipticae cum longis apiculatis extensionibus.

The section is characterized by leaf-like blades that are very narrow, subcylindrical to compressed, without a midrib, and with cryptostomata usually present; vesicles are elliptical and with long apiculate extensions.

TYPE SPECIES. Sargassum johnstonii Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:737, pl. 20: fig. 72, pl. 21: fig. 80.

There is one species, and one form in the northern Gulf of California.

Sargassum johnstonii Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURES 6, 97A,B

Sargassum johnstonii Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:737, pl. 20: fig. 72, pl. 21: fig. 80; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:719; Dawson, 1944:240, pl. 23: figs. 1–15, pl. 33: figs. 1, 2, 17–22; Dawson, 1961b:400; Dawson, 1966a:12; Norris, 1973:7, pl. 13; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:337; Littler and Littler, 1981:151, tbl. 3, figs. 4, 5, 7; McCourt, 1984a:142; McCourt, 1984b:141; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:26; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:421; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1990:19; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:26; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; Phillips, 1995:118; González-González et al., 1996:161; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:50, 58; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:205; Pedroche et al., 2008:95.

Sargassum guardiense Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:723, pl. 19: fig. 64; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:713; González-González et al., 1996:160.

Algae with several erect axes, up to 1(–2) m long, arising from a perennial, parenchymatous, disc-shaped to spreading crustose holdfast. Axes and branches terete and smooth. Leaf-like blades narrow, lanceolate to linear, slightly compressed to flattened, up to 10 mm long and 0.5–1.5 mm wide; margins smooth to sparsely dentate; without a midrib and with few to many cryptostomata. Vesicles on short pedicels, subspherical to elliptical, up to 4 mm long and 1 mm wide; apiculate with foliaceous crests or extensions, up to 5 mm long.

Receptacle branchlets narrow in diameter, branching up to 4 orders, dentate in varying degrees. Antheridial receptacles smaller in diameter than oogonial receptacles.

HABITAT. On rocks; high to low intertidal; occasionally shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: El Tornillal to Bahía de La Paz. Pacific coast: Baja California Sur.

TYPE LOCALITY. Isla Jorge (George’s Island), off Sonora, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. The distinctive crustlike, spreading holdfast of Sargassum johnstonii and its narrow (up to 1.5 mm wide), lanceolate to linear leaflike blades make it one of the Gulf species easiest to recognize in the field. Although generally considered a Gulf-endemic species, S. johnstonii has also been reported from India (Thivy and Chauhan, 1964; Silva et al., 1996).

Sargassum johnstonii f. gracile Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 98

Sargassum johnstonii f. gracile Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:738, pl. 21: fig. 76; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:720; Dawson, 1944:241, pl. 33: figs. 3–16; Dawson, 1961b:400; Norris, 1973:7; González-González et al., 1996:161; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:50; Pedroche et al. 2008:96.

Sargassum johnstonii f. laxius Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:737, pl. 21: figs. 75, 81; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:719; Norris, 1973:7; González-González et al., 1996:161.

Although very similar to Sargassum johnstonii f. johnstonii, this form, S. johnstonii f. gracile, differs in being more slender, lax, and longer, with fewer branches; having leaf-like blades less closely spaced and longer, up to 22.5 mm long, usually filiform and not as flattened, with abundant conspicuous cryptostomata; and having vesicles with long, terete apicula.

HABITAT. Often floating, in drift, or cast ashore; probably low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Guaymas.

TYPE LOCALITY. Cast ashore, Guaymas, Sonora, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Setchell and Gardner (1924a) noted the type specimen lacked basal parts.

Sargassum sect. lapazeanum E. Y. Dawson ex J. N. Norris, sect. nov.

“The Lapazeanum Group” of Dawson, 1944:241, pls. 34–37.

Latin Description. Sectio cum sequentibus characteribus: laminae folio similes planae, expansae et assymetricae, cum costa absenti vel aliquando presenti sed inconspicua, afixae cum hapterone rhizomatozo.

The section is characterized by leaf-like blades that are flattened, expanded, and asymmetrical, without a midrib

FIGURE 97. Sargassum johnstonii: A. Upper portion of a branch showing the narrow, elongate leaf-like blades, elliptical vesicles with apiculate extensions, and receptacle branchlets (EYD-27204). B. Habit, multiple axes arising from a crustose holdfast (JN-4559).

FIGURE 98. Sargassum johnstonii f. gracile: Habit, isotype specimen (D. R. Marchant-28a; US Alg. Coll.-56958).

or occasionally, if present, inconspicuous, and attached by rhizomatous holdfast.

TYPE SPECIES. Sargassum lapazeanum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:733, pl. 20: fig. 74.

There are four species found in the northern Gulf of California.

Sargassum lapazeanum Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 99A,B

Sargassum lapazeanum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:734, pl. 20: fig.74; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:714; Dawson, 1944:243, pl. 34: figs. 1–34; Dawson, 1961b:400; Norris, 1973:7; Huerta Muzquiz, 1978:337; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:421; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1990:18; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:26; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:50; Phillips, 1995:118; González-González et al., 1996:161; Núñez-López and Casas-Valdez, 1997:19; Paul-Chávez and Riosmena-Rodríguez, 2000:137; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Rivera and Scrosati, 2006:178; Rivera and Scrosati, 2008:45–49; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:205; Pedroche et al., 2008:96.

Sargassum bryantii Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:733, pl. 21: fig. 83.

FIGURE 99. Sargassum lapazeanum: A. Habit. B. Close-up showing smooth axes and small leaflike blades with dentate margins and prominent cryptostomata. A, B. Isotype specimen (D. R. Marchant-21; US Alg. Coll.-56961).

Sargassum insulare Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:735, pl. 20: figs. 67, 68, pl. 21: fig. 78; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:717.

Erect axes, up to 1 m or more long, above a terete stipe, up to 2 cm long; with 5–7 terete, smooth primary branches from which several long, slender secondary branches arise; attached by a parenchymatous disc, formed by fusing of short haptera. Leaf-like blades, variable in shape, 5–20

FIGURE 100. Sargassum acinacifolium: A. Upper portion of a branch showing a leaf-like blade with coarsely dentate portion, several vesicles with apiculate extensions, and receptacle branchlets (drawn from type, Setchell and Gardner, 1924a: pl. 21, fig. 82). B, C. Isotype specimen (T. S. Brandegee-2; UC 221158).

mm long, with a short pedicel, without or sometimes with an inconspicuous midrib, and few to abundant conspicuous cryptostomata. Smallest blades more or less symmetrical with dentate margins; midsized blades asymmetrical, often as wide as long in midportions, with crenate to dentate lower margins and often smooth upper margins; upper blades symmetrical, larger, often widest toward apices, and with dentate margins. Vesicles among receptacles, spherical to subspherical, ellipsoidal, up to 2 mm long, usually with a short, small apical blade-like extension.

Receptacles intermixed with blades and vesicles; on short pedicel at base of a blade; spinulose, branched 2–3 times, up to 7 mm long.

HABITAT. On rocks; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Bahía San Francisquito to Cabo San Lucas.

TYPE LOCALITY. La Paz, Baja California Sur, Gulf of California.

Sargassum acinacifolium Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 100AߝC

Sargassum acinacifolium Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:732, pl. 21: fig. 82; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:713; Dawson, 1944:244, pl. 37: figs. 1–26; Dawson, 1961b:399; Dawson, 1966a:12; De Lara Isassi, 1992:22; González-González et al., 1996:159; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:50; Pedroche et al., 2008:92.

Algae erect with terete, smooth axes and branches; leaf-like blades asymmetrical, mostly 12–16 mm long, without a midrib and originally described without cryptostomata (see Remarks below); upper side (adaxial) of blades with concave, smooth margins and lower side and apical margins coarsely dentate; holdfast unknown (“probably a parenchymatous disc;” see Dawson, 1944:244). Vesicles on a short pedicel among or at base of receptacles; subspherical to ellipsoidal, 1.5–2.5 mm in diameter, smooth, with short, simple apicula extending to about half of vesicle’s length.

Oogonial receptacles nearly cylindrical and branched 2–3 times, smooth or slightly dentate toward apices (Dawson, 1944:fig. 18). Antheridial receptacles branched 2–3 times and dentate (Dawson, 1944:figs. 17, 24).

HABITAT. On rocks and tidal platforms; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Guaymas.

TYPE LOCALITY. “Guaymas (?),” Sonora, Gulf of California (Setchell and Gardner, 1924a).

REMARKS. Sargassum acinacifolium is apparently a northern Gulf endemic. The basal parts of the type specimen are unknown (Setchell and Gardner, 1924a), although Dawson (1944) has suggested they are probably a parenchymatous disc. Although the leaf-like blades were described as being without cryptostomata (Setchell and Gardner, 1924a), illustrations of S. acinacifolium by Dawson (1944:pl. 37: figs. 2–3, 19–26; the latter figures were drawn from the type specimen) show some to have cryptostomata, thus sharing that character with S. lapazeanum and S. sonorense. Until S. acinacifolium can be adequately described and molecularly and phylogenetically analyzed, it remains a poorly known species.

Sargassum macdougalii E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 101A,B

Sargassum macdougalii E. Y. Dawson, 1944:245, pl. 35: figs. 1–8, pl. 36: figs. 1–7, pl. 37: figs. 27–30; Dawson, 1959a:19; Dawson, 1961b:400; Dawson, 1966b:59; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; Phillips, 1995:118; González-González et al., 1996:161; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:205; Pedroche et al., 2008:97.

Several erect terete, smooth axes, up to 50 cm long, arising from a slender stipe, to 1 cm long, attached below by a discoid holdfast. Leaf-like blades asymmetrical, without a midrib and lacking cryptostomata; mostly up to 8 mm long by (2.5–)4–6(–7) mm wide (sometimes almost as wide as long); upper blades usually larger, longer than wide, up to 15(–20) mm long. Blade margins sharply denticulate (usually more prominent at apices); lower portion of upper side of blade concave and smooth. Vesicles ellipsoidal, with foliar apical extensions (usually about as long as length of vesicle).

Receptacles unknown.

HABITAT. On rocks; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Libertad to Guaymas; Puerto Escondido to Bahía de La Paz.

TYPE LOCALITY. Puerto Libertad, Sonora, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Sargassum macdougalii is said to differ from S. lapazeanum primarily by its longer vesicles with elongated foliaceous extensions and larger upper leaflike blades, up to 15(–20) mm long (Dawson, 1944).

FIGURE 101. Sargassum macdougalii: A. Habit (JN-5975). B. Upper portion of an axis showing characters of asymmetrical leaflike blades and some vesicles (JN-5944).

FIGURE 102. Sargassum sonorense: Habit of young thallus showing asymmetrical leaflike blades and holdfast of short protuberances (arrow) (JN-5205).

Both S. macdougalii and S. lapazeanum are attached by parenchymatous discoid holdfasts. The nature of the holdfast helps separate them in the field from S. sonorense, which has a knotty holdfast with short protuberances.

Sargassum sonorense E. Y. Dawson

FIGURE 102

Sargassum sonorense E. Y. Dawson, 1960a:36; Dawson, 1961b:400; Phillips, 1995:118; González-González et al., 1996:163; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:50; Pedroche et al., 2008:102.

Sargassum asymmetricum E. Y. Dawson, nom. illeg., 1944:244, pl. 36: figs. 8–18; Dawson, 1966a:12; González-González et al., 1996:159 [non Sargassum asymmetricum Yamada, 1942:563, figs. 30, 31; Yamada, 1944:3 (which is now a synonym of Sargassum alternato-pinnatum Yamada, 1942; see Yoshida, 1988; Noro and Nanba, 1990; Ajisaka et al., 1994)].

Algae erect of terete, smooth primary axes, unbranched, up to 60 cm long, arising above a slender stipe, up to 1 cm long, attached below by a small, knotty holdfast of short protuberances, up to 1.5 cm wide. Leaf-like blades, mostly asymmetrical, resulting from a usually smooth, concave upper side; without a midrib; with small, inconspicuous cryptostomata; blade margins dentate. Upper blades 20–25 mm long, sometimes more or less lobed; lowermost blades usually smaller, 3–6 mm long, and variable in shape: from lanceolate with blunt apices to more or less triangular. Vesicles ellipsoid, usually with dentate foliaceous extensions, 1–3 times longer than vesicle.

Oogonial receptacles unknown. Antheridial receptacles, up to 1.0 cm long, branched 2–4 times, upper portions dentate.

HABITAT. On rocks; low intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Guaymas.

TYPE LOCALITY. On shore, southern end of Isla Tiburón (opposite Isla Turners), Las Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Sargassum sonorense can be separated from other morphologically similar members of this section primarily by its holdfast, which is knotty, with short protuberances, in contrast to the parenchymatous discoid holdfast found in the other species of this group. In addition to its holdfast, S. sonorense differs from similar S. acinacifolium by its larger blade sizes. These two are both problematic species, and their relationship needs further study.

Originially described as Sargassum asymmetricum E. Y. Dawson (July 1944), it was the second use of the name “asymmetricum” in Sargassum. The earliest use of the name was S. asymmetricum Yamada (1942; April 1944) from Japan. Therefore, since S. asymmetricum E. Y. Dawson is a later homonym, a replacement name, S. sonorense, was given for the northern Gulf of California species by Dawson (1960a).

Sargassum sect. sinicola E. Y. Dawson ex J. N. Norris, sect. nov.

“The Sinicola Group” of Dawson, 1944:245, pls. 38–39.

LATIN DESCRIPTION. Sectio cum sequentibus characteribus: laminae folio similes, longiores quam latae, symmetricae, cum costa, margines dentatae usque ad serratae, cryptostomata presentia, saepe abundantia; vesiculae sub-sphaericae usque ad sphaericae; hapteron ligneum, conicum vel nodosum cum parvis protuberationibus.

The section is characterized by leaf-like blades that are longer than wide, symmetrical, with a midrib, dentate to serrate margins, and cryptostomata present, often abundant; vesicles are subspherical to spherical; holdfasts are woody, conical, or knotty, with short protuberances.

TYPE SPECIES. Sargassum sinicola Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:736, pl. 20: fig. 73.

REMARKS. There are two subspecies of Sargassum sinicola known in the northern Gulf of California. Another member of this section, S. horridum Setchell et N. L. Gardner (1924a), is known from the southern Gulf (Dawson, 1944, 1959.; Pedroche et al., 2008).

Sargassum sinicola Setchell et N. L. Gardner subsp. sinicola

FIGURES 103, 104, 105A

Sargassum sinicola Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:736, pl. 20: fig. 73; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:718; Dawson, 1944:247, pl. 35: fig. 10, pl. 38: figs. 5–11, pl. 39: figs. 1–11; Dawson, 1959a:19; Dawson, 1961b:400; Dawson, 1966a:13; Norris, 1973:8; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:337; Stewart and Stewart, 1984:142; McCourt, 1984b:141; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1985:26; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:421; Ortega et al., 1987:77; Espinoza-Ávalos and Rodríguez-Garza, 1985:115, fig. 1; Espinoza-Ávalos and Rodríguez-Garza, 1987:183; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:41; Espinoza-Ávalos and Rodríguez-Garza, 1989:141; Espinoza, 1990a:1; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1990:20 [in part]; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1991:26; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:51; Phillips, 1995:118; González-González et al., 1996:163; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Riosmena-Rodríguez et al., 1998:45; Mateo-Cid et al., 2000a:68; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; L. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 2002:235; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:50, 58; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:205; Rodríguez-Montesinos et al., 2008:33; Pedroche et al., 2008:100.

Sargassum polyacanthum f. americanum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:736; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:718; González-González et al., 1996:162.

Algae up to 60 cm long; of smooth axes and branches above a short stipe, attached below by a knotty, coarse

FIGURE 103. Sargassum sinicola subsp. sinicola: Habit; note holdfast of rhizomelike protuberances (arrow) (EYD-21568).

holdfast with short, thick protuberances. Leaf-like blades, long and narrow, very variable in size, 30–60(–90) mm long and (2–)3–5 mm wide; with a midrib, inconspicuous cryptostomata, and irregularly dentate margins. Vesicles smooth, mostly spherical, up to 6 mm in diameter, with a pedicel, and sometimes with a small terminal apicula.

Receptacle branchlets forked up to 4 times, subcylindrical, smooth, with acuminate apices, and scattered among vesicles in upper portions of the thallus. Oogonial

FIGURE 104. Sargassum sinicola subsp. sinicola: Habit, smooth axes and long, leaflike blades with irregularly dentate margins and vesicles with a pedicel (JN-3119).

receptacles generally shorter and more robust than the antheridial receptacles.

HABITAT. On rocks and tidal platforms; usually low intertidal to shallow subtidal, occasional in mid intertidal tide pools.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Piedras de La Salina to Cabo San Lucas. Pacific coast: Isla Guadalupe; Baja California Sur.

TYPE LOCALITY. Eureka, near La Paz, Baja California Sur, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. The most common of the species of Sargassum in the northern Gulf, S. sinicola usually reaches its largest size in spring. Sargassum sinicola subsp. sinicola is recognized by its characteristic coarse, knotty holdfast, smooth branch axes, leaf-like blades that are always longer than wide and with dentate margins, a percurrent midrib and cryptostomata, and its round, smooth vesicles. Unusual reproductive forms of S. sinicola, with both oogonial and antheridial conceptacles in the receptacle branchlets, were reported from Puerto Peñasco by Dawson (1944:pl. 39: figs. 6, 7).

Some specimens of S. sinicola can be confused with the southern Gulf S. horridum. Characters pointed out by Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones (1991) that distinguish S. horridum are spinose or terminally dentate receptacles of oogonial thalli, strongly muricate stipes and axes, leaf-like blades that are wavy or ruffled. Both S. sinicola subsp. sinicola and S. horridum primarily differ from S. sinicola subsp. camouii in having holdfasts of short, rhizome-like protuberances.

Another species, Sargassum californicum (Grunow) Setchell (1937b; basionym S. fuliginosum var.? californica Grunow, 1916), was listed as a synonym of S. sinicola by Dawson (1944). Since it was described from the Pacific coast (Grunow, 1916: 173, type locality: “ad litora Californiae”) and was subsequently reported in the Gulf of California (Setchell and Gardner, 1924a, as “S. paniculatum”), it has remained a poorly known and largely overlooked species (e.g., not mentioned by Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976, or Phillips, 1995). Specimens of “S. paniculatum” sensu Setchell and Gardner (1924a, 1925, 1930; non S. paniculatum J. Agardh. 1848) from the Gulf, along with those from Isla Guadalupe (Pacific Mexico), were also referred to S. californicum by Setchell (1937b) when he made the taxonomic combination. Shortly after this, Dawson (1944) considered S. californicum (Grunow) Setchell (1937b) to be a synonym of the Gulf S. sinicola and also included “S. paniculatum” sensu Setchell and Gardner (1924a, 1925, 1930). Since then, this taxonomic interpretation of S. sinicola has been followed (e.g., Dawson, 1961b; Stewart and Stewart, 1984; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1990; González-González et al., 1996). Although presumably somewhat similar to S. sinicola, the Pacific coast S. californicum appears to differ in having slightly muricate axes, leaf-like blades that lack a midrib, and subspherical to ovate vesicles, some slightly pointed, on relatively long pedicels (cf. Grunow, 1916; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:pl. 46: fig. 5). Thus, the morphology and relationship of the little-known California S. californicum to the Gulf S. sinicola needs to be reinvestigated. Either these two are taxonomically the same species, as proposed by Dawson (1944), or S. californicum is a separate species.

Sargassum sinicola subsp. camouii (E. Y. Dawson) J. N. Norris et Yensen, comb. nov.

FIGURES 105B, 106

Sargassum camouii E. Y. Dawson, 1944:248, pl. 35: figs. 9, 11–13; Dawson, 1961b:399; Dawson, 1966a:13; Norris, 1973:12, 20; McCourt, 1984a:142; McCourt, 1984b:141; Huerta-Múzquiz and Mendoza-González, 1985:46; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:421; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 1989:41; De Lara Isassi, 1992:22; Mateo-Cid et al., 1993:51; González-González et al., 1996:159; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:50, 58.

Sargassum sinicola var. camouii (E.Y. Dawson) J. N. Norris et Yensen in Pedroche et al., 2008:101.

Algae erect and rigid, up to 60 cm tall, axes rough, usually muricate, and densely branched; attached by solid, woodlike holdfast, initially discoid, becoming conical. Leaf-like blades lanceolate, mostly 30–60 mm long and 3–6 mm wide; with a midrib, dentate margins, and numerous cryptostomata (not always as evident on dried specimens). Vesicles spherical, smooth, 3–4.5 mm in diameter.

Oogonial receptacles, more or less cylindrical, branched 1–3 orders, and somewhat spiny.

HABITAT. On rocks and tidal platforms and in tide pools; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Isla San Esteban; Bahía Concepción to Bahía de La Paz. Pacific coast: Bahía Sebastián Vizcaíno to Bahía Magdalena, Baja California Sur.

TYPE LOCALITY. South end of Isla Tiburón, Las Islas de la Cintura, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. The new combination Sargassum sinicola subsp. camouii is proposed to reflect its possible relationship to S. sinicola. Although similar in most characteristics with S. sinicola subsp. sinicola, S. sinicola subsp. camouii is generally darker in color and is distinguished by its woody conical holdfast (see Dawson, 1944:pl. 35: fig. 9), rough to muricate primary axis, mostly muricate upper axes, and a more rigid habit. Critical studies, including DNA analyses, are needed to test its taxonomic and phylogenetic status.

Unfortunately, the type specimen lacked a holdfast (Dawson, 1944); it was the only specimen saved when all others were lost on a boat trip returning from Isla

FIGURE 105. Comparison of Sargassum sinicola: A. Sargassum sinicola subsp. sinicola, showing smooth axes, irregular dentate margin of leaflike blades, vesicles, and developing receptacles (JN-3119). B. Sargassum sinicola subsp. camouii, showing muricate axes, regular dentate margins of leaflike blades, and vesicles (JN-3250).

Tiburón, and the description of the holdfast was based on field notes and another (paratype) specimen from another locality, “a bay, 10 miles northwest of Guaymas” (probably Bahía San Carlos).

Sargassum sect. herporhizum E. Y. Dawson ex J. N. Norris, sect. nov.

“The Herporhizum Group” of Dawson, 1944:249, pl. 40: figs. 1–26.

LATIN DESCRIPTION. Sectio cum sequentibus characteribus: laminae folio similes cum costa, cum cryptostomatibus absentibus vel, si praesentibus, inconspicuis; vesiculae cum apiculata extensione; hapteron cum lungis, expansis, saepe intricatis rhizomatibus.

The section is characterized by leaf-like blades that have a midrib and are without cryptostomata or, if present, with inconspicuous cryptostomata; vesicles with an apiculate extension; holdfast of long, spreading, often entangled rhizomes.

TYPE SPECIES. Sargassum herporhizum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:739, pl. 20: figs. 69–71.

REMARKS. Currently there are two species from the northern Gulf of California and another, Sargassum liebmannii J. Agardh (1847, 1889), from Pacific Mexico (Baja California to Oaxaca; González-González et al., 1996) that belong to this section.

Sargassum herporhizum Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURES 107, 108A,B

Sargassum herporhizum Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:739, pl. 20: figs. 69–71; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:720; Dawson, 1944:249, pl. 40: figs. 1–12; Dawson, 1961b:400; Dawson, 1966a:13; Norris, 1973:7; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:337; McCourt, 1984b:141;

FIGURE 106. Sargassum sinicola subsp. camouii: Habit; note insert (lower right) showing conical holdfast attached to rock (JN-6064).

Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1990:19; De Lara Isassi, 1992:22; Espinoza-Ávalos, 1993:333; Phillips, 1995:118; González-González et al., 1996:160; Pacheco-Ruíz and Zertuche-González, 1996b:171; Cruz-Ayala et al., 2001:190; Mateo-Cid et al., 2006:50, 58; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:205; Pedroche et al., 2008:93.

Algae up to 30 cm long, with several erect terete, smooth axes, alternately to irregularly branched, often

FIGURE 107. Sargassum herporhizum: Habit, showing basal attachment of entangled rhizomes (JN-4963).

whorled, above entangled rhizomes. Primary axis initially arising from a small discoid base that develops numerous, branching, narrow in diameter (less than 3 mm), repent cylindrical rhizomes that are attached at various points by small haptera; several erect secondary axes arise along horizontal rhizomes as they lengthen. Leaf-like blades, long and narrow, 15–25 mm long and 2–5 mm wide, with a midrib (sometimes less distinct or faint on uppermost blades); cryptostomata absent or few and inconspicuous; margins vary, uneven or slightly to

FIGURE 108. Sargassum herporhizum: A. Young thallus arising from basal rhizomes (JN-5870b). B. Upper portion of thallus showing long, thin leaflike blades, with faint midrib and serrate margins, pedicellate vesicles, and receptacles (JN-3117).

irregularly dentate. Vesicles spherical to ovoid, mostly smooth, up to 3 mm in diameter; on pedicels; occasionally apiculate.

Dioecious; receptacle branchlets scattered among vesicles, narrow, subcylindrical, up to 10 mm long, branched, on short pedicel, with conspicuous conceptacles.

HABITAT. On rocks and tidal platforms and in tide pools; mid intertidal to shallow subtidal, down to 6 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Bahía de La Paz. Pacific coast: Jalisco; Galápagos Islands.

TYPE LOCALITY. Isla San Jorge (George’s Island), off Sonora, Gulf of California.

REMARKS. Seasonal observations of Sargassum herporhizum at Playa Estacíon, Puerto Peñasco, showed it to be one of the three dominant species of Sargassum, along with S. johnstonii and S. sinicola subsp. camouii (see also McCourt, 1984a, 1984b). Some intertidal specimens can be difficult to separate from S. brandegeei, but S. herporhizum has smaller, narrower leaf-like blades with less distinct midribs and margins that are only slightly and irregularly dentate or sometimes uneven (see also “Remarks” for S. brandegeei).

Sargassum brandegeei Setchell et N. L. Gardner

FIGURE 109AߝC

Sargassum brandegeei Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1924a:736, pl. 21: fig. 79; Setchell and Gardner, 1925:718; Dawson, 1944:249, pl. 40: figs. 13–26; Taylor, 1945:120 [with a query]; Dawson, 1959a:19; Dawson, 1961b:399; Dawson, 1966a:12; Norris, 1973:7; Huerta-Múzquiz, 1978:337, 338; Pedroche and González-González, 1981:67; Rocha-Ramírez and Siqueiros-Beltrones, 1990:18–19 [in part, only S. brandegeei]; Servière-Zaragoza et al., 1993:482; Phillips, 1995:118; González-González et al., 1996:159; Pacheco-Ruíz et al., 2008:204; Pedroche et al., 2008:93.

Algae up to 30 cm long, of 1 to several erect, terete, smooth axes, branching alternately to irregularly. Primary axis initially from a discoid base that develops numerous,

FIGURE 109. Sargassum brandegeei: A. Habit, showing developing basal rhizomes (JN-6034). B, C. Smooth axes, with long and comparatively wider leaflike blades, with midribs and moderate to deeply serrate margins (JN-4829).

irregularly branched, narrow in diameter, decumbent rhizomes that become entangled and attach by haptera at various points. Leaf-like blades, longer than wide, mostly 30–60(–110) mm long and 4–10 mm wide; with a midrib and without cryptostomata (note some observed with very few cryptostomata); margins regularly, moderately to deeply, serrate. Vesicles spherical to subspherical, (2–)3–5 mm in diameter, smooth, and usually apiculate or sometimes with a foliaceous extension; borne on pedicels (more or less equal to or longer than their diameter) at base of leaflike blades or scattered among receptacles.

Receptacle branchlets relatively short, up to 20 mm long, branched mostly to 2 orders, smooth, and with blunt, rounded apices.

HABITAT. On rocks and tidal platforms and in tide pools; low intertidal to shallow subtidal to 8 m depths.

DISTRIBUTION. Gulf of California: Puerto Peñasco to Guaymas. Pacific coast: Jalisco; Galápagos Islands (?).

TYPE LOCALITY. Cast ashore, probably Guaymas, Sonora, Gulf of California (Setchell and Gardner 1924a).

REMARKS. Northern Gulf specimens generally agree with Sargassum brandegeei as described, including that most have leaf-like blades that lack cryptostomata (Setchell and Gardner, 1924a; Dawson, 1944), but a few specimens were observed to also have a small number of scattered cryptostomata on some of their leaf-like blades.

Dawson (1966a) observed that some of the intertidal S. brandegeei were not always clearly distinct from S. herporhizum. However, the size of the leaf-like blades and the nature of their margins distinguish these two in the field. Sargassum brandegeei has larger, longer, and comparatively wider blades, with a distinct midrib, and margins of regularly, evenly spaced, pronounced serration; in contrast, S. herporhizum has smaller, narrower blades, with less distinct midribs (sometimes very faint or not apparent on blades of the upper thallus and not always evident on the upper portion of some individual blades; see Figure 108B), and margins that are uneven or slightly, irregularly dentate.

Uncertain Record: Sargassum agardhianum Farlow ex J. Agardh

Sargassum agardhianum Farlow ex J. Agardh, 1889:93; 38, pl. 16:fig. 1; Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986:421; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991:23; González-González et al., 1996:159; Pedroche et al., 2008(in part; Gulf of California records only):93.

REMARKS. Described from San Diego, California, Sargassum agardhianum (J. Agardh, 1889) is known on the Pacific coast from southern California to central Baja California (Dawson et al., 1960a; Abbott and Hollenberg, 1976; Pacheco-Ruíz, 1982; Stewart and Stewart, 1984; R. Aguilar-Rosas et al., 1990; Stewart, 1991; Phillips, 1995). The reported presence of this species in the northern Gulf of California needs to be verified by reexamining specimens identified as S. agardhianum (Mendoza-González and Mateo-Cid, 1986; Martínez-Lozano et al., 1991).

EXCLUDED RECORDS OF PHAEOPHYCEAE

LAMINARIALES

Laminariales Migula, 1908:173, 243.

Laminariales Kylin, 1917:308.

REMARKS. In 25 years of collecting in the Gulf of California, Dawson himself did not collect any members of the Laminariales. Since then, neither I nor others have encountered or reported any Laminariales in field collecting and diving surveys in the northern Gulf.

ALARIACEAE

Alariaceae Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1925:591.

Egregia Areschoug

Egregia Areschoug, 1876:66.

Egregia laevigata Setchell

Egregia laevigata Setchell, 1896:44; Dawson, 1946a:83; Dawson, 1946b:182; Dawson, 1947:43; Dawson, 1949:241; González-González et al., 1996:149; Pedroche et al., 2008:79.

REMARKS. Two beach drift specimens of Egregia laevigata reputed to be from Bahía de Los Ángeles were recorded in the northern Gulf (Dawson, 1946a). Later, Dawson (1949b) noted E. laevigata had been erroneously reported in the Gulf of California.

LESSONIACEAE

Lessoniaceae Setchell et N. L. Gardner, 1925: 621.

Macrocystis C. Agardh

Macrocystis C. Agardh, 1820:46.

Macrocystis pyrifera (Linnaeus) C. Agardh

Fucus pyriferus Linnaeus, 1771:311.

Macrocystis pyrifera (Linnaeus) C. Agardh, 1820:47; Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:728; Dawson, 1944:237; González-González et al., 1996:154; Pedroche et al., 2008 (in part; only Gulf of California record):85.

REMARKS. A single specimen, about 3 ft. long, apparently adrift, was caught on [the] log-line of [the] vessel between Isla Espiritu Santo and La Paz and “brought aboard the vessel, but no specimens were found growing attached within the Gulf” (Setchell and Gardner, 1924a:728; Dawson, 1944). Since then, there has never been any published reports of attached Macrocystis, nor any further reports of drift specimens in the Gulf of California.

Acknowledgments

I express my appreciation to my professors and mentors of the marine algae, Isabella Aiona Abbott (Stanford University), Michael Neushul, Jr. (University of California, Santa Barbara [UCSB]), Robert W. Hoshaw (University Arizona), and George T. Oberlander and Harry D. Thiers (San Francisco State University), and to Demorest Davenport and Alfred W. Ebeling (UCSB) for their continued encouragement, advice, and support throughout my Gulf of California research. Special thanks are owed to initiators of the Puerto Peñasco project, the marine scientists of the University of Arizona, Robert W. Hoshaw (McCourt, 1993), Donald A. Thomson, J. Laurens Barnard (Brusca, 1993), and John R. Hendrickson (Owens, 2003). I appreciated the use of Laboratorio de Biología Marina in Puerto Peñasco (shared facility of the Universidad de Sonora and University of Arizona) while I was serving as University Arizona Resident Marine Biologist and Station Director. I particularly thank Carlos Peña, Jose Ramon Infante-León, Ramon Durazo, Fernando Montanez, Argelia González, Manuel Esper-Huerta, Christine A. Flanagan, and Richard C. Brusca; and also those at the Peñasco Experimental Unit of the University of Arizona Environmental Research Laboratory (ERL), notably David Moore (Station Manager), Carl N. Hodges (Director, ERL), Carl Hodge, and Jim Ure. I thank Agustin Cortéz C., Eugenio Zamorano and his family, and the many people of Puerto Peñasco for making me welcome while I lived in Mexico.

During the course of this floristic study, my travel, fieldwork, and scuba diving was supported by grants from the National Science Foundation (NSF-BMS-73-07000) and NOAA (04-5-158-20 8/75); later support was received from the American Philosophical Society, the National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, and NSF-PEET grant DEB-0328491. Help in designing and equipping a four-wheel-drive truck for off-road use and land-based scuba operations came from Vic Hickey, Bill Issacson, and especially Gary Haden (Ventura, California), all of whom developed and allowed the rigorous testing of off-road prototype equipment. Advice and assistance on setting up the truck for land-based scuba and field work that could accomodate four divers (and dogs, Cyril and Beau) and all the collection, scuba, photographic, and camping gear along with food, water, and fuel came from Whitney Baines (UCSB), Craig Askin (Tucson), and Norm Lammer (Marine Science Institute, UCSB), who also constructed much of the specialized field equipment.

Thanks are owed to William Fenical (UCSD-SIO, Chief Scientist) for the opportunity to participate on National Science Foundation-sponsored cruises of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography R/V Dolphin to Gulf of California and the OR/V Alpha Helix to islands of Pacific Mexico. He and Robert Jacobs (UCSB), Valerie Paul (Smithsonian Marine Station at Fort Pierce), William Gerwick (UCSD, SIO), and Oliver McConnell (the latter three were students of Bill Fenical at the time) provided many hours of collecting, lab work on natural product chemistry, and interesting discussions; I am grateful to have shared many adventures with them. Thanks are also owed to Dennis Divins (UCSB) for scuba training and support and continued friendship. The field work and collecting could not have been completed without the help of scuba diving partners Katina Bucher Norris, William Fenical, Howard Sleeper, William Gerwick, John Paul, George Boehlert, David Coon, David Moore, Jerry D. Kudenov, Mark Helvey, Whitney Baines, Valerie Paul, Bruce Howard, and Oliver McConnell, all of whom made one or more of the land-based and/or ship-based surveys and assisted with logistics and collecting. It is a pleasure to thank Richard S. Felger (University Arizona), Richard Evans Schultes (Harvard University), and Andrew T. Weil (University Arizona) for their gifts of algae collected in Sonora; David G. Lindquist (University North Carolina Wilmington; Howe, 2001) for algal specimens from El Tornillal, Rocas Consag, and Caleta Santa Maria; Nicolas P. Yensen for his collection from Isla San Pedro Nolasco; Mark and Diane Littler (NMNH), fellow marine botanists, divers, and “Baja-proven travelers” for their collections of algae and hours of discussion; Max H. Hommersand (University North Carolina) and Makoto Yoshizaki (Toho University, Japan) for sharing their collections and traveling with my group when we met in Bahía de Los Ángeles during a trip to Baja California; and Nonie McKibbin and Dale Evanson (Tucson, Arizona) for their collections of Sonoran algae. My appreciation goes to those who made Tucson a home during my trips to University of Arizona, particularly Craig Askin, Richard S. Felger, Ronald and Jan Pulliam, Robert and Ruth Hoshaw, and Alexander “Ike” and Jean Straub Russell. I thank Ike Russell, who generously flew my team in his small aircraft to locales in Sonora and to Isla Ángel de la Guarda, enabling us to collect and work with the Seri (including one trip with Clinton J. Dawes, University South Florida, and Donald P. Cheney, Northeastern University), and who also once flew in critical parts to get us on the road again when our vehicle was broken down in a remote location. I am indebted to Edward and Mary Beck Moser, who assisted in numerous ways, including sharing their home in El Desemboque (El Desemboque de San Ignacio; Haxöl Ihoom of the Seri) during our Sonora coast trips. I am also indebted to the Seri fishermen of El Desemboque and Punta Cheuca for guiding and providing boats for scuba diving. Their knowledge of locales, sea turtle foraging sites, and offshore reefs of Isla Tiburón and coastal Sonora yielded numerous collections, and their understanding of the sea conditions in this region kept us safe more than once. The assistance of Glenn and Martha Vargas (Thermal, California) enabled my team to scuba dive on many of the islands in the vicinity of Bahía de Los Ángeles, and I thank them for their generous hospitality and numerous boat trips. I again extend my thanks to Donald and Isabella Abbott for sharing their Pacific Grove home and providing access to the Hopkins Marine Station laboratory to study Gulf seaweeds; to William and Fran Fenical and Joan G. and James Stewart for letting us stay with them while studying at Scripps Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla; and to Gary and Mary Haden for providing accommodations during trips to Ventura and UCSB.

I am grateful for the taxonomic expertise, discussions, and comments of Isabella A. Abbott, Michael Neushul, Richard E. Norris, and Paul C. Silva, and of Michael J. Wynne on Colpomenia, he and William Randolph Taylor (University Michigan) on Sporochnus, Daniel León-Álvarez (UNAM) on the Ralfsiales, Luis Aguilar-Rosas and Raúl Aguilar-Rosas (CMMEX) on Gulf Leathesia nana, Heroen Verbruggen (University Ghent) for reviewing and discussion on the species of Codium. I am also grateful to Frederik Leliaert (University Ghent) for reviewing “Willeella-Phyllodictyon,” Naomi Phillips (Arcadia University) for comments on the classification of the brown algal orders and their evolutionary relationships, and Nicolas P. Yensen (University Arizona) for discussions on Gulf Sargassum species. My appreciation goes to Dan H. Nicolson (NMNH) and Larry J. Dorr (NMNH) for advice on solving numerous nomenclatural problems, to Alain Touwaide (NMNH) for the Latin descriptions of new taxa, to Francisco F. Pedroche, Luis Aguilar-Rosas, Raúl Aguilar-Rosas, and Rafael Riosmena-Rodríguez for help on obtaining important literature and the loan of specimens, and finally, to Paul M. Peterson (Botany Editor; NMNH) for his encouragement throughout the submission and review process.

I thank those who have prepared or helped with illustrations: Susan Manchester (Monterey, California) for drawing many of the algae, Ilka C. Feller (NMNH; SERC) for line drawings of Sargassum, Adrián Ramírez (UNAM) for the species of Ralfsia, and Alice R. Tangerini (Botanical Illustrator, NMNH) for the northern Gulf of California map and the comparative diagrammatic illustrations of Ulva and the Gulf genera of the Dictyotaceae. Most of the algal and habitat photographs were taken by me. Additionally, I am grateful not only for the help of many others but for the photographs and digital images of selected herbarium specimens they skillfully provided, including Alison Habel (Photographic Illustrator, University of Arizona), Chip Clark (NMNH Scientific Photographer), Harvey Kupferberg (NMNH volunteer), and Ingrid Lin (NMNH Botany); I am grateful to Scott Whittaker (NMNH) for assistance on digital photomicrographs and Kathy Ann Miller (Herbarium, UC Berkeley) for kindly (and rapidly) providing the isotype image of Sargassum acinacifolium. I thank Roger H. Hill (USAF) for obtaining the NASA Gemini V photo of the northern Gulf of California and NASA for permission for its use herein. Thanks go to Chip Clark (NMNH) for consultation and advice on digital photography, 35mm photographic slide digitizing, and his appreciation of margaritas. The photos, digital images, and line drawings were competently prepared for this study by Robert H. Sims (NMNH), whose research assistance is much appreciated.

To my wife, Katina “Katy” Bucher Norris (NMNH Botany), it is impossible to express all my thanks for her companionship and friendship. She has participated in every phase of this research: planning and carrying out the field work, scuba diving, collecting and studying Gulf of California marine algae, research collaboration, curatorial assistance, taking the digital photomicrographs of algal images used, and reviewing the various stages of the manuscript throughout this project. It is with Katy that I have shared many great adventures of diving and traveling through the pristine desert, beaches, reefs, and islands of the Gulf of California. To our sons, James “Jesse” Alexander and Shaun William, I give thanks and appreciation for their interest in Baja California, scuba diving, and listening to many tales of the Gulf of California forays.

Many people were kind enough to review and discuss various parts of the manuscript as it developed, and I particularly thank Robert W. Hoshaw and Jeanine L. Olsen (University of Groningen), for reviews and comments on earlier drafts of the greens, and Isabella A. Abbott for comments on the browns. I also extend sincere thanks to the reviewers of the final draft of the manuscript—Luis Ernesto Aguilar-Rosas and Raúl Aguilar-Rosas (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California, Ensenada), David L. Ballantine (University of Puerto Rico, Mayagüez), Suzanne L. Fredericq (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Rafael Riosmena-Rodríguez (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California Sur, La Paz), and Richard M. McCourt (National Science Foundation)—for their thoughtful and constructive suggestions and comments that led to its improvement. Despite all this input and help, I alone am responsible for any errors.

Appendix 1:
List of New Taxa and Combinations

I. CHLOROPHYTA

Ctenocladales: Ulvellaceae

Epicladia condensata (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) J. N. Norris, comb. nov.

Epicladia mexicana (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) J. N. Norris, comb. Nov

II. PHAEOPHYCEAE

Desmarestiales: Desmarestiaceae

Desmarestia munda Setchell et N. L. Gardner subsp. mexicana (E. Y. Dawson) J. N. Norris, comb. nov.

Sporochnales: Sporochnaceae

Sporochnus neushulii J. N. Norris, sp. nov.

Ectocarpales: Acinetosporaceae

Hincksia bryantii (Setchell et N. L. Gardner) J. N. Norris, comb. nov.

Fucales: Sargassaceae

Sargassum sect. johnstonii E. Y. Dawson ex J. N. Norris, sect. nov.

Sargassum sect. lapazeanum E. Y. Dawson ex J. N. Norris, sect. nov.

Sargassum sect. sinicola E. Y. Dawson ex J. N. Norris, sect. nov.

Sargassum sect. herporhizum E. Y. Dawson ex J. N. Norris, sect. nov.

Sargassum sinicola Setchell et N. L. Gardner subsp. camouii (E.Y. Dawson) J. N. Norris et Yensen, comb. nov.

Appendix 2:
Endemic Taxa of the Gulf of California that Occur in the Northern Gulf

I. CHLOROPHYTA

Ctenocladales: Ulvellaceae

Entocladia marchantiae

Epicladia condensata

Epicladia mexicana

Cladophorales: Cladophoraceae

Cladophora macdougalii

Cladophora tiburonensis

Siphonocladales: Valoniaceae

Valoniopsis hancockii

Bryopsidales: Codiaceae

Codium brandegeei

II. PHAEOPHYCEAE

Ishigeales: Ishigeaceae

Ishige sinicola

Dictyotales: Dictyotaceae

Spatoglossum lanceolatum

Spatoglossum subflabellatum

Desmarestiales: Desmarestiaceae

Desmarestia filamentosa

Desmarestia munda subsp. Mexicana

Sporochnales: Sporochnaceae

Sporochnus neushulii

Ralfsiales: Ralfsiaceae

Hapterophycus anastomosans

Cutleriales: Cutleriaceae

Cutleria hancockii

Ectocarpales: Acinetosporaceae

Hincksia bryantii

Ectocarpales: Chordariaceae

Nemacystus brandegeei

Ectocarpales: Ectocarpaceae

Ectocarpus hancockii

Ectocarpus sonorensis

Ectocarpales: Scytosiphonaceae

Compsonema immixtum

Fucales: Sargassaceae

Sargassum johnstonii f. gracile

Sargassum lapazeanum

Sargassum acinacifolium

Sargassum macdougalii

Sargassum sonorense

Sargassum brandegeei

Appendix 3:
Algal Specimens Illustrated: Species Locality Information and Herbarium

I. CHLOROPHYTA

Entocladia marchantiae (Figure 9A): Epiphytic on Gracilaria textorii, north end of Isla Coronado, Bahía de los Ángeles, Baja California, Coll. H. Sleeper and M. Helvey (JN-4411b; US Alg. Coll. slide 4257).

Entocladia polysiphoniae (Figure 9B): Endophytic on Polysiphonia, El Desemboque, Sonora, Coll. R. E. Schultes, R. S. Felger, and A. T. Weil (JN-5190; US Alg. Coll.-157757 and slide 5344).

Entocladia sp. (Figure 9C): Epiphytic on Cladophora, Islas de los Gemelos, Bahía de los Ángeles, Baja California, Coll. H. Sleeper and M. Helvey (JN-4492b; US Alg. Coll. slide 4154).

Entocladia viridis (Figure 9D,E): Epiphytic on Chaetomorpha aerea, El Desemboque, Sonora, Coll. R. E. Schultes, R. S. Felger, and A. T. Weil (JN-5180b; US Alg. Coll. slide 4144).

Stromatella monostromatica (Figure 11A,B): Epiphytic on Polysiphonia, Isla la Ventana, Bahía de los Ángeles, Baja California, Coll. J. N. Norris, M. Helvey, and H. Sleeper (JN-4442b; US Alg. Coll. slide 4160).

Ulvella lens (Figure 12A): Epiphytic on Cladophora graminea, channel between Isla Mejia and Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD[1940]-271; US Alg. Coll. slide 4165).

Ulvella setchellii (Figure 12B): Epiphytic on Cladophora cf. microcladioides, Bahía Aqua Dulce, Isla Tiburón, Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD-46-980; US Alg. Coll. slide 892).

Ulva californica (Figure 14A): Vicinity of Punta Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD-27407; US Alg. Coll.-55027).

Ulva californica (Figure 14B): Isla Willard, N end of island, Bahía de San Luis Gonzaga, Baja California, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-5425; US Alg. Coll.-157778).

Ulva lactuca (Figure 15): La Paz, Baja California Sur, Coll. O. Holguín Q. (ChP-1606; US Alg. Coll.-36624).

Ulva lobata (Figure 16): Punta la Gringa, Bahía de los Ángeles, Baja California, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-6103a; US Alg. Coll.-157781).

Ulva nematoidea (Figure 17A): Ensenada, Bahía de Todos Santos, Baja California (Pacific Mexico), Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD-10421; US Alg. Coll.-41727).

Ulva nematoidea (Figure 17B): San Isidro, Baja California (Pacific México), Coll. Clair Etienne (US Alg. Coll.-8799).

Ulva rigida (Figure 18): Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-5742; US Alg. Coll.-157779).

Ulva acanthophora (Figure 19A): Punta la Gringa, Bahía de los Ángeles, Baja California, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-5455; US Alg. Coll.-157716).

Ulva acanthophora (Figure 19B): Estuary, Bahía de los Animas, Baja California, Coll. G. Bockus (JN-383; US Alg. Coll.-89466).

Ulva clathrata (Figure 20): Bahía Cholla, vicinity of Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-4994; US Alg. Coll.-157727).

Ulva flexuosa (Figure 21A,B): Epizoic on carapace of female black sea turtle (Chelonia mydas agassizii), vicinity of Campo Ona, Canal de Infiernillo, Sonora, Coll. R. S. Felger, E. Moser, and G. Mendez (JN-4790; US Alg. Coll.-157732 and slide 4172).

Ulva intestinalis (Figure 22): El Tornillal, Sonora, Coll. D.G. Lindquist (JN-3327; US Alg. Coll.-157741).

Ulva linza (Figure 23): Playa Hermosa, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-3694; US Alg. Coll.-157743).

Chaetomorpha antennina (Figure 24A): Near Bahía San Carlos, Ensenada de San Francisco, Sonora, Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD-11023; US Alg. Coll.-39950).

Chaetomorpha aerea (Figure 24B): El Desemboque, Sonora, Coll. R. E. Schultes, R. S. Felger, and A. T. Weil (JN-5180a; US Alg. Coll. slide 4144).

Cladophora graminea (Figure 28A): West side of large rock, Rocas Consag, Coll. D. G. Lindquist (JN-3118; US Alg. Coll.-157544).

Cladophora hesperia (Figure 29A): Puerto Lobos on Bahía Tepoca, Sonora, Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD-832; US Alg. Coll.-30072 and slide 4170).

Cladophora microcladioides (Figure 30B): Bahía Kino, Sonora, Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD-2928; US Alg. Coll.-30073 and slide 4166).

Phyllodictyon pulcherrimum (Figure 33): East side of Punta Concepción, Baja California Sur, Coll. J. Bleck (EYD-25872; US Alg. Coll.-36522).

Phyllodictyon robustum (Figure 34A): Isla San Pedro Nolasco, Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD-18555; US Alg. Coll.-5603).

Valoniopsis pachynema (Figure 36C): Photo of living clump from Puerto Peñasco, Sonora.

Bryopsis pennata (Figure 37): South of rocky shore fronting Laboratorio de Biología Marina, vicinity of Punta Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. A. E. Dennis (EYD-27451; US Alg. Coll.-40783).

Halicystis-phase (Figure 39A,B): Isla Willard, Bahía de San Luis Gonzaga, Baja California, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-5732; US Alg. Coll.-157764).

Codium amplivesiculatum (Figure 40): Isla San Esteban, Coll. J. N. Norris, with J. Paul and K. Robertson (JN-5700; US Alg. Coll.-157600).

Codium brandegeei (Figure 42): “Codium macdougaliiform” of C. brandegeei, Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and R. W. Hoshaw (JN-5020; US Alg. Coll.-157629).

Codium simulans (Figure 43): SE side of Isla San Esteban, Coll. J. N. Norris, with J. Paul and K. Robertson (JN-5713; US Alg. Coll.-157676).

Codium sp.? (Figure 44): cf. Codium cuneatum-form of C. simulans, off west side of Roca Blanca, Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Coll. J. N. Norris, with J. Paul and K. Robertson (JN-5286; US Alg. Coll.-157616).

Caulerpa mexicana f. pectinata (Figure 45): Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. N.J. Lang (JN-5861; US Alg. Coll.-157510).

Caulerpa sertularioides (Figure 46A): N side of bay, Bahía Bocochibampo, Guaymas, Sonora, Coll. M. Helvey (JN-4471; US Alg. Coll.-157509).

Caulerpa sertularioides (Figure 46B): Bahía de San Carlos, Nueva Guaymas, Sonora, colI. D. Evanson (JN-4277; US Alg. Coll.-157507).

Caulerpa vanbosseae (Figure 47A): El Desemboque de San Ignacio, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris, K. E. Bucher and D. Coon (JN-6562; US Alg. Coll.-157529).

Caulerpa vanbosseae (Figure 47B): Punta Pelícano, vicinity of Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-4981; US Alg. Coll.-157521).

Halimeda discoidea (Figure 48B,C): 3 miles [4.8 km] south of Punta Mangles, Baja California Sur, Coll. J. Bleck (EYD-25921; US Alg. Coll.-36518 and slide 8477 and slide 8478).

Acetabularia caliculus (Figure 49A): Bahía Cholla, vicinity of Punta Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. A. E. Dennis (EYD-27569; US Alg. Coll.-40937 and vial 3442, jar 406).

Acetabularia caliculus (Figure 49B): Bahía Cholla, vicinity of Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. R. W. Hoshaw (US Alg. Coll.-95320 and slide 5533).

II. PHAEOPHYCEAE

Ishige sinicola (Figure 50A): Specimens, from left to right: La Mona, Bahía de los Ángeles, Baja California, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-2980; US Alg. Coll.-158148); Puerto Calamajué, Baja California, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-4621; US Alg. Coll.-158165); and Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-4166; US Alg. Coll.-158160).

Ishige sinicola (Figure 50B): Northwest of rock window on shore, Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-5824; US Alg. Coll.-158176 and slide 8481).

Sphacelaria rigidula (Figure 51A): Playa Hermosa, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-4041; US Alg. ColI.-158531 and slide 4201).

Sphacelaria rigidula (Figure 51B): Bahía San Francisquito, Baja California, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-3271; US Alg. Coll.-158528 and slide 4194).

Sphacelaria rigidula (Figure 51C): Playa Hermosa, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-3715; US Alg. Coll.-158514 and slide 4196).

Sphacelaria tribuloides (Figure 53A–C): Playa Hermosa, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-4038; US Alg. Coll.-158525 and slide 4198 and slide 4199).

Dictyopteris undulata (Figure 55): Off west side of Roca Blanca, Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda. Coll. J.N. Norris (JN-5801; US Alg. Coll.-157994).

Dictyota concrescens (Figure 56A): Punta Hughes, vicinity of Bahía Magdalena, about 3½ miles [5.6 km] southeast of Cabo San Lazaro, Baja California Sur (Pacific Mexico), Isotype (W. R. Taylor 34-598; US Alg. Coll.-56360).

Dictyota concrescens (Figure 56B): North side of Puerto Calamajué, Baja California, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-4695; US Alg. Coll.-158074).

Dictyota coriacea (Figure 57): Off southeast end of Isla San Esteban, Coll. K. E. Bucher (JN-5522; US Alg. Coll.-158202).

Dictyota crenulata (Figure 58A): Playa between San Jose del Cabo and Cabo San Lucas, Baja California Sur, Coll. J. N. Norris and H. Sleeper (JN-4091a; US Alg. Coll.-158007).

Dictyota crenulata (Figure 58B): Playa between San Jose del Cabo and Cabo San Lucas, Baja California Sur, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher, and H. Sleeper (JN-4114; US Alg. Coll.-158009).

Dictyota dichotoma var. intricata (Figure 59A): Cabeza Ballena, Baja California Sur, Coll. J. N. Norris and H. Sleeper (JN-4087; US Alg. Coll.-158034).

Dictyota dichotoma var. intricata (Figure 59B): In front of Laboratorio de Biología Marina, Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-5630; US Alg. Coll.-158042).

Dictyota dichotoma var. intricata (Figure 59C): Playa between San Jose del Cabo and Cabo San Lucas, Baja California Sur, Coll. J. N. Norris and H. Sleeper (JN-4094; US Alg. Coll.-158016).

Dictyota flabellata (Figure 60): Playa Hermosa, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-3474; US Alg. Coll.-158049).

Dictyota stolonifera (Figure 61A): Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-3865a; US Alg. Coll.-158031).

Dictyota stolonifera (Figure 61B): Playa between San Jose del Cabo and Cabo San Lucas, Baja California Sur, Coll. J. N. Norris, K. E. Bucher and H. Sleeper (JN-4113a; US Alg. Coll.-158017).

Dictyota stolonifera (Figure 61C): C. In front of marine laboratory, vicinity of Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. E.Y. Dawson (EYD-27409; US Alg. Coll.-40641).

Dictyota vivesii (Figure 62): Punta Prieta, outer Bahía Topolobampo, Sinaloa, Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD-10938; US Alg. Coll.-39951).

Padina caulescens (Figure 63A,B): Islas de los Gemelos, Bahía de los Ángeles, Baja California, Coll. J. N. Norris, H. Sleeper and W. Baines (JN-4748; US Alg. Coll.-158312).

Padina crispata (Figure 64A–C): Isla Grande, Guerrero (Pacific Mexico), Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD-20957; US Alg. Coll.-6160).

Padina durvillei (Figure 65): Punta Pelícano, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. M. and D. Littler, s.n. (US Alg. Coll.-163415).

Padina gymnospora (Figure 66): Playa Arenosa, east of Punta Pelícano, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-3425b; US Alg. Coll.-158298).

Padina mexicana var. mexicana (Figure 67): Photo of live specimen from Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora.

Rugulopteryx okamurae (Figure 68A): Cabeza Ballena, Baja California Sur, Coll. J. N. Norris and H. Sleeper (JN-4086; US Alg. Coll.-158127).

Rugulopteryx okamurae (Figure 68B): Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-3724; US Alg. Coll.-158125 and slide 4204).

Spatoglossum subflabellatum (Figure 70): Punta Lobos, north side of point, vicinity of Puerto Lobos, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-5902; US Alg. Coll.-158512).

Desmarestia filamentosa (Figure 71): Off west side of Roca Blanca, Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-5271; US Alg. Coll.-157950).

Desmarestia filamentosa (Figure 72A,B): Off west side of Roca Blanca, Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Coll. J. N. Norris, with J. Paul and K. Robertson (JN-5271; US Alg. Coll.-157950 and slide 4183).

Desmarestia munda subsp. mexicana (Figure 73): Off west side of Roca Blanca, Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-5283; US Alg. Coll.-157944).

Sporochnus anomalus (Figure 74): Off west side of Roca Blanca, Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-5264; US Alg. Coll.-158494).

Sporochnus anomalus (Figure 75A,B): Off west side of Roca Blanca, Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-5264; US Alg. Coll.-158494; US Alg. Coll. vial 5824, jar 568, and slide 4210).

Sporochnus neushulii J. N. Norris sp. nov. (Figure 76A–E): Off west side of Roca Blanca, Puerto Refugio, Isla Ángel de la Guarda, Coll. J. N. Norris (A–E. Holotype: JN-5262, US Alg. Coll.158492; B. US Alg. Coll. vial 5823, jar 568; C. US Alg. Coll. slide 4208; D. US Alg. Coll. slide 4209; and E. US Alg. Coll. slide 8474).

Hapterophycus anastomosans (Figure 77A,B): Isla Raza, Gulf of California (A,B. Holotype: EYD-26110; US Alg. Coll.-37228 and vial 2479, jar 296).

Cutleria hancockii (Figure 79A): Gametophyte, Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-4953; US Alg. Coll.-209237).

Cutleria hancockii (Figure 79B): Gametophyte, epizoic on carapace of female black sea turtle (Chelonia mydas agassizii), vicinity of Campo Ona, Canal de lnfiernillo, Sonora, Coll. R. S. Felger and E. Moser (JN-4786; US Alg. Coll.-157912 and slide 4182).

Cutleria hancockii (Figure 79C): Gametophyte, Puerto Lobos, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and M. Helvey (JN-6040; US Alg. Coll.-157937 and slide 8471).

Cutleria hancockii (Figure 79D): Gametophyte, Camp Dolar, Cabo Tepopa, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-7065; US Alg. Coll.-157942 and slide 8473).

Cutleria hancockii (Figure 79E): Sporophyte (“Aglaozonia-phase”), Punta Pelícano–Playa Arenosa area, vicinity of Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD-27365; US Alg. Coll.-40713 and slide 8469).

Cutleria hancockii (Figure 79F): Sporophyte (“Aglaozonia-phase”), epiphytic on Sargassum, Playa Hermosa, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-3691b; US Alg. Coll. slide 4158).

Hincksia mitchelliae (Figure 82): Epizoic on black sea turtle (Chelonia mydas agassizii) carapace, vicinity of Campo Ona, Canal de Infiernillo, Sonora, Coll. R. S. Felger and E. Moser (JN-4774; US Alg. Coll.-158145 and slide 4223).

Chnoospora pacifica (Figure 83A–C): Binners Cove, Isla Socorro, Revillagigedo Arch. (Pacific Mexico), Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD-12121; US Alg. Coll.-5794 and vial 784, jar B88).

Hecatonema streblonematoides (Figure 84A,B): Playa Hermosa, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. K. Bucher and J. N. Norris (JN-4033; US Alg. Coll. slide 5350).

Nemacystus brandegeei (Figure 85A): Epiphytic on Sargassum, Playa Hermosa, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-3985; US Alg. Coll.-158192).

Nemacystus brandegeei (Figure 85B,C): Isla San Jose, Baja California Sur (EYD-25847; US Alg. Coll.-36453; B. US Alg. Coll. slide 8479 and C. US Alg. Coll. jar 269, vial 2271).

Streblonema transfixum (Figure 86): Epiphytic on Gracilaria textorii, north end of Isla Coronado, Bahía de los Ángeles, Baja California, Coll. H. Sleeper and M. Helvey (JN-4411c; US Alg. Coll. slide 4257).

Leathesia nana (Figure 90A–C): Epiphytic on leaflike blade of Sargassum sinicola, El Coloradito, Baja California, Coll. R. Aguilar-Rosas, L. Aguilar-Rosas, L. E. Mateo-Cid, C. Mendoza-Gonzalez and C. E. Gutierrez-Villaseñor (BC95-S/N3; CMMEX-6447).

Colpomenia phaeodactyla (Figure 91A): Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (drawing of JN-4759; US Alg. Coll.-157841).

Colpomenia ramosa (Figure 91B): North side of Puerto Calamajué, Baja California, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (drawing of JN-4697; US Alg. Coll.-157854).

Colpomenia sinuosa (Figure 92A): Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (drawing of JN-4580; US Alg. Coll.-60062).

Colpomenia tuberculata (Figure 92B): Photo of living specimen from Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora.

Hydroclathrus clathratus (Figure 94): Isla Pichilingue, La Paz, Baja California Sur, Coll. O. Holguin Q. (PhP-1536; US Alg. Coll.-36619).

Rosenvingea floridana (Figure 95A,B): Punta la Gringa, Bahía de los Ángeles, Baja California, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-5471; US Alg. Coll.-158327).

Rosenvingea intricata (Figure 96): Punta Bufeo, Baja California, Coll. M. and D. Littler, s.n. (US Alg. Coll.-163441).

Sargassum johnstonii (Figure 97A): Bahía Cholla, vicinity of Punta Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD-27204).

Sargassum johnstonii (Figure 97B): Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-4559; US Alg. Coll.-158429).

Sargassum johnstonii f. gracile (Figure 98): Guaymas, Sonora, Coll. Daisy R. Marchant (Isotype, D. R. Marchant-28a; US Alg. Coll.-56958).

Sargassum lapazeanum (Figure 99A,B): La Paz, Baja California Sur, Coll. Daisy R. Marchant (Isotype, D. R. Marchant-21; US Alg. Coll.-56961).

Sargassum acinacifolium (Figure 100B,C): Cast ashore, Guaymas (?), Sonora (Isotype, T. S. Brandegee-2; UC-221158).

Sargassum macdougalii (Figure 101A): Cabo Tepoca, Puerto Lobos, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris (JN-5975; US Alg. Coll.-158398).

Sargassum macdougalii (Figure 101B): Punta Lobos, Cabo Tepoca, SE side of Puerto Lobos, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris (drawing of JN-5944; US Alg. Coll.-158397).

Sargassum sonorense (Figure 102): Northeast side of cove, Isla San Pedro Nolasco, Coll. N. P. Yensen (JN-5205; US Alg. Coll.-158399).

Sargassum sinicola subsp. sinicola (Figure 103): Isla San Esteban, Coll. E. Y. Dawson (EYD-21568; US Alg. Coll.-6284).

Sargassum sinicola subsp. sinicola (Figure 104): West side of large rock, Rocas Consag, colI. D. G. Lindquist (JN-3119; US Alg. Coll.-158447).

Sargassum sinicola subsp. sinicola (Figure 105A):West side of large rock, Rocas Consag, colI. D. G. Lindquist (drawing of JN-3119; US Alg. Coll.-158447).

Sargassum sinicola subsp. camouii (Figure 105B): Playa Hermosa, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (drawing of JN-3250; US Alg. Coll.-158450).

Sargassum sinicola subsp. camouii (Figure 106): Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-6064; US Alg. Coll.-158477).

Sargassum herporhizum (Figure 107): Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-4963; US Alg. Coll.-158382).

Sargassum herporhizum (Figure 108A): Playa Estación, Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. E. Bucher (JN-5870b; US Alg. Coll.-158346).

Sargassum herporhizum (Figure 108B): West side of large rock, Rocas Consag, Coll. D. G. Lindquist, drawing of (JN-3117; US Alg. Coll.-158356).

Sargassum brandegeei (Figure 109A): North side of point Punta Lobos, Puerto de Lobos, Sonora, coIl. M. Helvey (JN-6034; US Alg. Coll.-158392).

Sargassum brandegeei (Figure 109B,C): Punta Robinson, west side about 2.4 km east of Puerto Libertad, Sonora, Coll. J. N. Norris and K. B. Bucher (JN-4829; US Alg. Coll.-158377).

References

Abbott, I. A. 1966. Elmer Yale Dawson (1918–1966). Journal of Phycology 2(4): 129–132.

Abbott, I. A. 1972. Taxonomic and Nomenclatural Notes on North Pacific Algae. Phycologia 11(3/4): 259–265.

Abbott, I. A. 1986. A Unique Form of Valoniopsis pachynema (Chlorophyta) from French Polynesia. Cryptogamie, Algologie 7(2): 161–167.

Abbott, I. A., and G. J. Hollenberg. 1976. Marine Algae of California. xii+[2]+827 pp. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press.

Abbott, I. A., and J. M. Huisman. 2003a. New Records and Notes on Hawaiian Marine Benthic Chlorophyta, Including Pseudochlorodesmis abbreviata (Gilbert) n. comb. (Udoteaceae) and Cladophora luxurians (Gilbert) n. comb. (Cladophoraceae). Pacific Science 57(3): 275–285.

Abbott, I. A., and J. M. Huisman. 2003b. New Species, Observations, and a List of New Records of Brown Algae (Phaeophyceae) from the Hawaiian Islands. Phycological Research 5(3)1: 173–185.

Abbott, I. A., and J. M. Huisman. 2004. Marine Green and Brown Algae of the Hawaiian Islands. Bishop Museum Bulletin in Botany, No. 4. xi+260 pp. Honolulu: Bishop Museum Press.

Acleto O[sorio], C. 1973. Las Algas Marinas del Perú. Boletín de la Sociedad Peruana de Botaníca 6(1/2): 1–164.

Acleto O[sorio], C. 1977a. Las Algas Marinas de la Provincia de Pisco, Departamento de Ica, Perú. Publicaciones del Museo de Historia Natural “Javier Prado,” Botanica, Serie B 28: 33 pp., [7] pls.

Acleto O[sorio], C. 1977b. Nombres Vulgares y Usos de las Algas en el Perú. Museo de Historia Natural “Javier Prado,” Departmento de Botanica, Serie de Divulgacion, No. 7. 7 pp., [2] pls. Lima: Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos.

Acleto O[sorio], C. 1980. Notas Sobre las Algas Marinas del Perú, I: Nuevos Registros. Publicaciones del Museo de Historia Natural “Javier Prado,” Botanica, Serie B 30:33 pp.

Acleto O[sorio], C. 1986. Algas Marinas Algas del Perú de Importancia Económica. 2nd ed. Museo de Historia Natural “Javier Prado,” Departmento de Botanica, Serie de Divulgacion, No. 5. 107 pp. Lima: Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos.

Adams, N. M. 1994. Seaweeds of New Zealand: An Illustrated Guide. 360 pp. Christchurch, N. Z.: Canterbury University Press.

Adanson, M. 1763. Familles des Plantes. Volume 2. [i]+[24]+[vi]+640 pp. Paris: Vincent. [Facsimile edition: Historiae naturalis classica, No. 46. Lehre: J. Cramer, 1966.]

Adl, S. M., A. G. B. Simpson, M. A. Farmer, R. A. Andersen, O. R. Anderson, J. Barta, S. S. Bowser, G. Brugerolle, R. A. Fensome, S. Fredericq, T. Y. James, S. Karpov, P. Kugrens, J. Krug, C. Lane, L. A. Lewis, J. Lodge, D. H. Lynn, D. G. Mann, R. M. McCourt, L. Mendoza, Ø. Moestrup, S. E. Mozley-Strandridge, T. A. Nerad, C. A. Shearer, A. V. Smirnov, F. Spiegel, and M. F. J. R. Taylor. 2005. The New Higher Level Classification of Eukaryotes with Emphasis on the Taxonomy of Protists. Journal of Eukaryotic Microbiology 52(5): 399–432.

Agardh, C. A. 1811. Dispositio algarum Sueciae, quam, publico examini subjiciunt Carl Adolph Agardh …& Johannes Bruzelius, Scanus. Die xi decembris mdcccxi. Part II, h. & l.s. Pp. [i]+17–26. Lund: Berling.

Agardh, C. A. 1817. Synopsis algarum Scandinaviae, adjecta dispositione universali algarum. xl+135 pp. Lund: Berling.

Agardh, C. A. 1820. Species Algarum Rite Cognitae, cum Synonymis, Differentiis Specificis et Descriptonibus Succinctis. Fucoideae, Volume 1, Part 1. [iv]+168 pp. Lund: Berling.

Agardh, C. A. 1822. Species Algarum Rite Cognitae, Cum Synonymis, Differentiis Specificis et Descriptonibus Succinctis, Volume 1, Part 2. Pp. [vi]+169–398. Lund: Berling.

Agardh, C. A. 1823. Species Algarum Rite Cognitae, Cum Synonymis, Differentiis Specificis et Descriptonibus Succinctis, Volume 1, Part 2. Pp. 399–531. Lund: Berling.

Agardh, C. A. 1824. Systema Algarum. xxxviii+[1]–312 pp. Lund: Berling.

Agardh, C. A. 1827. Aufzählung einiger in den östreichischen Ländern gefundenen neuen Gattungen und Arten van Algen, nebst ihrer Diagnostik und beigefügten Bemerkugen. Flora, Regensburg 10: 625–646.

Agardh, C. A. 1828. Species Algarum Rite Cognitae, cum Synonymis, Differentiis Specificis et Descriptonibus Succinctis, Volume 2, Part 1. [I]+lxxvi+189 pp. Greifswald: Ernst Mauritius.

Agardh, J. G. 1841. In Historiam Algarum Symbolae. Linnaea 15: 1–50, 443–457.

Agardh, J. G. 1847. Nya alger från Mexico. Öfversigt af Konglige Vetenskaps-Akademiens Förhandlingar, Stockholm 4(1): 5–17.

Agardh, J. G. 1848. Species Genera et Ordines Algarum, seu Descriptions Succinctae Specierum, Generum et Ordinum, Quibus Algarum Regnum Constituitur, Volume 1: Species Genera et Ordines Fucoidearum…. [iii]+viii+363 pp. Lund: C. W. K. Gleerup.

Agardh, J. G. 1854. Nya algformer. Öfversigt af Kongliga Vetenskaps-Ademiens Förhandlingar, Stockholm 11: 107–111.

Agardh, J. G. 1873. Till algernes systematik, Nya bidrag …[Part 1, Nos. 1–3]. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, Afdelningen for Mathematik och Naturvetenskap 9(8): 1–71.

Agardh, J. G. 1882. Till algernes systematik, Nya bidrag …[Part 2, Nos. 4–5]. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, ny foeljd, Afdelningen for Mathematik och Naturvetenskap 17(4): 1–134+[2], pls. 1–3.

Agardh, J. G. 1883. Till algernes systematik, Nya bidrag. [Part 3, No. 6]. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, ny foeljd, Afdelningen for Mathematik och Naturvetenskap 19(2): 1–177+[4], pls. 1–4.

Agardh, J. G. 1887. Till algernes systematik, Nya bidrag. [Part 5, No. 8]. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, ny foeljd, Afdelningen for Mathematik och Naturvetenskap 23: 1–174+[6], pls. 1–5.

Agardh, J. G. 1889. Species Sargassorum Australiae, descriptae et depositae. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar 23(3): [1]–133, 31 pls.

Agardh, J. G. 1894. Analecta algologica. Observationes depeciebus algarum minus cognitis earumque dispositione. Continuatio I. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, Andra Afdelningen, Kongliga Fysiografiska Sällskapets i Lund Handlingar 29(9): 1–144, pls. 1–2.

Agardh, J. G. 1896. Analecta algologica. Observationes depeciebus algarum minus cognitis earumque dispositione. Continuatio III. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, Andra Afdelningen, Kongliga Fysiografiska Sällskapets i Lund Handlingar 32(2): 1–140+[8], pl. 1.

Aguila-Ramírez, N., A. Gaspar-Figueroa, I. Enciso-Padilla, and M. R. Mora-Navarro. 1998. Algas marinas de la costa sur de Jalisco. Boletín del Instituto de Botánica, Universidad de Guadalajara 5: 507–514.

Aguilar-Rosas, L. E. 1982. Occurrencia de algas cafés (Phaeophyta) en la Bahía Todos Santos, Baja California. Ciencias Marinas 8(2): 25–34.

Aguilar-Rosas, L. E. 1985. New Records and Range Extensions for Marine Algae of the Pacific Coast of Baja California, México, II. Ciencias Marinas 11(2): 69–76.

Aguilar-Rosas, L. E., and R. Aguilar-Rosas. 1993. Ficogeografía de las algas pardas (Phaeophyta) de la Península de Baja California. In Biodiversidad Marina y Costera de México, S. I. Salazar-Vallejo and N. E. González, eds., pp. 194–206. México D.F.: Comisión Nacional para el Conocimiento y Aprovechamiento de la Biodiversidad y Centro de Investigaciones de Quintana Roo.

Aguilar-Rosas, L. E., R. Aguilar-Rosas, L. E. Mateo-Cid, and A. C. Mendoza-González. 2002. Marine Algae from the Gulf of Santa Clara, Sonora, México. Hydrobiologia 477(1–3): 231–238.

Aguilar-Rosas, L. E., R. Aguilar-Rosas, A. C. Mendoza-González, and L. E. Mateo-Cid. 2000. Marine Algae from the Northeast Coast of Baja California, México. Botanica Marina 43(2): 127–139.

Aguilar-Rosas, L. E., R. Aguilar-Rosas, I. Pacheco-Ruíz, E. Bórquez-Garcés, M. A. Aguilar-Rosas, and E. Urbieta- González. 1982. Algas de importancia económica de la región noroccidental de Baja California, México. Ciencias Marinas (1): 49–63. [See also Nota Editorial: Correccion, Ciencias Marinas 9(1): 169–170, 1983.]

Aguilar-Rosas, L. E., E. Baltazar-Valenzuela, and I. Pacheco-Ruíz. 1985. Las algas bentonicas de la rada Portuaria de Ensenada, Baja California. Ciencias Marinas 11(3): 121–126.

Aguilar-Rosas, L. E., and H. Bertsch. 1983. Algas verdes (Chlorophyta) de la Bahía Todos Santos, Baja California, México. Ciencias Marinas 9(1): 111–124.

Aguilar-Rosas, L. E., M. J. Ochoa-Izaguirre, and R. Aguilar-Rosas. 2006. Nuevos registros de Acetabularia schenckii y Acetabularia farlowii (Chlorophyta) para la costa del Pacífico de México. Hidrobiológica 16(3): 267–270.

Aguilar-Rosas, L. E., and I. Pacheco-Ruíz. 1985. Nuevos registros y ampliación de rango geográfico para algas marinas de la costa del Pacífico de Baja California, México, II. Ciencias Marinas 11(2): 69–76.

Aguilar-Rosas, L. E., and I. Pacheco-Ruíz. 1986. Variaciones estacionales de las algas verdes (Chlorophyta) de la costa noroccidental de la Península de Baja California. Ciencias Marinas 12(1): 73–78.

Aguilar-Rosas, L. E., and I. Pacheco-Ruíz. 1989. Influencia de desechos municipales-industriales sobre macroalgas del norte de Baja California, México. Boletín del Instituto Oceanográfico (Cumaná) 28(1/2): 77–84.

Aguilar-Rosas, R. 1982. Identificación y distribución de las algas marinas del Estero de Punta Banda, Baja California, México. Ciencias Marinas 8(1): 78–87.

Aguilar-Rosas, R. 1994. Notas ficológicas, I: Primer registro de Cutleria cylindrica Okamura (Cutleriaceae, Phaeophyta) par alas costas del Pacífico mexicano. Acta Botánica Mexicana 29: 55–60.

Aguilar-Rosas, R., and L. E. Aguilar-Rosas. 1985. Sargassum muticum (Yendo) Fensholt (Fucales, Phaeophyta) en las costas de Baja California, México. Ciencias Marinas 11(3): 127–129.

Aguilar-Rosas, R., and L. E. Aguilar-Rosas. 1993. Cronología de la colonización de Sargassum muticum (Phaeophyta) en las costas de la Península de Baja California, México (1971–1990). Revista de Investigación Científica, Serie Ciencias Marinas UABCS 4(1): 41–51.

Aguilar-Rosas, R., L. E. Aquilar-Rosas, and F. F. Pedroche. 2005a. Ulva fasciata Delile (Ulvaceae, Chlorophycota): A Species Newly Introduced into Pacific México. Botanica Marina 48(1): 46–51.

Aguilar-Rosas, R., L. E. Aquilar-Rosas, and S. Shimada. 2008. First Record of Ulva pertusa Kjellman (Ulvales, Chlorophyta) in the Pacific Coast of Mexico. Algae 23(3): 201–207.

Aguilar-Rosas, R., and M. A. Aguilar-Rosas. 1986. Nuevos registros de algas marinas para la flora de Baja California, México. Ciencias Marinas 12(2): 17–20.

Aguilar-Rosas, R., and M. A. Aguilar-Rosas. 1994. Estudio floristico de las algas marinas bentonicas del ejido San Jose, Baja California, México. Ciencias Marinas 20(4): 511–534.

Aguilar-Rosas, R., M. López-Carrillo, and L. E. Aquilar-Rosas. 2005b. Macroalgas marinas de la Bahía de San Quintín, Baja California, México. Polibotánica 19: 19–38.

Aguilar-Rosas, R., and A. Machado-Galindo. 1990. Ecological Aspects of Sargassum muticum (Fucales, Phaeophyta) in Baja California, México: Reproductive Phenology and Epiphytes. In Proceedings of the 13th International Seaweed Symposium, S. C. Lindstrom and P. W. Gabrielson, eds. Hydrobiolgia 204/205: 185–190.

Aguilar-Rosas, R., I. Pacheco-Ruíz, and L. E. Aquilar-Rosas. 1984a. Nuevos registros y algunas notas para la flora algal marina de la costa noroccidental de Baja California, México. Ciencias Marinas 10(2): 149–158.

Aguilar-Rosas, R., I. Pacheco-Ruíz, and L. E. Aquilar-Rosas. 1984b. New Records and Some Notes about the Marine Algal Flora of the Northwest Coast of Baja California, México. Ciencias Marinas 10(2): 159–166.

Aguilar-Rosas, R., I. Pacheco-Ruíz, and L. E. Aquilar-Rosas. 1990. Algas marinas de las Islas Todos Santos, Baja California, México. Ciencias Marinas 16(2): 117–129.

Ajisaka, T. 1984. The life history of Leathesia japonica Inagaki (Phaeophyta, Chordariales) in culture. Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui) 32(4): 234–242.

Ajisaka, T. 1989. Plurilocular Sporangia and the Development of plurispores in Ishige okamurai Yendo (Phaeophyceae) from the Kada Coast, Wakayama Prefecture in Japan. Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui) 37(1): 17–22.

Ajisaka, T., and I. Umezaki. 1978. The Life History of Sphaerotrichia divaricata (Ag.) Kylin (Phaeophyta, Chordariales) in Culture. Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui) 26(2): 53–59.

Ajisaka, T., T. Noro, G. C. Trono Jr., Y.-M. Chiang, and T. Yoshida. 1994. Several Sargassum Species (Subgenus Sargassum) in East Asia with Furcately Branching Leaves. In Taxonomy of Economic Seaweeds, with Reference to Some Pacific Species. Volume 4, I. A. Abbott, ed., pp. 9–22. La Jolla: California Sea Grant College Program, University of California, San Diego.

Allender, B. M., and G. T. Kraft. 1983. The Marine Algae of Lord Howe Island (New South Wales): The Dictyotales and Cutleriales (Phaeophyta). Brunonia 6(1): 73–130.

Allison, E. C. 1964. Geology of Areas Bordering the Gulf of California. In A Symposium: Marine Geology of the Gulf of California, T. H. van Andel and G. S. Shor, eds., pp. 3–29. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir, No. 3. Tulsa, Okla.: American Association of Petroleum Geologists.

Altamirano-Cerecedo, M. del Carmen, and R. Riosmena-Rodríguez. 2007. Vegetative and Reproductive Variability of Dictyota crenulata (Phaeophyta: Dictyotales) along the Central and Southwestern Gulf of California, México. Pacific Science 61(4): 575–586.

Álvarez-Borrego, S. 1983. Gulf of California. In Volume 26: Estuaries and Enclosed Seas, B. H. Ketchum, ed., pp. 427–449, Ecosystems of the World. New York: Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co.

Álvarez-Borrego, S. 2002. Physical Oceanography. In A New Island Biogeography of the Sea of Cortés, T. J. Case, M. L. Cody, and E. Ezcurra, eds., pp. 41–59. New York: Oxford University Press.

Álvarez-Borrego, S., L. A. Galindo-Bect, and B. P. Flores-Baez. 1973. Hidrología. In Volume 1: Estudio Químico sobre la Contaminación por Insecticidas en la Desembocadura del Río Colorado pp. 6–177. Reporte a la Dirección de Acuacultura de la Secretaría de Recursos Hidráulicos. Ensenada, Mexico: Universidad Autonoma de Baja California.

Álvarez-Sánchez, L. G., A. Badan-Dangon, and J. M. Robles. 1984. Lagrangian Observations of Near-Surface Currents in Canal de Ballenas. CalCOFI Reports 25: 35–42.

Amade, P., and R. Lemée. 1998. Chemical Defence of the Mediterranean Alga Caulerpa taxifolia: Variations in Caulerpenyne Production. Aquatic Toxicology (Amsterdam) 43(4): 287–300.

Amico, V., G. Oriente, M. Piattelli, C. Tringali, E. Fattorusso, S. Magno, and L. Mayol. 1978. Caulerpenyne, An Unusual Sesquiterpenoid from the Green Alga Caulerpa prolifera. Tetrahedron Letters 1978: 3593–3596.

Amsler, C. D. 1984. Culture and Field Studies of Acinetospora crinata (Carmichael) Sauvageau (Ectocarpaceae, Phaeophyceae) in North Carolina (USA). Phycologia 23(3): 377–382.

Anaya-Reyna, G., and R. Riosmena-Rodríguez. 1996. Macroalgas del arrecife coralino del Cabo Pulmo-Los Frailes, B. C. S., México. Revista de Biología Tropical 44(4): 861–864.

Andersen, R. A. 2004a. A Historical Review of Heterokont Phylogeny. Phycological Research 52(2): 153–162.

Andersen, R. A. 2004b. Biology and Systematics of Heterokont and Haptophyte Algae. American Journal of Botany 91(10): 1508–1522.

Anderson, C. A., J. W. Durham, F. P. Shepard, M. L. Natland, and R. Revelle. 1950. 1940 E. W. Scripps Cruise to the Gulf of California. Geological Society of America Memoir, No. 43. vi pp. ; Pt. I:viii+53 pp. ; Pt. II:vii+216 pp. ; Pt. III:vii+32 pp. ; Pt. IV:iv+55 pp. ; Pt. V: 8 pp. ; 11 maps. New York: Geological Society of America.

Anderson, R. J., and J. J. Bolton. 1989. Growth and Fertility, in Relation to Temperature and Photoperiod, in South African Desmarestia firma (Phaeophyceae). Botanica Marina 32(2): 149–158.

Anderson, R. J., and B. Velimirov. 1982. An Experimental Investigation of the Palatability of Kelp Bed Algae to the Sea Urchin Parechinus anplosus Leske. Pubblicazioni della Stazione Zoologica di Napoli I: Marine Ecology 3: 357–373.

Apartado F. P., K. M. Dreckmann, and A. Sentíes-Granados. 2002. Caulerpa mexicana Sonder ex Kützing (Caulerpaceae, Chlorophyta) in México. Polibotánica 13: 97–105.

Arasaki, S. 1943. On the Life-History of Ishige foliacea Okamura. The Botanical Magazine (Tokyo) 57: 34–41. (In Japanese.)

Ardissone, F. 1887. Phycologia mediterranea. Parte IIA, Oosporee-Zoosporee-Schizosporee. Memorie della Società Crittogamologica Italiana, 2: 129–325.

Areschoug, J. E. 1843. Algarum (phycearum) minus rite cognitarium pugillus secundus. Linnaea 17: 257–269, pl. IX.

Areschoug, J. E. 1847. Phycearum, quae in maribus Scandinaviae crescunt, enumeratio. Sectio prior: Fucaceas continens. Nova Acta Regiae Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis 13: 223–382, pls. 1–9.

Areschoug, J. E. 1850. Phycearum, quae in maribus Scandinaviae crescunt, enumeratio. Sectio posterio, Ulvaceas continens. Nova Acta Regiae Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis 14: 385–454, pls. 1–3.

Areschoug, J. E. 1876. De tribus Laminarieis et de Stephanocystide osmundaceae (Turn.) Trev. observationes praecursoriae. Botaniska Notiser 1876(3): 65–73. Astro, R. 1976. Edward F. Ricketts. BSU Western Writers Series, No. 21. 48 pp. Boise, Idaho: Boise State University.

Astro, R. 2001. Introduction. In Steinbeck, J., The Log from the “Sea of Cortez.” 320 pp., [republished 2001]. Penguin Modern Classics, New York: Penguin Group.

Ávila-Ortiz, A. 2003. Una variedad nueva de Padina mexicana (Dictyotaceae) para el Pacífico Tropical mexicano. Hidrobiológica 13(1): 69–74.

Ávila-Ortiz, A., and F. F. Pedroche. 1999. Padina tetrastromatica Hauck, a Misapplied Name for P. crispata Thivy in Pacific Mexico. Botanica Marina 42(4): 355–358.

Ávila-Ortiz, A., and F. F. Pedroche. 2005. El género Padina (Dictyotaceae, Phaeophyceae) en la región tropical del Pacífico mexicano. Monografías Ficológicas 2: 139–171.

Badan-Dangon, A. 1998. Coastal Circulation from the Galápagos to the Gulf of California. In Volume 11: The Global Coastal Ocean: Regional Studies and Syntheses, A. R. Robinson and K. H. Brink, eds., pp. 315–343, The Sea. New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Badan-Dangon, A., C. E. Dorman, M. A. Merrifield, and C. D. Winant. 1991. The Lower Atmosphere over the Gulf of California. Journal of Marine Research 96(C9): 16,877–16,896.

Bakker, F. T., J. L. Olsen, and W. T. Stam. 1995. Global Phylogeography in the Cosmopolitan Species Cladophora vagabunda (Chlorophyta) Based on Nuclear rDNA Internal Transcribed Spacer Sequences. European Journal of Phycology 30(3): 197–208.

Bakker, F. T., J. L. Olsen, W. T. Stam, and C. van den Hoek. 1994. The Cladophora Complex (Chlorophyta): New Views Based on 18S rRNA Gene Sequences. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 3(4): 365–382.

Barton, E. S. 1898. On the Fruit of Chnoospora fastigata. Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany 24: 450–453, pl. 18.

Batters, E. A. L. 1893. On the Necessity of Removing Ectocarpus secundus Kütz. to a New Genus. Grevillea 21: 85–86.

Batters, E. A. L. 1902. A Catalogue of the British Marine Algae, Being a List of All the Species of Seaweeds Known to Occur on the Shores of the British Islands, with the Localities Where They Are Found. Journal of Botany, British and Foreign 40(Suppl.): 1–107.

Baynes, T. W. 1999. Factors Structuring a Subtidal Encrusting Community in the Southern Gulf of California. Bulletin of Marine Science 64(3): 419–450.

Beaty, J. J. 1964. Plants on His Back: A Life of Edward Palmer, Adventurous Botanist and Collector. 182 pp. New York: Pantheon Books.

Beier, E. 1997. A Numerical Investigation of the Annual Variability in the Gulf of California. Journal of Physical Oceanography 27(5): 615–632.

Beltrán-Magallanes, J. L. 2002. Las macroalgas de Sinaloa: Un recurso olvidado. In Atlas de la Biodiversidad de Sinaloa, J. L. Cifuentes-Lemus and J. Gaxiola-López, eds., pp. 43–48. Culiacán, Sinaloa: El Colegio de Sinaloa.

Benson, M. R. 1986. A Demographic study of Dictyopteris undulate Holmes (Dictyotales, Phaeophyta) at Santa Catalina Island. Phycologia 25(4): 448–454.

Berger, S., U. Fettweiss, S. Gleissberg, L. B. Liddle, U. Richter, H. Sawitsky, and G. C. Zuccarello. 2003. 18S rDNA Phylogeny and Evaluation of Cap Development in Polyphysaceae (Formerly Acetabulariaceae; Dasycladales, Chlorophyta). Phycologia 42(5): 506–561.

Berger, S., and M. J. Kaever. 1992. Dasycladales: An Illustrated Monograph of a Fascinating Algal Order. 247 pp., 23 pls. Stuttgart: George Thieme Verlag.

Berger, S., and L. B. Liddle. 2003. The Life Cycle of Acetabularia (Dasycladales, Chlorophyta): Textbook Accounts Are Wrong (Commentary). Phycologia 42(2): 204–207.

Bessey, C. E. 1907. A Synopsis of Plant Phyla. University of Nebraska Studies 7: 275–373.

Blackman, F. F., and A. G. Tansley. 1902. A Revision of the Classification of the Green Algae. New Phytologist 1: 133–144.

Blair, S. M. 1983. Taxonomic Treatment of the Chaetomorpha and Rhizoclonium Species (Cladophorales; Chlorophyta) in New England. Rhodora 85(842): 175–211.

Blair, S. M., A. C. Mathieson, and D. P. Cheney. 1982. Morphological and Electrophoretic Investigations of Selected Species of Chaetomorpha (Chlorophyta; Cladophorales). Phycologia 21(2): 164–172.

Bliding, C. 1963. A Critical Survey of European Taxa in Ulvales, Part I: Calosiphonia, Percursaria, Blidingia, Enteromorpha. Opera Botanica 8(3): 1–160.

Bliding, C. 1968. A Critical Survey of European Taxa in Ulvales, II: Ulva, Ulvaria, Monostroma, Kornmannia. Botaniska Notiser 121: 535–629.

Blinks, L. R. 1951. Physiology and Biochemistry of Algae. In Manual of Phycology, G. M. Smith, ed., pp. 263–291. New York: The Ronald Press Co.

Blomster, J., C. A. Maggs, and M. J. Stanhope. 1998. Molecular and Morphological Analysis of Enteromorpha intestinalis and E. compressa (Chlorophyta) in the British Isles. Journal of Phycology 34(2): 319–340.

Blomster, J., C. A. Maggs, and M. J. Stanhope. 1999. Extensive Intraspecific Morphological Variation in Enteromorpha muscoides (Chlorophyta) Revealed by Molecular Analysis. Journal of Phycology 35(3): 575–586.

Bonneau, E. R. 1977. Polymorphic Behavior of Ulva lactuca (Chlorophyta) in Axenic Culture, I: Occurrence of Enteromorpha-Like Plants in Haploid Clones. Journal of Phycology 13(2): 133–140.

Boo, S. M., and Y. T. Chou. 1986. Two Species of Sphacelaria New to Korea. Korean Journal of Phycology 1(1): 95–101.

Børgesen, F. 1905. Contributions à la connaissance du genre Siphonocladus Schmitz. Oversigt over det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger og dets Medlemmers Arbeider 1905(3): 259–291.

Børgesen, F. 1911. Some Chlorophyceae from the Danish West Indies. Botanisk Tidsskrift 31: 127–152.

Børgesen, F. 1912a. Two Crustaceous Brown Algae from the Danish West Indies. Nuova Notarisia 23: 123–129.

Børgesen, F. 1912b. Some Chlorophyceae from the Danish West Indies, II. Botanisk Tidsskrift 32: 241–273.

Børgesen, F. 1913. The Marine Algae of the Danish West Indies, Part I: Chlorophyceae. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv 1(4): 1–158+[2]+map.

Børgesen, F. 1914. The Marine Algae of the Danish West Indies, Part 2: Phaeophyceae. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv 2(2), 1–66+[2].

Børgesen, F. 1920. The Marine Algae of the Danish West Indies, Part III: Rhodophyceae (6), With Addenda to the Chlorophyceae, Phaeophyceae and Rhodophyceae. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv 3(1f): 369–498+[6].

Børgesen, F. 1924. Marine Algae from Easter Island. In Volume 2: Botany, Part 3, No. 9, C. Skottsberg, ed., pp. 247–309, The Natural History of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. Uppsala: Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri AB.

Børgesen, F. 1925. The Marine Algae from the Canary Islands, Especially from Teneriffe and Gran Canaria, I: Chlorophyceae. Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs, Biologiske Meddeleser, 5(3): 1–123.

Børgesen, F. 1930. Some Indian Green and Brown Algae, Especially from the Shores of the Presidency of Bombay. Journal of Indian Botanical Society 9(2–3): 151–174.

Børgesen, F. 1932. A Revision of Forsskål’s Algae Mentioned in Flora Aegyptiaco-Arabica and Found in his Herbarium in the Botanical Museum of the University of Copenhagen. Dansk Botaniska Arkiv 8(2): 1–14. 1 pl.

Børgesen, F. 1934. Some Marine Algae from the Northern Part of the Arabian Sea with Remarks on Their Geographical DISTRIBUTION. Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Biologiske Meddelelser 11(6): 1–72.

Børgesen, F. 1940. Some Marine Algae from Mauritius, I: Chlorophyceae. Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Biologiske Meddelelser 15(4): 1–81, 3 pls..

Børgesen, F. 1950. Vaughaniella, a New Genus of the Dictyotaceae. Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Biologiske Meddelelser 18(16): 1–10.

Bornet, [J.-B.] E. 1891. Note sur quelques Ectocarpus. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France 38: 353–372.

Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. G. M. 1804a. Voyage dans les quatre principales îles des mers d’Afrique, fait par ordre du government, pendant les années neuf et dix de la République (1801–1802), avec l’histoire de la traversée du Capitaine Baudin jusqu’au Port Louis de l’Ile Maurice…. Avec une collection de 58 planches, grand in 4.◦, dessinées sur les lieux par l’auteur, et gravées en taille-douce. Volume 1. xv+[xvi]+408 pp. Atlas. Pls. 1–14, 14 bis, 15–23, 23 bis, 24–56. Paris: F. Buisson.

Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. G. M. 1804b. Voyage dans les quatre principales îles des mers d’Afrique, fait par ordre du government, pendant les années neuf et dix de la République (1801–1802), avec l’histoire de la traversée du Capitaine Baudin jusqu’au Port Louis de l’Ile Maurice…. Avec une collection de 58 planches, grand in 4.◦, dessinées sur les lieux par l’auteur, et gravées en taille-douce. Volume 2. 431 pp. Paris: F. Buisson.

Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. G. M. 1823. Dictionnaire classique d’histoire naturelle, Volume 4: CHI–COZ. Audouin et al., eds., [iii]+628 pp. Paris: Rey et Gravier.

Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. G. M. 1825. Hydroclathre. In Volume 8: H–INV, Audouin et al., eds., pp. 419–420, Dictionnaire classique d’histoire naturelle. Paris: Rey et Gravier.

Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. G. M. 1827a. Padina. In Volume 12: NUA–PAM, Audouin et al., eds., pp. 589–591, Dictionnaire classique d’histoire naturelle. Paris: Rey et Gravier.

Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. G. M. 1827b [‘1826’]. Atlas: Histoire naturelle, Botanique. [i] p., plates 1–13, 13bis, 14-24 [all hand-coloured by Bory], and 25–30, 30bis, 31–38 [by Bessa, uncoloured]. Paris: Arthus Bertrand. [Atlas dated 1826 but published 1827 along with text: Histoire naturelle, Botanique, Volume 1: Cryptogamie.]

Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. G. M. 1827c. Histoire naturelle, Botanique, Volume 1: Cryptogamie, Parts 1and 2, L. I. Duperrey, ed., Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par ordre du Roi, sur la Corvette de sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825. Pt. 1, [iii]+49 pp., 6 pls.; Pt. 2, pp. 49–96, 7 pls. Paris: Arthus Bertrand.

Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. G. M. 1828. Histoire naturelle, Botanique, Volume 1: Cryptogamie. Parts 3 and 4, L. I. Duperrey, ed., Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par ordre du Roi, sur la Corvette de sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825. Pt. 3, pp. 97–136, 7 pls.; Pt. 4, pp. 137–200, 6 pls. Paris: Arthus Bertrand.

Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. G. M. 1829. Histoire naturelle, Botanique, Volume 1: Cryptogamie. Parts 5 and 6, L. I. Duperrey, ed., Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par ordre du Roi, sur la Corvette de sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825. Pt. 5, pp. 201–248, 7 pls.; Pt. 6, pp. 249–301, 6 pls. Paris: Arthus Bertrand.

Borzi, A. 1895. Studi algologici saggio di recherché sulla biologia dell Alghe. Fasciculus 2. Pp. [vii]+119–378, pls. 10–31. Palermo: Alberto Reber.

Bot, P. V. M., W. T. Stam, S. A. Boele-Bos, C. van den Hoek, and W. van Delden. 1989. Biogeographic and Phylogenetic Studies in Three North Atlantic Species of Cladophora (Cladophorales, Chlorophyta) using DNA-DNA Hybridization. Phycologia 28(2): 159–168.

Bot, P. V. M., W. T. Stam, and C. van den Hoek. 1990. Genotypic Relations between Geographic Isolates of Cladophora laetevirens and Cladophora vagabunda. Botanica Marina 33(5): 441–446.

Brand, F. 1904. Über die Anheftung der Cladophoraceen und über verschiedene plynesische Forem dieser Familie. Beiheft zum Botanischen Centralblatt, Abteilung 2: Systematik, Pflanzengeographie, angewandte Botanik, 18: 165–193, pls. 5–6.

Bray, N. A. 1988a. Thermohaline Circulation in the Gulf of California. Journal of Geophysical Research 93(C5): 4993–5020.

Bray, N. A. 1988b. Water Mass Formation in the Gulf of California. Journal of Geophysical Research 93(C5): 9223–9240.

Bray, N. A., and J. M. Robles. 1991. Physical Oceanography of the Gulf of California. In The Gulf and Peninsular Provinces of the Californias, J. P. Dauphin and B. R. T. Simoneit, eds., pp. 511–553. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir, No. 47. Tulsa, Okla.: American Association of Petroleum Geologists.

Brostoff, W. N. 1984. Sporochnus dotyi sp. nov. (Sporochnales, Phaeophyta), a Brown Alga from Hawaii. Pacific Science 38(2): 177–181.

Brown, R. W. 1956. Composition of Scientific Words. Revised ed. 882 pp. Baltimore: Reese Press. [Reprinted Washington, D. C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1979.]

Brummitt, R. K., and C. E. Powell, eds. 1992. Authors of Plant Names. 732 pp. Kew, Richmond, Surrey, UK: Royal Botanic Gardens.

Brusca, R. C. 1980. Common Intertidal Invertebrates of the Gulf of California. 2nd ed. 513 pp. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.

Brusca, R. C. 1993. The Arizona/Sea of Cortez Years of J. Laurens Barnard. Journal of Natural History 27(4): 727–730.

Brusca, R. C., L. T. Findley, P. A. Hastings, M. E. Hendrickx, J. Torre-Cosio, and A. M. van der Heiden. 2005. Marcofaunal Diversity in the Gulf of California. In Biodiversity, Ecosystems, and Conservation in Northern México, J.-L. E. Cartron, G. Ceballos, and R. S. Felger, eds.. pp. 179–202. New York: Oxford University Press.

Brusca, R. C., and D. A. Thomson. 1975. Pulmo Reef: The only “Coral Reef” in the Gulf of California. Ciencias Marinas 2(2): 37–53.

Bucio-Pacheco, M., and K. M. Dreckmann. 1998 [1997]. Chlorophyta (Algas Verdes) marinas bentónicas intermareales de Michoacán, Pacífico Mexicano. Polibotánica 6: 41–46.

Burkhardt, E., and A. F. Peters. 1998. Molecular Evidence from nrDNA ITS Sequences That Laminariocolax (Phaeophyceae, Ectocarpales sensu lato) Is a Worldwide Clade of Closely Related Kelp Endophytes. Journal of Phycology 34(4): 682–691.

Burr, F. A., and J. A. West. 1970. Light and Electron Microscopic Observations on the Vegetative and Reproductive Structures of Bryopsis hypnoides. Phycologia 9(1): 17–37.

Burrows, E. L. 1991. Seaweeds of the British Isles, Volume 2: Chlorophyta. xii+238 pp., 9 pls. London: Natural History Museum Publications.

Calderón de Rzedowski, G., and J. Rzedowski-Rotter. 2000. Laura Huerta Múzquiz (1913–2000). Acta Botanica Mexicana 52: 1–3.

Campbell, D. H. 1945. William Albert Setchell. Biographical Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences 23: 127–147.

Carballo, J. L., C. Olabarria, and T. Garza-Ozuna. 2002. Analysis of Four Macroalgal Assembladges along the Pacific Mexican Coast during and after the 1997–98 El Niño. Ecosystems 5: 749–760.

Caram, B. 1965. Recherches sur la reproduction et le cycle sexué de quelques Phéophycées. Vie et Milieu 16: 21–222.

Cardinal, A. 1964. Étude sur les Ectocarpacées de la Manche. Beihefte zur Nova Hedwigia 15: 1–86, figs. 1–41.

Carlberg, G. E., E. Percival, and M. A. Rhaman. 1978. Carbohydrates of the Seaweeds Desmarestia ligulata and D. firma. Phytochemistry 17(8): 1289–1292.

Carreño, A. L., and J. Helenes. 2002. Geology and Ages of the Islands. In A New Island Biogeography of the Sea of Cortés, T. J. Case, M. L. Cody, and E. Ezcurra, eds., pp. 14–40. New York: Oxford University Press.

Carrillo, L., and E. Palacios-Hernández. 2002. Seasonal Evolution of the Geostrophic Circulation in the Northern Gulf of California. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 54(2): 157–173.

Carriquiry, J. D., A. Sánchez, and V. F. Camacho-Ibar. 2001. Sedimentation in the Northern Gulf of California after Cessation of the Colorado River Discharge. Sedimentary Geology 144(1–2): 37–62.

Cartron, J.-L. E., G. Ceballos, and R. S. Felger, eds. 2005a. Biodiversity, Ecosystems, and Conservation in Northern México. xvi+496 pp. New York: Oxford University Press.

Cartron, J.-L. E., G. Ceballos, and R. S. Felger. 2005b. Biodiversity, Ecosystems, and Conservation: Prospects for Northern Mexico. In Biodiversity, Ecosystems, and Conservation in Northern México, J.-L. E. Cartron, G. Ceballos, and R. S. Felger, eds., pp. 3–7. New York: Oxford University Press.

Case, T. J., M. L. Cody, and E. Ezcurra, eds. 2002. A New Island Biogeography of the Sea of Cortés. xvii+669 pp. New York: Oxford University Press.

Cavalier-Smith, T. 1981. Eukaryotic Kingdoms: Seven or Nine? Biosystems 14: 461–481.

Cavalier-Smith, T. 1986. The Kingdom Chromista: Origin and Systematics. In Progress in Phycological Research 4, F. E. Round and D. J. Chapman, eds., pp. 309–347. Bristol, U. K.: BioPress Ltd.

Cavalier-Smith, T. 1998. A Revised Six-Kingdom System of Life. Biological Reviews of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 73(3): 203–266.

Chace, F. A. Jr. 1978. Waldo LaSalle Schmitt, 25 June 1887–5 August 1977. Crustaceana 34(1): 83–90.

Chapman, A. R. O. 1972a. Morphological Variation and Its Taxonomic Implications in the Ligulate Members of the Genus Desmarestia Occurring on the West Coast of North America. Syesis 5(1): 1–20.

Chapman, A. R. O. 1972b. Species Delimitation in the Filiform, Oppositely Branched Members of the Genus Desmarestia Lamour. (Phaeophyceae, Desmarestiales) in the Northern Hemisphere. Phycologia 11(2–3): 225–231.

Chapman, V. J. 1939. Some Algal Complexities. Rhodora 41(481): 19–28.

Chapman, V. J. 1953. Phylogenetic Problems in the Chlorophyceae. In Proceedings of the Seventh Pacific Congress (New Zealand), Volume 5, pp. 55–68. Auckland: Whitcome and Tombs, Ltd.

Chapman, V. J. 1956. The Marine Algae of New Zealand. Part I: Myxophyceae and Chlorophyceae. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Botany, 55(360): 333–501, pls. 24–50.

Chappell, D. F., C. J. O’Kelly, L. W. Wilcox, and G. L Floyd. 1990. Zoospore Flagellar Apparatus Architecture and the Taxonomic Position of Phaeophila dendroides (Ulvophyceae, Chlorophyta). Phycologia 29(4): 515–538.

Chávez B[arrear], M. L. 1972. Estudio de la flora marina de la Bahía de Zihuatanejo y lugares adyacentes. In Memorias de la IVth Congreso Nacional de Oceanógrafía (México), J. Carranza, ed., pp. 265–271. México D. F: Universidad Nacional Autónoma México.

Chávez B[arrear], M. L. 1980. Distribución del género Padina en las costas de México. Anales de la Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biológicas, 23(1–4): 45–51.

Chihara, M. 1953. Studies on the Life History of the Green Algae in the Warm Seas around Japan (2), on the Life History of Valonia macrophysa Kütz. Journal of Japanese Botany 28(12): 353–361.

Chihara, M. 1959. Studies on The Life History of the Green Algae in the Warm Seas around Japan (9), Supplementary Note on the Life History of Valonia. Journal of Japanese Botany 34(9): 257–266.

Chihara, M. 1968. Field, Culturing and Taxonomic Studies of Ulva fenestrata P. & R. and Ulva scagelii sp. nov. (Chlorophyceae) in British Columbia and Northern Washington. Syesis 1(1–2): 87–102.

Chihara, M. 1969. Pseudogloiophloea okamurai (Setchell) comb. nov. and Ishige sinicola (Setchell et Gardner) comb. nov. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Phycology 17(1): 1–4.

Cho, G. Y., S. H. Lee, and S. M. Boo. 2004. A New Brown Algal Order, Ishigeales (Phaeophyceae), Established on the Basis of Plastid Protein-Coding rbcL, psaA, and psbA Region Comparisons. Journal of Phycology 40(5): 921–936.

Cho, G. Y., F. Rousseau, B. de Reviers, and S. M. Boo. 2006. Phylogenetic Relationships within the Fucales (Phaeophyceae) Assessed by the Photosystem I Coding psaA Sequences. Phycologia 45(5): 512–519.

Christensen, T. 1957. Chaetomorpha linum in the Attached State. Botanisk Tidsskrift, Udgivet åf den Botaniske Forening Kjøbenhaven 73: 311–316.

Christensen, T. 1980. Algae: A Taxonomic Survey. Fasciculus 1. 216 pp. Odense, Denmark: AiO Tryk.

Clayton, M. M. 1974. Studies on the Development, Life History and Taxonomy of the Ectocarpales (Phaeophyta) in Southern Australia. Australian Journal of Botany 22(4): 743–813.

Clayton, M. M. 1975. A Study of Variation in Australian Species of Colpomenia (Phaeophyta, Scytosiphonales). Phycologia 14(4): 187–195.

Clayton, M. M. 1982. Life History Studies in the Ectocarpales (Phaeophyta): Contributions toward the Understanding of Evolutionary Processes. Botanica Marina 25(1): 111–116.

Clemente y Rubio, S. de Roxas. 1807. Ensayo sobre las variedades de la vid común que vegetan en Andalucía, pp. 308-322 (Lista Tercera y Última). Madrid: Imprenta de Villalpando.

Clifton, K. E. 1997. Mass Spawning by Green Algae on Coral Reefs. Science 275(5303): 1116–1118.

Clifton, K. E., and L. M. Clifton. 1999. The Phenology of Sexual Reproduction by Green Algae (Bryopsidales) on Caribbean Coral Reefs. Journal of Phycology 35(1): 25–34.

Collins, F. S. 1901. The Algae of Jamaica. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Science 37: 231–270.

Collins, F. S. 1903. The Ulvaceae of North America. Rhodora 5(1): 1–31, pls. 41–43.

Collins, F. S. 1909a. New Species of Cladophora. Rhodora 11(122): 17–20, pl. 78.

Collins, F. S. 1909b. The Green Algae of North America. Tufts College Studies 2(3): 77–480, pls. 1–18. [Reprinted Bibliotheca Phycologica 11. 1970.]

Collins, F. S. 1912. The Green Algae of North America, Supplementary Paper. Tufts College Studies, 3(2): 69–109, pls. 1–2.

Collins, F. S., and A. B. Hervey. 1917. The Algae of Bermuda. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 53: 1–195.

Collins, F. S., I. Holden, and W. A. Setchell, eds. 1899. Phycotheca Boreali-Americana. A Collection of Dried Specimens of the Algae of North America. Exsiccati Fasicle 13, nos. 601–650. Malden, Mass.: Editors.

Collins, F. S., I. Holden, and W. A. Setchell, eds. 1901a. Phycotheca Boreali-Americana. A Collection of Dried Specimens of the Algae of North America. Exsiccati Fasicle 17, nos. 801–850. Malden, Mass.: Editors.

Collins, F. S., I. Holden, and W. A. Setchell, eds. 1901b. Phycotheca Boreali-Americana. A Collection of Dried Specimens of the Algae of North America. Exsiccati Fasicle 18, nos. 851–900. Malden, Mass.: Editors.

Compère, P. 2003. Report of the Committee for Algae, 7. Taxon 52(2): 339–340.

Coppejans, E., F. Leliaert, and O. De Clerck. 2000 [1999]. Annotated List of New Records of Marine Macroalgae for Kenya and Tanzania, Since Isaac’s and Jaasund’s Publications. Biologisch Jaarboek Dodonaea 67(1): 31–93.

Corliss, J. O. 1994. An Interim Utilitarian (“User Friendly”) Hierarchical Classification and Characterization of the Protists. Acta Protozoologica 33(1): 1–51.

Cremades, J., and J. L. Pérez-Cirera. 1990. Nuevas combinaciones de algas bentónicas marinas, como resultado del studio del herbario de Simón de Rojas Clemente y Rubio (1777–1827). Anales del Jardin Botanico de Madrid 47: 489–492.

Cribb, A. B. 1951. Invalidation of the Genus Vaughaniella. Nature 168(4268): 302.

Cribb, A. B. 1954. Records of Marine Algae from South-eastern Queensland, I. Papers of the Department of Biology of the University of Queensland 3: 15–37.

Cribb, A. B. 1995. Microscopic Green Algae from Heron Island Reef and Adjacent Reefs. Proceedings of the Royal Society Queensland 105(1): 19–41.

Crouan, P. L., and H. M. Crouan. 1852. Exsiccatae: Algues marines du Finistère, Volume 1: Fucóïdees; p. [1]–[12], nos. 1–112, [vii, index]; Volume 2: Floridées; p. [1]–[12], nos. 113–322, [iv–xi, index]; Volume 3: Zoospermées, p. [l]–[8], nos. 323–404. Brest: Chez Crouans frères, pharmaciens.

Crouan, P. L., and H. M. Crouan. 1857. Observations microscopiques sur l’organisation, la fructification et la dissemination de plusieurs genres d’algues appartenant a la famille des Dictyotées. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France 4(1): 24–29.

Crouan, P. L., and H. M. Crouan. 1859. Notice sur quelques espèces et genres nouveaux d’algues marines de la rade de Brest. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Botanique, Série 4, 12(5): 288–292, pl. 22.

Crouan, P. L., and H. M. Crouan. 1867. Florule du Finistère contenant les descriptions de 360 espèces nouvelles de Sporogames, de nombreuses observations et une synonymie des plantes cellulaires et vasculaires qui croissant spontanément dans ce department, accompagnées de trente-deux planches o� représentée l’organographie. x+262 pp., pls. 1–31+1 suppl. pl. Paris: Friedrich Klincksieck.

Cruz-Ayala, M. B., M. M. Casas-Valdez, and S. Ortega-García. 1998. Temporal and Spatial Variation of Frondose Benthic Seaweeds in La Paz, B. C. S., Mexico. Botanica Marina 41(2): 191–198.

Cruz-Ayala, M. B., R. A. Núñez-López, and G. E. López. 2001. Seaweeds in the Southern Gulf of California. Botanica Marina 44(2): 187–197.

Cunningham, G. 2004. Sea of Cortez Cruising Guide, Volume 3: San Carlos. 3rd ed. 104 pp. Patagonia, Ariz.: Cruising Charts.

Cunningham, G. 2006a. Sea of Cortez Cruising Guide, Volume 1: The Lower Gulf of California. 2nd ed. 179 pp. Patagonia, Ariz.: Cruising Charts.

Cunningham, G. 2006b. Sea of Cortez Cruising Guide, Volume 2: The Middle Gulf of California. 3rd ed. 140 pp. Patagonia, Ariz.: Cruising Charts.

Danemann, G. D., and E. Ezcurra, eds. 2008. Bahía de Los Ángeles: Recursos Naturales y Comunidad Línea base 2007. 740 pp. Ensenada, B. C., Mexico: Pronatura Noroeste A. C., San Diego Natural History Museum, and Instituto Nacional de Ecología.

Dangeard, P. [J. L.] 1931. L’Ulvella lens de Crouan et l’Ulvella setchellii sp. nov. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France 78: 312–318, pl. 1.

Dangeard, P. [J. L.] 1965. Sur cinq espèces d’ “Ulvella.” Botaniste 48: 45–64.

Dangeard, P. [J. L.] 1969. A propos des travaux récents sur le cycle évolutif de quelques Phaéophycées, Phéosporées. Botaniste 52: 59–102.

Daniel, T. F., F. Almeda, and D. E. Breedlove. 1994. John Thomas Howell 1903–1994. Madroño 41(3): 234–235.

Daugbjerg, N., and R. A. Andersen. 1997. A Molecular Phyogeny of Heterokont Algae Based on Analyses of Chloroplast-Encoded rbcL Sequence Data. Journal of Phycology 33(6): 1031–1041.

Dawes, C. J., and R. H. Goddard. 1978. Chemical Composition of the Wound Plug and Entire Plants for Species of the Coenocytic Green Alga, Caulerpa. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 35(3): 259–263.

Dawson, E. Y. 1941. Field Observations on the Algae of Gulf of California. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions 3(7): 115–119.

Dawson, E. Y. 1944. The Marine Algae of the Gulf of California. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions 3(10): [v]+189–453.

Dawson, E. Y. 1945a. Notes on Pacific Coast Marine Algae, II. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of ciences 44(1): 22–45, 2 pls.

Dawson, E. Y. 1945b. Marine Algae Associated with Upwelling along the Northwestern Coast of Baja California, Mexico. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Science 44(2): 57–71.

Dawson, E. Y. 1945c. An Annotated List of the Marine Algae and Marine Grasses of San Diego County, California. Occasional Papers of the San Diego Natural History Society, 7: 1–97. [Reprinted in 1952, with corrections.]

Dawson, E. Y. 1946a [1945]. New and Unreported Marine Algae from Southern California and Northwestern Mexico. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Science 44(3): 75–91.

Dawson, E. Y. 1946b. Lista de las algas marinas de la costa Pacífica de Mexico. Revista de la Sociedad Mexicana de Historia Natural 7: 167–215.

Dawson, E. Y. 1947 [1946]. A Guide to the Literature and Distributions of the Marine Algae of the Pacific Coast of North America. Memoirs of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 3(1): 1–134.

Dawson, E. Y. 1949 [1948]. Resultados preliminaries de un reconocimiento de las algas marinas de la costa Pacifica de Mexico. Revista de la Sociedad Mexicana de Historia Natural 9(3/4): 215–254, pl. 3.

Dawson, E. Y. 1950a. Notes on Some Pacific Mexican Dictyotaceae. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 77(2): 83–93.

Dawson, E. Y. 1950b. A Note on the Vegetation of a New Coastal Upwelling Area of Baja California. Journal of Marine Research 9(2): 65–68.

Dawson, E. Y. 1950c. Notes on Pacific Coast Marine Algae, IV. American Journal of Botany 37(2): 149–158.

Dawson, E. Y. 1950d. Notes on Pacific Coast Marine Algae, V. American Journal of Botany 37(5): 337–344.

Dawson, E. Y. 1950e. On the Status of the Brown Alga, Dictyota binghamiae J. Agardh. Wasmann Journal of Biology 8(3): 267–269.

Dawson, E. Y. 1950f. A Giant New Codium from Pacific Baja California. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 77(4): 298–300.

Dawson, E. Y. 1951. A Further Study of Upwelling and Associated Vegetation along Pacific Baja California, Mexico. Journalof Marine Research 10(1): 39–58.

Dawson, E. Y. 1952. Circulation within Bahía Vizcaino, BajaCalifornia, and Its Effects on the Marine Vegetation. AmericanJournal of Botany 39(7): 425–432.

Dawson, E. Y. 1953a. Marine Red Algae of Pacific Mexico, PartI: Bangiales to Corallinaceae subf. Corallinoideae. AllanHancock Pacific Expeditions 17(1): 1–239.

Dawson, E. Y. 1953b. Preliminary Results of a Marine Algal Reconnaissance of the Pacific Mexican Coast. In Proceedingof the Seventh Pacific Science Congress (New Zealand), Volume 5, pp. 1–4. Auckland: Whitcome & Tombs Ltd.

Dawson, E. Y. 1954a. The Marine Flora of Isla San Benedicto Following the Volcanic Eruption of 1952–1953. AllanHancock Foundation Publications Occasional Paper 16:1–25.

Dawson, E. Y. 1954b. Resumen de las investigaciones recientessobre algas marinas de la costa Pacifica de México, conuna synopsis de la literatura, sinonimia y distribucion delas especies descritas. Revista de la Sociedad Méxicana deHistoria Natural 13: 97–197, i–x. [Reprint of Revista de laSociedad Méxicana de Historia Natural 13: 97–197, 1953,with corrections, index, pagination and addenda.]

Dawson, E. Y. 1954c. Marine Red Algae of Pacific Mexico, Part2: Cryptonemiales (continued). Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions 17(2): 240–396.

Dawson, E. Y. 1954d. Marine Plants in the Vicinity of the Institut Océanographique de Nha Trang, Viêt Nam. Pacific Science 8(4): 373–469, map.

Dawson, E. Y. 1954e [1953]. Notes on Pacific Coast Marine Algae, VI. Wasmann Journal of Biology 11(3): 323–351.

Dawson, E. Y. 1956. Some Marine Algae of the Southern Marshall Islands. Pacific Science 10(1): 25–66.

Dawson, E. Y. 1957a. Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae. Los Angeles County Museum Contributions in Science8: 1–8.

Dawson, E. Y. 1957b. Marine Algae from the Pacific Costa Rican Gulfs. Los Angeles County Museum Contributionsin Science 15: 1–28.

Dawson, E. Y. 1958. Notes on Pacific Coast Marine Algae, VII.Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 57(2): 65–80.

Dawson, E. Y. 1959a. Marine Algae from the 1958 Cruise of the Stella Polaris in the Gulf of California. Los Angeles CountyMuseum Contributions in Science 27: 1–39.

Dawson, E. Y. 1959b. William H. Harvey’s Report on the MarineAlgae of the United States North Pacific Exploring Expedition of 1853–1856. Pacific Naturalist 1(5): 3–40.

Dawson, E. Y. 1959c. Some Algae from Clipperton Island andthe Danger Islands. Pacific Naturalist 1(7): 1–8.

Dawson, E. Y. 1960a. New Records of Marine Algae from PacificMexico and Central America. Pacific Naturalist 1(20):31–52.

Dawson, E. Y. 1960b. Marine Red Algae of Pacific Mexico, Part3: Cryptomeniales; Corallinaceae subf. Melobesioideae. PacificNaturalist 2(1): 1–125.

Dawson, E. Y. 1960c. A Review of the Ecology, Distribution, and Affinities of the Benthic Flora. In The Biogeography of Baja California and Adjacent Seas, Part 2: Marine Biotas.Systematic Zoology 9(3): 93–100.

Dawson, E. Y. 1961a. Marine Red Algae of Pacific Mexico, Part4: Gigartinales. Pacific Naturalist 2(5): 191–343.

Dawson, E. Y. 1961b. A Guide to the Literature and Distributionsof Pacific Benthic Algae from Alaska to the Galápagos Islands. Pacific Science 15(3): 370–461.

Dawson, E. Y. 1961c. Plantas marinas de la zona de las mares deEl Salvador (Intertidal marine plants of El Salvador). Pacific Naturalist 2(8): 389–461.

Dawson, E. Y. 1962a. Marine Red Algae of Pacific Mexico, Part7: Ceramiales: Ceramiaceae, Delesseriaceae. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions 26(1): 1–207.

Dawson, E. Y. 1962b. Una clave ilustrada de los géneros de algasbénticas del Pacífico de la América Central. Pacific Naturalis t3(4): 167–321.

Dawson, E. Y. 1962c. Benthic Marine Exploration of Bahíade San Quintín, Baja California, 1960–1961: Marine and Marsh Vegetation. Pacific Naturalist 3(7): 275–280.

Dawson, E. Y. 1962d. Additions to the Marine Flora of CostaRica and Nicaragua. Pacific Naturalist 3(13): 375–395.

Dawson, E. Y. 1963a. Marine Red Algae of Pacific Mexico,Part 6: Rhodymeniales. Nova Hedwigia 5: 437–476, pls.77–95.

Dawson, E. Y. 1963b. Marine Red Algae of Pacific Mexico, Part8: Ceramiales; Dasyaceae, Rhodomelaceae. Nova Hedwigia6: 401–481, pls. 126–171.

Dawson, E. Y. 1966a. Marine Algae in the Vicinity of Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, Mexico. Gulf of California Field Guide Series,No. 1. ii+57 pp., map. Tucson: University of Arizona.

Dawson, E. Y. 1966b. New Records of Marine Algae from theGulf of California. Journal of the Arizona Academy of Sciences 4(2): 55–66.

Dawson, E. Y., C. Acleto, and N. Foldvik. 1964. The Seaweedsof Peru. Beihefte zur Nova Hedwigia 13: [5]+111 pp, 81 pls.

Dawson, E. Y., and P. T. Beaudette. 1959. Field Notes fromthe 1959 Eastern Pacific Cruise of the Stella Polaris. PacificNaturalist 1(13): 1–24.

Dawson, E. Y., and M. Neushul. 1966. New Records of MarineAlgae from Anacapa Island, California. Nova Hedwigia 12(1–2): 173–187, pls. 41–43.

Dawson, E. Y., M. Neushul, and R. D. Wildman. 1960a. SeaweedsAssociated with Kelp Beds along Southern Californiaand Northwestern Mexico. Pacific Naturalist 1(14): 1–81.

Dawson, E. Y., M. Neushul, and R. D. Wildman. 1960b. NewRecords of Sublittoral Marine Plants from Pacific Baja California. Pacific Naturalist 1(19): 1–30.

De Bary, A., and E. Strasburger. 1877. Acetabularia mediterranea.Botanische Zeitung 35: 713–758.

Decaisne, J. 1841. Plantes de l’Arabie Heureuse, recueillies parM. P.-E. Botta et décrites par M. J. Decaisne. Archives duMuséum d’Histoire Naturelle Paris 2: 89–199, pls. V–VII.

Decaisne, J. 1842a. Essais sur une classification des algues et despolypiers calcifères de Lamouroux. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Botanique, Série 2, 17: 297–380, pls. 14–17.

Decaisne, J. 1842b. Essais sur une classification des algues et despolypiers calcifères de Lamouroux. [2nd part.] Mémoire surles Corallines ou Polypiers calcifères. Annales des SciencesNaturelles, Botanique, Série 2, 18: 96–128.

De Clerck, O. 1999. A Revision of the Genus Dictyota Lamouroux (Phaeophyta) in the Indian Ocean. 351 pp., 3 Appendices.Ph. D. diss., Universiteit Gent, Ghent, Belgium.

De Clerck, O. 2003. The Genus Dictyota (Dictyotales, Phaeophyta)in the Indian Ocean. Opera Botanica Belgica 13: 1–205.

De Clerck, O., J. J. Bolton, R. J. Anderson, and E. Coppejans. 2005. Guide to the Seaweeds of KwaZulu-Natal. Scripta Botanica Belgica, No. 33. 294 pp. Meise: National Botanic Garden of Belgium.

De Clerck, O., and E. Coppejans. 1999. Two New Species of Dictyota (Dictyotales, Phaeophyta) from the Indo-Malayan Region. Phycologia 38(2): 184–194.

De Clerck, O., P. De Vos, M. Gillis, and E. Coppejans. 2001.Molecular Systematics in the Genus Dictyota (Dictyotales,Phaeophyta), a First Attempt Based on Restriction Patternsof the Internal Transcribed Spacer 1(rDNA). Systematicsand Geography of Plants 71: 25–35.

De Clerck, O., F. Leliaert, H. Verbruggen, C. E. Lane, J. C. DePaula, D. I. Payo, and E. Coppejans. 2006. A Revised Classificationof the Dictyoteae (Dictyotales, Phaeophyceae) Based on rbcL and 26S Ribosomal DNA Sequence Data Analyses. Journal of Phycology 42(6): 1271–1288.

De la Lanza, G., M. M. Ortega, J. L. Laparra, R. M. Carrillo, andJ. L. Godínez. 1989. Análisis químico de metales pesados (Hg, Pb, Cd, As, Cr, y Sr) en algas marinas de Baja California.Anales del Instituto de Biología de la Universidad Nacional Autonoma México, Serie Botánica, 59(1): 89–102.

De Lara-Isassi, G. 1992 [1991]. Propiedades antibióticas de algunasespecies de algas marinas bentónicas. Hidrobiológica 2(1–2): 21–28.

Delépine, R., and Asensi, A. 1975. Asteronema nov. gen. nouveaugenre de Phéophycée australe. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France 122: 295–304.

Delile, A. R. 1813. Flore de l’Égypte, with explication desplanches. In Description de l’Égypte, ou recueil des observationset des recherches qui ont été faites en Égypte pendantl’expédition de l’armée française, publié par les ordres de SaMajesté l’Empereur Napoléon le Grand. Histoire naturelle, Volume 2, pp. 145–320, pls. 1–62. Paris: Imprimerie impériale.[Plates published in 1826.]

Delwiche, C. F. 1999. Tracing the Thread of Plastid Diversity through the Tapestry of Life. The American Naturalist 154 (Supplement no. S4): S164–S177.

Derbès, A. A., and A.-J.-J. Solier. 1850. Sur les organes reproducteursdes algues. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Botanique, Série 3, 14: 261–282, pls. 32–37.

Derbès, A. A., and A.-J.-J. Solier. 1851. Algues. In Supplémentau Catalogue des plantes qui croissent naturellement auxenvirons de Marseille, J. L. M. Castagne, ed., pp. 93–121.Aix, France: Nicot et Pardigon.

Derbès, A. A., and A.-J.-J. Solier. 1856. Mémoire sur quelquespoints de la physiologie des algues. Supplément auxComptes Rendus des Séances de L’Académie des Sciences, Paris 1: 1–120, pls. 1–23.

De Reviers, B., and F. Rousseau. 1999. Towards a New Classificationof the Brown Algae. Progress in Phycological Research 13: 107–201.

Dethier, M. N. 1981. Heteromorphic Algal Life Histories: TheSeasonal Patterns and Response to Herbivory of the BrownCrust, Ralfsia californica. Oecologia 49(3): 333–339.

Dethier, M. N. 1987. The Distribution and Reproductive Phenologyof Intertidal Fleshy Crustose Algae in Washington. Canadian Journal of Botany 65(9): 1838–1850.

De Toni, G. B. 1889. Sylloge Algarum Omnium Hucusque Cognitarum,Volume 1: Chlorophyceae. 12+CXXXIX+1315pp. Padua: Author.

De Toni, G. B. 1895a. Phyceae Japonicae Novae Addita EnumerationeAlgarum in Ditione Maritima Japoniae Hucusque Cognitarium. Memorie del Reale Istituto Vento di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti 25(5): 1–78, 2 pls.

De Toni, G. B. 1895b. Sylloge Algarum Omnium Hucusque Cognitarum,Volume 3: Fucoideae. Pp. XVI+638. Padua: Author.

Devinny, J. S. 1978. Ordination of Seaweed Communities: EnvironmentalGradients at Punta Banda, México. Botanica Marina 21(4): 357–363.

Deysher, L., and T. A. Norton. 1982. Dispersal and Colonizationin Sargassum muticum (Yendo) Fensholt. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 56(2–3): 179–195.

Dickie, G. 1874a. On the Algae of Mauritius. Journal of the LinneanSociety (London), Botany, 14: 190–202.

Dickie, G. 1874b. Enumeration of the Algae Collected at St.Thomas and Bermuda by H. N. Moseley, M. A., Naturalistto the H. M. S. “Challenger.” In Contributions to the Botany of the Expedition of H. M. S. “Challenger,” J. D.Hooker, ed., p. 312–316. Journal of the Linnean Society (London), Botany, 14: 311–390.

Dillenius, J. J. 1742 [1741]. Historia Muscorum; in Qua CirciterSexcentae Species Veteres et Novae ad Sua Genera RelataeDescribuntur et Iconibus Genuinis Illustrantur cum Appendiceet Indice Synonymorum. xvi+576 pp., pls. 1–85. Oxford: Theatro Sheldoniano.

Dillwyn, L. W. 1805. British Confervae; or Coloured Figuresand Descriptions of the British Plants Referred by Botaniststo the Genus Conferva. Fasciculus 6, 7. Pls. 45–56 (withtext). London: W. Phillips.

Dillwyn, L. W. 1806. British Confervae; or Coloured Figuresand Descriptions of the British Plants Referred by Botaniststo the Genus Conferva. Fasciculus 8–11. Pls. 57–68, 70–81 (with text). London: W. Phillips.

Dillwyn, L. W. 1809. British Confervae; or Coloured Figuresand Descriptions of the British Plants Referred by Botaniststo the Genus Conferva. Fasciculus 15–16. Pls. 69, 100–109 (with text), Suppl. pls. A–G (with text); pp. [1]–87+[6]+index and errata. London: W. Phillips.

Dong, M.-L., and C. K. Tseng. 1983. Studies of the Geppella (Chlorophyta) of Xisha Islands, South China Sea. ChineseJournal of Oceanology and Limnology 1(2): 190–196, pl. 1.

Dorr, L. J., and D. H. Nicolson. 2008. Taxonomic Literature.2nd ed. Supplement Volumes 7, 8. Ruggell, Liechtenstein:A. R. G. Ganter Velag K. G. Doty, M. S. 1947. The Marine Algae of Oregon. Part I: Chlorophyta and Phaeophyta. Farlowia 3(1): 1–65.

Doty, M. S., and G. Aguilar-Santos. 1966. Caulerpicin, a ToxicConstituent of Caulerpa. Nature 211(5052): 990.

Doty, M.S., and G. Aguilar-Santos. 1970. Transfer of toxic algalsubstances in marine food chains. Pacific Science 24(4):351–355.

Douglas, R., O. Gonzalez-Yajimovich, J. Ledesma-Vazquez, andF. Strines-Urias. 2007. Climate Forcing, Primary Production and the Distribution of Holocene Biogenic Sediments in the Gulf of California. Quaternary Science Reviews 26(1–2): 115–129.

Draisma, S. G. A., Y.-S. Keum, W. F. Prud’homme van Reine, and G. M. Lokhorst. 1998. The Species of Sphacelaria (Sphacelariales, Phaeophyceae) in China with a Descriptionof a New Species. Botanica Marina 41(2): 181–190.

Draisma, S. G. A., J. L. Olsen, W. T. Stam, and W. F.Prud’homme van Reine. 2002. Phylogenetic Relationshipswith the Sphacelariales (Phaeophyceae): rbcL, RUBISCOSpacer and Morphology. European Journal of Phycology 37(3): 385–401.

Draisma, S. G. A., A. F. Peters, and R. L. Fletcher. 2003. Evolutionand Taxonomy in the Phaeophyceae: Effects of the Molecular Age on Brown Algal Systematics. In Out of the Past: Collected Reviews to Celebrate the Jubilee of the BritishPhycological Society, T. A. Norton, ed., pp. 87–102. Belfast: The British Phycological Society.

Draisma, S. G. A., W. F. Prud’homme van Reine, W. T. Stam, and J. L. Olsen. 2001. A Reassessment of Phylogenetic Relationshipsin the Phaeophyceae Based on RUBISCO LargeSubunit and Ribosomal DNA Sequences. Journal of Phycology 37(4): 586–603.

Dreckmann, K. M., F. F. Pedroche, and A. Sentíes G[ranados]. 1990. Lista florística de las algas marinas bentónicas de lacosta norte de Michoacán, México. Boletin de la Sociedadde Botanica México 50: 19–42.

Dreckmann, K. M., A. Sentíes G[ranados], F. F. Pedroche, and J.M. Callejas. 2006. Diagnóstico florístico de la ficología marinabentónica en Chiapas. Hidrobiológica 16(2): 147–158.

Dreher, T., B. R. Grant, and R. Wetherbee. 1978. The Wound Response in the Siphonous Alga Caulerpa simpliciuscula C. Ag.: Fine Structure and Cytology. Protoplasma 96(1–2):189–203.

Drew, K. M. 1955. Life Histories in the Algae with Special Referenceto the Chlorophyta, Phaeophyta and Rhodophyta. Biological Review 30: 43–390.

Drouet, F. 1943. William Albert Setchell. The American MidlandNaruralist 30(3): 529–532.

Dube, M. A., and E. Ball. 1971. Desmarestia sp. Associated withthe Sea Pen, Ptilosarcus gurneyi (Gray). Journal of Phycology 7(3): 218–220.

Dumortier, B. C. J. 1822. Commentationes botanicae. Observations botaniques, dédiées à la Société d’ Horticulturede Tournay. [iii]+[1]–116+[1] pp., [1] table. Tournay: Ch.Casterman-Dien.

Dungan, M. L. 1986. Three-Way Interactions: Barnacles, Limpets,and Algae in a Sonoran Desert Rocky Intertidal Zone. The American Naturalist 127(3): 292–316.

Earle, S. A. 1969. Phaeophyta of the Eastern Gulf of Mexico.Phycologia 7(2): 71–254.

Earle, S. A. 1972. A Review of the Marine Plants of Panama. Bulletin of the Biological Society of Washington 2(1): 69–87.

Eckhardt, R., R. Schnetter, and G. Seiboldt. 1986. Nuclear BehaviourDuring the Life Cycle of Derbesia (Chlorophyceae).British Phycological Journal 21(3): 287–295.

Egerod, L. E. 1952. An Analysis of the Siphonous Chlorophycophyta, with Special Reference to the Siphonocladales, Siphonales, and Dasycladales of Hawaii. University of California Publications in Botany 25(5), iv+325–453[454], pls.29–43.

Egerod, L. E. 1975. Marine Algae of the Andaman Sea Coast of Thailand: Chlorophyceae. Botanica Marina 18(1):41–66.

Endlicher, S. L. 1843. Genera Plantarum Secunum Ordines Naturales Disposita. [Supplement 3] Mantissa botanica altera. Sistens Generum Plantarum Supplementum Tertium.111+[vi] pp. Vienna: Fr. Beck.

Eppley, R. W., and C. R. Bovell. 1958. Sulfuric Acid in Desmarestia. Biological Bulletin 115: 101–106.

Espinoza [Ávalos], J. 1990a. Estructura por edades y reproduccionde tres poblaciones de Sargassum sinicola (Phaeophyta, Fucales) en la Bahía de La Paz, Golfo de California. ActaBotánica Mexicana 11: 1–9.

Espinoza [Ávalos], J. 1990b. The Southern Limit of Sargassummuticum (Yendo) Fensholt (Phaeophyta, Fucales) in the Mexican Pacific. Botanica Marina 33(2): 193–196.

Espinoza-Ávalos, J. 1993. Macroalgas marinas del Golfo deCalifornia. In Biodiversidad Marina y Costera de México,S. I. Salazar-Vallejo and N. E. González, eds., pp. 328–357. Mexico City: Comisión Nacional para el Conocimiento y Aprovechamiento de la Biodiversidad, y Centro de Investigacionesde Quintana Roo.

Espinoza-Ávalos, J., and H. Rodríguez-Garza. 1985. Observacionespreliminares de Sargassum sinicola Setchell y Gardner (Phaeophyta) en la Bahía de La Paz, Golfo de California.Ciencias Marinas 11(2): 115–120.

Espinoza-Ávalos, J., and H. Rodríguez-Garza. 1987. Seasonal Phenology and Reciprocal Transplantation of Sargassumsinicola Setchell et Gardner in the Southern Gulf of California. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 110(2): 183–195.

Espinoza-Ávalos, J., and H. Rodríguez-Garza. 1989. Crecimiento de Sargassum sinicola Setchell et Gardner en la parte sur del Gulfode California, México. Ciencias Marinas 15(4): 141–149.

Eubank, L. L. 1946. Hawaiian Representatives of the Genus Caulerpa. University of California Publications in Botany 18(18): 409–432, pl. 22.

Evans, L. V. 1966. Distribution of Pyrenoids among Some Brown Algae. Journal of Cell Science 1: 449–454.

Falkenberg, P. 1879. Die Befruchtung und der Generationswechsel von Cutleria. Mitteilungen Stazione Zoologica di Napoli 1: 420–447, pl. 13.

Falkenberg, P. 1901. Die Rhodomelaceen des Golfes von Neapelund der angrenzenden Meeres-Abschnitte. Fauna und Florades Golfes von Neapel, Monographie, No. 26. xvi+754 pp.,pls. 1–24. Berlin: R. Friedlander & Sohns.

Farghaly, M. S., and M. Denizot. 1979. Le genre Rhipiliopsis. Définition et place dans les Caulerpales (Chlorophycées). Revue Algologique, n.s., 14: 169–184.

Farlow, W. G. 1881. Marine Algae of New England. Reportof the U.S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1879.Appendix A-1: 1–210 pp. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office. [Reissued in 1882 [1881] with a new title, “Marine Algae of New England and Adjacent Coasts,” and in 1891 with the original title.]

Farlow, W. G. 1889. On Some New or Imperfectly Known Algaeof the United States, I. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club16(1): 1–12, 2 pls.

Farlow, W. G. 1899. Three Undescribed Californian Algae. Erythea7: 73–76.

Farlow, W. G. 1902. Algae. In Flora of the Galápagos Islands, B. L. Robinson, ed. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Science 38(4): 89–99.

Faulkner, D. J. 1984. Marine Natural Products: Metabolites of Marine Algae and Herbivorous Marine Molluscs. Natural Product Reports 1(3): 251–280.

Feldmann, J. 1937. Les algues marines de la côte des Albères, I–III: Cyanophycées, Chlorophycées, Phéophycées. Revue Algologique 9: 141–148, 149–335, pls. 8–17.

Feldmann, J. 1945. Une nouvelle espèce de Myriactula parasitedu Gracilaria armata J. Ag. Bulletin de la Société de l’Histoire Naturelle de l’Afrique du Nord 34: 222–229.

Feldmann, J. 1946. Sur l’hétéroplastie de certaines Siphonales etleur classification. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séancesde l’Académie des Sciences 222: 752–753.

Feldmann, J. 1949. L’ordre des Scytosiphonales. Travaux Botaniquesdédiés à René Maire. Mémoires hors-série de la Sociétéd’Histoire Naturelle de l’Afrique du Nord 2: 103–115.

Feldmann, J. 1950. Sur l’existence d’une alternance de generationsentre l’Halicystis parvula et le Derbesia tenuissima (De. Not.) Crn. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séancesde l’Académie des Sciences 230: 322–323.

Felger, R. S., K. Cliffton, and P. J. Regal. 1976. Winter Dormancyin Sea Turtles, Independent Discovery and Exploitation in the Gulf of California by Two Local Cultures. Science 191(4224): 283–285.

Felger, R. S., and M. B. Moser. 1973. Eelgrass (Zostera marinaL.) in the Gulf of California: Discovery of Its Nutritional Value by the Seri Indians. Science 181(4097): 355–356.

Felger, R. S., and M. B. Moser. 1985. People of the Desert and Sea: Ethnobotany of the Seri Indians. xv+438 pp. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. [2nd printing in 1991.]

Fenical, W., J. J. Sims, D. Squatrito, R. M. Wing, and P. Radlick.1973. Zonarol and Isozonarol, Fungitoxic Hydroquinones from the Brown Seaweed Dictyopteris zonarioides. Journalof Organic Chemistry 38(13): 2383–2386.

Fensholt, D. E. 1955. An Emendation of the Genus Cystophyllum (Fucales). American Journal of Botany 42(3): 305–322.

Fisher, W. K. 1905. In Memoriam: Walter E. Bryant, Born 14thJanuary, 1861. Died 21st May, 1905. The Condor 7(5):129–131.

Fletcher, R. L. 1978. Studies on the Family Ralfsiaceae (Phaeophyta) Around the British Isles. In Modern Approachesto the Taxonomy of Red and Brown Algae, D. E. G. Irvineand J. H. Price, eds., pp. 371–388. Systematics Association Special Volume, No. 10. London: Academic Press.

Fletcher, R. L. 1981. Studies on the Marine Fouling Brown AlgaGiffordia granulosa (Smith) Hamel in the Solent (SouthCoast of England). Botanica Marina 24(3): 211–221.

Fletcher, R. L. 1984. Observations on the Life History of theBrown Alga Hecatonema maculans (Ectocarpales, Myrionemataceae) in Laboratory Culture. British Phycological Journal 19: 193.

Fletcher, R. L. 1987. Seaweeds of the British Isles, Volume 3: Fucophyceae (Phaeophyceae) Part 1. ix+359 pp. London: British Museum (Natural History).

Fletcher, R. L., G. Blunden, B. E. Smith, D. J. Rogers, and B. C. Fish 1989. Occurrence of a Fouling, Juvenile, Stage of Codium fragile ssp. tomentosoides (Goor) Silva 9Chlorophyceae, Codiales). Journal of Applied Phycology 1(3):227–237.

Forest, H. 1983. Francis Drouet. March 1, 1907–December5, 1982. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 110(2):231–238.

Forsskål, P. 1775. Flora aegyptiaco-arabica. Sive descriptionesplantarum, quas per Aegyptum inferiorem et Arabium felicemdetexit, illustravit Petrus Forsskål … Post mortemauctoris edidit Carsten Niebuhr. Pp. [1]–32+[i]-cxxvi, [1],[1]–220. Copenhagen: Möller.

Foslie, M. 1890. Contributions to Knowledge of the MarineAlgae of Norway, I: East-Finmarken. Tromsø Museums Aarshhefter 13: 1–186, 3 pls.

Foster, M. S., and D. R. Schiel. 1985. The Ecology of Giant KelpForests in California: A Community Profile. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Biological Report 85(7.2): xv+152 pp.

Fotos, S. S. 1981. Observations on Chnoospora minima (Hering)Papenfuss (Phaeophyta, Scytosiphonales) in the Fieldand in Culture. Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui)29(2): 101–108.

Fries, E. M. 1845. Summa Vegetabilium Scandinaviae, seuEnumeratio, Systematica et Critica … Distributione Geographica. Sectio prior. [i]+[iii]+258 pp. Uppsala, Sweden:E. Typographia Academica.

Fries, L. 1975. Some Observations on the Morphology of Enteromorphalinza (L.) J. Ag. and Enteromorpha compressa (L.) Grev. in axenic culture. Botanica Marina 18(3): 251–253.

Gabrielson, P. W., T. B. Widdowson, and S. C. Lindstrom. 2006. Keys to the Seaweeds and Seagrasses of Southeast Alaska, British Columbia, Washington and Oregon. iv+1–209 pp. Phycological Contribution, No. 7. Hillsborough, N.C.: PhycoID. Galindo-Villegas, J., J. A. Gamboa, and K. M. Dreckmann. 1997. Estudio de las macroalgas del Puerto de Salina Cruz,Oaxaca; redescubrimiento de Predaea subpeltata y nuevoregistro de para el Gulfo de Tehuantepec, Pacifíco tropicalmexicano. Polibotánica 4: 1–9.

Garbary, D. J. 1978. An Introduction to the Scanning Electron Microscopy of Red Algae. In Modern Approaches to the Taxonomy of Red and Brown Algae, D. E. G. Irvine and J.H. Price, eds. pp. 205–222. Systematics Association Special Volume, No. 10. London: Academic Press. Garbary, D. J., G. I. Hansen, and R. F. Scagel. 1985 [1984]. Additions to the Marine Algae of Barkley Sound, Vancouver Island, British Columbia. Syesis 7(1): 43–45.

Gardner, N. L. 1919. New Pacific Coast Marine Algae, IV.University of California Publications in Botany 6(18), 487–496+[497].

Gardner, N. L. 1927. New Rhodophyceae from the Pacific Coastof North America, VI. University of California Publicationsin Botany 14(4), 99–138+[139]

Gardner, N. L. 1940. New Species of Melanophyceae from thePacific Coast of North America. University of California Publications in Botany 19(8), 267–286.Garth, J. S. 1967. E. Yale Dawson 1918–1966. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 66(3): 149–160.

Gavio, B., and S. Fredericq. 2002. Grateloupia turuturu (Halymeniaceae,Rhodophyta) is the Correct Name of the Non-native Species in the Atlantic Known as Grateloupiadoryphora. European Journal of Phycology 37(3): 349–360.

Gepp, A., and E. S. Gepp. 1911. The Codiaceae of the Siboga Expedition Including a Monograph of Flabellariaea and Udoteae. In Siboga Expeditie…., Volume 62, M. Weber, ed., pp. 1–150, 22 pls. Leiden: E. J. Brill.

Gilmartin, M., and N. Revelante. 1978. The Phytoplankton Characteristics of the Barrier Island Lagoons of the Gulf of California. Estuarine and Coastal Marine Science 7(1): 29–47.

Glynn, P. W., and R. H. Stewart. 1973. Distribution of Coral Reef in the Pearl Islands (Gulf of Panamá) in Relation to Thermal Conditions. Limnology and Oceanography 18(3): 367–379.

Gmelin, S. G. 1768. Historia fucorum. [xii]+239+6 pp., pls. IA, IB, IIA, IIB, III-XXXII, [XXXIII]. St. Petersburg: Academiae Scientiarum.

Godínez-Ortega, J. L. 2008. Colectores de algas de México (1787–1954). Acta Botanica Mexicana 85: 75–97.

Goertzen, L. R., and E. C. Theriot. 2003. Effect of Taxon Sampling, Character Weighting, and Combined Data on the Interpretation of Relationships among Heterokont Algae. Journal of Phycology 39(2): 423–439.

González-González, J. 1993. Comunidades algales del Pacífico Tropical. In Biodiversidad Marina y Costera de México, S. I. Salazar-Vallejo and N. E. González, eds., pp. 420–443. México D.F.: Comisión Nacional para el Conocimiento y Aprovechamiento de la Biodiversidad, y Centro de Investigaciones de Quintana Roo.

González-González, J., M. Gold-Morgan, H. León-Tejera, C. Candelaria, D. León-Álvarez, E. Servière-Zaragoza, and D. Fragoso. 1996. Catálogo Onomástico (Nomenclátor) y Bibliografía Indexada de las Algas Bentónicas Marinas de México. 492 pp. Cuadernos del Instituto de Biología, No. 29. México, D.F.: Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México.

Graham, L. E., and L. W. Wilcox. 1999 [2000]. Algae.1st Ed. xvi+640+G1–G14+L1–L28+TI1–T12 pp. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.

Graham, M. H., B. P. Kinlan, L. D. Druehl, L. E. Garske, and S. Brooks. 2007. Deep-water Kelp Refugia as Potential Hotspots of Tropical Marine Diversity and Productivity. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 104(42): 16576–16580.

Granados-Gallegos, J. L., and R. A. Schwartzlose. 1974. Corrientes superficiales en el Golfo de California. In Memorias del Vth Congreso Nacional de Oceanografía Física en México, F. A. Manrrique, ed., pp. 173–182. Unión Geofísica Méxicana Monografía, No. 3. Ensenada, Mexico: Unión Geofísica Méxicana.

Gray, J. E. 1864. Handbook of British Water-Weeds or Algae. i–iv, 1–123 pp. London: R. Hardwicke.

Gray, J. E. 1866. On Anadyomena and Microdictyon, with the Description of Three New Allied Genera, Discovered by Menzies in the Gulf of Mexico. The Journal of Botany, British and Foreign 4: 41–51, 65–72, pl. 44.

Gray, S. F. 1821. A Natural Arrangement of British Plants, According to Their Relations to Each Other, as Pointed out by Jussieu, De Candolle, Brown, &c. Including Those Cultivated for Use; with an Introduction to Botany, in Which the Terms Newly Introduced Are Explained; Illustrated by Figures. Volume 1. xxviii+824 pp., 21 pls. London: Baldwin, Cradock & Joy.

Greuter, W. 2000. Notices of Publications: Cryptogamae, 2. Optima Newsletter 35: 1–38.

Greville, R. K. 1828 [1827]. Scottish Cryptogamic Flora; or Coloured Figures and Descriptions of Cryptogamic Plants, Belonging Chiefly to Order Fungi; and Intended to Serve as a Continuation of English Botany. Vol. 5 (fasc. 60–66), pls. 296–330. Edinburgh: MacLachlan and Stewart, London: Baldwin, Cradock, and Joy.

Greville, R. K. 1830. Algae Britannicae, or Descriptions of the Marine and Other Inarticulated Plants of the British Islands, Belonging to the Order Algae; with Plates Illustrative of the Genera. [iii]+lxxxviii+218 pp., pls. 1–19. Edinburgh: MacLachlan and Stewart.

Griffith, J. W., and A. Henfrey. 1856. The Micrographic Dictionary: A Guide to the Examination and Investigation of the Structure and Nature of Microscopic Objects; Illustrated by Forty-One Plates and Eight Hundred and Sixteen Woodcuts. v+696 pp., 41 pls. London: John van Voorst.

Grunow, A. 1915. Additamenta ad cognitionem Sargassorum. Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich-Königlichen Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesellschaft in Wein 65: 329–448.

Grunow, A. 1916. Additamenta ad cognitionem Sargassorum. Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich-Königlichen Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesellschaft in Wein 66: 135–185.

Guevara-Escamilla, S. 1973. Peces. In Estudio químico sobre la contaminación por insecticidas en la desembocadura del Río Colorado, II, pp. 236–262. Reporte final a la Dirección de Acuacultura, S.R.H. Ensenada, Mexico: Universidad Autónoma de Baja California.

Guiry, M. D., and G. M. Guiry. 2008. AlgaeBase Version 4. 2. World-Wide Electronic Publication. Galway: National University of Ireland. http://www.algaebase.org.

Gurgel, C. F. D., S. Fredericq, and J. N. Norris. 2004. Phylogegeography of Gracilaria tikvahiae (Gracilariaceae, Rhodophyta): A Study of Genetic Discontinuity in a Continuously Distributed Species Based on Molecular Evidence. Journal of Phycology 40(3): 748–758.

Guzmán del Próo, S. A., S. de la Campa de Guzmán, and J. Pineda Barrera. 1972. Flora macroscópica asociada a los bancos de abulón (Haliotis spp.) en algunas áreas de la costa occidental de Baja California. In Memorias de la IVth Congreso Nacional de Oceanógrafía (México), J. Carranza, ed., pp. 257–263. México D.F.: Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México.

Haeckel, E. [H. P. A. ] 1894. Systematische Phylogenie der Protisten und Pflanzen. Erster Theil des Entwurfs einer systematischen Stammesgeschichte. xvi+400 pp. Berlin: Von Georg Reimer.

Hamel, A., and G. [G. H.] Hamel. 1929. Sur l’hétérogamie d’une Cladophoracée Lola (nov. gen.) lubrica (Setch. et Gardn.). Compte Rendu Hebdomadaire des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences, Paris 189: 1094–1096.

Hamel, G. [G. H.]. 1931a. Chlorophycées de côtes Françaises. Fasciculus 3. Revue algologique 6(1): 9–73. [Reprint 1931, with new pagination xv+105–168.] Paris.

Hamel, G. [G. H.] 1931b. Phéophycées de France. Fasciculus 1. Pp. 1–80. Paris.

Hamel, G. [G. H.] 1937. Phéophycées de France. Fasciculus 3. Pp. 177–240. Paris.

Hamel, G. [G. H.] 1939a. Sur la classification des Ectocarpales. Botaniska Notiser 1939: 65–70.

Hamel, G. [G. H.] 1939b. Phéophycées de France. Fasciculus 5V, pp. 337–431+[432], [i]–xlvi+[xlvii], pls. 1–10. Paris. [Reprinted Amsterdam: Linnaeus Press, 1975.]

Hansen, G. I. 1997. A Revised Checklist and Preliminary Assessment of the Macrobenthic Marine Algae and Seagrasses of Oregon. In Conservation and Management of Native Flora and Fungi, T. N. Kaye, A. Liston, R. M. Love, D. L. Luoma, R. J. Meinke, and M. V. Wilson, eds., pp. 175–200. Corvallis: Native Plant Society of Oregon.

Hansgirg, A. 1886. Prodromus der Algenflora von Böhmen. Erster Theil enthaltend die Rhodophyceen, Phaeophyceen und einen Theil der Chlorophyceen. Archiv der [für] naturwissenschaftliche Landesdurchforschung in [von] Böhmen, No. 5(6), 1–96, figs. 1–45. Prag: Fr. Rivnác.

Hanyuda, T., I. Wakana, S. Arai, K. Miyaji, Y. Watano, and K. Ueda. 2002. Phylogenetic Relationships within the Cladophorales (Ulvophyceae, Chlorophyta) Inferred from 18S rRNA Gene Sequences with Special Reference to Aegagropila linnaei. Journal of Phycology 38(3): 564–571.

Hariot, P. 1889. Algues. In Mission scientifique du Cap Horn 1882–1883, Volume 5: Botanique, pp. 3–110, pls. 1–9, Ministères de la Marine et de l’Instruction publique, eds. Paris: Gauthier-Villars et fils.

Hariot, P. 1891. Liste des algues marines rapportées de Yokosuka (Japon) par M. le Dr. Savatier. Mémoires de la Société Nationale des Sciences Naturelles et Mathématiques de Cherbourg 27: 211–230.

Hariot, P. 1895. Algues du Golfe de Californie recueillies par M. Diguet. Journal de Botanique (Paris) 9: 167–170.

Hartmann, M. 1929. Untersuchungen über die Sexualität und Entwicklung von Algen, III: Über die Sexualität und Generationswechsel von Chaetomorpha und Enteromorpha. Berichte der Deutschen Botanischen Gesellschaft 47: 485–494.

Harvey, W. H. 1835 [1834]. Algological Illustrations, No. I: Remarks on Some British Algae, and Descriptions of New Species Recently Added to Our Flora. The Journal of Botany (edited by W.J. Hooker) 1(4): 296–305, pls. 138–139.

Harvey, W. H. 1841. A Manual of the British Algae: Containing Generic and Specific Descriptions of the Known British Species of Sea-Weeds and of Confervae Both Marine and Fresh- Water. [i–v]–lvii, [1]–229 pp. London: John Van Voorst.

Harvey, W. H. 1849. A Manual of the British Marine Algae: Containing Generic and Specific Descriptions of All the Known British Species of Sea-Weeds. 2nd ed. lii+252 pp., pls. 1–27. London: John van Voorst.

Harvey, W. H. 1851. Phycologica britannica: Or History of British Sea-Weeds, Containing Coloured Figures, Generic and Specific Characters, Synonymes, and Descriptions of All the Species of Algae Inhabiting the Shores of the British Islands. Volume 3, Fascile 60. xxxix+[xiv] pp., pls. CCCLV–CCCLX with text. London: Reeve Brothers.

Harvey, W. H. 1852. Nereis Boreali-Americana; or, Contributions towards a History of the Marine Algae of the Atlantic and Pacific Coasts of North America, Part 1: Melanospermeae. [First Issue]. [vii]+149 pp., pls. 1–12. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution. [Second Issue: Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution, 1853. Third Issue: Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, 3(4): 1–150, pls. 1–12, 1858]

Harvey, W. H. 1855. Algae, L. In Volume 2, Flora Novae-Zelandiae, Part 2: Flowerless Plants, J. D. Hooker, ed., pp. 211–266, pls. 107–121, of The Botany of the Antarctic Voyage of H. M. Discovery Ships Erebus and Terror, in the Years 1839–1843, Under the Command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross…. London: Reeve, Brothers.

Harvey, W. H. 1858. Nereis Boreali-Americana; or, Contributions towards a History of the Marine Algae of the Atlantic and Pacific Coasts of North America, Part 3: Chlorospermeae. [ii]+1–140 pp., pls. 37–50; General Part, pp. [i]–iv, [i]–viii. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution. [Second Issue: Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution, 1858. Third Issue: Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, 5(5), 1858].

Harvey, W. H. 1859. Phycologia Australica; or, A History of Australian Seaweeds; Comprising Coloured Figures and Descriptions of the More Characteristic Marine Algae of New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, South Australia, and Western Australia, and a Synopsis of All Known Australian Algae. Volume 2. [iii]+iv–viii pp. (index), pls. LXI–CXX (with text.) London: Lovell Reeve.

Harvey, W. H. 1860 [‘1859’]. Characters of New Algae, Chiefly from Japan and Adjacent Regions, Collected by Charles Wright in the North Pacific Exploring Expedition under Captain John Rodgers. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 4: 327–335.

Hauck, F. 1876. Verzeichniss der im Golfe von Triest gesammelten Meeralgen. (Fortsetzung). Österreichische Botanische Zeitschrift 26: 24–26, 54–57, [2 figs.], 91–93.

Hauck, F. 1883. Die Meeresalgen Deutschlands und Oesterreichs. [Second title page: Dr. L. Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen- Flora von Deutschland, Oesterreich und der Schweiz.] 2nd ed. Volume 2, Parts 3–6, pp. 113–320. Leipzig: Verlag von Eduard Kummer.

Hauck, F. 1884. Die Meeresalgen Deutschlands und Oesterreichs. [Second title page: Dr. L. Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen- Flora von Deutschland, Oesterreich und der Schweiz]. 2nd ed. Volume 2, Parts 7–9. pp. 321–512. Leipzig: Verlag von Eduard Kummer.

Hauck, F. 1887. Ueber einige von J. M. Hildebrandt im Rothen Meere und Indischen Ocean gesammelte Algen. Hedwigia 26: 18–21, 41–45.

Hausmann, K., N. Hülsmann, and R. Radek. 2003. Protistology. 3rd ed. 379 pp. Stuttgart: Schweizerbart’sche.

Hawkes, M. W. 1996. E. Yale Dawson: Naturalist on Desert Shores. In Prominent Phycologists of the 20th Century, D. J. Garbary and M. J. Wynne, eds., pp. 164–171. 50th Anniversary Special Publication of the Phycological Society of America. Hantsport, Nova Scotia, Canada: Lancelot Press.

Hawkes, M. W. 2005. In Search of Cacti and Seaweeds on Desert Shores: E. Yale Dawson (1918–1966), Botanist. Haseltonia 11: 126–137.

Hay, M. E. 1988. Can Tropical Seaweeds Reduce Herbivory by Growing at Night? Diel Patterns of Growth, Nitrogen Contentm Herbivory, and Chemical Versus Morphological Defenses. Oecologia (Berlin) 75(2): 233–245.

Hay, M. E. 1997a. Synchronous Spawning—When Timing Is Everything. Science 275(5303): 1080–1081.

Hay, M. E. 1997b. Calcified Seaweeds on Coral Reefs: Complex Deferces, Trophic Relationships, and Value as Habitats. In Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium. Volume 1, H. A. Lessios and I. G. Macintyre, eds., pp. 713–718. Balboa, Panama: Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute.

Hayden, H. S., J. Blomster, C. A. Maggs, P. C. Silva, M. J. Stanhope, and J. R. Waaland. 2003. Linnaeus Was Right All Along: Ulva and Enteromorpha Are Not Distinct Genera. European Journal of Phycology 38(3): 277–294.

Hayden, H. S., and J. R. Waaland. 2004. A Molecular Systematic Study of Ulva (Ulvaceae, Ulvales) from the Northeast Pacific. Phycologia 43(4): 364–382.

Hering, [C.] 1841. Diagnoses algarum novarum a cl. Dre Ferdinand Krauss in Africa Australi lectarum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8: 90–92.

Hernández-Herrera, R. M., S. E. Ibarra-Obando, and M. del Refugio Mora-Navarro. 2005. Macroalgae Community Structure in Southern Coast of Jalisco, México. Scientia— CUCBA 7(2): 139–154.

Hillis, L. W. 1959. A Revision of the Genus Halimeda (Order Siphonales). Publications of the Institute of Marine Sciences [University of Texas] 6: 321–403.

Hillis, L. W., J. A. Engman, and W. C. F. Kooistra. 1998. Morphological and Molecular Phylogenetics of Halimeda (Chlorophyta, Bryopsidales) Identify Three Evolutionary Lineages. Journal of Phycology 34(4): 669–681.

Hillis-Colinvaux, L. 1980. Ecology and Taxonomy of Halimeda: Primary Producers of Coral Reefs. Advances in Marine Biology no.17, J.

H. S. Blaxter, F. S. Russell, and M. Yonge, eds., pp. vii–viii, 1–327. London/New York: Academic Press Inc.

Hillis-Colinvaux, L. 1984. Systematics of the Siphonales. In Systematics of the Green Algae, D. E. G. Irvine and D. M. John, eds., pp. 271–296. Systematics Association Special Volume, No. 27. London: Academic Press.

Hinojosa-Arango, G., and R. Riosmena-Rodríguez. 2001. Ampliación de ámbito de Neomeris annulata (Dasycladales: Chlorophyta) en el Golfo de California, México. Revista de Biología Tropical (Universidad de Costa Rica) 49(1): 349–395.

Hodgson, L. M., P. Huu Tri, K. Lewmanomont, and K. J. Mc- Dermid. 2004. Annotated Check-list of Species of Caulerpa and Caulerpella (Bryopsidales, Caulerpaceae) from Vietnam, Thailand, and the Hawaiian Islands. In Taxonomy of Economic Seaweeds, with Reference to the Pacific and Other Localities, Volume 9, I. A. Abbott and K. J. McDermid, eds., pp. 21–38. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Sea Grant College Program.

Hoek, C. van den. 1958. The Algal Microvegetation in and on Barnacle Shells, Collected along the Dutch and French Coasts. Blumea 9(1): 206–214.

Hoek, C. van den. 1963. Revision of the European Species of Cladophora. 248 pp.Leiden: E. J. Brill.

Hoek, C. van den. C. 1981. Chlorophyta: Morphology and Classification. In The Biology of Seaweeds, C. S. Lobban and M. J. Wynne, eds., pp. 86–132. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Hoek, C. van den. 1982. A Taxonomic Revision of the American Species of Cladophora (Chlorophyceae) in the North Atlantic Ocean and Their Geographic DISTRIBUTION. Verhandelinger der Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afdeling Natuurkunde, Tweede Reeks, Deel 78: 1–236. [Also published Amsterdam: North-Holland Publishing Co. 1982.]

Hoek, C. van den. 1984. The Systematics of the Cladophorales. In Systematics of the Green Algae, D. E. G. Irvine and D. M. John, eds., pp. 157–178. Systematics Association Special Volume, No. 27. London: Academic Press.

Hoek, C. van den, and M. Chihara. 2000. A Taxonomic Revision of the Marine Species of Cladophora (Chlorophyta) along the Coasts of Japan and the Russian Far-East. National Science Museum Monographs, No. 19. 242 pp. Tokyo: National Science Museum.

Hoek, C. van den, and A. Flinterman. 1968. The Life-History of Sphacelaria furcigera Kütz. Blumea 16: 193–242.

Hoek, C. van den, D. G. Mann, and H. M. Jahns. 1995. Algae: An Introduction to Phycology. xiv+1–623 pp. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Hoek, C. van den, and H. B. S. Womersley. 1984. Genus Cladophora Kuetzing 1843: 262, nom. cons. In The Marine Benthic Flora of Southern Australia, Part 1, H. B. S. Womersley, ed., pp. 185–213. Adelaide, South Australia: D. J. Woolman, Government Printer.

Hoeksema, B. W., and C. van den Hoek. 1983. The Taxonomy of Ulva (Chlorophyceae) from the Coastal Region of Roscoff (Brittany, France). Botanica Marina 24(1): 65–86.

Hoffmann, A., and B. Santelices. 1997. Flora Marina de Chile Central. 434 pp. Santiago: Ediciones Universidad Católica de Chile.

Hollenberg, G. J. 1935. A Study of Halicystis ovalis, I. Morphology and Reproduction. American Journal of Botany 22(9): 783–812.

Hollenberg, G. J. 1936. A Study of Halicystic ovalis, II. Periodicity in the Formation of Gametes. American Journal of Botany 23(1): 1–3.

Hollenberg, G. J. 1941. Culture Studies of Marine Algae, II: Hapterophycus canaliculatus S. & G. American Journal of Botany 28(8): 676–683.

Hollenberg, G. J. 1948. Notes on Pacific Coast Marine Algae. Madroño 9(2): 155–162.

Hollenberg, G. J. 1969. An Account of the Ralfsiaceae (Phaeophyta) of California. Journal of Phycology 5(4): 290–301.

Hollenberg, G. J. 1970. Phycological Notes, IV: Including New Marine Algae and New Records for California. Phycologia 9(1): 61–72.

Hollenberg, G. J. 1971. Phycological Notes, VI: New Records, New Combinations, and Noteworthy Observations Concerning Marine Algae of California. Phycologia 10(2–3): 281–290.

Hollenberg, G. J. 1978. Phycological Notes, VIII: Two Brown Algae (Phaeophyta) New to California. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 77(1): 28–35.

Hollenberg, G. J., and I. A. Abbott. 1966. Supplement to Smith’s Marine Algae of the Monterey Peninsula. xii+130 pp. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press.

Hollenberg, G. J., and I. A. Abbott. 1968. New Species of Marine Algae from California. Canadian Journal of Botany 46(10): 1235–1251.

Holmes, E. M. 1896. New Marine Algae from Japan. Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany, 31(215): 248–260, pls. 7–12.

Holmgren, P. K., and N. H. Holmgren. 1998 [continuously updated]. Index Herbariorum: A global directory of public herbaria and associated staff. Bronx, N. Y.: New York Botanical Garden. http://sweetgum.nybg.org/ih/.

Holmgren, P. K., N. H. Holmgren, and L. C. Barnett. 1990. Index Herbariorum, Pt. 1: The Herbaria of the World. 8th ed. x+693 pp. Bronx, N. Y.: International Association of Plant Taxonomy, New York Botanical Garden. [Regnum Vegetabile, No. 121.] Hommersand, M. H. 1972. Taxonomic and Phytogeographic Relationships of Warm Temperate Marine Algae Occurring in Pacific North America and Japan. In Proceedings of the Seventh International Seaweed Symposium, Sapporo, Japan, I. Nozawa, ed., pp. 66–71. Tokyo: University of Tokyo Press.

Hooker, W. J. 1833. The English Flora of Sir James Edward Smith, Class XXIV: Crytpogamia, Volume 5, Part 1: Comprising the Mosses, Hepatiae, Lichens, Characeae and Algae. 2nd ed. x+4+432 pp. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green and Longman. [Listed under J. E. Smith in most libraries. Also published as an identical issue: Hooker, W. J. 1833. The British Flora…. Volume 2, Part 1. 4th ed. London: Longman, Brown, Green and Longman.] Hori, T. 1971. Survey of Pyrenoid Distribution in Brown Algae. The Botanical Magazine (Tokyo) 84(994): 231–242.

Hori, T. 1993. An Illustrated Atlas of the Life History of Algae, Volume 2: Brown and Red Algae. 345 pp. Tokyo: Uchida Rokakuho.

Hori, T., and R. Udea. 1975. The Fine Structure of Algal Chloroplasts and Algal Phylogeny. In Advances of Phycology in Japan, J. Tokida and H. Hirose, eds., pp. 11–42. The Hague: W. Junk.

Hornemann, J. W., ed. 1818. [“Flora danica.”] Icones Plantarum Sponte Nascentium in Regnis Daniae et Norvegiae, in Ducatibus Slesvici et Holsaticae, et in Comitatibus Oldenburgi et Delmenhorstiae; ad Illustrandum Opus de Iisdem Plantis, Region Jussu Exarandum, Flora Danicae Nomine Inscriptum. Volume 9, Fasciculus 27. 11 pp., pls. 1561– 1620. Copenhagen: Hof-Bogtrykker Nicolaus Møller.

Hörnig, I., and R. Schnetter. 1988. Notes on Dictyota dichotoma, D. menstrualis, D. indica and D. pulchella spec. nova (Phaeophyta). Phyton (Austria) 28(2): 277–291. Hörnig, I., R. Schnetter, and W. F. Prud’homme van Reine. 1992a. The Genus Dictyota (Phaeophyceae) in the North Atlantic, I: A New Generic Concept and New Species. Nova Hedwigia 54(1–2): 45–62.

Hörnig, I., R. Schnetter, and W. F. Prud’homme van Reine. 1992b. The Genus Dictyota (Phaeophyceae) in the North Atlantic, II: Key to the Species. Nova Hedwigia 54(3–4): 397–402.

Hörnig, I., R. Schnetter, and W. F.Prud’homme van Reine. 1993. Additional to “The Genus Dictyota (Phaeophyceae) in the North Atlantic, I: A New Generic Concept and New Species.” Correction and Validation of New Combinations in the Genus Dictyota. Nova Hedwigia 56(1–2): 169–171.

Hoshina, R., K. Hasegawa, J. Tanaka, and Y. Hara. 2004. Molecular Phylogeny of the Dictyotaceae (Phaeophyceae) with Emphasis on Their Morphology and Its Taxonomic Implication. Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui) 52(Suppl.): 189–194.

Howe, J. A. 2001. David Gregory Lindquist (1946–2001). Copeia 2001(3): 894–896.

Howe, M. A. 1905. Phycological Studies, II. New Chlorophyceae, New Rhodophyceae and Miscellaneous Notes. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 32(11): 563–586, pls. 23–29.

Howe, M. A. 1911. Phycological Studies, V. Some Marine Algae of Lower California, Mexico. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 38(11): 489–514, pls. 27–34.

Howe, M. A. 1914. The Marine Algae of Peru. Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club 15: 185 pp., pls. 1–66.

Howe, M. A. 1920. Class 2, Algae. In The Bahama Flora, N. L. Britton and C. F. Millspaugh, eds., pp. 553–618. New York: Author.

Howe, M. A., and W. D. Hoyt. 1916. Notes on Some Marine Algae from the Vicinity of Beaufort, North Carolina. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden 6: 105–123, pls. 11–15.

Hudson, W. 1762. Flora Anglica, Exhibens Plantas per Regnum Angliae Sponte Cresentes, Distributes Secundum Systema Sexuale: Cum Differentiis Specierum, Synonymis Auctorum, Nominibus Incolarum, Solo Locorum, Tempore Florendi, Officinalibus Pharmacopoerum. 1st ed. viii+[8]+506+[22, index] pp. London: Impensis auctoris apud J. Nourse, et C. Moran.

Hudson, W. 1778. Flora Anglica, Exhibens Plantas per Regnum Britannia sponte cresentes, distributes Secundum Systema Sexuale Cum Differentiis Specierum, Synonymis Auctorum, Nominibus Incolarum, Solo Locorum, Tempore Florendi, Officinalibus Pharmacopoerum. 2nd ed. Volume 2: Editio Altera, Emendata et Aucta. Pp. [i]+335–690. London: Impensis auctoris apud J. Nourse.

Huerta-M[úzquiz], L. 1960. Especies aprovechables de la flora marina de la costa occidental de Baja California. Acta Politécnica Méxicana 2(10): 401–405.

Huerta-M[úzquiz], L. 1978. Vegetación marina litoral. In Vegetación de México, J. Rzedowski, ed., pp. 328–340. Mexico D. F.: Editorial Limusa, S. A. [Reprinted 1981 and 1983.]

Huerta-M[úzquiz], L., and A. M. Garza Barrientos. 1975. Contibución al conocimiento de la flora de las islas Socorro y San Benedicto del archipiélago Revillagigedo, Colima, México. Boletín Informativo del Instituto de Botánica, Universidad de Guadalajara, Jalisco Suplemento Agricultura, 2(4): 4–16, mapa.

Huerta-Múzquiz, L., and A. C. Mendoza-González. 1985. Algas marinas de la parte sur de la Bahía de la Paz, Baja California Sur. Phytologia 59(1): 35–57.

Huerta-M[úzquiz], L., and J. Tirado-Lizárraga. 1970. Estudio floristico ecológico de las algas marinas de la costa del Gulfo de Tehuantepec, México. Boletin de la Sociedad Botanica de México 31: 113–137.

Huisman, J. M. 2000. Marine Plants of Australia. ix+300 pp. Australian Biological Resources Study. Nedlands, Western Australia: University of Western Australia Press.

Humphrey, H. B. 1961. Makers of North American Botany. xi+265 pp. New York: Ronald Press.

Hüstede, H. 1964. Entwicklungsphysiologische Untersuchungen uber den Generationswechel zwischen Derbesia neglecta Berth. und Bryopsis halymeniae Berth. Botanica Marina 6(2): 134–142.

Hwang I.-K., H.-S. Kim, and W. J. Lee. 2004. Evidence for Taxonomic Status of Pachydictyon coriaceum (Holmes) Okamura (Dictyotales, Phaeophyceae) Based on Morphological and Plastid Protein Coding rbcL, psa A and psa B Gene Sequences. Algae 19(3): 175–190.

Hwang, I.-K., W. J. Lee, H.-S. Kim, and O. De Clerck. 2009. Taxonomic Reappraisal of Dilophus okamurae (Dictyotales, Phaeophyta) from the Western Pacific. Phycologia 48(1): 1–12.

Ibarra-Obando, S. E., and R. Aguilar-Rosas. 1985. Macroalgas flotantes y epífitas asociadas con Zostera marina L. en Bahía San Quintín (B. C., México) durante verano-otoño 1982: Biomasa y composicíon taxonómica. Ciencas Marinas 11(2): 89–104.

Inagaki, K. 1958. A Systematic Study of the Order Chordariales from Japan and Its Vicinity. Scientific Papers of the Institute of Algological Research, Hokkaido University 4(1): 87–197, pls. 1–11.

Issac, W. E. 1957. Some Marine Algae from Xai-Xai. Journal of South Africian Botany 23(3): 75–102, pls. 27–33.

Jeffery, C. 1982. Kingdoms, Codes and Classification. Kew Bulletin 37(3): 403–416.

John, D. M., G. W. Lawson, and G. K. Ameka. 2003. The Marine Macroalgae of the Tropical West Africa Subregion. Beiheft zur Nova Hedwigia 125: 1–217.

John, D. M., W. F. Prud’homme van Reine, G. W. Lawson, T. B. Kostermans, and J. H. Price. 2004. A Taxonomic and Geographical Catalogue of the Seaweeds of the Western Coast of Africa and Adjacent Islands. Beihefte zur Nova Hedwigia 127: 1–139.

Johnson, S. E., S. R. Paterson, J. M. Fletcher, G. H. Girty, D. L. Kimbrough, and A. Martin-Barajas, eds. 2003. Tectonic Evolution of Northwestern México and the Southwestern USA. Geological Society of America Special Paper, No. 374. viii+478 pp. Boulder, Colo.: Geological Society of America.

Joly, A. B. 1965. Flora Marinha do litoral norte do Estado de São Paulo e regiÕes circunvizinhas. Faculdade de Filosofia Ciências e Letras, Universidade de São Paulo, Boletím 294, Serie Botanica, 21: 1–393, pls. 1–59.

Jong, Y. S. D. M. de. 1999. A Review of Nemacystus. In Systematic, Phylogenetic and Biogeographic Studies of Atlantic Seaweeds, Jong, Y.S.D.M. de, pp. 83–112. Leiden, Netherlands: Rijksherbarium/Hortus Botanicus, Leiden University.

Jong, Y. S. D. M. de, and W. F. Prud’homme van Reine. 1997. A Review of the Genus Nemacystus (Spermatochnaceae, Chordariales, Phaeophyceae), Including Phylogenetic and Biogeographical Hypotheses. Nova Hedwigia 64(1/2): 1–40.

Jónsson, S., and S. Puiseux-Dao. 1959. Observations morphologiques relatives á la reproduction chez le Siphonocladus pusillus (Kütz.) Hauck, Siphonocladecées, en culture. Comptes Rendus de l’Académie des Sciences, Paris 249: 1383–1385.

Jürgens, G. H. B. 1817. Algae Aquaticae, quas in Littora Maris Dynastiam Jeveranam et Frisiam Orientalem Alluentis Rejectas, et in Harum Terrarum Aquis Habitantes Collegit et Exsiccavit Georg Heinrich Bernhard Jurgens. Decade 5, Nos. 1–10. Jever: Mettcker.

Kajimura, M. 1992. Vegetative Propagation in Dilophus okamurae and Zonaria flabellata (Dicytotaceae, Phaeophyta). Memoirs of the Faculty of Sciences, Shimane University 26: 95–106.

Kajimura, M. 1993. Vegetative Propagation in Padina crassa Yamada (Dicytotaceae, Phaeophyta) from the Oki Islands. Studies of San’in Region, Shimane University (Natural Environment) 9: 19–25.

Kajimura, M. 1995. Vegetative Propagation in Dictyopteris undulata and Stypopodium zonale (Dictyotaceae, Phaeophyta). Memoirs of the Faculty of Sciences, Shimane University 29: 89–95,

Kawai, H., H. Sasaki, S. Maeba, and E. C. Henry. 2005. Morphology and Molecular Phylogeny of Phaeostrophion irregulare (Phaeophyceae) with a Proposal for Phaeostrophiaceae fam. nov., and a Review of Ishigeaceae. Phycologia 44(2): 169–182.

Kawai, H., S. Shimada, T. Hanyuda, T. Suzuki, and Gamagori City Office. 2007. Species Diversity and Seasonal Changes of Dominant Ulva species (Ulvales, Ulvophyceae) in Mikawa Bay, Japan, Deduced from ITS2 rDNA Region Sequences. Algae 22(3): 221–228.

Keum, Y.-S., J. H. Oak, S. M. Boo, W. F. Prud’homme van Reine, and I. K. Lee. 1999. Sphacelaria californica and S. nova-hollandiae, Two Related Species of the Genus Sphacelaria (Sphacelariales, Phaeophyta). Algae 14(1): 23–35.

Keum, Y.-S., J. H. Oak, S. G. A. Draisma, W. F. Prud’homme van Reine, and I. K. Lee. 2005. Taxonomic Reappraisal of Sphacelaria rigidula and S. fusca (Sphacelariales, Phaeophyceae) Based on Morphology and Molecular Data with Special Reference to S. didichotoma. Algae 20(1): 1–13.

Kim, H.-S., and I. K. Lee. 1992. Morphotaxonomic Studies on the Korean Ectocarpaceae (Phaeophyta), II: Genus Hincksia J. E. Gray. Korean Journal of Phycology 7(2): 243–256.

Kim, H.-S., and I. K. Lee. 1994. Morphotaxonomic Studies on the Korean Ectocarpaceae (Phaeophyta), III: Genus Feldmannia Hamel, Specially Referred to Morphogenesis and Phylogenetic Relationship among Related Genera. Korean Journal of Phycology 9(2): 153–168.

Kitayama, T. 1994. A Taxonomic Study of the Japanese Sphacelaria (Sphacelariales, Phaeophyceae). Bulletin of the National Science Museum, Tokyo, Series B, Botany 20: 37–141.

Kitayama, T. 1996. Brown Algae from Onagawa Bay, Miyagi Pref., Japan. Memoirs of the National Science Museum, Tokyo 29: 223–230.

Kitayama, T. 2006. Brown Algae from the Suzaki Imperial Villa, Suzaki, Shimoda, Japan. Memoirs of the National Science Museum, Tokyo, 40: 7–21.

Kitayama, T., H. Kawai, and T. Yoshida. 1991. Morphological Observations on Sphacelaria californica Sauvageau ex Setchell et Gardner (Sphacelariales, Phaeophyceae), New to Japan. Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui) 39(2): 189–193.

Kitayama, T., H. Kawai, and T. Yoshida. 1992. Dominance of Female Gametophytes in Field Populations of Cutleria cylindrica (Cutleriales, Phaeophyceae) in the Tsugaru Strait, Japan. Phycologia 31(5): 449–461.

Kitayama, T., and T. Yoshida. 1992. First Report of Phaeophila dendroides (P. Crouan et H. Crouan) Batters (Ulvophyceae, Chlorophyta) from Japan. Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui) 40(1): 47–50.

Kjellman, F. R. 1872. Bidrag till Kännedomen om Skandinaviens Ectocarpeer och Tilopterider med två taflor. Akademisk afhandling, som med samtycke af vidtberömda filos. fakulteten I Upsala för filosofiska graden erhållande till offentlig granskning framställes af Frans Reinhold Kjellman … på botanoska lärosalen den 25 Maj 1872. 112 pp., 2 pls. Stockholm: K. L. Beckman.

Kjellman, F. R. 1880. Rhodospermeae o. Fucoideae. In Enumerantur Plantae Scandinaviae Gleerup, C. W. K., ed. Pointsförteckning öfver Skandinaviens växter 4: 2–12.

Kjellman, F. R. 1889. Om Beringhafvets algflora. Kungliga Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens Handlingar 23(8): 1–58, 7 pls.

Kjellman, F. R. 1890. Handbok i Skandinaviens Hafsalgflora, I: Fucoideae med 17 afbildningar i texten. [iv]+103 pp. Stockholm: Oscar L. Lamms Förlag.

Kjellman, F. R. 1891. Phaeophyceae (Fucoideae). In Die natürlichen Pflanzenfamilien nebst ihren Gattungen und wichtigeren Arten insbisondere den Nutzpflanzen unter Mitwirkung zahlreicher hervorragender Fachgelehrten, [Teil] I. Abt. 2, Lieferung 60, H. G. A. Engler and K. A. E. Prantl, eds., pp. 176–192. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.

Kjellman, F. R. 1896 [1893]. Dictyotales. In Die natürlichen Pflanzenfamilien nebst ihren Gattungen und wichtigeren Arten insbisondere den Nutzpflanzen, unter Mitwirkung zahlreicher hervorragender Fachgelehrten, [Teil] 1, Abt. 2, Lieferung 141, H. G. A. Engler and K. A. E. Prantl, eds., pp. 291–297. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Print date on Lieferung (Fasciculus) was “Dec. 1893;” however, the actual publication date was 1896 (see: Stafleu, 1972: 508; Stafleu and Cowan, 1976: 765).] Kjellman, F. R. 1897. Marina chlorophyceer från Japan. Bihang til Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar 23(3), no. 11: 1–44, pls. 1–7.

Kjellman, F.R., and Svedelius, N. 1910. Lithodermataceae. In Die natürlichen Pflanzenfamilien Nachträge zum, Teil 1, Abt. 2, Engler, A. and Prantl, K. eds., pp. 173–176. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.

Kleen, E. A. G. 1874. Om Nordlandens högre hafsalger. Öfversigt af Kongliga Vetenskaps-Adademiens Förhandlingar, Stockholm 31(9): 1–46, pls. IX–X.

Knoepffler-Péguy, M. 1974. Le genre Acinetospora Bornet 1891(Phaeophyceae–Ectocarpales). Vie et Milieu, Série A, 24: 43–72.

Knoepffler-Péguy, M. 1977. Polymorphisme et environment chez les Feldmannia (Ectocarpacées). Revue Algologique, Nouvelle Série, 12: 111–128.

Kobara, T., and M. Chihara. 1980. Laboratory Culture and Taxonomy of Two Species of Halicystis (Class Chlorophyceae) in Japan. Japanese Journal of Phycology Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui) 28(4): 211–217.

Kobara, T., and M. Chihara. 1981. Laboratory Culture and Taxonomy of Two Species of Derbesia (Class Chlorophyceae) in Japan. The Botanical Magazine (Tokyo) 94: 1–10.

Koeman, R. P. T., and C. van den Hoek. 1981. The Taxonomy of Ulva (Chlorophyceae) in the Netherlands. British Phycological Journal 16(1): 9–53.

Koeman, R. P. T., and C. van den Hoek. 1982a. The Taxonomy of Enteromorpha Link, 1820 (Chlorophyceae) in the Netherlands, I: The Section Enteromorpha. Archiv für Hydrobiologie, Supplementband 63. 3(Algological Studies 32): 279–330.

Koeman, R. P. T., and C. van den Hoek. 1982b. The Taxonomy of Enteromorpha Link, 1820 (Chlorophyceae) in the Netherlands, II: The section Prolifera. Cryptogamie, Algologie 3(1), 37–70.

Koeman, R. P. T., and C. van den Hoek. 1984. The Taxonomy of Enteromorpha Link, 1820 (Chlorophyceae) in the Netherlands, III: The Sections Flexuosae and Clathratae, and an Addition to the Section Prolifera. Cryptogamie, Algologie 5(1): 21–61.

Kogame, K. 1996. Morphology and Life History of Scytosiphon canaliculatus comb. nov. (Scytosiphonales, Phaeophyceae) from Japan. Phycological Research 44(2): 85–94.

Kogame, K. 1997a. Sexual Reproduction and Life History of Petalonia fascia (Scytosiphonales, Phaeophyceae). Phycologia 36(5): 389–394.

Kogame, K. 1997b. Life History of Colpomenia sinuosa and Hydroclathrus clathratus (Scytosiphonales, Phaeophyceae). Phycological Research 45(4): 227–231.

Kogame, K. 2001. Life History of Chnoospora implexa (Chnoosporaceae, Phaeophyceae) in Culture. Phycological Research 49(2): 123–128.

Konno, K., and M. Noda. 1980. Some Marine Algae Further Added to the Marine Flora of Akita Prefecture (1). Bulletin of the Niigata College of Pharmacy 3(1): 27–31.

Kooistra, W. H. C. F., J. L. Olsen, W. T. Stam, and C. van den Hoek. 1993. Problems Related to the Species Sampling in Phylogenetic Studies: An Example of Non-monophyly in Cladophoropsis and Struvea (Siphonocladales, Chlorophyta). Phycologia 32(6): 419–428.

Kornmann, P. 1938. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte von Derbesia and Halicystis. Planta 28: 218–233.

Kornmann, P. 1953. Die Formenkreis von Acinetospora crinita (Carm.) nov. comb. Helgoländer Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen 4: 205–224.

Kornmann, P. 1962. Der Lebenszyklus von Desmarestia viridis. Helgoländer Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen 8: 287–292.

Kornmann, P. 1972. Ein Beitrag zur Taxonomie der Gattung Chaetomorpha (Cladophorales, Chlorophyta). Helgoländer Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen 23: 1–31.

Kornmann, P., and P.-H. Sahling. 1983. Meeresalgen von Helgoland: Ergänzung. Helgoländer Meeresuntersuchungen 36:1–65.

Kornmann, P., and P.-H. Sahling. 1985. Erythropeltidaceen (Bangiophyceae, Rhodophyta) von Helgoland. Helgoländer Meeresuntersuchungen 39: 213–236.

Kornmann, P., and P.-H. Sahling. 1988. Die Entwirrung des Botrytella (Sorocarpus)–Komplexes (Ectocarpaceae, Phaeophyta). Helgoländer Meeresuntersuchungen 42: 1–12.

Koster, J. T. 1955. The genus Rhizoclonium in the Netherlands. Pubblicazioni della Stazione Zoologica de Napoli 27: 335–357.

Kraft, G. T. 2000. Marine and Estuarine Benthic Green Algae (Chlorophyta) of Lord Howe Island, South-Western Pacific. Australian Systematic Botany 13(4): 509–648.

Kraft, G. T. 2007. Algae of Australia: Marine Benthic Algae of Lord Howe Island and the Southern Barrier Reef, 1: Green Algae. Canberra: Australian Biological Resources Study.

Kraft, G. T., and I. A. Abbott. 2003. Hydroclathrus (Scytosiphonaceae, Phaeophyceae): Conspectus of the Genus and Proposal of New Species from Australia and Hawaii. Phycological Research 51(4): 244–258.

Kraft, G. T., G. W. Saunders, I. A. Abbott, and H. J. Haroun. 2004. A Uniquely Calcified Brown Alga from Hawaii: Newhousia imbricata gen. et sp. nov. (Dictyotales, Phaeophyceae). Journal of Phycology 40(2): 383–394.

Kraft, G. T., and M. J. Wynne. 1996. Delineation of the Genera Struvea Sonder and Phyllodictyon J. E. Gray (Cladophorales, Chlorophyta). Phycological Research 44(3): 129–142.

Krellwitz, E. C., E. V. Kowallik, and P. S. Manos. 2001. Molecular and Morphological Analyses of Bryopsis (Bryopsidales, Chlorophyta) from the Western North Atlantic and Caribbean. Phycologia 40(4): 330–339.

Kuckuck, P. 1897. Bemerkungen zur marinen Algen-vegetation von Helgoland, II. Helgoländer Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen, Neue Folge, 2: 371–400.

Kuckuck, P. 1899. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Meeresalgen, 5–9. Helgoländer Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen, Neue Folge, 3: 11–81, pls. II(8)-VIII(14).

Kuckuck, P. 1912. Neue Untersuchungen über Nemoderma Schousboe. Helgoländer Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen, Neue Folge, 5: 117–152, pls. 4–6.

Kuckuck, P. (W. Nienburg, editor). 1929. Fragmente einer Monographie der Phaeosporeen. Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen, Series 2, Abt. Helgoländer, 17(4): 1–93.

Kumagae, N. 1969. Morphogenesis in Dictyotales, VII: Gametogenesis of Pachydictyon coriaceum (Holm.) Okamura. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Phycology 17(3): 91–98.

Kuntze, [C. E.] O. 1898. Revisio Generum Plantarum Vascularium Omnium Atque Cellularum Multarum Secundum…. Part 3(3).576 pp. Leipzig: Arthur Felix.

Kützing, F. T. 1834. Algarum Aquae Dulcis Germanicarum, Collegit Fridericus Traugott Kützing. Decade 7, Nos. 61–100. Halis Saxonum. [Exsiccata with printed labels (Sayer, 1969).]

Kützing, F. T. 1843. Phycologia Generalis Oder Anatomie, Physiologie und Systemkunde der Tange…. xvi+1–114+xviixxxii+ 145–458+[1] pp., pls. 1–80. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus.

Kützing, F. T. 1845. Phycologia germanica, d. i. Deutschlands Algen in bündigen Beschreibungen…. x+340 pp. Nordhausen: Wilhelm Köhne.

Kützing, F. T. 1847. Diagnosen und Bemerkungen zu neuen oder kritischen Algen. Botanische Zeitung 5: 1–5, 22–25, 33–38, 52–55, 164–167, 177–180, 193–198, 219–223.

Kützing, F. T. 1849. Species algarum. [i]+vi+922 pp. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus.

Kützing, F. T. 1853. Tabulae phycologicae oder Abbildungen der Tange. Volume 3. Parts 1–2. 28 pp., 100 pls. Nordhausen: Kosten des Verfassers.

Kützing, F. T. 1854. Tabulae phycologicae oder Abbildungen der Tange. Volume 4. Parts 1–2. xvi+23 pp., 100 pls. Nordhausen: Kosten des Verfassers (W. Köhne).

Kützing, F. T. 1855. Tabulae phycologicae oder Abbildungen der Tange. Volume 5. Parts 1–2. ii+30 pp., 100 pls. Nordhausen: Kosten des Verfassers (W. Köhen).

Kützing, F. T. 1856. Tabulae phycologicae oder Abbildungen der Tange. Volume 6. Parts 1–2. ii+30 pp., 100 pls. Nordhausen: Kosten des Verfassers (W. Köhen).

Kützing, F. T. 1859. Tabulae phycologicae oder Abbildungen der Tange. Volume 9. Parts 1–2. viii+42 pp., 100 pls. Nordhausen: Kosten des Verfassers (L. Klincksieck).

Kylin, H. 1917. Über die Entwicklungsgeschichte und die systematische Stellung der Tilopterideen. Berichte der Deutschen Botanischen Gesellschaft 35: 298–310.

Kylin, H. 1933. Über die Entwicklungsgeschichte der Phaeophyceen. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, Ny Följd, Andra Afdelningen 2, 29(7), 1–102, pls. 1–2. [Also issued as Kungliga Fysiografiska Sällskapets Handlingar, Ny Följd 44(7), 1–102, pls. 1–2.

Kylin, H. 1938. Über die Chlorophyceengattungen Entocladia und Ectochaete. Botaniska Notiser 91: 67–76.

Kylin, H. 1940. Die Phaeophyceenordnung Chordariales. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, Ny Följd, Andra Afdelningen 2, 36(9), 1–67, pls. 1–8. [Also issued as Kungliga Fysiografiska Sällskapets Handlingar, Ny Följd 51(9), 1–67, pls. 1–8. ]

Kylin, H. 1947a. Die Phaeophyceen der schwedischen Westküste. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, Ny Följd, Andra Afdelningen 2, 43(4), 1–99, 18 pls.

Kylin, H. 1947b. Über die Fortpflanzungsverhältnisse in der Ordung Ulvales. Kungliga Fysiografiska Sällskapets i Lund Förhandlingar 17: 174–182.

Kylin, H. 1956. Die Gattungen der Rhodophyceen. xv+673 pp. Lund: C. W. K. Gleerups Förlag. La Claire, J. W. II, and J. A. West. 1977. Virus-Like Particles in the Brown Alga Streblonema. Protoplasma 93(1): 127–130.

La Claire, J. W. II, and J. A. West. 1978. Light- and Electron- Microscopic Studies of Growth and Reproduction in Cutleria (Phaeophyta), I: Gametogenesis in the Female Plant of C. hancockii. Protoplasma 97(2–3): 93–110.

La Claire, J. W. II, and J. A. West. 1979. Light- and Electron- Microscopic Studies of Growth and Reproduction in Cutleria (Phaeophyta), II: Gametogenesis in the Male Plant of C. hancockii. Protoplasma 101(4): 247–267.

La Claire, J. W. II, G. C. Zuccarello, and T. Shun. 1997. Adundant Plasmid-Like DNA in Various Members of the Orders Siphonocladales and Cladophorales (Chlorophyta). Journal of Phycology 33(5): 830–837.

Lagerheim, G. 1883. Bidrag till Sveriges algflora. Öfversigt Kongliga Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens Förhandlingar 40(1/2): 37–78.

Lam, D. W., and F. W. Zechman. 2006. Phylogenetic Analyses of the Bryopsidales (Ulvophyceae, Chlorophyta) Based on Rubisco Large Subunit Gene Sequences. Journal of Phycology 42(3): 669–678.

Lamouroux, J. V. F. 1809a. Exposition des charactères du genre Dictyota, et tableau des espèces qu’il renferme. Journal de Botanique [Desvaux] 2: 38–44.

Lamouroux, J. V. F. 1809b. Mémoire sur trois nouveaux generes de la famille des algues marines. Journal de Botanique [Desvaux] 2: 129–135, pls. I, III: Fig. 1.

Lamouroux, J. V. F. 1809c. Mémoire sur les Caulerpes, nouveau genre de la famille des Algues marines. Journal de Botanique [Desvaux] 2: 136–146, pls. II, III: Figs. 2–3.

Lamouroux, J. V. F. 1809d. Observations sur la physiologie des algues marines, et description de cinq nouveaux genres de cette famille. Nouveau Bulletin des Sciences, Publie par la Société Philomatique de Paris 1: 330–333, pl. 6.

Lamouroux, J. V. F. 1812. Extrait d’un mémoire sur la classification des Polypiers coralligènes non entièrement pierreux. Nouveau Bulletin des Sciences, Publie par la Société Philomatique de Paris 3: 181–188.

Lamouroux, J. V. F. 1813. Essai sur les genres de la famille des Thalassiophytes non articulées…. Annales du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris 20: 21–47, 115–139, 267–293, pls. 7–13.

Lamouroux, J. V. F. 1816. Histoire des polypiers coralligènes flexibles, vulgairement nommés zoophytes…. lxxxiv+559+[1, errata] pp., [1] chart, XIX pls. Caen: F. Poisson.

Lavín, M. F., R. Durazo, E. Palacios, E. Argote, and L. Carrillo. 1997. Lagrangian Observations of the Circulation in the Northern Gulf of California. Journal of Physical Oceanography 27(10): 2298–2305.

Lavín, M. F., V. M. Godínez, and L. G. Álvarez. 1998. Inverse- Estuarine Features of the Upper Gulf of California. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 47(6): 769–795.

Lavín, M. F., and S. G. Marinone. 2003. An Overview of the Physical Oceanography of the Gulf of California. In Nonlinear Processes in Geophysical Fluid Dynamics, O. U. Velasco, J. Sheinbaum, and J. Ochoa, eds., pp. 173–204. New York: Springer.

Lawson, G. W., and D. M. John. 1987. The Marine Algae and Coastal Environment of Tropical West Africa (Second Edition). Beiheft zur Nova Hedwigia 93: vi, 1–415.

Lee, E.-Y., I. K. Lee, and H.-G. Choi. 2003. Morphological and Nuclear Small-Subunit rDNA Sequences of Ishige (Ishigeaceae, Phaeophyceae) and Its Phylogenetic Relationship among Selected Brown Algal Orders. Botanica Marina 46(2): 193–201.

Lee, M. K., G. H. Boo, R. Riosmena-Rodriguez, J. A. Shin, and S. M. Boo. 2009. Classification of the Genus Ishige in the North Pacific Ocean with Recognition of Ishigea foliacea based on Plastid rbcL and Mitochondrial cox3 Gene Sequences. Journal of Phycology, DOI: 10.1111/j.1529-8817.2009.00704.x Lee, R. K. 1999. Phycology. x+614 pp. 3rd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Lee, Y.-P., and S. Kang. 2001. A Catalogue of the Seaweeds in Korea. [8]+1–662 pp. Jeju, Korea: Cheju National University Press.

Lee, Y.-P. 2008. Marine Algae of Jeju. [i]–xvi, 1–177 pp., 1 map. Seoul, Korea: Academy Publication.

Leipe, D. D., P. O. Wainright, J. H. Gunderson, D. Porter, D. J. Patterson, F. Valois, S. Himmerich, and M. L. Sogin. 1994. The Stramenopiles from a Molecular Perspective: 16S-like rRNA Sequences from Labyrinthuloides minuta and Cafeteria roenbergensis. Phycologia 33(5): 369–377.

Le Jolis, A. 1863. Liste des algues marines de Cherbourg. Mémoires de la Société Impériale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg 10: 5–168, pls. 1–6.

Leliaert, F. 2004. Taxonomic and Phylogenetic Studies in the Cladophorophyceae (Chlorophyta). iv+294 pp. Ph.D. diss. Universiteit Gent, Ghent, Belgium.

Leliaert, F., and E. Coppejans. 2003. The Marine Species of Cladophora (Chlorophyta) from the South African East Coast. Nova Hedwigia 76(1–2): 45–82.

Leliaert, F., and E. Coppejans. 2004. Crystalline Cell Inclusions: A New Diagnostic Character in the Cladophorophyceae (Chlorophyta). Phycologia 43(2): 189–203.

Leliaert, F., and E. Coppejans. 2006. A Revision of Cladophoropsis Børgesen (Siphonocladales, Chlorophyta). Phycologia 45(6): 657–679.

Leliaert, F., and E. Coppejans. 2007. Systematics of Two Deep- Water Species from the Indo-West Pacific: Struvea gardineri A. Gepp & E. Gepp and Phyllodictyon orientale (A. Gepp & E. Gepp) Kraft & M. J. Wynne (Siphonocladales, Chlorophyta). Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 153: 115–132.

Leliaert, F., O. De Clerck, H. Verbruggen, C. Boedeker, and E. Coppejans. 2007. Molecular Phylogeny of the Siphonocladales (Chlorophyta: Cladophorophyceae). Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 44(3): 1237–1256.

Leliaert, F., F. Rousseau, B. de Reviers, and E. Coppejans. 2003. Phylogeny of the Cladophorophyceae (Chlorophyta) Inferred from Partial LSU rRNA Gene Sequences: Is the Recognization of a Separate Order Siphonocladales Justified? European Journal of Phycology 38(3): 233–246.

Leliaert, F., B. Wysor, H. Verbruggen, C. Vlaeminck, and O. De Clerck. 2008. Phyllodictyon robustum (Setchell et Gardner) comb. nov. (Siphonocladales, Chlorophyta), a Morphologically Variable Species from the Tropical Pacific Coast of America. Cryptogamie, Algologie 29(3); 217–233.

León-Álvarez, D., and J. González-González. 1993. Algas costrosas del Pacífico Tropical. In Biodiversidad Marina y Costera de México, S. I. Salazar-Vallejo and N. E. González, eds., pp. 456–474. Mexico City: Comisión Nacional para el Conocimientoy Aprovechamiento de la Biodiversidad, y Centro de Investigaciones de Quintana Roo.

León-Álvarez, D., and J. González-González. 1995. Characterization of the Environmental Distribution and Morphs of Ralfsia hancockii Dawson (Phaeophyta) in the Mexican Tropical Pacific. Botanica Marina 38(4): 359–367.

León-Álvarez, D., and J. González-González. 2003. The Morphological Distinction of Ralfsia expansa and R. hancockii (Ralfsiaceae, Phaeophyta) from Mexico. Phycologia 42(6): 613–621.

León-Álvarez, D., and J. N. Norris. 2004. Terminology and Position of Reproductive Structures in Crustose Brown Algae: Misapplication, Confusion and Clarification. Cryptogamie, Algologie 26(1): 91–102.

León-Álvarez, D., E. Servière-Zaragoza, and J. González-González. 1997. Description of the Tetrasporangial Crustose and Gametangial Erect Phases of Ahnfeltiopsis gigartinoides (J. Ag.) Silva et DeCew (Rhodophyta, Phyllophoraceae) in Bahía de Banderas, México. Botanica Marina 40(4): 397–404.

León-Portillo, M. 1972. Descubrimiento en 1540 y primeras noticias de la isla de Cedros. Calafia (Revista Universidad Autónoma de Baja California) 2(1): 8–10.

León-Portillo, M. 1995. La California mexicana: Ensayos acerca de su historia. México. 308 pp. México D. F.: Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México.

León-Tejera, H. P., D. Fragoso, D. León-Álvarez, C. Candelaria, E. Servière, and J. González-González. 1993. Characterization of Tide Pool Algae in the Mexican Tropical Pacific Coast. Hydrobiologia 260/261: 197–205.

León-Tejera, H. P., and J. González-González. 1993. Macroalgas de Oaxaca. In Biodiversidad Marina y Costera de México, S. I. Salazar-Vallejo and N. E. González, eds., pp. 486–498. Mexico City: Comisión Nacional para el Conocimiento y Aprovechamiento de la Biodiversidad, y Centro de Investigaciones de Quintana Roo.

León-Tejera, H. P., and J. González-González. 1994. New Reports of Macroalgae from the Coast of Oaxaca, México. Botanica Marina 37(5): 491–494.

León-Tejera, H. P., and J. González-González. 2000. Macroalgal Communities from Laguna Superior, Oaxaca. In Aquatic Ecosystems of Mexico: Status and Scope, M. Munawar, S. G. Lawrence, I. F. Munawar, and D. F. Malley, eds., pp. 323–334. Ecovision World Monograph Series. Leiden: Backhuys Publishers.

Lepley, L. K., S. P. Vonder-Haar, J. R. Hendrickson, and G. Calderon-Riveroll. 1975. Circulation in the Northern Gulf of California from Orbital Photographs and Ship Investigations. Ciencias Marinas 2(2): 86–93.

Lercari, D., and E. A. Chávez. 2007. Possible Causes Related to Historic Stock Depletion of the totoaba, Totoaba macdonaldi (Perciformes: Sciaenidae), Endemic to the Gulf of California. Fisheries Research 86 (2–3): 136–142.

Leskinen, E., and P. Pamilo. 1997. Evolution of the ITS Sequences of Ribosomal DNA in Enteromorpha (Chlorophyceae). Hereditas 126(1): 17–13.

Levring, T. 1938. Verzeichnis einiger Chlorophyceen und Phaeophyceen von Südafrika. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, Ny Följd 2, 34(9): 1–25, 4 pls.

Levring, T. 1939. Über die Phaeophyceengattungen Myriogloia Kuck. und Haplogloia nov. gen. Botaniska Notiser 1939: 40–52.

Levring, T. 1941. Die Meeresalgen der Juan Fernandez-Inseln. In Volume 2: Botany, C. Skottsberg, ed., pp. 601–670, pls. 49–53, The Natural History of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. Uppsala: Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri.

Levring, T. 1960. Contributions to the Marine Algal Flora of Chile. Reports of the Lund University Chile Expedition 1948–49, no. 39. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, Ny Följd 2, 56(10): 1–83+[2].

Lewbel, G. S., A. Wolfso, T. Gerrodettte, W. H. Lippincott, J. L. Wilson, and M. M. Littler. 1981. Shallow-Water Benthic Communities on California’s Outer Continental Shelf. Marine Ecology Progress Series 4: 159–168.

Lewis, J. E., and J. N. Norris. 1987. A History and Annotated Account of the Benthic Marine Algae of Taiwan. Smithsonian Contributions to the Marine Sciences, No. 29: iv+38 pp. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press.

Lewis, L. A., and R. M. McCourt. 2004. Green Algae and the Origin of Land Plants. American Journal of Botany 91(10): 1535–1556.

Lewis, L. R. 1971. Baja Sea Guide, Volume 2: Covering the Waters of Baja California from San Diego to Cabo San Lucas, to San Felipe, Including All the Offshore and Oceanic Islands. 368 pp. San Franciso: Miller Freeman Publications.

Lewis, R. J., J. N. Norris, and J. W. Markham. 1994. In Memoriam: Michael Neushul, Jr. (1933–1993). Phycologia 33(3): 219–224.

Lewis, S. M., J. N. Norris, and R. B. Searles. 1987. The Regulation of Morphological Plasticity in Tropical Reef Algae by Herbivory. Ecology 68(3): 636–641.

Liebmann, F. M. (edited by A. S. Ørsted). 1869. Chênes de l’Amérique tropicale. Iconographie des espèces nouvelles ou peu connues. Ouvrage posthume de F. M. Liebmann. Achevé et augmentée d’un apercu sur la classification des chênes en general par A. S. Ørsted. [iv]+x+29+[1] pp., pls. A–K, 1–17. Leipzig: Léopold Voss et al.

Lightfoot, J. 1777a. Flora scotica: Or, a Systematic Arrangement, in the Linnaean Method, of the Native Plants of Scotland and the Hebrides … 1st ed. Volume 1. xli+530 pp., pls. 1–23. London: Printed for B. White.

Lightfoot, J. 1777b. Flora scotica: Or, a Systematic Arrangement, in the Linnaean Method, of the Native Plants of Scotland and the Hebrides … 1st ed. Volume 2. Pp. [l]+531–1151+[24], pls. 24–35. London: Printed for B. White.

Lim, P.-E., M. Sakaguchi, T. Hanyuda, K. Kogame, S.-M. Phang, and H. Kawai. 2007. Molecular Phylogeny of Crustose Brown Algae (Ralfsiales, Phaeophyceae) Inferred from rbcL Sequences Resulting in the Proposal for Neoralfsiaceae fam. nov. Phycologia 46(4): 456–466.

Lindsay, G. E. 1955. Notes Concerning the Botanical Explorers and Exploration of Lower California, México. Stanford University, Biology 199 (Winter Quarter), unpublished mimeo. Library, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.

Lindsay, G. E. 1983. History of Scientific Exploration in the Sea of Cortéz. In Island Biogeography in the Sea of Cortéz, T. J. Case and M. L. Cody, eds., pp. 3–12. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Lindsay, G. E., and I. Engstrand. 2002. History of Scientific Exploration in the Sea of Cortés. In A New Island Biogeography of the Sea of Cortés, T. J. Case, M. L. Cody, and E. Ezcurra, eds., pp. 3–13. New York: Oxford University Press.

Link, [J.] H. F. 1820. Epistola ad Virum Celeberrimum Nees ad Esenbeck … de Algis Aquaticis, in Genera Disponendis. In Horae Physicae Berolinenses …, C. G. D. Nees von Esenbeck, ed., pp. 1–8, pl. 1. Bonn: Adolphi Marcus.

Link, [J.] H. F. 1832. Über die Pflanzenzenthiere überhaupt und die dazu gerechneten Gewächse besonders. Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin 1830: 109–123.

Link, [J.] H. F. 1833. Handbuch zur Erkennung der nutzbarsten und am häufigsten vorkommenden Gewächse…. xviii+536 pp. Volume 3. (Part 3) Berlin: S. J. Joseephy.

Linnaeus, C. 1753. Species Plantarum, Exhibentes Plantas Ritr Cognitas, ad Genera Relatas, cum Differentiis Specificas, Nominibus Trivialibus, Synonymis Selectis, Locis Natalibus, Secundum Systema Sexuale Digestas. 1st ed. Volume 2. [I]+561–1200+[30, index]+[1, errata] pp. Holmiae [Stockholm]: Impensis Laurentii Salvii.

Linnaeus, C. 1755. Flora Svecica [Suecica] Exhibens Plantas per Regnum Sveciae Crescents, Systematice cum Differentiis Specierum Synonymis Autorum Nominibus Incolarum Solo Locorum usu Pharmacopaeorum. Editio Secunda Aucta et Emendata…. [iv]+xxxii+464+[30, index] pp., 1 pl. Stockholm: Sumtu and literis Laurentii Salvii.

Linnaeus, C. 1771. Carolo a Linné Mantissa plantarum [2] altera. Generum ed. 6 and Specierum ed. 2. Pp. [vi]+143– 587+[588]. Stockholm: Impensis Laurentii Salvii.

Lipkin, Y., and P. C. Silva. 2002. Marine Algae and Seagrasses of the Dahlak Archipelago, Southern Red Sea. Nova Hedwigia 75(1): 1–90.

Littler, M. M., and K. E. Arnold. 1982. Primary Productivity of Marine Macroalgal Functional-Form Groups from Southwestern North America. Journal of Phycology 18(3): 307–311.

Littler, M. M., and D. S. Littler. 1981. Intertidal Macrophyte Communities from Pacific Baja California and the Upper Gulf of California: Relatively Constant vs. Environmentally Fluctuating Systems. Marine Ecology Progress Series 4: 145–158.

Littler, M. M., and D. S. Littler. 1984. Relationships between Macroalgal Function Form Groups and Substrata Stability in a Subtropical Rocky-Intertidal System. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 74(1): 13–34.

Littler, M. M., D. S. Littler, S. M. Blair, and J. N. Norris. 1985. Deepest Known Plant Life Discovered on an Uncharted Seamount. Science 227(4682): 57–59. Littler, M. M., D. S.

Littler, S. M. Blair, and J. N. Norris. 1986. Deep-Water Plant Communities from an Uncharted Seamount off San Salvador, Bahamas: Distribution, Abundance, and Primary Productivity. Deep-Sea Research 33(7): 881–892.

Lluch-Cota, S.E. 2000. Coastal Upwelling in the Eastern Gulf of California. Oceanologica Acta, 23(6):731–740.

Lluch-Cota, D. B., A. Castellanos-Vera, J. Llinas-Contreras, and A. Ortega-Rubio. 1993. La reserve de la biosfera El Vizcaíno. In Biodiversidad Marina y Costera de México, S. I. Salazar- Vallejo and N. E. González, eds., pp. 358–388. Mexico City: Comisión Nacional para el Conocimiento y Aprovechamiento de la Biodiversidad, y Investigaciones de Quintana Roo.

Lockhart, J. C. 1982. Influence of Light, Temperature and Nitrogen on Morphogenesis of Desmotrichum undulatum (J. Agardh) Reinke (Phaeophyta, Punctariaceae). Phycologia 21(3): 264–272.

Loiseaux, S. 1967. Recherches sur les cycles de développement des Myrionémacées, I-II: Hécatonématées et Myrionématées. Revue Génerales de Botanica 74: 529–577, pls. 1–2.

Loiseaux, S. 1968. Recherches sur les cycles de développement des Myrionémacées, III: Tribu des Ralfsiées, [and] IV: Conclusions générales. Revue Génerales de Botanica 75: 295–318.

Loiseaux, S. 1969. Sur une espèce de Myriotrichia obtenue en culture à partir de zoïdes d’Hecatonema maculans Sauv. Phycologia 8(1): 11–15.

Loiseaux, S. 1970a. Streblonema anomalum S. & G. and Compsonema sporangiferum S. & G., Stages in the Life History of a Minute Scytosiphon. Phycologia 9(2): 185–191.

Loiseaux, S. 1970b. Notes on Several Myrionemataceae from California Using Culture Studies. Journal of Phycology 6(3): 248–260.

López, M., J. Candela, and M. L. Argote. 2006. Why Does the Ballenas Channel Have the Coldest SST in the Gulf of California? Geophysical Research Letters, 33, L11603. doi:10.1029/2006GL025908.

López, N., D. Rodríguez, and C. Candelaria-Silva. 2004. Intraspecific Morphological Variation in Turf-Forming Algal Species. Universidad y Ciencia (Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco), número especial 1: 7–15.

López, N., D. Rodríguez, C. Candelaria-Silva, and J. González- González. 2000. Subtidal macroalgal communities of Acapulco and Zihuatanejo, Guerrero, México. In Aquatic Ecosystems of Mexico: Status and Scope, Munawar, M., S. G. Lawrence, I. F. Munawar, and D. F. Malley, eds., pp. 335–351. Ecovision World Monograph Series, Leiden: Backhuys Publishers.

Lyngbye, H. C. 1819. Tentamen Hydrophytologiae Danicae Continens Omina Hydrophyta Cryptogama Daniae, Holsatiae, Faeroae, Islandiae, Groenlandiae Hucusque Cognita, Systematice Disposita, Descripata et Iconibus Illustrata, Adjectis Simul Speciebus Norvegicis. xxxii+248 pp., 70 pls. Copenhagen: Typis Schultzianis.

Mahendran, M., S. Samasundarun, and R. M. Thomson. 1979. A Revised Structure from Caulerpicin from Caulerpa racemosa. Phytochemistry 18(4): 1085–1086.

Maiti, B. C., R. H., Thomson, and M. Mahendran. 1978. The Structure of Caulerpin, a Pigment from Caulerpa Algae. Journal of Chemical Research, Part S (Synopsis), 4: 126–127.

Maluf, L. Y. 1983. The Physical Oceanography. In Island Biogeography in the Sea of Cortéz, T. J. Case and M. L. Cody, eds., pp. 26–45. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Margulis, L., J. O. Corliss, M. Melkonian, and D. J. Chapman. 1990. Handbook of Protoctista: The Structure, Cultivation, Habitats and Life Histories of Eukaryotic Microorganisms and Descendants Exclusive of Animals, Plants and Fungi. 914 pp. Boston: Jones & Bartlett.

Margulis, L., and K. V. Schwartz. 1998. Five Kingdoms: An Illustrated Guide to the Phyla of Life on Earth. 3rd ed. 520 pp. New York: W. H. Freeman.

Marinone, S. G. 2007. A Note on “Why Does the Ballenas Channel Have the Coldest SST in the Gulf of California?” Geophysical Research Letters 34: L02607, doi:10.1029/2006GL028589

Marinone, S. G., and M. F. Lavín. 1997. Mareas y Corrientes Residuales en el Golfo de California. In Contribuciones a la Oceanografía Física en México, M. F. Lavín, ed., pp. 113–139, Monografía 3. Ensenada, Baja California: Unión Geofísica Mexicana.

Martens, G. [M.] von. 1868 [1866]. Die Tange. In Die Preussische Expedition nach Ost-Asien. Nach amtlichen Quellen. Botanischer Theil. [iii]+152 pp., 8 pls. Berlin: Ober-Hofbuchdruckerei, R.v. Decker.

Martínez-Díaz de León, A., I. Pacheco-Ruíz, F. Delgadillo-Hinojosa, J. A. Zertuche-González, A. Chee-Barragán, R. Blanco-Betancourt, J. M. Guzmán-Calderón, and A. Gálvez-Telles. 2006. Spatial and Temporal Variability of the Surface Temperature in the Ballenas-Salsipuedes Channel (Central Gulf of California). Journal of Geophysical Research, 111, C02008, doi:10.1029/2005JC002940.

Martínez-Lozano, S., R. J. Bernal-Fematt, and M. A. Escalante- Cavazos. 1991. Algas marinas de algunas localidades de Baja California Sur, Sinaloa y Sonora, México. Biotam 3(2): 15–40.

Masuda, M. 1982. A Systematic Study of the Tribe Rhodomeleae (Rhodomelaceae, Rhodophyta). Journal of the Faculty of Science, Hokkaido University, Series 5, Botany 12: 209– 400, pls. 1–28.

Mateo-Cid, L. E., and A. C. Mendoza-González. 1991. Algas marinas bénticas de la costa del estado de Colima, México. Acta Botánica Mexicana 13: 9–30.

Mateo-Cid, L. E., and A. C. Mendoza-González. 1992. Algas marinas bentónicas de la costa sur de Nayarit, México. Acta Botánica Mexicana 20: 13–28.

Mateo-Cid, L. E., and A. C. Mendoza-González. 1993. Algas marinas poco conocidas de la flora Mexicana, X: Derbesia marina (Lyngbye) Solier y D. prolifera W. Taylor (Chlorophyta. Bryopsidaceae). Anales de la Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biológicas, México 38: 9–16.

Mateo-Cid, L. E., and A. C. Mendoza-González. 1994a. Estudio florístico de las algas bentónicas de Bahía Asunción, Baja California Sur, México. Ciencias Marinas 20(1): 41–64.

Mateo-Cid, L. E., and A. C. Mendoza-González. 1994b. Algas marinas bentónicas de Todos Santos, Baja California Sur, México. Acta Botánica Mexicana 29: 32–47.

Mateo-Cid, L. E., and A. C. Mendoza-González. 1997. Nuevos registros de algas marinas para Oaxaca, México. Polibotánica 4: 54–74.

Mateo-Cid, L. E., and A. C. Mendoza-González. 2003 [2001]. Algas marinas bentónicas de la costa de Oaxaca, México. Anales de la Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biológicas, México, 47: 11–26.

Mateo-Cid, L. E., A. C. Mendoza-González, R. Aguilar-Rosas, and L. E. Aquilar-Rosas. 2006. Algas marinas bentónicas de Puerto Peñasco, Sonora, México. Hidrobiológica 16: 45–65.

Mateo-Cid, L. E., A. C. Mendoza-González, C. Galicia-García, and L. Huerta-Múzquiz. 2000a. Contribución al estudio de las algas marina bentónicas de Punta Arena y Cabo Pulmo, Baja California Sur, México. Acta Botánica Mexicana 52: 55–73.

Mateo-Cid, L. E., A. C. Mendoza-González, L. Huerta-Múzquiz, R. Aguilar-Rosas, and L. E. Aquilar-Rosas. 2000b. La familia Dictyotaceae (Dictyotales, Phaeophyta) en la Península de Baja California, México. Anales de la Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biológicas 46: 189–270.

Mateo-Cid, L. E., I. Sánchez-Rodríguez, Y. E. Rodríguez-Montesinos, and M. M. Casas-Valdez. 1993. Estudio floristico de las algas marinas bentónicas de Bahía Concepción, B. C. S., México. Ciencias Marinas 19(1): 41–60.

Mattox, K. R., and K. D. Stewart. 1984. Classification of the Green Algae: A Concept Based on Comparative Cytology. In Systematics of the Green Algae, D. E. G. Irvine and D. M. John, eds., pp. 29–72. Systematics Association Special Volume, No. 27. London: Academic Press.

Mazé, H., and A. Schramm. 1878 [1870–1877]. Essai de Classification des Algues de la Guadeloupe. 2nd ed. XIX+283+III pp. Basse-Terre, Guadeloupe: Imprimerie du Gouvernement.

McClatchie, A. J. 1897. Seedless Plants of Southern California. Proceedings of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 1(5): 337–395.

McClintock, M., N. Higinbotham, E. G. Uribe, and R. E. Cleland. 1982. Active, Irreversible Accumulation of Extreme Levels of H2SO4 in the Brown Alga, Desmarestia. Plant Physiology 70(3): 771–774.

McCourt, R. M. 1984a. Seasonal Patterns of Abundance, Distributions, and Phenology in Relation to Growth Strategies of Three Species of Sargassum. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 74(2): 141–156.

McCourt, R. M. 1984b. Niche Differences between Sympatric Sargassum Species in the Northern Gulf of California. Marine Biology Progress Series 18: 139–148.

McCourt, R. M. 1993. In Memoriam: Robert W. Hoshaw. Phycologia 32(6): 471.

McEnroe, F. J., K. J. Robertson, and W. H. Fenical. 1977. Diterpenoid Synthesis in Brown Seaweeds of the Family Dictyotaceae. In Marine Natural Products Chemistry, D. J. Faulkner and W. H. Fenical, eds., pp. 179–189. New York: Plenum Press.

McNeill, J., F. R. Barrie, H. M. Burdet, V. Demoulin, D. L. Hawksworth, K. Marhold, D. H. Nicolson, J. Prado, P. C. Silva, J. E. Skog, H. Wiersema, and N. J. Turland. 2006. International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code). xviii+568 pp. Regnum Vegetabile, No. 146. Ruggell, Lichenstein: A. R. G. Gantner Verlag K.-G.

McVaugh, R. 1956. Edward Palmer, Plant Explorer of the American West. xvii+430 pp. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press.

Medlin, L. K., A. Cooper, C. Hill, S. Wrieden, and U. Wellbrock. 1995. Phylogenetic Position of the Chromista Plastids Based on Small Subunit rRNA Coding Regions. Current Genetics 28(6): 560–565.

Medlin, L. K., W. H. C. F. Kooistra, D. Potter, G. W. Saunders, and R. A. Andersen. 1997. Phylogenetic Relationships of the “Golden Algae” (Haptophytes, Heterokont Chromophytes) and Their Chloroplasts. In Origins of the Algae and Their Plastids, D. Bhattacharya, ed, pp. 187–219. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Mendoza-González, A. C., and L. E. Mateo-Cid. 1985. Contribución al estudio florístico ficológica de la costa occidental de Baja California, México. Phytologia 59(1): 17–33.

Mendoza-González, A. C., and L. E. Mateo-Cid. 1986. Flora marinas bentónica de la costa noroeste del estado de Sonora, México. Phytologia 60(6): 414–427.

Mendoza-González, A. C., and L. E. Mateo-Cid. 1992. Estudio preliminar de las algas marinas bentónicas de la costa de Jalisco, México. Anales de la Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biológicas, México 37(1–4): 9–25.

Mendoza-González, A. C., and L. E. Mateo-Cid. 1996. Contribución al estudio de la ficoflora marina de la costa del estado de Chiapas, México. Polibotánica 2: 61–118.

Mendoza-González, A. C., and L. E. Mateo-Cid. 1998. Avance de un studio sobre las macroalgas marinas de Guerrero y Oaxaca, México. Ciencia y Mar 3(Enero-Abril): 15–29.

Mendoza-González, A. C., and L. E. Mateo-Cid. 1999. Adiciones a la ficoflora marina bentónica de las costas Oaxaca, México. Polibotánica 10: 39–58.

Mendoza-González, A. C., and L. E. Mateo-Cid. 2005. El género Dictyopteris J. V. Lamouroux (Dictyotales, Phaeophyceae) en las costas de México. Hidrobiológica 15(1): 43–63.

Mendoza-González, A. C., L. E. Mateo-Cid, R. Aguilar-Rosas, and L. E. Aguilar-Rosas. 1999. Algas marinas bentónicas de Punta San Isidro, Baja California, México. Anales de la Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biológicas, México 45(1–4): 51–67.

Mendoza-González, A. C., L. E. Mateo-Cid, R. Aguilar-Rosas, and L. E. Aguilar-Rosas. 2000. La familia Sphacelariaceae (Sphacelariales, Phaeophyta) en las costas de México. Polibotánica 11: 21–48.

Mendoza-González, A. C., L. E. Mateo-Cid, and L. Huerta- Múzquiz. 1994. Algas marinas bentónicas de Mazatlán, Sinaloa, México. Acta Botánica Mexicana 27: 99–115.

Meneghini, G. [G. A.]. 1840. Lettera del Prof. Giuseppe Meneghini al Dottore Jacob Corinaldi a Pisa. [4] pp. Pisa: Tipografia Prosperi.

Meneghini, G. [G. A.]. 1842. Alghe italiane e dalmatiche. Fasciculus 1–3. Pp. [1–3]-4–255, pls. 1–4. Padua: Tipografa di Angelo Sicca.

Menzel, D. 1980. Plug Formation and Peroxydase Accumulation in Two Orders of Siphonous Green Algae (Caulerpales and Dasycladales) in Relation to Fertilization and Injury. Phycologia 19(1): 7–48.

Menzel, D. 1988. How Do Giant Plant Cells Cope with Injury?— The Wound Response in Siphonous Green Algae. Protoplasma 144(2-3): 73–91.

Migita, S., and T. Yotsui. 1972. Experimental Studies on the Propagation of Nemacystus decipiens, I: On the Life Cycle of Nemacystus decipiens. Bulletin of the Faculty of Fisheries, Nagasaki University 34: 51–62.

Migula, W. 1908. Kryptogamen-Flora von Deutschland, Deutsch-Österreich und der Schweiz im Anschluss an Thomé’s Flora von Deutschland bearbeitet von Dr. W. Migula…., Volume 2: Algen Pt. 2(no. 2), Teil: Rhodophyceae, Phaeophyceae, Characeae. Pp. [ii–iv]+1–276, 126 pls. Berlin: Hugo Bermühler Verlag.

Möbius, M. 1889. Bearbeitung der von H. Schenck in Brasilien gesammelten Algen. Hedwigia 28: 309–347, pls. 10–11.

Moe, R. L., and P. C. Silva. 1977. Sporangia in the Brown Algal Genus Desmarestia with Special Reference to Antarctic D. ligulata. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Phycology (Sôrui) 25(Supplement memorial issue Yamada): 159–167.

Moe, R. L., and P. C. Silva. 1989. Desmarestia antacrtica (Desmarestiales, Phaeophyceae), a New Ligulate Antarctic Species with an Endophytic Gametophyte. Plant Systematics and Evolution 164(1–4): 273–283.

Moestrup, Ø. 1992. The Algal Classes. In Proceedings of the Symposium on Culture Collection of Algae, 4, M. M. Watanabe, ed., pp. 1–10. Tsukuba, Japan: National Institute for Environmental Studies.

Moestrup, Ø., and R. A. Andersen. 1991. Organization of Heterotrophic Heterokonts. In The Biology of Free-living Heterotrophic Flagellates, D. J. Patterson and J. Larsen, eds., pp. 333–360. Systematics Association Special Volume, No. 45. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Moewus, L. 1949. Zur Biologie und Systematik der Gattung Ectochaete (E. polymorpha and E. ramulosa). Botaniska Notiser 102(4): 283–312.

Montagne, [J. P. F.] C. 1837. Centurie des plantes cellulaires exotiques nouvelles. Annales Sciences Naturelles, Botanique, Série 2, 8: 345–370.

Montagne, [J. P. F.] C. 1842a. Algae. In Histoire physique, politique et naturelle de I’île de Cuba, Volume 2: Botanique— plantes cellularis, M. Ramon de la Sagra, ed., pp. 1–104, pls. 1–20 in accompanying Atlas (Cryptogamie). Paris: Arthur Bertrand.

Montagne, [J. P. F.] C. 1842b. Troisième centurie de plantes cellulaires exotiques nouvelles, Décades V, VI, VII, et VIII. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Botanique, Série 2, 18: 241–282, pl. 7.

Montagne, [J. P. F.] C. 1846. Ordo I. Phyceae Fries. In Exploration Scientifique de l’Algérie pendant les années 1840, 1841, 1842 publiée par ordre du gouvernement et avec le concurs d’une commission académique. Sciences physiques. Botanique par MM Bory de Saint-Vincent et Durieu de Maisonneuve, Volume 1, Cryptogamie, M. C. Durieu de Maisonneuve, ed., pp. 1–197, pls. 1–16. Paris: Imprimerie Royale.

Montagne, [J. P. F.] C. 1849. Sixième centurie de plantes cellulaires nouvelles, tant indigènes qu’exotiques. Décades III à VI. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Botanique, Série 3, 11: 33–66.

Montagne, [J. P. F.] C. 1850. Cryptogamia guayanensis, seu plantarum cellularium in Guyana gallica annis 1835–1849 a cl. Leprieur collectarum enumeration universalis…. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Botanique, Série 3, 14(5): 283–309.

Montagne, [J. P. F.] C. 1856. Sylloge generum specierumque cryptogamarum quas in variis operibus descriptas ivonobusque illustrates, nunc ad diagnosim reductas, nonnullasque novas interjectas, ordine systematico disposuit. xxiv+498 pp. Paris: J.-B. Baillière.

Mosiña, A. P., and E. García. 1974. The Climate of México. In The Climates of North America: World Survey of Climatology, R. A. Bryson and F. K. Hare, eds., pp. 345–404. Amsterdam: Elsevier.

Mower, A., and T. B. Widdowson. 1969. New Records of Marine Algae from Southern California. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 68(1): 72–81.

Müller, D. G. 1974. Sexual Reproduction and Isolation of a Sex Attractant in Cutleria multifida (Smith) Grev. (Phaeophyta). Biochemie und Physiologie der Pflanzen 165: 212–215.

Müller, D. G. 1986. Apomeiosis in Acinetospora (Phaeophyceae, Ectocarpales). Helgoländer Meeresuntersuchungen 40: 219–224.

Müller, D. G., M. N. Clayton, and I. Germann. 1985. Sexual Reproduction and Life History of Perithalia caudata (Sporochnales, Phaeophyta). Phycologia 24(4): 467–473.

Müller, D. G., and N. Lüthe. 1981. Hormonal Interaction in Sexual Reproduction of Desmarestia aculeata (Phaeophyceae). British Phycological Journal 16(4): 351–356.

Müller, D. G., A. Peters, G. Gassmann, W. Boland, F.-J. Marner, and L. Jaenicke. 1982. Identification of a Sexual Hormone and Related Substances in the Brown Alga Desmarestia. Naturwissenschaften 69(6): 290–291.

Müller, O. F. 1778. Icones plantarum sponte nascentium in regnis Daniae et Norvegiae … Flora Danica. Volume 5, Fasciculus 13. 8 pp., pls. 721–780. Copenhagen: Hof-Bogtrykker Nicolas Møller.

Müller, O. F. 1782. [“Flora danica.”] Icones plantarum sponte nascentium in regnis Daniae et Norvegiae, in ducatibus Slesvici et Holsaticae, et in comitatibus oldenburgi et Delmenhorstiae; ad illustrandum opus de iisdem plantis, region jussu exarandum, Flora danicae nomine inscriptum. Vol. 5, Fasciculus 15. [1]-6 pp., pls. 841–900. Copenhagen: Hof- Bogtrykker Nicolas Møller.

Murray, G. 1889. On Boodlea, a New Genus of Siphonocladaceae. Journal of the Linnean Society London 25: 243–245, pl. 49.

Murray, G., and L. A. Boddle, 1888. A Structural and Systematic Account of the Genus Struvea. Annals of Botany 2: 265– 282, pl. 16.

Nagasato, C., T. Motomura, and T. Ichimura. 1998. Selective Disappearance of Maternal Centrioles after Fertilization in the Anisogamous Brown Alga Cutleria cylindrica (Cutleriales, Phaeophyceae): Paternal Inheritance of Centrioles is Universal in the Brown Algae. Phycological Research 46(3): 191–198.

Nägeli, C. 1847. Die neueren Algensysteme und Versuch zur Begründung eines eigenen Systems der Algen und Florideen. Neue Denkschriften der Allgemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft für die Gesammten Naturwissenschaften 9(2): 1–275. [Also published Zurich: Friedrich Schulthess.]

Nakahara, H. 1984. Alternation of Generations of Some Brown Algae in Unialgal and Axenic Cultures. Scientific Papers of the Institute of Algological Research, Faculty of Science, Hokkaido University 7: 77–194.

Nakamura, Y. 1965. Development of Zoospores in Ralfsia-Like Thallus, with Special Reference to the Life Cycle of the Scytosiphonales. The Botanical Magazine (Tokyo) 78(921): 109–110.

Nakamura, Y. 1972. A Proposal on the Classification of the Phaeophyta. In Contributions to the Systematics of Benthic Marine Algae of the North Pacific, I. A. Abbott and M. Kurogi, eds., pp. 147–156. Kobe: Japanese Society of Phycology.

Nakamura, Y., and M. Tatewaki. 1975. The Life History of Some Species of the Scytosiphonales. Scientific Papers of the Institute of Algological Research, Facuty of Science, Hokkaido University 6(2): 53–93, pls. 1–5.

Nardo, G.D. 1841. Nuovo osservazioni sulla struttura, abituoline e valore dei generi Stifftia, Hildenbrandtia et Agardhina. Memorie della Accademia della Scienze di Torino ano1840, Serie 2, 4: 189–236.

Nees [von Esenbeck], C. G. [D.]. 1820. Horae physicae berolinenses collectae ex symbolis virorum doctorum H. Linkii … Edi curavit Dr. Christianus Godof. Nees ab Esenbeck. Pp. [i–xii]+[1]–123+[4], pls. I–XXVII. Bonn: Adolphi Marcus.

Nelson, W. A. 1982. A Critical Review of the Ralfsiales, Ralfsiaceae and the Taxonomic Position of Analipus japonicus (Harv.) Wynne (Phaeophyta). British Phycological Journal 17(3): 311–320.

Nielsen, P. G., J. S. Carle, and C. Christopher. 1982. Final Structure of Caulerpicin, a Toxic Mixture from the Green Alga Caulerpa racemosa. Phytochemistry 21: 1643–1645.

Nielsen, R. 1972. A Study of the Shell-Boring Marine Algae around the Danish Island Læsø. Botanisk Tidsskrift 67: 245–269.

Nielsen, R. 1977. Culture Studies of Ulvella lens and Ulvella setchellii. British Phycological Journal 12(1): 1–5.

Nielsen, R. 1979. Culture Studies on the Type Species of Acrochaete, Bolbocoleon and Entocladia (Chaetophoraceae, Chlorophyceae). Botanisk Notiser 132(4): 441–449.

Nielsen, R. 1980. A Comparative Study of Five Marine Chaetophoraceae. British Phycological Journal 15(2): 131–138.

Nielsen, R. 1983. Culture Studies of Acrochaete leptochaete comb. Nov. and A. wittrockii comb. Nov. (Chaetophoraceae, Chlorophyceae). Nordic Journal of Botany 3(6): 689–694.

Nielsen, R. 1984. Epicladia flustrae, E. phillipsii stat nov., and Pseudendoclonium dynamenae sp. nov. Living in Bryozoans and a hydroid. British Phycological Journal 19(4): 371–379.

Nielsen, R. 1987. Marine Algae within Calcareous Shells from New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Botany 25: 425–438.

Nielsen, R. 1988a. Small Green Algae from Brackish Water in the Tvärminne Area, Southern Finland. Annales Botanici Fennici 25: 237–257.

Nielsen, R. 1988b. Morphological Variation of Stromatella monostromatica. Helgoländer Meeresuntersuchungen 42: 427–434.

Nielsen, R., A. Kristiansen, L. Mathiesen, and H. Mathiesen. 1995. Distributional Index of the Benthic Marine Macroalgae of the Baltic Sea Area. Acta Botanica Fennica 155: 1–70.

Nielsen, R., and J. McLachlan. 1985. The Genus Pringsheimiella (Chlorophyta), Including P. santae-luciae sp. Nov. Nordic Journal of Botany 5(5): 511–516.

Nielsen, R., and J. McLachlan. 1986a. Investigations of the Marine Algae of Nova Scotia, XVI: The Occurrence of Small Green Algae. Canadian Journal of Botany 64(4): 808–814.

Nielsen, R., and J. McLachlan. 1986b. Acrochaete marchantiae comb. Nov. and Trichothyra irregularis gen. et. sp. Nov. with Notes on Other Species of Small Filamentous Green Algae from St. Lucia (West Indies). Nordic Journal of Botany 6(4): 515–524.

Nienhuis, P. H. 1975. Biosystematics and Ecology of Rhizoclonium riparium (Roth) Harvey (Chlorophyceae; Cladophorales) in the Estuarine Area of the Rivers Rhine, Meuse, and Scheldt. 240 pp. Rotterdam: Rijksuniversiteit te Groningen.

Nienhuis, P. H., and B. H. H. de Bree. 1981 [1974]. Morphological Variability in Rhizoclonium riparium (Roth) Harv. (Chlorophyceae: Cladophorales) under Natural and Experimental Conditions. In Proceedings of the 8th International Seaweed Symposium, G. E. Fogg and W. E. Jones, eds., pp. 434–442. Menai Bridge, UK: The Marine Science Laboratories, University College of North Wales.

Nitecki, M. H. 1970. North American Cyclocrinitid Algae. Field Museum of Natural History Publication no. 1110. Fieldiana: Geology, 21: xiv, 1–182.

Nizamuddin, M., and A. C. Campbell. 1995. Glossophorella, a New Genus of the Family Dictyotaceae (Dictyotales-Phaeophyta) and Its Ecology from the Coast of the Sultanate of Oman. Pakistan Journal of Botany 27(2): 257–262.

Nizamuddin, M., and J. Gerloff. 1979. New Species and New Combinations in the Genus Dilophus J. Agardh. Nova Hedwigia 31(4): 865–879.

Noda, M. 1968. The Species of Chlorophyta from Sado Island in the Japan Sea. Scientific Reports of Niigata University, Series D, Biology, 5: 47–69.

Noda, M. 1975. Notes on Some Marine Algae from the Coast of Kakuda-Maze District, Echigo Province, in the Japan Sea. Scientific Reports of Niigata University, Series D, Biology, 12: 33–43.

Noro, T., and S. Nanba. 1990. Taxonomy of Sargassum asymmetricum Yamada and S. alternato-pinnatum Yamada (Phaeophyceae) from Kyushu. Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui) 38(1): 97. (In Japanese.)

Norris, J. N. 1973 [1972]. Marine Algae from the 1969 Cruise of Makrele to the Northern Part of the Gulf of California. Boletín de la Sociedad Botanica de México 32: 1–30.

Norris, J. N. 1975. Marine Algae of the Northern Gulf of California. Ph.D. Dissertation. xx+575 pp. University of California, Santa Barbara.

Norris, J. N. 1976a. [The Green Algal Genus] Enteromorpha Link 1820. In Marine Algae of California, I. A. Abbott and G. J. Hollenberg, eds., pp. 73–77. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press.

Norris, J. N. 1976b. Reseña Historica de las Exploraciones Marinas Botanicas en el Golfo de California. In Sonora: Antropología del Desierto, B. Braniff C. and R. S. Felger, eds., pp. 79–84+[4]. Científic Diversa, No. 2. México D.F.: Instituto Nacional de Antropología y Historia.

Norris, J. N. 1985. Marine Algae. In People of the Desert and Sea: Ethnobotany of the Seri Indians, R. S. Felger and M. B. Moser, eds., pp. 207–216, 389–410, 415–421. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.

Norris, J. N., and I. A. Abbott. 1972. Some New Records of Marine Algae from the R/V Proteus Cruise to British Columbia. Syesis 5(3–4): 87–94.

Norris, J. N., and K. E. Bucher. 1976. New Records of Marine Algae from the 1974 R/V Dolphin Cruise to the Gulf of California. Smithsonian Contributions to Botany, No. 34: 1–22. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press.

Norris, J. N., and K. E. Bucher. 1977. The Genus Platoma (Gigartinales, Rhodophyta) with a Description of P. abbottiana sp. nov. Journal of Phycology 13(2): 155–162.

Norris, J. N., and W. Fenical. 1982. Chemical Defense in Tropical Marine Algae. In The Atlantic Barrier Reef Ecosystem at Carrie Bow Cay, Belize, K. Ruetzler and I. G. Macintyre, eds., pp. 417–431. Smithsonian Contributions to the Marine Sciences, No. 12. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press.

Norris, J. N., and J. L. Olsen. 1991. Deep-Water Green Algae from the Bahamas, Including Cladophora vandenhoekii sp. nov. (Cladophorales). Phycologia, 30(4): 315–328.

Norton, T. A. 1981 [1974]. Sargassum muticum on the Pacific Coast of North America. In Proceedings of the 8th International Seaweed Symposium, G. E. Fogg and W. E. Jones, eds., pp. 449–456. Menai Bridge. UK: The Marine Science Laboratories, University College of North Wales.

Notoya, M. 1983. Note on Ulvella lens Crouan frat. (Chlorophyta). Science Reports of the Aquaculture Center, Aomori Prefecture 2: 9–12.

Novaczek, I. 1987. Periodicity of Epiphytes on Zostera marina in Two Embayments of the Southern Gulf of St. Lawrence. Canadian Journal of Botany 65(8): 1676–1681.

Núñez-López, R. A., and M. M. Casas-Valdez. 1997. Variación estacional de la biomasa y talla de Sargassum spp. (Sargassaceae, Phaeophyta) en la Bahía Concepción, B. C. S., México. Hidrobiológica 7: 19–25.

Núñez-López, R. A., M. M. Casas-Valdez, A. C. Mendoza-González, and L. E. Mateo-Cid. 1998. Flora ficológica de la laguna San Ignacio, B. C. S., México. Hidrobiológica 8: 33–42.

Oates, B. R., and K. M. Cole. 1990a. Pit and Hole Production in the Subtidal Saccate Alga Hydroclathrus clathratus (Phaeophyta, Scytosiphonales). Cryptogamic Botany 2(1): 12–16.

Oates, B. R., and K. M. Cole. 1990b. Cell-Wall Features on Desmarestia ligulata and D. viridis (Phaeophyta). Phycologia 29(4): 529–532.

Okamura, K. 1899a. Contributions to the Knowledge of the Marine Algae of Japan, III. The Botanical Magazine (Tokyo) 13(145): 35–43, pl. II.

Okamura, K. 1899b. Algae japonicae exsiccatae. Fasciculus 1, Nos. 1–50. Tokyo: Imperial Fisheries Institute.

Okamura, K. 1902a. Nippon Sorui Meii. vi+276 pp. Tokyo: Keigyosha & Co.

Okamura, K. 1902b. Illustrations of the Marine Algae of Japan. Volume 1, No. 6. Pp. 75–93 [English text], 103–128 [Japanese text], Pls. XXVI–XXX. Tokyo: Keigyosha & Co.

Okamura, K. 1903. Contents of the “Algae Japonicae Exsiccatae” Fasciculus II. The Botanical Magazine (Tokyo) 17: 129–132.

Okamura, K. 1907. Icones of Japanese Algae. Volume 1, Nos. 1–5. Pp. i–ii+1–119, pls. I–XXV. Tokyo: Kazamashobo.

Okamura, K. 1912. Icones of Japanese Algae. Volume 2, Nos. 8–10. Pp. 127–191+4+2, pls. LXXXVI-C. Tokyo: Kazamashobo.

Okamura, K. 1913. Icones of Japanese Algae. Volume 3, Nos. 1–4. Pp. 1–77, pls. CI–CXX. Tokyo: Kazamashobo.

Okamura, K. 1915. Icones of Japanese Algae. Volume 3, Nos. 7–10. Pp. 123–218, pls. CXXXI–CL. Tokyo: Kazamashobo.

Okamura, K. 1928. Icones of Japanese Algae. Volume 5, No. 9–10. Pp. 181–203, pls. CCXLI–CCL. Tokyo: Kazamashobo.

Okamura, K. 1936. Nippon Kaisô-Shi [Marine Algae of Japan]. 12+6+964+11 pp. Tokyo: Uchida Rokakuho Publishing House.

O’Kelly, C. J., and G. L. Floyd. 1983. The Flagellar Apparatus of Entocladia viridis Motile Cells, and the Taxonomic Position of the Resurrected Family Ulvellaceae (Ulvales, Chlorophyta). Journal of Phycology 19(2): 153–164.

O’Kelly, C. J., and G. L. Floyd. 1984. Correlations among Patterns of Sporangial Structure and Development, Life Histories, and Ultrastructural Features in the Ulvophyceae. In Systematics of Green Algae, D. E. G. Irvine and D. M. John, eds., pp. 121–156. Systematic Association Special Volume, No. 27. London: Academic Press.

O’Kelly, C. J., B. Wysor, and W. K. Bellows. 2004. Gene Sequence Diversity and the Phylogenetic Position of Algae Assigned to the Genera Phaeophila and Ochlochaete (Ulvophyceae, Chlorophyta). Journal of Phycology 40(4): 789–799.

O’Kelly, C. J., and C. Yarish. 1981a [1980]. Observations on Marine Chaetophoraceae (Chlorophyta), I: Sporangial Ontogeny in the Type Species of Entocladia and Phaeophila. Journal of Phycology 16(4): 549–558.

O’Kelly, C. J., and C. Yarish. 1981b. Observations on Marine Chaetophoraceae (Chlorophyta), II: On the Circumscription of the Genus Entocladia Reinke. Phycologia 20(1): 32–45.

Oliva-Martínez, M. G., and M. M. Ortega. 1987 [1983]. Estudio preliminar de la vegetación sumergida en la Laguna Caimanero y marisma de Huizache, Sinaloa. Anales del Instituto de Biología de la Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, Serie Botánica 54(1): 113–151.

Oliveira Filho, E.C. de. 1977. Algas Marinhas Bentônicas do Brasil. [iv]+407 pp. São Paulo, Brazil: Universidade de São Paulo, Departamento de Botânica do Instituto de Biociências.

Olsen, J. L., W. T. Stam, S. Berger, and D. Menzel. 1994. 18S rDNA and Evolution in the Dasycladales (Chlorophyta): Modern Living Fossils. Journal of Phycology 30(4): 729–744.

Oltmanns, F. 1904. Morphologie und Biologie der Algen. Erster Band. vi+733 pp. Jena: Verlag von Gustav Fischer.

Oltmanns, F. 1922. Morphologie und Biologie der Algen, Volume 2: Phaeophyceae - Rhodophyceae. 2nd ed. iv+439 pp. Jena: Verlag von Gustav Fischer.

Ortega, M. M., J. L. Godínez[-Ortega], and G. Garduño-Solórzano. 2001. Catálogo de Algas Bénticas de las Costas Mexicanas del Golfo de México y Mar Caribe. Cuadernos del Instituto de Biología, No. 34. 594 pp. México D.F: Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México.

Ortega, M. M., J. Ruíz-Cárdenas, and M. G. Oliva-Martínez. 1987 [1986]. La vegetación sumergida en la Laguna Agiabampo, Sonora-Sinaloa. Anales del Instituto de Biología de la Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México 57, Serie Botánica (numero único): 59–108.

Ortuño-Aguirre, C., and R. Riosmena-Rodríguez. 2007. Dinámica del epifitismo en Padina concrescens (Dictyotales: Phaeophyta) en el suroeste de la Península de Baja California, México. Ciencias Marinas 33(3): 311–317.

Ouriques, L.C., and Bouzon, Z.L. 2000. Stellate chloroplast organization in Asteronema breviarticulatum comb. nov. (Ectocarpales, Phaeophyta). Phycologia 39(3): 267–271.

Overbeek, J. van, and Crist, R.E. 1947. The role of a tropical green alga in beach sand formation. American Journal of Botany 34(6): 299–300.

Owens, D. 2003. Obituary: John Roscoe Hendrickson 1921– 2002. Marine Turtle Newsletter 99: 1–3.

Pacheco-Ruíz, I. 1982. Algas pardas (Phaeophyta) de la costa del Pacífico entre Bahía Todos Santos y la frontera con E. U. A. Ciencias Marinas 8(1): 64–77.

Pacheco-Ruíz, I., F. Becerril-Bobadilla, J. A. Zertuche-González, A. Chee-Barragán, A. Gálvez-Télles, and R. Blanco-Betancourt. 2003. Effects of El Niño on Beds of Ulva lactuca along the Northwest Coast of the Gulf of California, Mexico. Geofísica Internacional 42(3): 447–453.

Pacheco-Ruíz, I., and J. A. Zertuche-González. 1996a. Green Algae (Chlorophyta) from Bahía de Los Ángeles, Gulf of California, México. Botanica Marina 39(5): 431–433.

Pacheco-Ruíz, I., and J. A. Zertuche-González. 1996b. Brown Algae (Phaeophyta) from Bahía de Los Ángeles, Gulf of California, México. In 15th International Seaweed Symposium, S. C. Lindstrom and D. J. Chapman, eds. Hydrobiologia 326/327: 169–172.

Pacheco-Ruíz, I., J. A. Zertuche-González, A. Chee-Barragán, and E. Arroyo-Ortega. 2002. Biomass and Potential Commercial Utilization of Ulva lactuca (Chlorophyta, Ulvaceae) Beds along the North-West Coast of the Gulf of California. Phycologia 41(2): 199–201.

Pacheco-Ruíz, I., J. A. Zertuche-González, J. Espinoza-Ávalos, R. Riosmena-Rodríguez, L. Galindo-Bect, A. Gálvez-Télles, A. E. Meling-López, and J. Orduña-Rojas. 2008. Macroalgas. In Bahía de Los Ángeles: Recursos Naturales y Comunidad Línea Base 2007, G. D. Danemann and E. Ezcurra, eds., pp. 181–214. Ensenada, México: Pronatura Noroeste A. C., San Diego Natural History Museum, and Instituto Nacional de Ecología.

Page, J. Z. 1970. Existence of a Derbesia Phase in the Life-History of Halicystis osterhoutii Blinks and Blinks. Journal of Phycology 6(4): 375–380.

Pallas, P. S. 1766. Miscellanea Zoologica Quibus Novae Imprimus Atque Obscurae Animalium Species Describuntur et Observationibus Iconibusque Illustrantur … Pp. 3-6+viixii+ 1-224, pls. 1-14. The Hague: Petrum van Cleef. [Reissue date 1778.]

Papenfuss, G. F. 1943. Notes on South African Marine Algae, II. Journal of South African Botany 9: 79–92.

Papenfuss, G. F. 1951. Phaeophyta. In Manual of Phycology— An Introduction to the Algae and Their Biology, G. M. Smith, ed., pp. 119–158. New Series of Plant Science Books, No. 27. Waltham, Mass.: The Chronica Botanica Co.

Papenfuss, G. F. 1955. Classification of the Algae. In A Century of Progress in the Natural Sciences: 1853–1953, pp. 115–224. San Francisco: California Academy of Sciences.

Papenfuss, G. F. 1956. Notes on South African Marine Algae, IV. Journal of South African Botany 22: 65–77.

Papenfuss, G. F. 1960. On the Genera of the Ulvales and the Status of the Order. Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany 56(367): 303–316, pls. 1–6.

Papenfuss, G. F. 1962. On the Circumscription of the Green Algal Genera Ulvella and Pilinia. Phykos 1: 6–12.

Papenfuss, G. F. 1976. Landmarks in Pacific North American Marine Phycology. In Marine Algae of California, I. A. Abbott and G. J. Hollenberg, eds., pp. 21–46. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press.

Papenfuss, G. F. 1977. Review of the Genera of Dictyotales (Phaeophycophyta). Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Phycology (Sôrui) 25(Suppl. Mem. Issue Yamada): 271–287.

Papenfuss, G. F., and M. Chihara. 1975. The Morphology and Systematic Position of the Green Algae Ernodesmis and Apjohnia. Phycologia 14(4): 309–316.

Papenfuss, G. F., and L E. Egerod. 1957. Notes on South African Marine Algae: Chlorophyceae. Phytomorphology 7(1): 82–93.

Parham, J. F., and G. R. Zug. 1996. Chelonia agassizii—Valid or Not? Marine Turtle Newsletter 72: 2–5.

Parke, M. W., and P. S. Dixon. 1976. Check-list of British Marine Algae—Third revision. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 56: 527–594.

Parsons, M. J. 1982. Colpomenia (Endlicher) Derbés et Solier (Phaeophyta) in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Botany 20: 289–301.

Pascher, A. 1914. Über Flagellaten und Algen. Berichte der Deutschen Botanischen Gesellschaft 32: 136–160.

Pascher, A. 1931. Systematische Übersicht über die mit Flagellaten in Zusammenhang steheden Algenreihen und Versuch einer Einreihung dieser Algenstämme in die Stämme des Pflanzenreiches. Beiheft zum Botanischen Centralblatt, Abteilung 2, Systematik, Pflanzengeographie, angewandte Botanik 48: 317–332.

Patterson, D. J. 1989. Stramenopiles: Chromophytes from a Protistan Perspective. In The Chromophyte Algae Problems and Perspectives, J. C. Green, B. S. C. Leadbeater, and W. L. Diver, eds., pp. 357–379. Systematics Association Special Volume, No. 38. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Patterson, D. J. 1999. The Diversity of Eukaryotes. The American Naturalist 154(Suppl. S1): S96–S124.

Paul, V. J., and W. Fenical. 1985. Diterpenoid Metabolites from Pacific Marine Algae of the Order Caulerpales (Chlorophyta). Phytochemistry 24: 2239–2243.

Paul, V. J., and W. Fenical. 1986. Chemical Defense in Tropical Green Algae, Order Caulerpales. Marine Ecology Progress Series 34: 157–169.

Paul, V. J., and W. Fenical. 1987. Natural Products Chemistry and Chemical Defense in Tropical Marine Algae of the Phylum Chlorophyta. In Bioorganic Marine Chemistry, Volume 1, P. J. Scheuer, ed., pp. 1–29. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.

Paul-Chávez, L., and R. Riosmena-Rodríguez. 2000. Floristic and Biogeographical Trends in Seaweed Assemblages from a Subtropical Island Complex in the Gulf of California. Pacific Science 54(2): 137–147.

Pedersen, P. M. 1978. Culture Studies in the Pleomorphic Brown Alga Myriotrichia clavaeformis (Dictyosiphonales, Myriotrichiaceae). Norwegian Journal of Botany 25(4): 281–291.

Pedersen, P. M. 1981. Phaeophyta: Life Histories. In The Biology of Seaweeds, C. S. Lobban and M. J. Wynne, eds., pp. 194–217. Botanical Monographs, No. 17. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Pedersen, P. M. 1984. Studies on Primitive Brown Algae (Fucophyceae). Opera Botanica 74: 1–76.

Pedersen, P. M., and A. Kristiansen. 2001. On the Enigmatic Brown Alga Acinetospora crinita (Ectocarpales, Fucophyceae). Cryptogamie, Algologie 22(2): 209–218.

Pedersen, P. M., and G. Sokhi. 1990. Studies on the Type Species of Compsonema, C. minutum (Fucophyceae, Scytosiphonales): Aspects of Life History, Taxonomic Position, Shedding of Wall Elements and Plasmodesmata. Nordic Journal of Botany 10(5): 547–555.

Pedroche, F. F., and J. González-González. 1981. Lista florística preliminar de las algas marinas de la región sur de la costa de Jalisco, México. In Latin-America Phycologia Latino– Americana, vol. 1, C. Acelto O., C. E. de M. Bicudo, M. Cordeiro-Marino, A. R. de Halperín, L. Huerta M., E. C. de Oliveira Filho, B. Santelices, and G. Tell, eds., pp. 60–72. Vaduz, Liechtenstein: J. Cramer.

Pedroche, F. F., and P. C. Silva. 1996. Codium picturatum sp. nov. (Chlorophyta), una especie extraordinaria del Pacífico tropical mexicano. Acta Botánica Mexicana 35: 1–8.

Pedroche, F. F., P. C. Silva, and M. Chacana. 2002. El género Codium (Codiaceae, Chlorophyta) en el Pacífico de México. In Monografías Ficológicas 2002, A. Sentíes-Granados and K. M. Dreckman, eds., pp. 11–74. México D.F.: Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana-Iztapalapa.

Pedroche, F. F., P. C. Silva, L. E. Aguilar-Rosas, K. M. Dreckman, and R. Aguilar-Rosas. 2005. Catálogo de las algas marinas bentónicas del Pacífico de México, I: Chlorophycota. [ii]+ i–viii, 17–135 pp. México D.F.: Universidad Autónoma de Baja California, Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana Iztapalapa, and University of California,Berkeley.

Pedroche, F.F., Silva, P.C., L.E. Anguilar-Rosas, K.M. Dreckmann, and R. Aguilar- Rosas. 2008. Catálogo de las algas benthónicas del Pacífico de México, II: Phaeophycota. [iv]+i-vi, 15-146 pp. Mexico D.F.: Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana Iztapalapa, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California, and University of California, Berkeley.

Pedroche, F. F., J. A. West, G. C. Zuccarello, A. Senties, and U. Karsten. 1995. Marine Red Algae of the Mangroves in Southern Pacific Mexico and Pacific Guatemala. Botanica Marina 38(2): 111–119.

Perrot, Y. 1965. Sur le cycle de reproduction d’une Cladophoracée marine de la région de Roscoff: Lola implexa (Harvey). Compte Rendu Hebdomadaire des Séances de l’académie des Sciences, Paris 261: 503–506.

Peters, A. F. 1987. Reproduction and Sexuality in the Chordariales (Phaeophyceae): A Review of Culture Studies. Progress in Phycological Research 5: 223–263.

Peters, A. F., and D. G. Müller. 1986a. Critical Re-examination of Sexual Reproduction in Tinocladia crassa, Nemacystus decipiens and Sphaerotrichia divaricata (Phaeophyceae, Chordariales). Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui) 34(1): 69–73.

Peters, A. F., and D. G. Müller. 1986b. Life-History Studies—A New Approach to the Taxonomy of Ligulate Species of Desmarestia (Phaeophyceae) from the Pacific Coast of Canada. Canadian Journal of Botany 64(10): 2192–2196.

Peters, A. F., and M. E. Ramírez. 2001. Molecular Phylogeny of Small Brown Algae, with Special Reference to the Systematic Position of Caepidium antarcticum (Adenocystaceae, Ectocarpales). Cryptogamie, Algologie 22(2): 187–200.

Peters, A. F., M. J. H. van Oppen, C. Wiencke, W. T. Stam, and J. L. Olsen. 1997. Phylogeny and Historical Ecology of the Desmarestiales (Phaeophyceae) Support a Southern Hemisphere Origin. Journal of Phycology 33(2): 294–309.

Phillips, J. A. 1988. Field, Anatomical and Developmental Studies of South Australian Species of Ulva. Australian Systematic Botany 1(4): 411–456.

Phillips, J. A. 1992. Taxonomy and Reproduction in Australian Species of Dilophus (Dictyotales, Phaeophyta). Australian Systematic Botany 5(6): 657–694.

Phillips, N. 1995. Biogeography of Sargassum (Phaeophyta) in the Pacific Basin. In Taxonomy of Economic Seaweeds, with reference to Some Pacific Species, Volume 5, I. A. Abbott, ed., pp. 107–144. La Jolla, Calif.: California Sea Grant College System, University of California, San Diego.

Phillips, N., R. Burrowes, F. Rousseau, B. de Reviers, and G. W. Saunders. 2008. Resolving Evolutionary Relationships among the Brown Algae Using Chloroplast and Nuclear Genes. Journal of Phycology 44(2): 394–495. Pia, J. 1927. Thallophyta. In Handbuch der Paläobotanik, M. Hirmer, ed., pp. 31–136. Munich: R. Oldenbourg. Piccone, A. 1886. Alghe del viaggio di circumnavigazione della Vettor Pisani. 97 pp., pls. 1–2. Genoa: Tipografia del Reale Istituto de’Sordo-Muti. [Reprint of Giornale della Società di letture e conversazioni scientifiche di Genova, March 1886.]

Price, J. H., D. M. John, and G. W. Lawson. 1978. Seaweeds of the Western Coast of Tropical Africa and Adjacent Islands: A Critical Assessment, II: Phaeophyta. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Botany 6: 87–182.

Pröschold, T., and F. Leliaert. 2007. Systematics of the Green Algae: Conflict of Classic and Modern Approaches. In Unravelling the Algae: The Past, Present and Future of the Algae Systematics, J. Brodie and J. Lewis, eds., pp. 123– 153. London: Taylor and Francis.

Provasoli, L., and I. J. Pintner. 1964. Symbiotic Relationships between Microorgamisms and Seaweeds. American Journal of Botany 51(6, Pt. 2): 681.

Provasoli, L., and I. J. Pintner. 1980. Bacteria Induced Polymorphism in an Axenic Laboratory Strain of Ulva lactuca (Chlorophyceae). Journal of Phycology 16(2): 196–201.

Provasoli, L., and I. J. Pintner. 1981 [1974]. Bacteria-Induced Polymorphism in an Axenic Laboratory Strain of Ulva lactuca. In Proceedings of the 8th International SeaweedSymposium, G. E. Fogg and W. E. Jones, eds., p. 231. Menai Bridge. UK: The Marine Science Laboratories, University College of North Wales.

Prud’homme van Reine, W. F. 1982. A Taxonomic Revision of the European Sphacelariaceae (Sphacelariales, Phaeophyceae). Leiden Botanical Series, No. 6. ix+293 pp. Leiden: E. J. Brill.

Prud’homme van Reine, W. F. 1993. Sphacelariales (Phaeophyceae) of the World, a New Synthesis. Korean Journal of Phycology 8(2): 145–160.

Prud’homme van Reine, W. F., and G. M. Lokhorst. 1992. Caulerpella gen. nov., a Non-holocarpic Member of the Caulerpales (Chlorophyta). Nova Hedwigia 54: 113–126.

Quoy, J. R. C., and P. Gaimard, 1824. Zoologie. In Voyage autour du Monde, entrepris par ordre du roi … exécuté sur les corvettes de S. M. l’Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les années 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820, M. Louis de Freycinet, ed., [v]+713 pp., 96 pls. Paris: Pillet-ainé.

Rabenhorst, L. 1863. Kryptogamen-Flora von Sachsen, der Ober-Lausitz, Thüringen und Nordböhmen, mit Berücksichtigung der benachbarten Länder … Vol. 1. Abtheilung. Algen im weitesten Sinne, Leber- und Laubmoose. xx+653 pp. Leipzig: Eduard Kummer.

Rains, P. M. 2006 [updated 2008]. Mexico Boating Guide. Pacific México: Baja, Sea of Cortez & All Mainland Mexico…. 2nd ed. 272+4 pp. San Diego, Calif.: Point Loma Publishing.

Ramírez, M. E., and G. Rojas V. 1991. El género Colpomenia (F. C. Mertens ex Roth) Derbés et Solier (Phaeophyceae) en Chile. Boletín del Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, Chile 42: 11–42.

Ramírez, M. E., and B. Santelices. 1991. Catálogo de las algas marinas bentónicas de la costa temperada del Pacífico de Sudamérica. Monografías Biológicas, No. 5. 410+37 pp. Santiago: Ediciones Universidad Católica de Chile.

Reed, D. C., J. N. Norris, and M. S. Foster. 1994. Obituary: Dr. Michael Neushul, Jr. Botanica Marina 37(4): 287–292.

Reinke, J. 1879. Zwei parasitische Algen. Botanische Zeitung 37: 473–478, pl. VI.

Reinke, J. 1889a. Algenflora der westlichen Ostsee deutschen Antheils. Eine systematisch-pflanzengeographische Studie…. pp. [i-]-xi, 1–101. Kiel: Druck von Scmidt & Klaunig.

Reinke, J. 1889b. Atlas deutscher Meeresalgen. Volume 1. [i-iv] +1–34 pp., pls. 1–25. Berlin: Paul Parey.

Reinke, J. 1890. Uebersicht der Bisher Bekannten Sphacelariaceen. Berichte der Deutschen Botanischen Geselischaft 8: 201–215.

Reith, M. 1995. Molecular Biology of Rhodophyte and Chromophyte Plastids. Annual Review of Plant Physiology and Plant Molecular Biology 46: 549–575. Rhyne, C. F., and H. Robinson. 1969 [1968]. Struveopsis, a New Genus of Green Algae. Phytologia 17(7): 467–472.

Ricker, R. W. 1987. Taxonomy and Biogeography of Macquarie Island Seaweeds. 344 pp. London: British Museum of Natural History.

Rietema, H. 1975. Comparative Investigations on the Life-Histories and Reproduction of Some Species in the Siphoneous Green Algal Genera Bryopsis and Derbesia. [vi]+1–130 pp. Groningen: University of Groningen.

Riosmena-Rodríguez, R., G. Hinojosa-Arango, J. M. López- Vivas, K. León-Cisneros, and E. Holguin-Acosta. 2005. Caracterización espacial y biogeográfica de las asociaciones de macroalgas de Bahía del Ricón, Baja California Sur, México. Revista de Biología Tropical 53(1–2): 97–109.

Riosmena-Rodríguez, R., and E. Holguín-Acosta. 2008. Population Structure of Codium amplivesiculatum (Chlorophyta) Associated with Rhodolith Beds from the Southwestern Gulf of California. Algae 23(2): 1–10.

Riosmena-Rodríguez, R., and Paul-Chávez, L. 1997. Sistemática y biogeografía de las macroalgas de la Bahía de La Paz. In La Bahía de La Paz: Investigación y Conservación, ed. R. J. Urbán, and R. M. Ramírez, pp. 59–82. Mexicali, Mexico: Universidad Autónoma de Baja California.

Riosmena-Rodríguez, R., L. Paul-Chávez, and G. Hinojosa- Arango. 2001. Range Extension of Cutleria hancockii Dawson (Cutleriales, Phaeophyta) to the Southwestern Gulf of California, México. Botanica Marina 44(5): 461–465.

Riosmena-Rodríguez, R., D. A. Siqueiros-Beltrones, and G. Anaya-Reyna. 1998. New Localities in the Distribution of Macroalgae for the Gulf of California. Revista de Investigación Científicas, Serie Ciencias Marinas, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California Sur 8(1–2): 34–58.

Riosmena-Rodríguez, R., D. A. Siqueiros-Beltrones, O. García de la Rosa, and V. Rocha-Ramírez. 1992 [1991]. The Extension Geographic Range of Selected Seaweeds on the Baja California Peninsula. Revista de Investigacíon Científica, Serie Ciencias Marinas, Universidad Autonoma de Baja California Sur 2(2): 13–20.

Rivera, M., and R. Scrosati. 2006. Population Dynamics of Sargassum lapazeanum (Fucales, Phaeophyta) from the Gulf of California, México. Phycologia 45(2): 178–189.

Rivera, M., and R. Scrosati. 2008. Self-Thinning and Size Inequality Dynamics in a Clonal Seaweed (Sargassum lapazeanum, Phaeophyceae). Journal of Phycology 44(1): 45–49.

Robertson, K. J., and W. Fenical. 1977. Pachydictyol-A Epoxide, a New Diterpene from the Brown Seaweed Dictyota flabellata. Phytochemistry 16: 1071–1073.

Rocha-Ramírez, V., and D. A. Siqueiros-Beltrones. 1990. Review of the Species of the Genus Sargassum C. Agardh Recorded for Bahía de La Paz, B. C. S., México. Ciencias Marinas 16(1): 15–26.

Rocha-Ramírez, V., and D. A. Siqueiros-Beltrones. 1991. El herbario ficologico de la U. A. B. C. S.: Elenco floristico de macroalgas para Balandra en la Bahía de La Paz, B. C. S., México. Revista de Investigación Científica, por la Universidad Autonoma de Baja California Sur 2(1): 13–34.

Roden, G. I. 1958. Oceanographic and Meterological Aspects of the Gulf of California. Pacific Science 12(1): 21–45. Roden, G. I. 1964. Oceanographic Aspects of the Gulf of California. In A Symposium: Marine Geology of the Gulf of California, T. H. van Andel and G. G. Shor, eds., pp. 30– 58. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir, No. 3. Tulsa, Okla: American Association of Petroleum Geologists.

Rodger, K. A. 2006. Breaking Through: Essays, Journals, and Travelogues of Edward F. Ricketts, 369 pp. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Rodríguez-Montesinos, Y. E., D. L. Arvizu-Higuera, and G. Hernández-Carmona. 2008. Seasonal Variation on Size and Chemical Constituents of Sargassum sinicola Setchell et Gardner from Bahía de La Paz, Baja Califonia Sur, México. Phycological Research 56(1): 33–38.

Rodríguez-Morales, E. O., and D. A. Siqueiros-Beltrones. 1999. Time Variations in a Subtropical Macroalgal Assemblage from the Mexican Pacific. Oceánides 13(2): 11–24.

Rosenvinge, L. K. 1893. Grønlands Havalger…. Meddelser om Grønland 3: 763–981, pls. 1–2.

Roth, A. W. 1797. Catalecta Botanica, Quibus Plantae, Novae et Minus Cognitae Describuntur Atque Illustrantur…. Fasciculus 1. [viiii]+244+[10, indices] pp., pls. 1–8. Leipzig: Bibliopolo I. G. Mülleriano.

Roth, A. W. 1800. Catalecta Botanica, Quibus Plantae Novae et Minus Cognitae Describuntur Atque Illustrantur…. Fasciculus 2. [x]+258+[12, indices] pp., pls. 1–9. Leipzig: Bibliopolo I. G. Mülleriano.

Roth, A. W. 1806. Catalecta Botanica, quibus Plantae Novae et Minus Cognitae Describuntur Atque Illustrantur…. Fasciculus 3. [viii]+350+[8, indices]+[1, errata], pp., pls. 1–12. Leipzig: Bibliopolo I. G. Mülleriano.

Rousseau, F., R. Burrowes, A. F. Peters, R. Kuhlenkamp, and B. de Reviers. 2001. A Comprehensive Phylogeny of the Phaeophyceae Based on nrDNA Sequences Resolves the Earliest Divergences. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaire des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences Paris, Série 3, Sciences de la vie, 324: 305–319.

Rousseau, F., and B. de Reviers. 1999a. Circumscription of the Order Ectocarpales (Phaeophyceae): Bibliographical Synthesis and Molecular Evidence. Cryptogamie, Algologie 20(1): 5–18.

Rousseau, F., and B. de Reviers. 1999b. Phylogenetic Relationships within the Fucales (Phaeophyceae) Based on Combined Partial SSu + LSU rDNA Sequence Data. European Journal of Phycology 34(1): 53–64.

Rusnak, G. A., R. L. Fisher, and F. P. Shepard. 1964. Bathymetry and Faults of Gulf of California. In A Symposium: Marine Geology of the Gulf of California, T. H. van Andel and G. C. Shor, eds., pp. 59–75. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir, No. 3. Tulsa, Okla.: American Association of Petroleum Geologists.

Russell, G. 1966. The Genus Ectocarpus in Britian, I: The Attached Forms. Journal of the Marine Biology Association of the United Kingdom 46: 267–294.

Sakai, Y. 1964. The Species of Cladophora from Japan and Its Vicinity. Scientific Papers of the Institute of Algological Research, Faculty of Science, Hokkaido University 5(1): 1–104, pls. I-XVII.

Salcedo-Martínez, S., G. Green, A. Gamboa-Conteras, and P. Gómez. 1988. Inventario de macroalgas y macroinvertebrados bénticos, presentes en áreas rocosas de la región de Zihuatanejo, Guerrero, México. Anales del Instituto de Ciencies del Mar y Limnología de la Universidad Nacional Autónomia de México 15(1): 73–95.

Sánchez-Lizaso, J. L., and R. Riosmena-Rodríguez. 1997. Macroalgas epífitas de Zostera marina L. en Bahía Concepción, B. C. S., México. Oceánides 12: 55–59.

Sánchez-Puerta, M. V., P. I. Leonardi, C. J. O’Kelly, and E. J. Cáceres. 2006. Pseudulvella americana Belongs to the Order Chaetopeltidales (Class Chlorophyceae), Evidence from Ultrastructure and SSU rDNA Sequence Data. Journal of Phycology 42(6): 943–950.

Sánchez-Rodríguez, I., M. Fajardo-León, and C. Oliveiro-Pantoja. 1989. Estudio florístico estacional de las algas en Bahía Magdalena, B. C. S., México. Investigacíones Marinas CICIMAR 4(1), 35–48.

Sánchez-Rodríguez, I., M. A. Huerta-Díaz, E. Choumiline, O. Holguín-Quiñones, and J. Zertuche-González. 2001. Elemental Concentrations in Different Species of Seaweeds from Loreto Bay, Baja California Sur, México: Implications for the Geochemical Control of Metals in Algal Tissue. Environmental Pollution 114: 145–160.

Sánchez-Vargas, D. P., and M. E. Hendrickx. 1987. Utilization of Algae and Sponges by Tropical Decorating Carbs (Majidae) in the Southeastern Gulf of California. Revista de Biología Tropical (Universidad de Costa Rica) 35: 161–164.

Santelices, B. 1989. Algas Marinas de Chile: Distribución, Ecología, Utilización, y Diversidad. 399 pp.

Santiago: Ediciones Universidad Católica de Chile.

Santelices, B., and I. A. Abbott. 1978. New Records of Marine Algae from Chile and Their Effects on Phytogeography. Phycologia 17(2): 213–222.

Santelices, B., and I. A. Abbott. 1987. Geographic and Marine Isolation: An Assessment of the Marine Algae of Easter Island. Pacific Science 41(1): 1–20.

Santelices, B., M. E. Ramírez, and I. A. Abbott. 1989. A New Species and New Records of Marine Algae from Chile. British Phycological Journal 24(1): 73–82.

Santos, G. A., and M. S. Doty. 1968. Chemical Studies of Three Species of the Marine Algal Genus Caulerpa. In Drugs from the Sea, H. D. Freudenthal, ed., pp. 173–176. Washington, D.C.: Marine Technology Society.

Sasaki, H., H. Kataoka, M. Kamiya, and H. Kawai. 1999. Accumulation of Sulfuric Acid in Dictyotales (Phaeophyceae): Taxonomic Distribution and Ion Chromatography. Journal of Phycology 35(4): 732–739.

Sasaki, H., H. Kataoka, A. Murakami, and H. Kawai. 2004. Inorganic Ion Compostions in Brown Algae, with Special Reference to Sulfuric Acid Accumulations. Hydrobiologia 512(1–-3): 253–260.

Sasaki, H., A. Murakami, and H. Kawai. 2005. Seasonal Stability of Sulfuric Acid Accumulation in the Dictyotales. Phycological Research 53(2): 134–137.

Saunders, D. A. 1898. Phycological Memoirs. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, Third Series, 1: 147–168, pls. 12–32.

Saunders, D. A. 1899. New and Little Known Brown Algae of the Pacific Coast. Erythrea 7: 37–40.

Saunders, G. W., G. Kraft, I. H. Tan, and L. D. Druehl. 1992. When is a Family Not a Family? BioSystems 28: 109–116.

Saunders, G. W., D. Potter, and R. A. Andersen. 1997. Phylogenetic Affinities of the Sarcinochrysidales and Chrysomeridales (Heterokonta) Based on Analyses of Molecular and Combined Data. Journal of Phycology 33(2): 310–318.

Sauvageau, C. 1897. Sur quelques Myrionémacées. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Botanique, Séries 8, 5: 161–288.

Sauvageau, C. 1900. Remarques sur les Sphacélariacées. Journal de Botanique (Morot) 14: 213–234. [For details of original publication in journal and later reprint, see Stafleu and Cowan, 1985:76–77.]

Sauvageau, C. 1901. Remarques sur les Sphacélariacées. Journal de Botanique (Morot) 15: 105–116. [Originally published 1900–1903 in Journal de Botanique (Morot); the entire suite of these publications was later included in reprint with new pagination in 1904, Remarques sur les Sphacélariacées, Fascicle 1, pp. 1–320, Bordeaux: Féret et fils, libraires-éditeurs, and again later as a Facsimile edition in 1971, Bibliotheca phycologica, Band 14, Lehre: J. Cramer.]

Sauvageau, C. 1926. Sur un nouveau type d’alternance de générations chez les Algues brunes; les Sporochnales. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences Paris 182: 361–364. Sauvageau, C. 1927. Sur le Colpomenia sinuosa Derb. et Sol. Bulletin de la Station Biologique d’Arcachon 24: 309–355.

Scagel, R. F. 1956. Introduction of a Japanese Alga Sargassum muticum into the Northeast Pacific. Fisheries Research Papers Washington (State) Department of Fisheries 1(4): 49–58.

Scagel, R. F. 1957. An Annotated List of the Marine Algae of British Columbia and Northern Washington. Bulletin of the National Museum of Canada 150 (Biological Series no. 52): vi+ 289 pp.

Scagel, R. F. 1966. Marine Algae of British Columbia and Northern Washington, Part I: Chlorophyceae (Green Algae). Bulletin of the National Museum of Canada 207 (Biological Series no. 74): vii+257 pp.

Scagel, R. F., P. W. Gabrielson, D. J. Garbary, L. Golden, M. W. Hawkes, S. C. Lindstrom, J. C. Oliveira, and T. B. Widdowson. 1989. A Synopsis of the Benthic Marine Algae of British Columbia, Southeastern Alaska, Washington and Oregon. v+532 pp. Phycological Contribution, No. 3. Vancouver: Department of Botany, University of British Columbia.

Schaffner, J. H. 1922. The Classification of Plants, XII. Ohio Journal of Science 22: 129–139.

Schiff, J. A. 1962. Sulfur. In Physiology and Biochemistry of Algae, R. A. Lewin, ed., pp. 239–246. New York: Academic Press.

Schmidle, W. 1899. Algologische notizen, XV. Allgemeine Botanische Zeitschrift für Systematik 5: 39–41, 57–58.

Schmidt, O. C. 1935. Pringsheimia Reinke jetzt Pringsheimiella v. Hoehn. Hedwigia 74: 29.

Schmitz, [C. J.] F. 1879. Über grüne Algen im Golf von Athen. Bericht der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Halle 1878: 17–23.

Schneider, C. W., and R. B. Searles. 1991. Seaweeds of the Southeastern United States: Cape Hatteras to Cape Canaveral. xiv+[2]+533 pp. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.

Schnetter, R., and G. Bula Meyer. 1982. Marine Algen der Pazifikküste von Kolumbien; Algas marinas del litoral Pacífico de Colombia: Chlorophyceae, Phaeophyceae, Rhodophyceae. Bibliotheca Phycologica, No. 60. xvii+1–287 pp. Vaduz, Liechtenstein: J. Cramer.

Schnetter, R., I. Hörnig, and G. Weber-Peukert. 1987. Taxonomy of Some North Atlantic Dictyota Species (Phaeophyta). In Twelfth International Seaweed Symposium, M. A., Ragan and C. J. Bird, eds. Hydrobiologia 151/152: 193–197.

Schramm, A., and H. Mazé, 1865. Essai de Classification des Algues de la Guadeloupe. [1st ed.] [iii]+52 pp. Basse-Terre, Guadeloupe: Imprimerie du Gouvernement.

Schramm, A., and H. Mazé, 1866. Essai de Classification des Algues de la Guadeloupe. [1a ed.] [ii]+144 pp. Cayenne, Guyane Francaise: Imprimerie du Gouvernement.

Scrosati, R. 2001. Population Dynamics of Caulerpa sertularioides (Chlorophyta: Bryopsidales) from Baja California, Mexico, during El Niño and La Niña Years. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 81(3):721–726.

Sears, J. R., and R. T. Wilce. 1970. Reproduction and Systematics of the Marine Alga Derbesia (Chlorophyceae) in New England. Journal of Phycology 6(4): 381–392.

Segawa, S. 1935. On the Marine Algae of Susaki, Prov. Iduz, and Its Vicinity. Scientific Papers of the Institute of Algological Rsearch, Faculty of Science, Hokkaido Imperial University 1: 59–90.

Serra, C. S. 1971. Hurricanes and Tropical Storms of the West Coast of Mexico. Monthly Weather Review 99: 7423–7431.

Servière-Zaragoza, E., S. Castillo-Arguero, and J. González- González. 1998. Descripción ficológica de los ambientes de la región de Bahía de Banderas, Nayarit-Jalisco, México. Boletín del Instituto de Botánica, Universidad de Guadalajara 5: 157–180.

Servière-Zaragoza, E., J. González-González, and D. Rodríguez- Vargas. 1993. Ficoflora de la región de Bahía de Banderas, Jalisco-Nayarit. In Biodiversidad Marina y Costera de México, S. I. Salazar-Vallejo and N. E. González, eds., pp. 475–485. México D.F.: Comisión Nacional para el Conocimiento y Aprovechamiento de la Biodiversidad y Centro de Investigaciones de Quintana Roo.

Servière-Zaragoza, E., R. Riosmena-Rodríguez, H. León-Tejera, and J. González-González. 2007. Distribución espacial de macroalgas marinas in las Islas Revillagigedo, México. Ciencia y Mar 11(31): 3–13.

Setchell, W. A. 1896. Notes on Kelps. Erythea 4: 41–48.

Setchell, W. A. 1912. Algae Novae et Minus Cognitae, I. University of California Publications in Botany 4(14): 229–268, pls. 25–31.

Setchell, W. A. 1926. Tahitian Algae Collected by W. A. Setchell, C. B. Setchell, and H. E Parks. University of California Publications in Botany 12(5): 61–142.

Setchell, W. A. 1928. Townshend Stith Brandegee and Mary Katharine (Layne) (Curran) Brandegee. University of California Publications in Botany 13(6): 158–178.

Setchell, W. A. 1929. The Genus Microdictyon. University of California Publications in Botany 14(20): 453–588.

Setchell, W. A. 1937a. The Codiums of the Juan Fernandez Islands. In Volume 2: Botany, Part 5, No. 21, C. Skottsberg, ed., pp. 587–600, pls. 34–48, The Natural History of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. Uppsala: Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri A. B.

Setchell, W. A. 1937b. The Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences,1932, No. 34: Report on the Sargassums. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, Fourth Series, 22(5): 127–158, pls. 28–33.

Setchell, W. A. 1937c. Nathaniel Lyon Gardner, 1864–1937. Madroño 4: 126–128.

Setchell, W. A. 1938. Biogeographical Memoir of Marshall Avery Howe, 1867–1936. Biographical Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences 19: 243–269.

Setchell, W. A., and E. Y. Dawson. 1941. Binghamia, the Alga, Versus Binghamia, the Cactus. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 27(8): 376–381.

Setchell, W. A., and N. L. Gardner. 1903. Algae of Northwestern America. University of California Publications in Botany 1(3): 165–419.

Setchell, W. A., and N. L. Gardner. 1920a. Phycological Contributions, I. University of California Publications in Botany 7(9): 279–324+[325].

Setchell, W. A., and N. L. Gardner. 1920b. The Marine Algae of the Pacific Coast of North America, Pt. II: Chlorophyceae. University of California Publications in Botany 8(2): 139–374+[1]+375–382.

Setchell, W. A., and N. L. Gardner. 1922a. Phycological Contributions, III: New Species of Compsonema. University of California Publications in Botany 7(11): 353–377.

Setchell, W. A., and N. L. Gardner. 1922b. Phycological Contributions, V: New Species of Pylaiella and Streblonema. University of California Publications in Botany 7(11): 385–403.

Setchell, W. A., and N. L. Gardner. 1922c. Phycological Contributions, VI: New Species of Ectocarpus. University of California Publications in Botany 7(11): 403–427.

Setchell, W. A., and N. L. Gardner. 1924a. Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Gulf of California in 1921: The Marine Algae. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, Fourth Series, 12(29): 695–949, 1 map.

Setchell, W. A., and N. L. Gardner. 1924b. Phycological Contributions, VII. University of California Publications in Botany 13(1): 1–13.

Setchell, W. A., and N. L. Gardner. 1925. The Marine Algae of the Pacific Coast of North America, Part III: Melanophyceae. University of California Publications in Botany 8(3): 383–898.

Setchell, W. A., and N. L. Gardner. 1930. The Marine Algae of the Revillagigedo Islands Expedition in 1925. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, Fourth Series, 19(11): 109–215.

Setchell, W. A., and N. L. Gardner. 1937. The Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences: A Preliminary Report on the Algae. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, Fourth Series, 22(2): 65–98.

Shen, Y.-C., P. I. Tsai, W. Fenical, and M. E. Hay. 1993. Secondary Metabolite Chemistry of the Caribbean Marine Alga Sporochnus bolleanus: A Basis for Herbivore Chemical Defence. Phytochemistry 32(1): 71–75.

Shepard, F. P. 1950. Submarine Topography of the Gulf of California. Part 3 of The 1940 E. W. Scripps Cruise to the Gulf of California. 32 pp. Geological Society of America Memoir, No. 43. Boulder, Colo.: Geological Society of America.

Shimada, S., M. Hiraoka, S. Nabata, M. Iima, and M. Masuda. 2003. Molecular Phylogenetic Analyses of the Japanese Ulva and Enteromorpha (Ulvales, Ulvophyceae), with Special Reference to the Free-Floating Ulva. Phycological Research 51(2): 99–108.

Silva, P. C. 1951. The Genus Codium in California with Observations on the Structure of the Walls of the Utricles. University of California Publications in Botany 25(2): 79–114.

Silva, P. C. 1952. A Review of Nomenclatural Conservation in the Algae from the Point of View of the Type Method. University of California Publications in Botany 25(4): 241–323.

Silva, P. C. 1957. Notes on Pacific Marine Algae. Madroño 14(2): 41–51.

Silva, P. C. 1960. Gilbert Morgan Smith, 1885–1960. Revue Algologique, Série 2, 5: 97–102.

Silva, P.C. 1962. Comparison of Algal Floristic Patterns in the Pacific with Those in the Atlantic and Indian Oceans, with Special Reference to Codium. In Proceedings of the Ninth Pacific Science Conress, Bangkok, 1957, Vol. 4: Botany, pp. 201–216. Bangkok: Chulalongkorn University.

Silva, P. C. 1967. E. Yale Dawson (1918–1966). Phycologia 6(4): 218–236

Silva, P. C. 1979. The Benthic Algal Flora of Central San Francisco Bay. In San Francisco Bay: The Urbanized Estuary, T. J. Conomos, A. E. Leviton, and M. Berson, eds., pp. 287– 345. San Francisco: Pacific Division, American Association for the Advancement of Science.

Silva, P. C. 1980. Names of Classes and Families of Living Algae; with Special Reference to Their Use in the Index Nominum Genericorum (Plantarum). Regnum Vegetabile, No. 103. [iii]+156 pp. Utrecht: Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema.

Silva, P. C. 1982. Chlorophycota. In Synopsis and Classification of Living Organisms, Volume 1, S. P. Parker, ed., pp. 133– 161. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Silva, P. C., P. W. Basson, and R. L. Moe. 1996a. Catalogue of the Benthic Marine Algae of the Indian Ocean. University of California Publications in Botany 79: xiv+1–1259.

Silva, P. C., and B. de Reviers. 2000. Ordinal Names in the Phaeophyceae. Cryptogamie, Algologie 21(1): 49–58.

Silva, P. C., D. Lamy, S. Loiseaux-de Goër, and B. de Reviers. 1999. Proposal to Conserve the Name Pylaiella Bory (Phaeophyceae) with a Conserved Spelling. Taxon 48(2): 139–140.

Silva, P. C., E. G. Meñez, and R. L. Moe. 1987. Catalog of the Benthic Marine Algae of the Philippines. Smithsonian Contributions to the Marine Sciences, No. 27: iv+1–179. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press.

Silva, P. C., R. A. Rasmussen, H. Krauss, and P. Avila. 1996b. Marine Flora of Rocas Alijos. In Rocas Alijos: Scientific Results from the Cordell Expeditions, R. W. Schmieder, ed., pp. 227–236. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publications.

Sivalingam, P. M. 1989. Biochemical Relationships of Valonia fastigata and Valoniopsis pachynema with Regard to the External Environmental Medium. Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui) 37(1): 1–3.

Slevin, J. R. 1923. General Account: Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Gulf of California. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, Fourth Series, 12(6): 55–72.

Smith, G. M. 1930. Observations on Some Siphonaceous Green Algae of the Monterey Peninsula. In Contributions to Marine Biology, Lectures and Symposia Given at HopkinsMarine Station Dec 20–21, 1929, pp. 222–233. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University.

Smith, G. M. 1933. The Fresh-Water Algae of the United States. xi+716 pp. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Smith, G. M. 1942. Notes on Some Brown Algae from the Monterey Peninsula, California. American Journal of Botany 29(8): 645–653.

Smith, G. M. 1944. Marine Algae of the Monterey Peninsula, California. viii+622 pp., 98 pls. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press.

Smith, G. M. 1969. Marine Algae of the Monterey Peninsula, California. 2nd ed. (incorporating the 1966 Supplement by G. J. Hollenberg and I. A. Abbott), x+752 pp. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press.

Smith, J. E. 1810. English Botany; or, Coloured Figures of British Plants, with Their Essential Characters, Synonyms, and Places of Growth. Volume 30. [i] p., pls. 2089–2160, pp. [1,3,5, indices]+[1,2 corrections for earlier plates]. London: Author (J. Davis, printer).

Smith, J. E. 1811. English Botany; or, Coloured Figures of British Plants, with Their Essential Characters, Synonyms, and Places of Growth. Volume 33. [i] p., pls. 2305–2362, pp. [1,3,5]. London: Printed for the Author (J. Davis, printer).

Smith, J. E., and J. de Carle Sowerby. 1843. English Botany; or, Coloured Figures of British Plants … Supplement to the English Botany of the Late Sir J. E. Smith and Mr. Sowerby. The Descriptions, Synonyms, and Places of Growth by William Jackson Hooker … and Other Eminent Botanists; the Figures by James de Carle Sowerby … Volume 3. [viii] pp., pls. 2797–2867. London: Longman.

Söderström, J. 1955. Some Drawings of Cladophora. Svensk Botanisk Tidskrift 49(1–2): 275–281.

Söderström, J. 1963. Studies in Cladophora. Botanica Gothoburgensia 1: 1–147.

Söderström, J. 1965. Remarks on Some Species of Cladophora in the Sense of van den Hoek and Söderström. Botanica Marina 8(2–4): 169–182.

Solier, A.-J.-J. 1845. Algues. In Catalogue des Plantes qui croissent Naturellement aux Environs de Marseille, J. L. M. Castagne, ed., pp. 225–253. Aix: Nicot et Pardigon.

Solier, A.-J.-J. 1846. Sur deux algues zoosporées formant le nouveau genre Derbesia. Revue Botanique, Recueil Mensuel (Duchartre) 1: 452–454.

Solier, A.-J.-J. 1847. Mémoire sux deux algues zoospores devant former un genre distinct, le genre Derbesia…. Annales de Sciences Naturelles, Botanique, Série 3, 7: 157–166, pl. 9.

Solms-Laubach, H. 1895. Monograph of the Acetabularieae. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, Second Series, Botany 5: 1–39, pls. 1–4.

Sonder, O. G. 1845. Nova Algarum Genera et Species, Quas in Itinere ad Oras Occidentales Novae Hollandiae, Collegit L. Preiss, Ph. Dr. Botanische Zeitung 3: 49–57.

Sonder, O. W. 1871. Die algen des tropischen Australiens. Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften herausgegeben von dem Naturwissenschaftlichen Verein in Hamburg 5(2): 33–71, pls. I-VI.

South, G. R., and I. Tittley. 1986. A Checklist and Distributional Index of the Benthic Marine Algae of the North Atlantic Ocean. 76 pp. St. Andrews, N. B.: Huntsman Marine Laboratory.

Sparling, S. 1971. Recent Records of Marine Algae in San Luis Obispo County, California. Phycologia 10(2–3): 235–240.

Stackhouse, J. 1797. Nereis Britannica; Continens Species Omnes Fucorum in Insulis Britannicis Crescentium: Sescriptione Latine et Anglico. Fasciculus 2. Pp. xi–xxiv+31– 70, pls. 9–13. Bath: S. Hazard.

Stafleu, F. A. 1972. The volumes on Cryptogams of “Engler und Prantl.” Taxon 21(4): 501–511.

Stafleu, F. A., and R. S. Cowan. 1976–1988. Taxonomic Literature. 2nd ed. [TL-2]. Volumes 1–7. Utrecht: Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema.

Stafleu, F. A., and E. A. Mennega. 1992–2000. Taxonomic Literature. 2nd ed. [TL-2]. Supplement Volumes 1–6. Königstein: Koeltz Scientific Books.

Stearn, W. T. 1957. Introduction to the Species Plantarum and Cognate Botanical Works of Carl Linneaus. In Carl Linneaus, Species Plantarum: A Facsimile of the First Edition, 1753, pp. xiv+1–176. London: The Ray Society.

Stearn, W. T. 2004. Botanical Latin. 4th ed. xiv+546 pp. Portland, Oreg.: Timber Press Inc.

Stegenga, H., J. J. Bolton, and R. J. Anderson. 1997. Seaweeds of the South African West Coast. Contributions from the Bolus Herbarium, No. 18. 655 pp. Cape Town: Bolus Herbarium, University of Cape Town.

Steinbeck, J. 2001. The Log from the “Sea of Cortez.” 320 pp. New York: Penguin Group.

Steinbeck, J., and E. F. Ricketts. 1941. Sea of Cortez: A Leisurely Journal of Travel and Research. New York: The Viking Press. [Republished Mamaroneck, N.Y.: Paul P. Appel. 1971.]

Stewart, J. G. 1982. Anchor Species and Epiphytes in Intertidal Algal Turf. Pacific Science 36(1): 45–59.

Stewart, J. G. 1991. Marine Algae and Seagrasses of San Diego County. A Handbook of Benthic Marine Plants from Intertidal and Subtidal Sites Between the U.S.-Mexican Border and Orange County, California. 197 pp. La Jolla: California Sea Grant College Program, University of California.

Stewart, J. G., and J. R. Stewart. 1984. Marine Algae of Guadalupe Island, México, Including a Checklist. Ciencias Marinas 10(2): 129–148.

Stockmayer, S. 1890. Ueber die Algengattung Rhizoclonium. Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich-Königlichen Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien 40: 571–586.

Stout, I., and K. M. Dreckmann. 1993. Macroalgas bentónicas de Faro de Bucerías, Michoacán, México. Anales Instituto Biología de la Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, Serie Botánica 64(1): 1–23.

Suringar, W. R. F. 1868 [1867]. Algarum japonicarum musei botanici L. B. [Lugduno-Batavi], Index praecursorius. Annales Musei Botanici Lugduno-Batavi 3: 256–259.

Svedelius, N. 1906. Reports on the Marine Algae of Ceylon, No. 1: Ecological and Systematic Studies of the Ceylon Species of Caulerpa. Reports of the Ceylon Marine Biological Laboratory 2: 81–144.

Tan, I. H., J. Blomster, G. Hansen, E. Leskinen, C. A. Maggs, D. G. Mann, H. J. Sluiman, and M. J. Stanhope. 1999. Molecular Phylogenetic Evidence for a Reversible Morphogenetic Switch Controlling the Gross Morphology of Two Common Genera of Green Seaweeds, Ulva and Enteromorpha. Molecular Biology and Evolution 16(8): 1011–1018.

Tan, I. H., and L. D. Druehl. 1994. A Molecular Study of Analipus and Ralfsia (Phaeophyceae) Suggests the Order Ectocarpales is Polyphyletic. Journal of Phycology 30(4): 721–729.

Tanaka, J. 1993. Ishige okamurai Yendo. In Volume 2: Brown and Red Algae, T. Hori, ed., pp. 40–41, An Illustrated Atlas of the Life History of Algae. Tokyo: Uchida Rokakuho.

Tanaka, J. 1998. Reproductive Structures of Dictyopteris undulata (Dictyotales, Phaeophyceae) from Japan. Phycological Research 46(1): 75–80.

Tanaka, J., and M. Chihara. 1980a. Taxonomic Study of Japanese Crustose Brown Algae (1), General Account of the Order Ralfsiales. Journal of Japanese Botany 55: 193–202.

Tanaka, J., and M. Chihara. 1980b. Taxonomic Study of Japanese Crustose Brown Algae (2), Ralfsia (Ralfsiaceae, Ralfsiales), (Part 1). Journal of Japanese Botany 55: 225–236.

Tanaka, J., and M. Chihara. 1980c. Taxonomic Study of the Japanese Crustose Brown Algae (3), Ralfsia (Ralfsiaceae, Ralfsiales), (Part 2). Japanese Journal of Botany 55: 337–342.

Tanaka, J., and M. Chihara. 1981a. Taxonomic Study of the Japanese Crustose Brown Algae (4), Ralfsia (Ralfsiaceae, Ralfsiales), (Part 3). Journal of Japanese Botany 56: 97–104.

Tanaka, J., and M. Chihara. 1981b. Taxonomic Study of the Japanese Crustose Brown Algae (5), Endoplura and Diplura (Ralfsiaceae, Ralfsiales). Journal of Japanese Botany 56: 153–160.

Tanaka, J., and M. Chihara. 1982. Morphology and Taxonomy of Mesospora schmidtii Weber van Bosse, Mesosporaceae fam. nov. (Ralfsiales, Phaeophyceae). Phycologia 21(3): 382–389.

Tanaka, T., and H. Itono. 1977. On Two New Species of Chlorophyta from Southern Parts of Japan. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Phycology 25(Suppl. Mem. Issue Yamada): 347–352.

Tanner, C. E. 1979. The Taxonomy and Morphological Variation of Distromatic Ulvaceous Algae (Chlorophyta) from the Northeast Pacific. xv+249 pp. Ph. D. diss. Department of Botany, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada.

Tanner, C. E. 1980. Chloropelta gen. nov., an Ulvaceous Green Alga with a Different Type of Development. Journal of Phycology 16(2): 128–137.

Tanner, C. E.1981. Chlorophyta: Life Histories. In The Biology of Seaweeds, C. S. Lobban and M. J. Wynne, eds., pp. 218– 247. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Tanner, C. E. 1986. Investigations of the Taxonomy and Morphological Variation of Ulva (Chlorophyta): Ulva californica Wille. Phycologia 25(4): 510–520.

Tatewaki, M. 1966. Formation of a Crustaceous Sporophyte with Unilocular Sporangia in Scytosiphon lomentaria. Phycologia 6(1): 62–66.

Taylor, W. R. 1928. The Marine Algae of Florida with Special Reference to the Dry Tortugas. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, No. 24. Carnegie Institution of Washington Publication, No. 379, v+219 pp. Washington, D.C.: Carnegie Institution of Washington. [Reprinted Bibliotheca Phycologica, Volume 2. Lehre: J. Cramer. 1967.]

Taylor, W. R. 1939. Algae Collected on the Presidential Cruise of 1938. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections 98(9): 1–18, 2 pls. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution.

Taylor, W. R. 1945. Pacific Marine Algae of the Allan Hancock Expeditions to the Galápagos Islands. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions 12: iv+528 pp.

Taylor, W. R. 1947. Algae Collected by the “Hassler,” “Albatross,” and Schmitt Expeditions, III: Marine Algae from Peru and Chile. Papers of the Michigan Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters 31: 57–90, pls. 1–14.

Taylor, W. R. 1950. Plants of Bikini and Other Northern Marshall Islands. xv+227 pp., 79 pls. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Taylor, W. R. 1955. Notes on Algae from the Tropical Atlantic Ocean, IV. Papers of the Michigan Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters 40: 67–76.

Taylor, W. R. 1960. Marine Algae of the Eastern Tropical and Subtropical Coasts of the Americas. xii+870 pp. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Tello-Velazco, M. 1986. Cuantificación del efecto de la tormenta tropical “Lidia” y el ciclón “Paul” sobre una comunidad de macroalgas bentónicas marinas en la Laguna Costera de Balandra, Baja California Sur, México. Anales del Instituto de Ciencias del Mar y Limnología de la Universidad Nacional Autonoma México 13: 69–78.

Thivy, F. 1943. New Records of Some Marine Chaetophoraceae and Chaetosphaeridiaceae for North America. Biological Bulletin 85(3): 244–264.

Thivy, F., and V. D. Chauhan. 1964. Sargassum johnstonii Setchell & Gardner, a New Record for the Indian Ocean Region. Hydrobiologia 23(1–2): 292–299.

Thomas, J. H. 1969. Botanical Explorations in Washingon, Oregon, California and Adjacent Regions. Huntia 3(1): 5–66.

Thomson, D. A., L. T. Findley, and A. N. Kerstitch. 2000. Reef Fishes of the Sea of Cortez: The Rocky-Shore Fishes of the Gulf of California. revised ed. Corrie Herring Hooks Series, No. 44. [viii]+xx+353 pp. Austin: University of Texas Press.

Thomson, D. A., and C. E. Lehner. 1976. Resilience of a Rocky Intertidal Fish Community in a Physically Unstable Environment. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 22(1): 1–29.

Toste, M. F., M. I. Parente, A. I. Nero, and R. L. Fletcher. 2003a. Life History of Hydroclathrus clathratus (Scytosiphonaceae, Phaeophyta) in the Azores. Cryptogamie, Algologie 24(3): 209–218.

Toste, M. F., M. I. Parente, A. I. Nero, and R. L. Fletcher. 2003b. Life History of Colpomenia sinuosa (Scytosiphonaceae, Phaeophyceae) in the Azores. Journal of Phycology 39(6): 1268–1274.

Trench, R. K. 1973. Of “Leaves that Crawl”: Functional Chloroplasts in Animal Cells. In Symbiosis, D. H. Jennings and D. L. Lee, eds., pp. 229–265. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Tribollet, A., C. Langdon, S. Golubic, and M. Atkinson. 2006. Endolithic Microflora Are Major Primary Producers in Dead Carbonate Substrates of Hawaiian Coral Reefs. Journal of Phycology 42(2): 292–303.

Tronholm, A., M. Sansón, J. Afonso-Carrillo, and O. De Clerck. 2008. Distinctive Morphological Features, Life-Cycle Phases and Seasonal Variations in Subtropical Populations of Dictyota dichotoma (Dictyotales, Phaeophyceae). Botanica Marina 51(2): 132–144.

Tseng, C. K. 1983. Common Seaweeds of China. [ii]+x+316 pp. Beijing: Science Press.

Tsuda, R. T., and I. A. Abbott. 1985. Collecting, Handling, Preservation, and Logistics. In Volume 4: Ecological Field Methods: Macroalgae, M. M. Littler and D. S. Littler, eds., pp. 67–86, Handbook of Phycological Methods. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Tsuda, R. T., and S. Kamura. 1991. Floristic and Geographic Distribution of Halimeda (Chlorophyta) in the Ryukyu Islands. Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui) 39(1): 57–76.

Urban, P. 1969. The Fine Structure of Pronuclear Fusion in the Coenocytic Marine Alga Bryopsis hypnoides Lamouroux. Journal of Cell Biology 42(2): 606–611.

Valet, G. 1969. Contributions à l’étude des Dasycladales: Revision systematique. Nova Hedwigia 17(1–4): 575–637.

van Andel, T. H., and G. S. Shor. 1964. A Symposium: Marine Geology of the Gulf of California. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir, No. 3. 408 pp. Tulsa, Okla.: American Association of Petroleum Geologists.

Vest, S. E., C. J. Dawes, and J. T. Romeo. 1983. Distribution of Caulerpin and Caulerpicin in Eight Species of the Green Alga Caulerpa (Caulerpales). Botanica Marina 26(4): 313–316.

Vickers, A. 1905. Liste des algues marines de la Barbade. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Botanique, Série 9, 1: 45–66.

Vinogradova, K. L. 1973. K anatomii Petalonia Derb. et Sol. (Scytosiphonales). Novosti Sistematiki Nizshikh Rastenij 10: 28–32. Warming, E. 1884. Haandbog I den systematiske Botanik. Naermest til Brug for Laerere og Universitets-Studerende. Anden gjennemsete Udgave. [iv]+434+[iii] pp. Copenhagen: P. G. Philipsens Forlag.

Webber, E. E. 1981. Observations on Leathesia difformis (L.) Aresch. from Nahant, Massachusetts. Botanica Marina 24(3): 297–298.

Weber-van Bosse, A. 1898. Monographie des Caulerpes. Annales du Jardin Botanique de Buitenzorg 15: 243–401, pls. 20–34.

Weber-van Bosse, A. 1905. Note sur le genre Dictyosphaeria Dec. Nuova Notarisia 15: 142–144.

Weber-van Bosse, A. 1913. Liste des algues du Siboga, I: Myxophyceae, Chlorophyceae, Phaeophyceae avec le concours de M. Th. Rienbold, M. Weber, ed., Siboga-Expeditie Monographie, No. 59A, pp. 1–186, pls. I–V. Leiden: E. J. Brill.

Wehr, J. D., and R. G. Sheath, eds. 2003. Freshwater Algae of North America: Ecology and Classification. 917 pp. San Diego, Calif.: Academic Press.

West, G. S. 1904. A Treatise on the British Fresh-water Algae, … [1st ed.]. xv+372 pp. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Whittaker, R. H. 1969. New Concepts of Kingdoms of Organisms. Science 163(3863): 150–161.

Wiggins, I. L. 1962. Gilbert Morgan Smith, January 6, 1885– July 11, 1959. Biographical Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences 36: 289–313.

Wilce, R. T., C. W. Schneider, A. V. Quinlan, and K. van den Bosch. 1982. The Life History and Morphology of Free- Living Pilayella littoralis (L.) Kjellm. (Ectocarpaceae, Ectocarpales) in Nahant Bay, Massachusetts. Phycologia 21(3): 336–354.

Wille, N. 1899. Ulva californica. In Phycotheca Boreali-Americana. A Collection of Dried Specimens of the Algae of North America, Fascicle 13, F. S. Collins, I. Holden, W. A. Setchell, eds., Exsiccatae No. 611. Malden, Mass.: Authors.

Wille, N. 1910 [1909]. Conjugatae und Chlorophyceae. In Die natürlichen Pflanzenfamilien … Nachträge zu I Teil, Abt. 2, Fascicles 236–237, [H. G.] A. Engler and K. [A. E.] Prantl, eds., pp. 1–96. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.

Williams, D. M. 1991a. Phylogenetic Relationships among the Chromista: A Review and Preliminary Analysis. Cladistics 7(2):141–156.

Williams, D. M. 1991b. Cladistic Methods and Chromophyte Phylogeny. BioSystems 25(1–2): 101–112.

Williams, J. 1996. Baja Boater’s Guide, Volume 2: The Sea of Cortez. 3rd ed. 256 pp. Sausalito, Calif.: H. J. Williams Publications.

Wittrock, V. B., and C. F. O. Nordstedt. 1884. Algae Aquae Dulcis Exsiccatae Praecipue Scandinavicae, quas Adjectis Algis Marinis Chlorophyllaceis t Phycochromaceis…. Fasciculus 13. [2] pp., exsiccate nos. 601–650. pp. [1–2], exsiccatae nos. 601–650. Uppsala: Ed. Berling.

Wollny, R. 1881. Die Merresalgen von Helgoland. Hedwigia 20: 1–8, 17–32, 2 pls.

Womersley, H. B. S. 1967. A Critical Study of the Marine Algae of Southern Australia, II: Phaeophyta. Australian Journal of Botany 15(2): 189–270.

Womersley, H. B. S. 1971. New Records and Taxa of Marine Chlorophyta in Southern Australia. Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia 95(Pt. 2): 113–120.

Womersley, H. B. S. 1984. The Marine Benthic Flora of Southern Australia, Part I, [1–6]+7–329 pp. Adelaide, South Australia: D. J. Woolman, Government Printer.

Womersley, H. B. S. 1987. The Marine Benthic Flora of Southern Australia, Part II. Adelaide, South Australia: South Australian Government Printing Division.

Woronine, M. 1862. Recherches sur les algues marines Acetabularia Lamx. et Espera Dcne. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Série 4: Botanique et Biologie Végétale 16: 200–214.

Wulfen, F. X. 1803. Cryptogama aquatica. In Archiv für die Botanik, K. Roemer, ed., 3: 1–64, pl. 1.

Wynne, M. J. 1969. Life History and Systematic Studies of Some Pacific North American Phaeophyceae (Brown Algae). University of California Publications in Botany 50: [iv]+1–88.

Wynne, M. J. 1971. Concerning the Phaeophycean Genera Analipus and Heterochordaria. Phycologia 10(2–3): 169–175.

Wynne, M. J. 1972. Studies of Life Forms in Nature and Culture of Selected Brown Algae. In Contributions to the Systematics of Benthic Marine Algae of the North Pacific, I. A. Abbott and M. Kurogi, eds., pp. 133–145. Kobe: Japanese Society of Phycology.

Wynne, M. J. 1973. A Key to Unbranched, Cylindrical Brown Algae. Contributions in Marine Science 17: 133–152. Wynne, M. J. 1981. Phaeophyta: Morphology and Classification. In The Biology of Seaweeds, C. S. Lobban and M. J. Wynne, eds., pp. 52–85. Botanical Monographs, No. 17. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Wynne, M. J. 1986. A Checklist of Benthic Marine Algae of the Tropical and Subtropical Western Atlantic. Canadian Journal of Botany 64(10): 2239–2281.

Wynne, M. J. 1991. Prof. Dr. William Randolph Taylor. Botanica Marina 34(1): 63–67.

Wynne, M. J. 1997. Rosenvingea antillarum (P. Crouan & H. Crouan) comb. nov. to Replace R. floridana (W. R Taylor) W. R. Taylor (Scytosiphonales, Phaeophyta). Cryptogamie, Algologie 18(4): 331–336.

Wynne, M. J. 1998a. A Checklist of Benthic Marine Algae of the Tropical and Subtropical Western Atlantic: First Revision. Nova Hedwigia Beiheft 116: iii+155 pp.

Wynne, M. J. 1998b. A Study of Padina antillarum (Kützing) Piccone and a Comparison with P. tetrastromatica Hauck (Dictyotales, Phaeophyta). Cryptogamie, Algologie 19(3): 271–289.

Wynne, M. J. 1999. Concerning the Names of Two Phaeophycean Algae: Colpomenia durvillei (Bory) M. E. Ramírez and Utriculidium durvillei Skottsberg. Cryptogamie, Algologie 20(4): 289–293.

Wynne, M. J. 2002. The Reinstatement of the Name Ulva nematoidea Bory de Saint-Vincent (Chlorophyta) and the Placement of U. costata (Howe) Hollenberg in Its Taxonomic Synonymy. Cryptogamie, Algologie 23(1): 5–12.

Wynne, M. J. 2003. Sporochnus anomalus (Pallas) comb. nov. (Sporochnales, Phaeophyceae), the Oldest Available Name for Sporochnus gaertnera C. Agardh. Cryptogamie, Algologie 24(1): 75–81.

Wynne, M. J. 2005. A Checklist of Benthic Marine Algae of the Tropical and Subtropical Western Atlantic: Second Revision. Nova Hedwigia Beiheft 129: ii+152 pp.

Wynne, M. J., and O. De Clerck. 1999. First Reports of Padina antillarum and P. glabra (Phaeophyta-Dictyotaceae) from Florida, with a Key to the Western Atlantic Species of the Genus. Caribbean Journal of Science 35(3–4): 286–295.

Wynne, M. J., and J. N. Norris. 1976. The Genus Colpomenia Derbes et Solier (Phaeophyta) in the Gulf of California. Smithsonian Contributions to Botany No. 35: iii+18 pp. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press.

Wysor, B. 2004. An Annotated List of Marine Chlorophyta from the Pacific Coast of the Republic of Panamá, with a Comparison to Caribbean Panamá Species. Nova Hedwigia 78(1–2): 209–241.

Yamada, Y. 1928. Report of the Biological Survey of Mutsu Bay, 9: Marine Algae of Mutsu Bay and Adjacent Waters, II. Science Reports of the Tohoku Imperial University, 4th Series, Biology 3: 497–534.

Yamada, Y. 1935. Marine Algae from Urup, the Middle Kuriles, Especially from the Vicinity of Iema Bay. Scientific Papers of the Institute of Algological Research, Faculty of Science, Hokkaido Imperial University 1: 1–26, 10 pls.

Yamada, Y. 1940. On the Species of Caulerpa from Micronesia. Kagaku NanyÕ [Japan Society for the Promotion of Scientific Research] 3: 95–107.(In Japanese.) Yamada, Y. 1942. Notes on Sargassum from the Southern Parts of Japan, III. Journal of Japanese Botany 18: 553–562. (In Japanese.)

Yamada, Y. 1944. Diagnoses of New Sargassums from Japan. Scientific Papers of the Institute of Algological Research, Faculty of Science, Hokkaido Imperial University 3(1): 1–10.

Yamada, Y. 1948. Marine Algae. In Icones of the Marine Plants and Animals of Hokkaido, No. 1, Y. Yamada and S. Kinoshita, eds., p. 6, pl. 4 [Colpomenia bullosa]. Yoichi, Hokkaido: Hokkaido Fisheries Scientific Institution.

Yamanouchi, S. 1912. The Life History of Cutleria. Botanical Gazette 54(6): 441–502, pls. 26–35.

Yang, M.-H., G. Blunden, F.-L. Huang, and R. L. Fletcher. 1997. Growth of a Dissociated, Filamentous Stage of Codium Species in Laboratory Culture. Journal of Applied Phycology 9(1): 1–3.

Yarish, C. 1975. A Cultural Assessment of the Taxonomic Criteria of Selected Marine Chaetophoraceae (Chlorophyta). Nova Hedwigia 26: 385–430.

Yendo, K. 1907. The Fucaceae of Japan. Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University of Tokyo 21(12): 1–174, pls. 1–18.

Yoshida, T. 1988. Japanese and Taiwanese Species of Sargassum subgenus Sargassum. In Taxonomy of Economic Seaweeds with Reference to Some Pacific and Caribbean Species, Volume 2, I. A. Abbott, ed., pp. 5–21. La Jolla: California Sea Grant College Program, University of California.

Yoshida, T. 1998. Marine Algae of Japan [Shin Nihon kaisoshi; Nihonsan kaisorui soran]. 25+[2]+3–1222 pp. Tokyo: Uchida Rokakuho Publishing Company.

Yoshida, T., and K. Akiyama. 1979. Streblonema (Phaeophyceae) Infection in the Frond of Cultivated Undaria (Phaeophyceae). In Proceedings of the Ninth International Seaweed Symposium, Jensen, A. and J. R. Stein, eds., pp. 219–223. Princeton: Science Press.

Yoshida, T., Y. Nakajima, and Y. Nakata. 1990. Check-list of Marine Algae of Japan (revised in 1990). Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui) 38(4): 269–320.

Yoshida, T., K. Yoshinaga, and Y. Nakajima. 1995. Check-list of Marine Algae of Japan (revised in 1995). Japanese Journal of Phycology (Sôrui) 43(3): 115–171.

Yotsui, T. 1976. Seasonal Occurrence and Sporangia Formation of Nemacystus decipiens (Chordariales, Phaeophyta). Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Phycology 24(4): 130–136.

Yotsui, T. 1980. Studies on the Life Cycle and Artificial Propagation of a Brown Alga, Nemacystus decipiens (Phaeophyta, Chordariales). Special Report of the Nagasaki Prefectural Institute of Fisheries 7: 1–48.

Zanardini, G. [A. M.] 1843. Saggio di classificazione naturalle delle Ficee. 64+[i] pp., 1 pl. Venice: Girolamo Tasso.

Zaneveld, J. S. 1966. Elmer Yale Dawson (1918–1966). Nova Hedwigia 12: I–XII.

Zedler, J. B. 1980. Algal Mat Productivity: Comparisons in a Salt Marsh. Estuaries 2: 122–131.

Zedler, J. B. 1982. Salt Marsh Algal Composition: Spatial and Temporal Comparisons. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 81(1): 41–50.

Index of Scientific Names

Names of all taxa recognized in the northern Gulf of California are shown in bold type. Higher taxa (e.g., orders and families) that are synonyms or have a distribution outside of the northern Gulf are in non-bold, SMALL CAPITAL letters. Names of genera and species that are synonyms or have a distribution outside of the northern Gulf are in non-bold italics.

Page numbers in bold type refer to northern Gulf taxa descriptions. Page numbers in non-bold type refer to basionyms or synonyms or to taxa mentioned in the text or in discussion, e.g., Remarks. Page numbers in non-bold italics to pages with the figure(s) of the genus or species.

Acanthocodium fragile, 92

Acetabularia, 102

Acetabularia caliculus, 103, 103

Acetabularia crenulata, 102

Acetabularia farlowii, 102

Acetabularia parvula, 102

Acetabularia pusilla, 102

Acetabularia schenckii, 102

ACETABULARIACEAE, 102

Acinetospora, 166, 167

Acinetospora crinita, 166

Acinetospora pusilla, 166

ACINETOSPORACEAE, 166, 186

Acrochaete, 30

Acrochaete codicola, 26

Acrochaete marchantiae, 22

Acrochaete viridis, 25

Aglaozonia, 162

Aglaozonia-phase of Cutleria, 163, 164

ALARIACEAE, 219

Anadyomena, 67, 68

ANADYOMENACEAE, 67

Analipus. 155

Annulina albida, 55

ARCHAEPLASTIDA, 20

Asperococcus, 175

Asperococcus intricatus, 198

Asperococcus β. Colpomenia, 189

Asteronema, 166

Asteronema breviarticulatum, 166

Batophora, 101

Batophora oerstedii, 101

Blidingia, 32

Blidingia marginata, 32

Blidingia minima, 32

Boodlea, 68, 70

Boodlea composita, 68

BOODLEACEAE, 67, 68

Botrytella reinboldii, 187

BRYOPSIDACEAE, 78

BRYOPSIDALES, 77, 78

Bryopsidella, 79

BRYOPSIDINEAE, 78

BRYOPSIDOPHYCEAE, 20, 77, 78

Bryopsis, 79, 83

Bryopsis corticulans, 79, 80

Bryopsis hypnoides, 79, 80

Bryopsis muscosa, 79

Bryopsis pachynema, 76

Bryopsis pennata var. minor, 79, 81, 82

Bryopsis pennata var. pennata, 79, 80, 81, 82, 85

Bryopsis pennatula, 81, 82

Bryopsis plumosa, 80

Bryopsis plumosa var. pennata, 81

Bryopsis salvadoreana, 79, 82

Canistrocarpus, 118

Canistrocarpus crispatus, 122

Carpopeltis sinicola, 109

Caulerpa, 94, 95

Caulerpa antoensis, 95

Caulerpa arenicola, 95

Caulerpa ashmeadii, 98

Caulerpa crassifolia f. pectinata, 95

Caulerpa mexicana f. pectinata, 95, 95, 96

Caulerpa pectinata, 95

Caulerpa peltata, 95

Caulerpa pinnata f. pectinata, 95, 96

Caulerpa racemosa, 95

Caulerpa racemosa var. chemnitzia, 95

Caulerpa racemosa var. turbinata, 95

Caulerpa racemosa var. uvifera, 95

Caulerpa sertularioides, 95, 96, 97

Caulerpa sertularioides f. brevipes, 96

Caulerpa sertularioides f. longiseta, 96

Caulerpa vanbosseae, 95, 97, 98

CAULERPACEAE, 78, 94

CAULERPALES, 78

Caulerpella, 94

Chaetomorpha, 50, 53, 64

Chaetomorpha aerea, 51, 52, 54

Chaetomorpha aerea f. linum, 54

Chaetomorpha antennina, 51, 52, 52, 53

Chaetomorpha bangioides, 51, 53, 53

Chaetomorpha javanica, 50

Chaetomorpha linoides, 50

Chaetomorpha linum, 51, 53, 54

Chaetomorpha minima, 50

Chaetomorpha pachynema, 50

Chaetomorpha spiralis, 50

Chaetomorpha tortuosa, 66

CHAETOPHORALES, 21

Chaetophora marina, 187

Chamaedoris, 70

CHLOROBIONTA, 20

Chlorodesmis hildebrandtii, 94

Chloropelta, 32

CHLOROPHYCEAE, 77

CHLOROPHYTA, 19, 20, 78

CHLOROPLASTIDA, 19

Chnoospora, 172

Chnoospora fastigiata α [var.] pacifica, 172

Chnoospora implexa, 171, 172

Chnoospora minima, 172, 173

Chnoospora pacifica, 171, 172, 173

Chnoospora pannosa, 172

CHNOOSPORACEAE, 166, 171

CHORDARIACEAE, 166, 174, 175, 187, 194

CHORDARIALES, 108, 165

CHROMAVELOLATA, 106

CHROMISTA, 106

Cladophora, 50, 54

Cladophora albida, 55, 56, 61

Cladophora bertolonii var. hamosa, 56

Cladophora brachyclados, 61, 62

Cladophora columbiana, 55, 56, 57

Cladophora crispata, 54

Cladophora delicatula, 61

Cladophora densa, 60

Cladophora expansa, 63

Cladophora fasicularis, 63

Cladophora flexuosa, 63, 64

Cladophora glomerata, 54

Cladophora glomerata var. crassior, 54

Cladophora gracilis, 63

Cladophora graminea, 55, 57, 58, 63

Cladophora hesperia, 55, 58, 59

Cladophora insignis, 54

Cladophora lehmanniana, 54

Cladophora macdougalii, 13, 55, 57, 59, 60

Cladophora magdalenae, 56

Cladophora media, 53

Cladophora membranacea, 68

Cladophora microcladioides, 55, 56, 60, 61

Cladophora montagneana, 55, 60, 61

Cladophora ovoidea, 60

Cladophora pacifica, 53

Cladophora pellucida, 57

Cladophora prolifera, 55, 62

Cladophora rivularis, 54

Cladophora rudolphiana, 62

Cladophora rugulosa, 62

Cladophora sakaii, 60

Cladophora sericea, 55, 60, 62

Cladophora stimpsonii, 54

Cladophora tiburonensis, 55, 56, 63

Cladophora trichotoma, 56

Cladophora uncinella, 63

Cladophora utriculosa, 54

Cladophora vagabunda, 55, 63, 64

CLADOPHORACEAE, 50

CLADOPHORALES, 49, 50, 67, 74

CLADOPHOROPHYCEAE, 20, 49

Cladophoropsis, 67, 68, 70, 76

Cladophoropsis gracillima, 68, 69, 69

Cladophoropsis macromeres, 68, 69, 70

Cladophoropsis membranacea, 68

Cladophoropsis mexicana, 72

Cladophoropsis pulcherrima, 70

Cladophoropsis robusta, 72, 73, 74, 76

Cladosiphonia? floridana, 197

CODIACEAE, 78, 85

CODIALES, 78

Codium, 86, 87, 89, 90

Codium amplivesiculatum, 86, 87, 88, 89

Codium anastomosans, 90, 91

Codium brandegeei, 14, 86, 87, 89, 90, 91

Codium cervicorne, 89, 90, 91

Codium conjunctum, 91

Codium cuneatum, 90, 91, 92

Codium cylindricum, 87

Codium decorticatum, 87

Codium dichotomum, 87, 91

Codium fernandezianum, 87

Codium fragile, 92

Codium isabelae, 90

Codium latum subsp. palmeri, 91

Codium longiramosum, 87

Codium macdougalii, 14, 90

Codium magnum, 87

Codium palmeri, 91

Codium picturatum, 86

Codium reductum, 90

Codium setchellii, 86

Codium simulans, 11, 86, 89, 90, 92

Codium sp. A, 92, 93

Codium tomentosum, 90, 91

Codium unilaterale, 91

Colpomenia, 12, 189, 190, 193

Colpomenia bullosa, 190

Colpomenia durvillei, 190

Colpomenia expansa, 193

Colpomenia peregrina, 189

Colpomenia phaeodactyla, 8, 190, 191, 194

Colpomenia ramosa, 190, 191, 191, 199

Colpomenia sinuosa, 8, 11, 190, 192, 192, 193

Colpomenia sinuosa f. deformans, 190

Colpomenia sinuosa f. expanissima, 193

Colpomenia sinuosa f. expansa, 192

Colpomenia sinuosa f. tuberculata, 193

Colpomenia sp. A, 190, 193

Colpomenia tuberculata, 8, 190, 192, 193

Compsonema, 176, 189, 194

Compsonema gracile, 194

Compsonema immixtum, 194

Compsonema intricatum, 194

Compsonema myrionematoides, 176

Composonema nummuloides, 176

Compsonema pusillum, 176

Compsonema ramulosum, 176

Compsonema secundum, 176

Compsonema secundum f. terminale, 176

Compsonema serpens, 194, 195

Compsonema speciosum f. piliferum, 176

Compsonema streblonematoides, 175

Conferva aerea, 51

Conferva albida, 55

Conferva antennina, 52

Conferva brachyclados, 61

Conferva clathrata, 41

Conferva crispata var. brachyclados, 62

Conferva expansa, 63

Conferva fascicularis, 63

Conferva flexuosa, 44, 63

Conferva gracilis, 63

Conferva granulosa, 170

Conferva hamosa, 56

Conferva implexa, 65

Conferva linum, 53

Conferva media, 53

Conferva pellucida, 57

Conferva prolifera, 62

Conferva riparia, 64

Conferva rudolphiana, 62

Conferva sericea, 62

Conferva siliculosa, 185

Conferva tortuosa, 66

Conferva trichotoma, 56

Conferva vagabunda, 63

Corynophlaea, 187

CORYNOPHLAECEAE, 187

Cruoria verrucosa, 161

CTENOCLADALES, 20, 21

Cutleria, 162, 165

Cutleria cylindrica, 163

Cutleria hancockii, 8, 163, 164

CUTLERIACEAE, 162

CUTLERIALES, 107, 161, 162

CYSTOSEIRACEAE, 200

DASYCLADACEAE, 101, 102

DASYCLADALES, 101, 102

DASYCLADOPHYCEAE, 20, 101

Derbesia, 79, 82, 83, 84, 85

Derbesia hollenbergii, 83

Derbesia marina, 83, 84, 85

Derbesia sp., 83, 84, 85

Derbesia sp. A, 83, 84

Derbesia tenuissima, 82, 85

Derbesia turbinata, 83

Derbesia vaucheriaeformis, 84

DERBESIACEAE, 78, 82

Desmarestia, 13, 145, 146

Desmarestia filamentosa, 145, 146, 147, 148

Desmarestia kurilensis, 146

Desmarestia ligulata, 145, 146, 148

Desmarestia media, 146

Desmarestia mexicana, 145, 146, 148

Desmarestia munda, 148

Desmarestia munda var. munda, 148

Desmarestia munda subsp. mexicana, 146, 148, 149

Desmarestia pacifica, 146

Desmarestia viridis, 145, 146

DESMARESTIACEAE, 144

DESMARESTIALES, 107, 144

Desmotrichum, 175

Dictyerpa, 133

Dictyopteris, 118, 119, 120

Dictyopteris delicatula, 119

Dictyopteris johnstonei, 122

Dictyopteris membranacea, 119

Dictyopteris polypodioides, 119, 121

Dictyopteris repens, 119

Dictyopteris undulata, 8, 119, 121, 122

Dictyopteris zonarioides, 121

DICTYOSIPHONACEAE, 174

DICTYOSIPHONALES, 165, 186

Dictyosphaeria, 67, 74

Dictyosphaeria australis, 74

Dictyosphaeria cavernosa, 74

Dictyosphaeria versluysii, 74

Dictyota, 117, 118, 119, 120, 122, 123, 126, 130, 131, 133

Dictyota bartayresiana, 122

Dictyota binghamiae, 125, 126

Dictyota cervicornis, 122

Dictyota ceylanica, 128

Dictyota concrescens, 123, 124

Dictyota coriacea, 8, 120, 123, 124, 125, 126, 130

Dictyota crenulata, 123, 126, 127

Dictyota dichotoma, 123, 128, 130, 132, 133

Dictyota dichotoma var. intricata, 123, 128, 129

Dictyota divaricata, 128

Dictyota flabellata, 123, 124, 128, 130, 133

Dictyota friabilis, 123, 124

Dictyota hesperia, 130

Dictyota johnstonii, 124, 126, 130

Dictyota marginata, 141, 142

Dictyota okamurae, 141

Dictyota pinnata, 118

Dictyota pulchella, 128

Dictyota stolonifera, 123, 130, 131

Dictyota vivesii, 13, 123, 132, 132, 133

Dictyota volubilis, 123

DICTYOTACEAE, 109, 117, 118, 120, 126

DICTYOTALES, 7, 108, 117

DICTYOTEAE, 118

Dilophus, 118, 132, 133

Dilophus crenulatus, 126

Dilophus flabellatus, 128

Dilophus gunnianus, 118

Dilophus marginatus, 141

Dilophus okamurae, 141, 142

Dilophus pinnatus, 118

Dilophus stoloniferus, 131

Diplura, 108

ECTOCARPACEAE, 166, 180, 186, 194

ECTOCARPALES, 107, 108, 109, 156, 165, 186

Ectocarpus, 180, 183

Ectocarpus acutus, 180, 181, 181

Ectocarpus breviarticulatus, 166

Ectocarpus bryantii, 14, 169, 170

Ectocarpus chantrasoides, 180

Ectocarpus commensalis, 181, 182, 183, 184

Ectocarpus confervoides f. parvus, 184

Ectocarpus confervoides f. pygmaeus, 184

Ectocarpus confervoides f. variabilis, 182

Ectocarpus confervoides var. pygmaeus, 184

Ectocarpus corticulans, 180

Ectocarpus dimorphus, 182

Ectocarpus fasciculatus, 184

Ectocarpus gonodioides, 170, 181, 182, 183

Ectocarpus granulosus, 170

Ectocarpus hancockii, 181, 183, 184

Ectocarpus irregularis, 167, 168

Ectocarpus lebelii, 167

Ectocarpus mitchelliae, 170

Ectocarpus mucronatus, 167

Ectocarpus parvus, 181, 182, 184, 185

Ectocarpus pygmaeus, 184

Ectocarpus siliculosus, 181, 185

Ectocarpus siliculosus var. parvus, 184

Ectocarpus simulans, 180

Ectocarpus sonorensis, 181, 183, 186

Ectocarpus variabilis, 182

Ectochaete ramulosa, 30

Egregia, 219

Egregia laevigata, 219

ELASCHISTACEAE, 174

Encoelium clathratum, 195, 196

Endarachne binghamiae, 189

Endoderma vagans, 30

Endoderma viride, 25

Endoderma viride f. major, 23

Endoplura, 156

Endoplura aurea, 156

Enteromorpha, 32, 33, 41

Enteromorpha acanthophora, 41

Enteromorpha angusta, 34

Enteromorpha clathrata, 41

Enteromorpha clathrata var. crinita, 43

Enteromorpha compressa, 44

Enteromorpha compressa var. flexuosa, 45

Enteromorpha crinita, 43

Enteromorpha flexuosa, 44

Enteromorpha intestinalis, 46

Enteromorpha intestinalis var. tubulosa, 46, 49

Enteromorpha lingulata, 45

Enteromorpha linza, 47

Enteromorpha marchantiae, 46

Enteromorpha marginata, 32

Enteromorpha micrococca, 32

Enteromorpha minima, 32

Enteromorpha muscoides, 43

Enteromorpha plumosa, 43

Enteromorpha prolifera, 48, 49

Enteromorpha prolifera subsp. radiata, 48, 49

Enteromorpha prolifera var. flexuosa, 45

Enteromorpha radiata, 47, 49

Enteromorpha ramulosa, 41, 43

Enteromorpha ramulosa var. acanthophora, 41

Enteromorpha tubulosa, 46, 49

Entocladia, 21, 22, 25

Entocladia codicola, 26

Entocladia condensata, 25

Entocladia marchantiae, 22, 23, 24

Entocladia mexicana, 26

Entocladia polysiphoniae, 22, 23, 24

Entocladia robustum, 23

Entocladia sp. A, 22, 23, 24, 25

Entocladia velutina, 25

Entocladia viridis, 22, 23, 24, 25

Epicladia, 21, 22, 25

Epicladia condensata, 22, 25, 26

Epicladia mexicana, 22, 26, 26

Ernodesmis, 74

Ernodesmis verticillata, 75, 75

Feldmannia, 166, 167, 168

Feldmannia hemispherica, 167

Feldmannia irregularis, 167, 167, 168

Feldmannia lebelii, 167

FUCALES, 7, 108, 199

FUCOPHYCEAE, 106

Fucus, 106, 199

Fucus anomalus, 150

Fucus gaertnera, 150

Fucus ligulatus, 146

Fucus minimus, 173

Fucus pedunculatus, 150

Fucus pyriferus, 220

Fucus sertularioides, 96

Fucus viridis, 146

Gastridium ovale, 84

Geppella, 94

Geppella? decussata, 94

Geppella mortensenii, 94

Giffordia, 168

Giffordia granulosa, 170

Giffordia irregularis, 167

Giffordia mitchelliae, 170

Glossophora, 118, 122

Glossophora coriacea, 124

Glossophorella, 118, 122

Glossophorella coriacea, 124

Gonodia, 187

Gonodia johnstonii, 187

Gonodia manchantiae, 14, 187

HALICYSTACEAE, 82

HALICYSTIDACEAE, 82

Halicystis, 82, 84, 85

Halicystis ovalis, 84, 85

Halicystis parvula-phase, 85

Halicystis-phase, 82, 83, 84, 85, 85

Halicystis-phase of Derbesia marina, 84, 85

Halimeda, 99

Halimeda discoidea, 99, 100

Halimeda opuntia, 99

HALIMEDACEAE, 78, 94, 98

HALIMEDALES, 77

HALIMEDINEAE, 78, 92, 94

Haliseris polypodioides, 121

Haliseris undulata, 121

Hapalospongidion, 155

Haplogloia, 174

Haplogloia andersonii, 174, 177

Hapterophycus, 156

Hapterophycus anastomosans, 156, 157

Hapterophycus canaliculatus, 156, 157

Hecatonema, 174, 175, 176

Hecatonema clavatum, 176

Hecatonema streblonematoides, 175, 175, 176

Hecatonema variabile, 176

HETEROKONTA, 106

HETEROKONTOPHYTA, 106

Hincksia, 166, 167, 168, 169

Hincksia breviarticulata, 166

Hincksia bryantii, 168, 169, 169, 170

Hincksia granulosa, 168, 169, 170

Hincksia irregularis, 167, 168

Hincksia mitchelliae, 168, 170, 171

Hincksia rallsiae, 168

Hydroclathrus, 189, 195

Hydroclathrus cancellatus, 196

Hydroclathrus clathratus, 195, 196

Ishige, 108, 109

Ishige foliacea, 108, 109, 111

Ishige okamurae, 108, 109, 111

Ishige sinicola, 108, 109, 110, 111

ISHIGEACEAE, 108

ISHIGEALES, 108

Laminaria, 106

LAMINARIALES, 7, 13, 219

Laminariocolax, 179

Leathesia, 187

Leathesia difformis, 187, 189

Leathesia japonica, 187

Leathesia marina, 187, 189

Leathesia nana, 187, 188, 189

Leathesia sect. Leathesia, 187

Leathesia sect. Primariae, 187

Leathesia tuberiformis, 187

LEATHESIACEAE, 166, 187

LESSONIACEAE, 220

LITHODERMATACEAE, 155

Litosiphon laminariae, 179

Litosiphon pusillus, 179

Lobophora, 118

Lobophora variegata, 118

Lola, 64

Lola implexa, 65

Lola lubrica, 66

Lola tortuosa, 66

Macrocystis, 106, 220

Macrocystis pyrifera, 220

MELANOPHYCEAE, 106

Meneghiniella brandegeei, 177

Mesogloia andersonii, 177

MESOGLOIALES, 165

MESOSPORACEAE, 155

Microdictyon, 67, 68

Microzonia, 162

Myriactula, 187

Myriactula johnstonii, 187

Myriactula marchantiae, 187

Myrionema, 194

MYRIONEMATACEAE, 156, 174, 175, 194

Myriotrichia, 175

Myriotrichia clavaeformis, 179

MYRIOTRICHIACEAE, 174

Nemacystus, 174, 176

Nemacystus brandegeei, 14, 177, 178

Nemacystus decipiens, 177

Nemoderma, 155

NEMODERMATACEAE, 155

NEMODERMATALES, 155

Neomeris, 101

Neomeris annulata, 101

Neurocarpus undulata, 121

Neurocarpus zonarioides, 121, 122

Newhousia, 106

Ochlochaete dendroides, 30

Pachydictyon, 118, 122, 126

Pachydictyon binghamiae, 125, 126

Pachydictyon coriaceum, 8, 124, 126

Padina, 7, 8, 106, 119, 120, 133, 165

Padina antillarum, 135

Padina boergesenii, 138

Padina caulescens, 134, 135

Padina concrescens, 133

Padina crispata, 134, 135, 136, 139

Padina durvillei, 118, 134, 136, 137, 138

Padina gymnospora, 134, 138, 139

Padina mexicana var. mexicana, 133, 139, 140, 141

Padina mexicana var. erecta, 134, 140, 141

Padina ramonribae, 133

Padina sanctae-crucis, 133

Padina tetrastromatica, 135, 136

Padina vickersiae, 138

Parvocaulis, 102

Parvocaulis parvulus, 102

Parvocaulis pusilla, 102

Petalonia binghamiae, 189

Petalonia fascia, 161, 189

Petroderma, 155

Phaeophila, 30

Phaeophila dendroides, 30, 31

Phaeophila engleri, 30

Phaeophila ramulosa, 30

Phaeophila vagans, 30

Phaeophila viridis, 25

PHAEOPHILACEAE, 30

PHAEOPHILALES, 20, 30

PHAEOPHYCEAE, 106, 107

Phycoseris lobata, 36, 37

Phyllodictyon, 67, 68, 70, 74

Phyllodictyon anastomosans, 70

Phyllodictyon pulcherrimum, 70, 71

Phyllodictyon robustum, 70, 72, 73, 74, 76

Pilayella, 186

Pocockiella variegata, 118

Polyopes sinicola, 109

POLYPHYSACEAE, 102

Polytretus reinboldii, 187

Pringsheimia marchantiae, 14, 22

Pringsheimiella marchantiae, 22

PROTISTA, 106

PROTOCTISTA, 106

Pseudolithoderma, 156

Pseudolithoderma nigrum, 156

Pseudostruvea, 72

Pseudostruvea robusta, 72

Pseudulvella, 28

Pseudulvella americana, 28

Pseudulvella applanata, 28

Punctaria, 175

PUNCTARIACEAE, 174, 175

Pylaiella, 186

Pylaiella littoralis, 186

Pylaiella sp. A, 186

PYLAIELLACEAE, 165, 186

Ralfsia, 156, 157, 159

Ralfsia californica, 158, 160, 161

Ralfsia confusa, 155, 158, 159, 160, 161

Ralfsia expansa, 160

Ralfsia hancockii, 158, 159, 160

Ralfsia hesperia, 158

Ralfsia occidentalis, 161

Ralfsia pacifica, 158, 159, 160, 161

Ralfsia verrucosa, 161

Ralfsia subgen. ralfsia, 155

RALFSIACEAE, 108, 155, 156

RALFSIALES, 107, 108, 155, 156

Rhipiliopsis mortensenii, 94

Rhizoclonium, 50, 64

Rhizoclonium hieroglyphicum, 64

Rhizoclonium implexum, 65, 66

Rhizoclonium kerneri, 65

Rhizoclonium kochianum, 65

Rhizoclonium lubricum, 66

Rhizoclonium riparium, 64, 65, 66

Rhizoclonium riparium f. validum, 66

Rhizoclonium riparium var. implexum, 64, 65, 66

Rhizoclonium tortuosum, 64, 66, 66

Rosenvingea, 189, 196, 197

Rosenvingea aff. santae-crucis, 197

Rosenvingea antillarum, 197, 198

Rosenvingea floridana, 197, 198

Rosenvingea intricata, 191, 197, 198, 199

Rugulopteryx, 118, 119, 120, 132, 141

Rugulopteryx marginata, 141

Rugulopteryx okamurae, 141, 142

SARGASSACEAE, 200

Sargassum, 7, 8, 13, 106, 118, 138, 199, 200, 201, 213, 217

Sargassum acinacifolium, 201, 206, 207, 210

Sargassum agardhianum, 219

Sargassum alternato-pinnatum, 209

Sargassum asymmetricum, 209, 210

Sargassum brandegeei, 14, 201, 206, 217, 218, 219

Sargassum bryantii, 205

Sargassum californicum, 213

Sargassum camouii, 213

Sargassum cylindrocarpum, 200

Sargassum fuliginosum var.? californica, 213

Sargassum guardiense, 202

Sargassum herporhizum, 201, 214, 216, 217, 219

Sargassum horridum, 200, 210, 213

Sargassum howelli, 200

Sargassum insulare, 205

Sargassum johnstonii, 12, 13, 201, 202, 203, 217

Sargassum johnstonii f. gracile, 202, 204

Sargassum johnstonii f. laxius, 202

Sargassum lapazeanum, 201, 204, 205, 207, 209

Sargassum liebmanni, 200, 214

Sargassum macdougalii, 14, 201, 207, 208, 209

Sargassum muticum, 200

Sargassum pacificum, 200

Sargassum palmeri, 200

Sargassum paniculatum, 213

Sargassum polyacanthum f. americanum, 210

Sargassum sect. herporhizum, 214

Sargassum sect. johnstonii, 201

Sargassum sect. lapazeanum, 202

Sargassum sect. sinicola, 210

Sargassum sinicola subsp. camouii, 201, 213, 214, 215, 217

Sargassum sinicola subsp. sinicola, 200, 201, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214

Sargassum sinicola var. camouii, 213

Sargassum sonorense, 201, 207, 209, 209, 210

Sargassum subgen. Sargassum, 201

Scytosiphon, 156, 194

Scytosiphon bullosus, 190

Scytosiphon canaliculatus, 156

Scytosiphon lomentaria, 161

SCYTOSIPHONACEAE, 156, 161, 166, 171, 189, 194

SCYTOSIPHONALES, 165

SCYTOTHAMNACEAE, 166

SIPHONALES, 78

SIPHONOCLADACEAE, 67, 74

SIPHONOCLADALES, 49, 50, 67, 74

Siphonocladus, 67, 68, 74

Siphonocladus pusillus, 74

Siphonocladus wilbergii, 74

Spatoglossum, 118, 119, 120, 142, 143

Spatoglossum cf. schroederi, 144

Spatoglossum howellii, 143, 144

Spatoglossum lanceolatum, 143, 143

Spatoglossum subflabellatum, 143, 144

SPERMATOCHNACEAE, 174

Sphacelaria, 111, 112, 115

Sphacelaria brevicornis, 112

Sphacelaria californica, 112, 114, 115, 116

Sphacelaria cornuta, 112

Sphacelaria didichotoma, 112

Sphacelaria divaricata, 112

Sphacelaria furcigera, 113, 114

Sphacelaria hancockii, 112, 114, 115, 115, 116

Sphacelaria mexicana, 116

Sphacelaria novae-hollandica, 114

Sphacelaria plumula var. californica, 114, 115

Sphacelaria rigidula, 112, 113, 114

Sphacelaria sp., 112

Sphacelaria subfusca, 114

Sphacelaria subgen. Propagulifera, 111, 112

Sphacelaria subgen. Propagulifera sect. Furcigerae, 112

Sphacelaria subgen. Propagulifera sect. Tribuloides, 114, 116

Sphacelaria tribuloides, 112, 114, 116, 117

SPHACELARIACEAE, 111

SPHACELARIALES, 107, 111

Sphacella, 111

Sphaerotrichia divaricata, 179

SPOROCHNACEAE, 150

SPOROCHNALES, 107, 148

Sporochnus, 13, 150

Sporochnus anomalus, 150. 151, 152, 153

Sporochnus apodus, 153, 155

Sporochnus bolleanus, 150, 152

Sporochnus gaertnera, 150

Sporochnus neushulii, 150, 153, 154, 155

Sporochnus pedunculatus, 150, 152, 153, 155

Stilophora antillarum, 197

Stilophora rhizodes, 179

Stilophora tenella, 179

STRAMENOPILES, 105

Streblonema, 174, 177, 179, 180

Streblonema aecidioides, 179

Streblonema sp. A, 180

Streblonema sphaericum, 179

Streblonema transfixum, 179, 179

Stromatella, 22, 26, 27

Stromatella monostromatica, 27, 27

Struvea, 68, 70, 72

Struvea anastomosans, 70

Struvea delicatula, 70

Struvea pulcherrima, 70

Struvea ramosa, 70

Struvea sp., 68

Struveopsis, 70, 72

Struveopsis robusta, 72

Taonia, 118

Taonia lennebacherae, 118

TILOPTERIDACEAE, 162

TILOPTERIDALES, 162

UDOTEACEAE, 78, 94

Ulothrix, 20

ULOTRICHALES, 20

Ulva, 12, 31, 32, 33, 34

Ulva acanthophora, 33, 41, 42

Ulva angusta, 34, 35

Ulva californica, 33, 34, 35

Ulva clathrata, 34, 41, 43, 44

Ulva compressa, 33, 44, 47

Ulva costata, 37, 39

Ulva dactylifera, 39

Ulva dichotoma, 132

Ulva expansa, 33

Ulva fasciata, 33

Ulva fasciata f. costata, 37

Ulva fasciata f. expansa, 33

Ulva fasciata f. lobata, 37

Ulva fasciata f. taeniata, 39

Ulva flexuosa, 34, 44, 45, 49

Ulva intestinalis, 33, 46, 47

Ulva lactuca, 33, 35, 36

Ulva lactuca var. rigida, 40

Ulva linza, 33, 47, 48

Ulva lobata, 33, 36, 37

Ulva muscoides, 43

Ulva nematoidea, 33, 37, 38, 39

Ulva paradoxa, 43

Ulva pertusa, 33

Ulva prolifera, 49

Ulva radiata, 34, 41, 47–49

Ulva ramulosa, 41, 43

Ulva rigida, 33, 39, 40

Ulva scagelii, 34

Ulva sect. enteromorpha, 31, 32, 33, 41

Ulva sect. ulva, 31, 32, 33, 34, 41

Ulva sinuosa, 192

Ulva taeniata, 34, 39

ULVACEAE, 31

ULVALES, 20, 21, 31

Ulvella, 21, 27, 28

Ulvella applanata, 28

Ulvella lens, 28, 29

Ulvella monostromatica, 27

Ulvella setchellii, 28, 29, 29, 30

ULVELLACEAE, 21

ULVOPHYCEAE, 20

Undaria, 179

Valonia, 67, 74, 75, 76

Valonia macrophysa, 75

Valonia pachynema, 76

Valonia pusilla, 74

Valonia verticillata, 75

VALONIACEAE, 67, 74, 75

Valoniopsis, 72, 74, 75, 76, 77

Valoniopsis hancockii, 76, 77

Valoniopsis pachynema, 72, 76, 77

Vaucheria, 86, 106

Vaucheria marina, 83

Vaughaniella, 118, 133

Willeella, 72

Willeella mexicana, 72, 73, 74

Zanardinia, 162

Zanardina prototypus, 163

Zanardina typus, 163

Zonaria, 118

Zonaria dichotoma var. intricata, 128

Zonaria gymnospora, 138

ZONARIEAE, 118

REQUIREMENTS FOR SMITHSONIAN SERIES PUBLICATION

ALL MANUSCRIPTS ARE REVIEWED FOR ADHERENCE TO THE SISP MANUSCRIPT PREPARATION AND STYLE GUIDE FOR AUTHORS (available on the “Submissions” page at www.scholarlypress.si.edu). Manuscripts not in compliance will be returned to the author. Manuscripts intended for publication in the Contributions Series are evaluated by a content review board and undergo substantive peer review. Accepted manuscripts are submitted for funding approval and scheduling to the Publications Oversight Board.

MINIMUM MANUSCRIPT LENGTH is thirty manuscript pages. If a manuscript is longer than average, an appropriate length will be determined during peer review and evaluation by the Content Review Board. Authors may be asked to edit manuscripts that are determined to be too long.

TEXT must be prepared in a recent version of Microsoft word; use a Times font in 12 point for regular text; be double spaced; and have 1” margins. Each chapter/section must be saved in a separate file.

REQUIRED ELEMENTS are title page, abstract page, table of contents, main text, and reference section. See the SISP Manuscript Preparation and Style Guide for Authors for the order of all elements.

HEADINGS should be styled so different levels of headings are distinct from each other and so the organization of the manuscript is clear. Insert one line space above and one line space below all headings.

FRONT MATTER should include title page, abstract page, and table of contents. All other sections are optional. Abstracts must not exceed 300 words. Table of contents should include A-, B-, and C-level headings.

TABLES (numbered, with captions, stubs, rules) should be submitted in separate MS Word files; should include footnotes, if appropriate; should have rules only at top, bottom, and beneath column heads. Print outs of each table should accompany the manuscript to ensure correct layout of data. Tabulations within running text should not be numbered or formatted like formal tables, and should be included in the text of the manuscript.

FIGURE CAPTIONS should be provided in a separate MS Word file.

FIGURES (e.g., photographs, line art, maps) should be numbered sequentially (1, 2, 3, etc.) in the order called out; be placed throughout text, not at end of manuscript; have all components of composites lettered with lowercase letters and described in the caption; include a scale bar or scale description, if appropriate; include any legends in or on the figure rather than in a caption.

ART must not be embedded in the main text.

Figures must be original and submitted as individual TIFF or EPS files. Resolution for art files must be at least 300 dpi for grayscale and color images and at least 1200 dpi for line art. Electronic images should measure no more than 100% and no less than 75% of final size when published. JPG files will not be accepted. Color images significantly increase costs so should be included only if required. Funding for color art is subject to approval by SISP and the Publications Oversight Board.

IN-TEXT REFERENCES should be used rather than bibliographic notes and should follow the author-date system in the following format: “(author last name, year)” or “… author (year)“; “(author, year:page used within the text)” or “… author (year:page).” A full citation should be included in a “References” section.

ENDNOTES are to be used in lieu of footnotes and should be keyed manually into a separate MS Word file, in a section titled “Notes”. Notes should not contain bibliographic information. Manually type superscript numerals in text and use full-sized numerals at the beginning of each note in the “Notes” section. SISP will determine the best placement of the notes section, either at the end of each chapter or at the end of the main text.

REFERENCES should be in alphabetical order, and in chronological order for same-author entries. Each reference should be cited at least once in main text. Complete bibliographic information must be included in all citations (e.g., author/editor, title, subtitle, edition, volume, issue, pages, figures). For books, place of publication and publisher are required. For journals, use the parentheses system for volume(number):pagination [e.g., “10(2):5–9“]. Do not use “et al.”; all authors/ editors should be included in reference citations. In titles, capitalize first word, last word, first word after colon, and all other words except articles, conjunctions, and prepositions. Examples of the most common types of citations are provided in the SISP Manuscript Preparation and Author Style Guide.

For questions regarding the guidelines, please email SISP at schol.press@si.edu.